No matching content found
Try using different search terms or check your spelling
Health Coaching Concepts I, XSCI-4010, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Final Grade Breakdown
Assignments 30%
Quizzes 10%
Exams 20%
Attendance 40%
Description:
Health coaching concepts I is a really interactive course as we learn more about health coaching, the psychology behind change, and how to help motivate and inspire ourselves and others to make health related changes in their lives. This is a very interactive course and will provide opportunities to practice your newly learned skills with yourself, friends, family, and classmates.
Required Reading: Atomic Habits by James Clear
Recommended Reading: N/A
Assessments of Occupation, OTD-7131, Section 01A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
assessment report, assessment application, quizzes
Description:
Module 1: Overview - students will learn the differences between standardized and non-standardized assessments for occupational therapy practice as well as foundational elements such as psychometric properties of assessments
Module 2: Application - students will apply knowledge learned in the course regarding standardized and non-standardized assessments as well as perform, score, and interpret standardized assessments.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
RSM Internship, RSM-4820R, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Agency Agreement
Student Agreement
RSM Waiver
Student/Agency Photo
Goals and Objectives Worksheet
Objectives Evaluation Form
Agency Profile
Hourly Report Forms (400)
Internship Journals (5)
Internship Discussions (7)
Internship Visit/Phone call
Major Project Outline
Major Project Report
Mid-term Agency Evaluation
Final Agency Evaluation
Student Evaluation
Student Recommendation
Reflective Summary
Summary PowerPoint Presentation
Description:
The student’s work schedule is determined by the leisure services agency. In addition, students are required to maintain continual contact with the instructor of record through the duration of the internship.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Legal Foundations/Rec & Sport, RSM-4000, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Chapter Quizzes
Discussions
Case Reviews (8)
Grounds Inspection and Evaluation Checklist
Description:
Week 1 Legal Foundations
Ch. 1-2
Week 2 Negligence
Ch. 3-5
Week 3 Intentional Torts
Ch. 6-8
Week 4 Constitutional Rights
Ch. 9-11
Week 5 Risk Assessment
Ch. 12-15
Week 6 Managing RSM Activities
Ch. 24-26
Required Reading: Legal Liability in Recreation, Sport and Tourism, 2011, Spengler and Hronek, ISBN: 978-1-57167-643-6
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum: Recreation & Sport, RSM-3820R, Section 01B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Agency Agreement
Student Agreement
RSM Waiver
Student/Agency Photo
Goals and Objectives Worksheet
Objectives Evaluation Form
Agency Profile Sheet
Bi-weekly Report Forms & Hours
Internship Journals (4)
Internship Visit/Phone call
Agency Evaluation
Student Evaluation
Student Recommendation
Reflection Summary
Description:
The student’s work schedule is determined by the leisure services agency. In addition, students are required to maintain continual contact with the instructor of record through the duration of the practicum.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum: Recreation & Sport, RSM-3820R, Section 01A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Agency Agreement
Student Agreement
RSM Waiver
Student/Agency Photo
Goals and Objectives Worksheet
Objectives Evaluation Form
Agency Profile Sheet
Bi-weekly Report Forms & Hours
Internship Journals (4)
Internship Visit/Phone call
Agency Evaluation
Student Evaluation
Student Recommendation
Reflection Summary
Description:
The student’s work schedule is determined by the leisure services agency. In addition, students are required to maintain continual contact with the instructor of record through the duration of the practicum.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sport and Society, RSM-3120, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Weekly Discussions
Quizzes
Paper: Alternative Sports History
Final Exam
Description:
Week 1
1. Introduction Video
2. 1400-1750 Colonial Sports
3. 1750-1820 American National Period
4. Movie: The Greatest Game Ever Played
Week 2
1. 1820-1860 Health Reforms and Sport
2. 1850-1870 Modern Sport
3. Movie: Eight Men Out
Week 3
1. 1870-1890 Expanding Sport
2. 1890-1920 Sport and Social Change
3. Matheny Manifesto
4. Movie: The Jackie Robinson Movie or 42
Week 4
1. 1920-1950 Pop Culture & Heroic Athletes
2. 1950-1980 Sport Business
3. Movie: A League of Their Own
Week 5
1. 1980-2010 Sports Today
2. Movie: Blue Chips
Week 6
1. Reflection Video
2. Final Exam
Required Reading: Heroes and Ballyhoo, 2009, Michael K. Bohn, ISBN: 978-1-59797-412-7.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro: Recreation and Sport, RSM-2500, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
RSM in the World Discussion
Leisure Services Website Critique
Professional Association Critique
Interviewing Professionals
Art and Culture Event
Recreation Agency Presentation and Discussion
Online Discussions
Quiz
Description:
Week 1 Value and Benefits of Leisure
Ch. 1-4
Week 2 RSM Program Areas
Ch. 13-17
Week 3 Public Organizations
Ch. 6-7
Week 4 Nonprofit Organizations
Ch. 8
Week 5 For-profit Organizations
Ch. 9
Week 6 Special Interest Organizations
Ch. 10-11
Week 7 Becoming a Professional
Ch. 18
Required Reading: Introduction to Recreation and Leisure Services, 2019, Human Kinetics, ISBN: 978-1-49254-312-1
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fundamentals of Sport Mgmt, RSM-2070, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Quizzes (x13)
Case Studies (x5)
Informational Interviews (x2)
Final Exam
Description:
Week 1
5/13-19 Strategies for Career Success
History of Sport Management
Ethical Principles
Week 2
5/20-26 Management & Marketing Principles
Financial and Economic Principles
Legal Principles
Week 3
5/27-6/2 High School & Youth Sport
Collegiate Sports
International Sports
Professional Sports
Week 4
6/3-9 Facility and Event Management
Sport Sales & Sponsorship
Week 5
6/10-16 Sport Analytics
Sport Broadcasting
Sporting Good Products Industry
Recreation and Golf Club Management
Week 6
6/17-23 Finals Week
Required Reading: Principles and Practices of Sport Management, 2019, Masteralexis, Barr, & Hums, ISBN: 978-1-284142-136.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Leisure in Society, RSM-1110, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Attendance and Participation
Leisure Definitions
Leisure Motivation Summary
Leisure in Your Life Journal
Leisure Behavior Interviews
Exam #1
Exam #2
Exam #3
Leisure Program Assessment
Leisure Research Paper
Online Discussions
Movie Review
Description:
Week 1
1. Introduction Video
2. Meanings of Leisure
3. Why leisure is vital
4. Explaining Leisure
5. Leisure and Health
6. EXAM I
Week 2
1. Leisure’s Anthropology
2. Leisure’s Geography
3. Technology and Leisure
Week 3
1. Mid-term Video Journal
2. Popular Culture
3. Taboo Recreation
4. Holy Days, Holidays, Celebrations
5. Exam II
Week 4
1. For and against productivity
2. Freedom and tyranny of time
3. Is leisure fair?
4. Using leisure
Week 5
1. Sexuality and Leisure
2. Getting Involved
3. Celebrating Life – Healthy Leisure
4. Exam III
Week 6
1. Leisure Behavior Movie
2. Reflective Video Journal
3. Leisure Debate Paper
Required Reading: Pastimes: The Context of Contemporary Leisure, 2020, Ruth V. Russell, ISBN: 978-1-57167-972-7
Recommended Reading: Leisure in Your Life: New Perspectives, 2008, Geoffrey Godbey, ISBN: 978-1-892132-75-8
Healthy Aging, XSCI-4200, Section 40B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
All online
Description:
Fundamentals of Healthy exercise for the aging and +50 demographics; with CDC recommendations.
Required Reading: All Online within the course work
Recommended Reading: outside research as needed
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 41B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Introduction worth 20 points
• Three rough drafts/peer reviews worth 50 points each
• Team Memo worth 100 points
• Complaint Letter worth 100 points
AI Critique Memo
Team Proposal
Research Project
Reflection
Canvas Posts
Description:
Class Introduction-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings that introduce class.
AI & this class -For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about AI and its relevance to the class.
Ethics & Prof Writing -For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about ethics and professional writing.
Audience-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about understanding the audience.
AI Memo Intro and selecting topics -For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about the introduction to AI memos and selecting topics.
Formatting memos-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about formatting memos.
Choosing topics-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about choosing topics.
Generating useful prompts-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about generating useful prompts.
Topic Statement: Critiquing AI Claims, Evidence, and Citations -For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about critiquing AI claims, evidence, and citations.
Critiquing AI Research Methods-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about critiquing AI research methods.
Is AI’s research feasible?-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about assessing the feasibility of AI research.
Cutting down sentence length-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about cutting down sentence length.
Verifying scholarly sources-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about verifying scholarly sources.
Citations-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about citations.
Proposals in the Professional World-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about proposals in the professional world.
Working in Teams-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about working in teams.
Research Proposal & Project intro: Choosing Topics, Research Methods, and Team Roles-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about the research proposal and project introduction, including choosing topics, research methods, and team roles.
Make Teams-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about forming teams.
Team meetings: Decide topic, research method, and team roles -For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about deciding the team’s topics, research methods, and team roles.
Editors: Annotating 3 sources-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about annotating three sources.
Researchers: Writing the Research Methods-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about writing the research methods.
Coordinators: Writing the Topic Statement & Team Charter-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about writing the topic statement and team charter.
Editors: Citations & Editing the Proposal-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about working on citations and editing the proposal.
Researchers: Writing Research Protocols-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about writing research protocols.
Coordinators: Writing the Timeline-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about writing the timeline.
Protocol feedback (if necessary)-If necessary, students will receive feedback about their protocol.
Starting to write the report-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about starting to write the report.
Running Research-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about running research.
Report: Research Methods, Scholarly Conversations, Exec Summaries-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about writing the report, including research methods, scholarly conversations, and executive summaries.
Presentation Sections-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about presentation sections.
Writing Results for the Notes and Report-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about writing results for the notes and report.
Draft Consultations-For this topic, students will hold draft consultations with the professor.
Presentations & Final Submissions - For this topic, students will watch videos and read about presentations and final submissions.
Reflection-For this topic, students will watch videos and do readings about reflection.
Required Reading: ""Successful Writing at Work: Concise Edition (4th Edition)"" by Philip C. Kolin. ""A Thinker’s Guide to Understanding the Foundations of Ethical Reasoning"" by Richard Paul and Linda Elder
Recommended Reading: N/A
Digital Film Internship, FILM-4900R, Section 01A, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Projects associated with internship
Description:
1. Acquire knowledge and gain real world experience by working in a professional environment of the digital film industry. 2. Demonstrate understanding of professional customs and practices. 3. Organize and maintain information during internship. 4. Identify and apply professional standards. 5. Evaluate and improve personal performance.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Business Analytics, ISA-2010, Section 41, College of Business
Course Requirements:
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Create spreadsheet models that include advanced formulas, functions, charts, pivot tables, and macros. 2. Prepare valid data analysis spreadsheet models to aid in decision making. 3. Use basic SQL syntax in typical business applications. 4. Develop SQL queries that extract and join data from multiple tables to solve a business problem. 5. Identify and defend personal, ethical, and organizational issues related to the use and misuse of spreadsheet models and SQL commands.
Description:
Review Excel and SQL modules, work through assignments and explain Excel and SQL concepts while working in the application. Help students gain an understanding of how to use Excel and SQL in a ""real-world"" setting.
Required Reading: Excel and SQL e-Book
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Business Analytics, ISA-2010, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Create spreadsheet models that include advanced formulas, functions, charts, pivot tables, and macros. 2. Prepare valid data analysis spreadsheet models to aid in decision making. 3. Use basic SQL syntax in typical business applications. 4. Develop SQL queries that extract and join data from multiple tables to solve a business problem. 5. Identify and defend personal, ethical, and organizational issues related to the use and misuse of spreadsheet models and SQL commands.
Description:
Review Excel and SQL modules, work through assignments, and explain Excel and SQL concepts while working in the application. Help students gain an understanding of how to use Excel and SQL in a ""real-world"" setting.
Required Reading: Excel and SQL e-Book
Recommended Reading: N/A
Entrepreneurship 1, MGMT-2600, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
In-class exams and participation, midterm, and final
Description:
1. Opportunity Recognition: Analyze and evaluate opportunities in various contexts, including markets, industries, and societal trends. 2. Assess the effectiveness of different creative problem-solving strategies. 3. Create a comprehensive feasibility report for a given opportunity, incorporating all relevant factors such as resources, market demand, and potential impact.
Required Reading: https://paulgraham.com/startupideas.html#:~:text=It's%20to%20look%20for%20problems,others%20realize%20are%20worth%20doing.; https://hbr.org/2013/11/three-creativity-challenges-from-ideos-leaders; https://online.hbs.edu/blog/post/what-is-design-thinking;https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/write-value-proposition;https://hbr.org/2015/01/what-is-a-business-model;https://hbr.org/2011/01/how-to-design-a-winning-business-model;https://www.ycombinator.com/library/4T-how-to-design-a-better-pitch-deck
Recommended Reading: N/A
Small Business Management, MGMT-2640, Section 40A, College of Business
Course Requirements:
In-class quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
1. Identify the unique problems that small business owners face. 2. Apply effective management solutions to improve small businesses. 3. Evaluate the differences between owning a small business and working in a large corporation.
Required Reading: The Emyth Revisited; Built to Sell
Recommended Reading: N/A
Small Business Management, MGMT-2640, Section 40B, College of Business
Course Requirements:
In-class quizzes, midterm, and final
Description:
1. Identify the unique problems that small business owners face. 2. Apply effective management solutions to improve small businesses. 3. Evaluate the differences between owning a small business and working in a large corporation.
Required Reading: The Emyth Revisited; Built to Sell
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Recital, MUSC-4890, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
1. Selection of recital date and recital literature in collaboration with instructor.
2. Preparation of recital literature for lessons and performance class.
3. Preparation of printed recital program in collaboration with instructor.
4. Recital preview evaluation with 3-member faculty panel 2 weeks prior to the recital.
5. Poster/flyer to advertise the recital two weeks prior to the recital.
6. Perform solo recital.
Description:
1. Selection of recital literature.
2. Preparation of recital literature.
3. Preparation of printed recital program.
4. Preparation of a recital poster.
5. Preparation for recital performance.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Recital, MUSC-4890, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
1. Selection of recital date and recital literature in collaboration with instructor.
2. Preparation of recital literature for lessons and performance class.
3. Preparation of printed recital program in collaboration with instructor.
4. Recital preview evaluation with 3-member faculty panel 2 weeks prior to the recital.
5. Poster/flyer to advertise the recital two weeks prior to the recital.
6. Perform solo recital.
Description:
1. Selection of recital literature.
2. Preparation of recital literature.
3. Preparation of printed recital program.
4. Preparation of a recital poster.
5. Preparation for recital performance.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Recital, MUSC-4890, Section 3, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
1. Selection of recital date and recital literature in collaboration with instructor.
2. Preparation of recital literature for lessons and performance class.
3. Preparation of printed recital program in collaboration with instructor.
4. Recital preview evaluation with 3-member faculty panel 2 weeks prior to the recital.
5. Poster/flyer to advertise the recital two weeks prior to the recital.
6. Perform solo recital.
Description:
1. Selection of recital literature.
2. Preparation of recital literature.
3. Preparation of printed recital program.
4. Preparation of a recital poster.
6. Preparation for recital performance.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Sociology, SOC-1010, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Course credit will be distributed as follows:
25% Quizzes
25% Midterm Exam
25% Course Project
25% Final Exam
100% Total Grade
For a typical 3 credit hour college class, students should expect to be working about 2-3 hours outside of class (depending on its difficulty) for each hour in-class (3 x 2 = 6 study hours). Please note that work on the project will take at least 30% of the course. Along with regular coursework this means that in a typical week, you can expect to do around 10 hours of work for this class.
Description:
Fulfills Social & Behavioral Sciences General Education requirement and is an approved Global and Cultural Perspectives course. Teaches what sociology is, what a sociologist does, and how sociology is applied, including the study of cultures, socialization, stratification, religion, families, organizations and social change.
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate an ability to identify ideas, people, and events that are generally thought to be important by sociologist.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of sociology as a scientific discipline (i.e. gathering and analyzing of empirical data in a systematic fashion).
3. Demonstrate an understanding of functionalism, conflict, and symbolic interactionism as the major theoretical perspectives of sociology.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of the five main institutions of society (family, religion, education, economy, and politics) from a sociological perspective.
Required Reading: Ferris, Kerry and Stein, Jill; The Real World: An Introduction to Sociology. WW Norton, New York, 2018 (9th Edition).
Recommended Reading: N/A
Understanding Film, THEA-1023, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
• Attendance
• Lectures/Class Discussions
• Film Response Papers
• Midterm/Final Exams
• Quizzes
Description:
Week One: Introduction to the Class Watch in Class:
1.1 Welcome to Understanding Film! N/A
1.2 Intro to Film Analysis Donnie Darko (2001) - 113 min
Week Two: Narrative Structure Watch in Class:
2.1 Traditional Three-Act Structure Little Miss Sunshine (2006) - 102 min
Wed 2.2 Experimenting with Structure Memento (2000) - 113 min
Week Three: Documentary Form Watch in Class:
Mon 3.1 No Class - MLK Day N/A
Wed 3.2 Documentary Form Marwencol (2010) - 83 min
Week Four: Documentary and Fiction Watch in Class:
Mon 4.1 Documentary vs. Feature Film Welcome to Marwen (2018) - 116 min
Wed 4.2 Mockumentary and Form Best in Show (2000) - 90 min
Week Five: Experimental Documentary Watch in Class:
5.1 Experimenting with Truth Borat (2006) - 84 min
5.2 Experimenting with Truth I'm Still Here (2010) - 106 min
Week Six: The Effect of Visual Style Watch in Class:
6.1 Mise-en-Scène Pleasantville (1998) - 124 min
6.2 Cinematography and Editing Everything Everywhere All At Once (2022) - 139 min
Week Seven: Experimental Cinematography Watch in Class:
7.1 No Class - President's Day N/A
7.2 Minimalist Cinematography Tangerine (2015) - 88 min
Week Eight: Midterm Exam Watch in Class:
8.1 Midterm released on Canvas at 8:00 AM No Class Meeting
8.2 Midterm due on Canvas at 11:59 PM No Class Meeting
Week Nine: Films for Response Paper #1 Watch in Class:
9.1 Response Paper #1 - 1st Option BlackKklansman (2018) - 135 min
9.2 Response Paper #1 - 2nd Option Her (2013) - 126 min
Week Ten: Spring Break Watch in Class:
10.1 No Class - Spring Break N/A
10.2 No Class - Spring Break N/A
Week Eleven: Perspective Watch in Class:
11.1 Perspective and Camera Angles Moonlight (2016) - 111 min
11.2 Perspective and (Un)reliable Narrators Fight Club (1999) - 139 min
Week Twelve: Playing with Subjectivity Watch in Class:
12.1 Building a Subjective World The Truman Show (1998) - 103 min
12.2 Showing Subjectivity via Filmmaking Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind (2004) - 108 min
Week Thirteen: Genre Conventions and Subversion Watch in Class:
13.1 Horror Get Out (2017) - 104 min
13.2 Western Brokeback Mountain (2005) - 134 min
Week Fourteen: Genre Conventions and Subversion Watch in Class:
14.1 Crime/Noir Fargo (1996) - 98 min
14.2 Biopic Fruitvale Station (2013) - 85 min
Week Fifteen: Film for Response Paper #2 Watch in Class:
15.1 Response Paper #2 Schindler's List (1993) - Part One (103 min)
15.2 Response Paper #2 Schindler's List (1993) - Part Two (92 min)
Week Sixteen: Social and Cultural Analysis Watch in Class:
16.1 Social Commentary Parasite (2019) - 132 min
16.2 Comedy and Commentary (Extra Credit Day) Booksmart (2019) - 105 min (Extra Credit Quiz)
Week Seventeen: Final Exam Week
Final Exam released on Canvas, No Class Meeting
Final Exam due on Canvas, No Class Meeting
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Population & Community Health, HLTH-3010, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, and final exam
Description:
1. Describe the components of a population health system, including health delivery types and programs, health outcomes, health determinants, and policies that affect the determinants.
2. Develop interventions that promote patient engagement and behavior change, supported through patient advocacy and assistance programs.
3. Use decision support tools to develop interventions using models of population health to improve quality and safety measures within the continuum of care.
4. Evaluate research information and the reliability and validity of the information provided from research studies.
5. Identify emerging issues related to population health management and develop solutions to addressing those issues.
Required Reading: Nash, D.B.,, Fabius, R. J., Skoufalos, A., Fabious, R.J. & Oglesby, W.H. (2021). Population health: Creating a culture of wellness. Jones & Bartlett Publishers. ISBN: 978-1-284-16660-6
Recommended Reading: N/A
U.S. & World Health Systems, HLTH-3020, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, and final exam
Description:
1. Explain how significant and influential ideas and philosophies have influenced the informal and formal structures and processes within the U.S. health care system.
2. Explain how the management and structure of the US health care system has been influenced throughout history by regulation.
3. Compare and contrast the influence of the U.S. health care system with that of another country.
Required Reading: Sultz, H.A., & Young, K.M. (2018). Health care USA: Understanding its organization and delivery. Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health Deter. & Disparities, HLTH-3750, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, and final exam.
Description:
1. Determine how social and economic factors influence individual and community health and disease.
2. Synthesize cultural competency and diversity to improve health status.
3. Evaluate the health status of a population or individual using appropriate measures of health.
4. Assess the effectiveness of local, national, and global measures aimed at reducing health disparities.
5. Create a plan for increasing cultural competency and diversity within an organization and a plan to improve measures of health.
Required Reading: Rose, P. R. (2017). Health disparities, diversity, and inclusion. Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum in MFT, MFT-6391R, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Management of Clinical Experience: Develop a caseload of 5-10 clients by the semester’s end and adhere to professional conduct and approval processes for client assignments.
Ethical and Legal Standards: Provide proof of student membership in AAMFT by week 2 and adhere to its ethical guidelines
Description:
Week 1: Introduction and Resume Review
Overview of course expectations and professional resume review.
Week 2: Internship Requirements and Interviewing
Discussion of internship requirements and tips for successful interviewing.
Week 3: Supervisor Meet and Greet Event
Introduction to internship supervisors and networking opportunities.
Week 4: Basic Skills Practice - Safety
Review of safety assessment, planning, and reporting according to ethical and legal standards.
Week 5: Basic Skills Practice – De-escalation
Learning and practicing de-escalation techniques for high-risk situations.
Week 6: Therapy Skills Assessment
Evaluation of therapy skills through assessment exercises and feedback.
Week 7: Internship Interviews and Placements
Finalization of internship placements, including interviews with practicum supervisors to approve internship site choices.
Week 8: Presentation of Current Clinical Case
Presentation of a clinical case, including video review of a session, genogram, and case conceptualization for feedback and discussion.
Week 9: Presentation of Current Clinical Case
Presentation of a clinical case, including video review of a session, genogram, and case conceptualization for feedback and discussion.
Week 10: Presentation of Current Clinical Case
Presentation of a clinical case, including video review of a session, genogram, and case conceptualization for feedback and discussion.
Week 11: Presentation of Current Clinical Case
Presentation of a clinical case, including video review of a session, genogram, and case conceptualization for feedback and discussion.
Week 12: Presentation of Current Clinical Case
Presentation of a clinical case, including video review of a session, genogram, and case conceptualization for feedback and discussion.
Week 13: Presentation of Current Clinical Case
Presentation of a clinical case, including video review of a session, genogram, and case conceptualization for feedback and discussion.
Week 14: Presentation of Current Clinical Case
Presentation of a clinical case, including video review of a session, genogram, and case conceptualization for feedback and discussion.
Week 15: Presentation of Current Clinical Case
Presentation of a clinical case, including video review of a session, genogram, and case conceptualization for feedback and discussion.
Week 16: Attend Graduating Student Theory of Change Presentations
Attend presentations by graduating students, where they share their theory of change and therapeutic approach, reflecting on their development throughout the program.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Select Peer- Reviewed Articles as needed for application to current client issues
Beginning Spanish I, SPAN-1010, Section 01A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Grades: Final grades will be determined on a percent of the total possible and in accordance with the following descriptions. No extra credit is offered. You earn your final grade, whatever it ends up being. Experience has proven to me that in this class, the three most important ingredients for success are attendance, participation, and daily effort outside of class to practice the concepts.
Final grades will be determined on a percent of the total from module tests, homework assignments, speaking tests, less deductions for excessive absences.
Written Tests 50%
Homework 20%
Oral exams (interviews) 15%
Final 15%
Module Tests: Written tests-- Modules 1-7. All of these exams will be taken on Canvas. They will mostly cover grammar and vocabulary. Odd-numbered tests are “practice” tests, even exams are a graded assessment. The practice exams can be taken from home. The even-numbered exams will be given in the Testing Center. They will be offered so that you have some flexibility as to when you take them, so that late and early tests will not be given except in the most extreme emergencies and with approval of the instructor. Module 7 is covered in the final as will be given in-class at the time and date listed in the schedule.
Late/early tests: You are expected to take tests on the scheduled dates. Late and early tests may be assessed a 10% penalty. If there is a verifiable emergency, contact me ASAP, and I will try to work with you. However, leaving early for vacations is not an emergency, so plan your vacations ahead of time. The premature purchase of a plane ticket is also not an emergency.
Homework: Homework assignments may vary in type and frequency as we develop the OER resources. The instructor will make you aware the due dates and assignments as they approach.
Late Work: Any given assignment is due at the beginning of class as noted on the schedule. Since the homework assignments are intended to help you prepare for the tests, homework turned in late will be assessed a 50% penalty for the first day, and will not be accepted more than one day late.
Speaking Tests: These tests will be listed on the schedule attached. 15% total of your grade. These will be short one-on-one conversations with the instructor.
Attendance/Participation: Although not a formal part of your grade, regular attendance is a key to a student’s success. I expect students to attend class and to participate. Also arriving late and/or leaving early is disrupted and should be avoided. Four absences will be excused, but your grade will be lowered for additional absences. A student who misses 16 or more classes will receive an F grade.
Grading Scale: 93-100 = A 90-92 = A- 87-89 = B+ 83-86 = B
80-82 = B- 77-79 = C+ 73-76 = C 70-72 = C-
67-69 = D+ 63-66 = D 60-62 = D- 0-59 = F
Less absences.
Final Exam: The final exam will be held as scheduled by the university.
Description:
1. Communicate minimally by answering direct questions with only two or three words or giving an occasional stock answer.
2. Search for simple vocabulary or recycle their own and their interlocutor's words.
3. Reproduce from memory a modest number of words and phrases in context.
4. Supply limited information and other basic biographical information.
5. Identify cultural differences between their own and that of the people whose language they are learning.
Required Reading: Span 1010 and Span 1020 at UT is an OER (Open Education Resource). You will need to go to https://uen.pressbooks.pub/Links to an external site. and sign up with an account, and then request access to https://uen.pressbooks.pub/span1010atutahtechLinks to an external site.. Our other sources will be https://oercommons.org/courses/spa-101-pdfLinks to an external site. and https://oercommons.org/courses/spa-102-beginning-spanish-2Links to an external site. which can be downloaded in pdf form (available on Canvas already) or an epub file.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Beginning Spanish II, SPAN-1020, Section 01B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Final grades will be determined according to these categories:
A. Homework/Assignments -20%
Weekly assignments for each lesson in Canvas
B. Exams – 30%
Three Exams will be given (one for every 2-3 lessons)
Late/early tests: You are expected to take tests on the scheduled dates. Late and
early tests will only be offered under specific circumstances. If there is a
verifiable emergency, contact me ASAP, and I will try to work with you.
However, leaving early for vacations is not an emergency, so plan your vacations
ahead of time.
C. Listening Tests - 10%
Two Listening Tests will be given.
D. Speaking Tests – 10%
Two Speaking Tests will be given.
E. Final Exam -25%
F. Attendance/Participation – 5%
Points are not given for being in class, but for participating. Regular
attendance is a key to a student’s success. I expect students to attend class and to participate. You can miss 4 class periods without penalization on your final grade
(unexcused absences). Starting on absence #5, your final grade will be lowered
1% each time you miss class. Missing 14 class periods equals an F in this class.
No exception will be given.
Description:
1. Manage successfully a number of uncomplicated communicative tasks in
straightforward situation.
2. Express personal meaning by relying heavily on learned phrases or
recombinations of these and what they hear from their interlocutor.
3. Describe cultural differences between their own and that of the people whose
language they are learning.
Required Reading: OER: https://utahtech.instructure.com/courses/1034558/modules/items/26859649
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intermediate Spanish I, SPAN-2010, Section 01A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Final grades will be determined on a percent of the total possible and in accordance with the following descriptions. No extra credit is offered. You earn your final grade, whatever it ends up being. Experience has proven to me that in this class, the three most important ingredients for success are attendance, participation, and daily effort outside of class to practice the concepts.
Final grades will be determined on a percent of the total from chapter tests, workbook assignments, listening tests, and speaking tests, less deductions for excessive absences.
Written Exams (x4) 30%
Homework (x5+) 25%
Oral Interviews (x3) 30%
Final 15%
Written exams: Unit/chapter tests—individual for Chapters 1-4. These will include a listening comprehension component. Chapter 5 will be covered in the final.
Late/early tests: You are expected to take tests on the scheduled dates. Late and early tests may be assessed a 10% penalty. If there is a verifiable emergency, contact me ASAP, and I will try to work with you. However, leaving early for vacations is not an emergency, so plan your vacations ahead of time. The premature purchase of a plane ticket is also not an emergency.
Homework: Homework assignments for each chapter will be due the day the following chapter is started. Most of the homework comes from the website vhlcentral.com from the code you purchased with the book.
Other homework may come from writing assignments not given more than once a chapter.
Late Homebook: The homework assignment is due at the beginning of class as noted on the schedule. Since the homework assignments are intended to help you prepare for the tests, homework turned in late will be assessed a 50% penalty for the first day.
Oral Interviews: These tests will be listed on the schedule attached. 30% total. Test one will be given before mid-term. Test two will be given after mid-term. Test three will be given at the end of the semester and will be comprehensive.
Attendance/Participation: Although not a formal part of your grade, regular attendance is a key to a student’s success. I expect students to attend class and to participate. Also arriving late and/or leaving early is disrupted and should be avoided. Four absences will be excused, but your grade will be lowered for additional absences. A student who misses 20 or more classes will receive an F grade.
Description:
1. Create with the language when talking about familiar topics related to their daily life.
2. Recombine learned material in order to express personal meaning. Ask simple questions and can handle a straightforward survival situation.
3. Produce sentence-level language, ranging from discrete sentences to strings of sentences, typically in present time.
4. Create statements and formulate questions based on familiar material.
5. Communicate simple facts and ideas in a series of loosely connected sentences on topics of personal interest and social needs.
6. Describe cultural differences between their own and that of the people whose language they are learning.
Required Reading: Imagina: español sin fronteras, 4th edition. José Blanco, et al. Boston: Vista, 2019. A bilingual dictionary (not pocket type)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting I, ACCT-2010, Section 40A, College of Business
Course Requirements:
quizzes, homework, and continuing cases
Description:
Class Introduction: Introduction to the course and myself, as well as an overview of class expectations, structure and Canvas.
Chapter 1: Role of Accounting in Society: Discusses the fundamental role of accounting in society and its importance for business and economic activities.
Chapter 2: Introduction to Financial Statements: Introduces financial statements - including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of retained earnings.
Chapter 2: Introduction to Financial Statements Continued: Continues the exploration of financial statements, emphasizing their structure and the flow of information from one financial statement to another.
Chapter 2: Introduction to Financial Statements Continued: In class completion of the Problem Set assignment, working together in groups to get different perspectives and knowledge.
Chapter 3: Analyzing & Recording Transactions: Covers the process of analyzing transactions by using the expanded accounting equation. Also introduced the topic of debits and credits.
Chapter 3: Analyzing & Recording Transactions Continued: Continues the accounting cycle, by recording journal entries and posting those journal entries to a general journal. Introduce T-accounts and how to update them.
Chapter 3: Analyzing & Recording Transactions Continued: Completed the learning objectives for this chapter by introducing the use of an unadjusted trial balance. In class completion of the Problem Set assignment, working together in groups to get different perspectives and knowledge.
Chapter 4: The Adjustment Process: Introduces the adjustment process, highlighting necessary adjustments for accurate financial reporting.
Chapter 4: The Adjustment Process Continued: Concludes the adjustment process, focusing on the proper timing and documentation of adjustments.
Chapter 4: The Adjustment Process Continued: In class completion of the Problem Set assignment, working together in groups to get different perspectives and knowledge.
Chapter 5: Completing the Accounting Cycle: Begin discussions by reviewing the adjusting process and providing guidance on how these adjustments impact the financial statements.
Chapter 5: Completing the Accounting Cycle Continued: Continues discussion on completing the accounting cycle, including closing entries and post-closing trial balances.
Chapter 5: Completing the Accounting Cycle Continued & Exam Review: In class completion of the Problem Set assignment and provide a review for chapters 1 through 5 for Exam 1.
Chapter 6: Merchandising Transactions: Introduction to merchandising transactions, focusing on the buying and selling of inventory.
Chapter 6: Merchandising Transactions Continued: Discusses accounting for merchandising transactions, including the impact of inventory purchases and sales on financial statements.
Chapter 6: Merchandising Transactions Continued: In class completion of the Problem Set assignment, working together in groups to get different perspectives and knowledge.
Chapter 10: Inventory: Discusses accounting for merchandising transactions, including the impact of inventory purchases and sales on financial statements.
Chapter 10: Inventory Continued: Introduces FIFO, LIFO and weighted average valuation methods and further studies the implications of inventory turnover.
Chapter 10: Inventory Continued: In class completion of the Problem Set assignment, working together in groups to get different perspectives and knowledge.
Chapter 9: Accounting for Receivables: Begins the chapter on accounting for receivables, including the recording of accounts receivable and bad debts.
Chapter 9: Accounting for Receivables Continued: Continues receivables accounting, covering the allowance method and recognizing uncollectible accounts.
Chapter 9: Accounting for Receivables Continued: In class completion of the Problem Set assignment, working together in groups to get different perspectives and knowledge.
Chapter 8: Fraud, Internal Controls, and Cash: Introduces the topic of fraud, internal controls, and cash management in the context of accounting. Provide instruction on how to complete a bank reconciliation.
Chapter 8: Fraud, Internal Controls, and Cash Continued & Exam Review: In class completion of the Problem Set assignment and provide a review for chapters 6, 10, 9 & 8 for Exam 2.
Chapter 11: Long-Term Assets: Begins the chapter on long-term assets, covering the purchase, depreciation, and disposal of fixed assets.
Chapter 11: Long-Term Assets Continued: Continues the study of long-term assets, including impairment and revaluation of fixed assets.
Chapter 11: Long-Term Assets Continued: In class completion of the Problem Set assignment, working together in groups to get different perspectives and knowledge.
Chapter 12: Current Liabilities: Introduces current liabilities, including accounts payable, short-term loans, and accrued expenses and how they are accounted for.
Chapter 12: Current Liabilities Continued: In class completion of the Problem Set assignment, working together in groups to get different perspectives and knowledge.
Speaker: Careers in Accounting: Guest speaker on careers in accounting, discussing job opportunities and career paths in the accounting field. Specifically in the areas of forensic accounting, public accounting and industry accounting.
Chapter 13: Long-Term Liabilities: Begins long-term liabilities, focusing on bonds, long-term loans, and other long-term debt obligations.
Chapter 13: Long-Term Liabilities Continued: Continues the study of long-term liabilities, including the accounting for interest and amortization of bond premiums and discounts.
Chapter 13: Long-Term Liabilities Continued: In class completion of the Problem Set assignment, working together in groups to get different perspectives and knowledge.
Chapter 14: Corporation Accounting: Introduces corporation accounting, covering the structure of corporate entities and the issuance of stock.
Chapter 14: Corporation Accounting Continued: Continues corporation accounting, focusing on the accounting for stockholder equity and dividend distributions.
Chapter 14: Corporation Accounting Continued & Exam Review: In class completion of the Problem Set assignment and review for chapters 11-14 for Exam 3.
Extra Credit Activity: Prep for Final: Extra credit activity designed to help students prepare for the final exam.
Speaker: Careers in Accounting: Guest speaker on careers in accounting, discussing job opportunities and career paths in the accounting field. Specifically in the areas of forensic accounting, public accounting and industry accounting.
Chapter 16: Statement of Cash Flows: Begins the chapter on the statement of cash flows, covering the preparation and analysis of cash flow statements.
Chapter 16: Statement of Cash Flows Continued: Continues the discussion of the statement of cash flows, focusing on operating, investing, and financing activities.
Chapter 16: Statement of Cash Flows Continued: In class completion of the Problem Set assignment, working together in groups to get different perspectives and knowledge.
In Person Final: Students view a public company's 10K, analyze financial statements and answer questions about the company, based on knowledge learned throughout the entire semester.
Required Reading: Required Reading Material: NA
Recommended Reading: Recommended Reading Material: NA
Digital Photography, ART-2060, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
For students interested in the history, mechanics, and applications of digital
photography as well as basic photographic techniques and compositional skills.
Includes lecture, viewing the work of other photographers, in and out of class
assignments, and in-class critiques. Each student must have access to a digital
camera.
Course Objectives:
Students will work toward a comfortable and instinctive understanding of their
camera’s operation, compositional excellence, and proficient execution of
photographic techniques in order to consistently produce pleasing, artistic, and
commercially viable imagery.
Description:
Photographic history • Composition • Technical details and camera operation • Post
processing workflow• Photographic scenarios (Portraiture, scenic, wildlife, abstract,
etc) • Styles • Slide Shows • Adobe Lightroom Classic
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry II Lab, CHEM-1225, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Assignment Points
Safety Quiz 15
Prelabs/Experiment reports 540
Final Exam 200
Description:
Safety
Colorimetric Determination of Aspirin- using color to determine aspirin
Freezing Point Depression- depressing the freezing point
Rates of a Reaction- finding the rate of a reaction
Determination of Keq - finding the dissociation constant of a reaction
Le Chatelier's Principle- balancing pressure, temperature, and concentration in reactions
pH of Acids, Bases and Salt Solutions - finding pH of solutions
Buffer Solutions - creating buffer solutions
Determination of Ka - determining the acid dissociation constant
Determination of Ksp - determining the solubility dissociation constant
Activity series - determine the difference in chemical activity
Electrolysis Reactions - determining the electrolysis for a reaction
Required Reading: Laboratory experiment files specifically designed for the course
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech Outline 25 points
My Item Speech 100 points
Informative Speech Outline 25 points
Informative Speech 100 points
Persuasive Speech Outline 25 points
Persuasive Speech 100 points
Celebratory Speech Outline 25 points
Celebratory Speech 100 points
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 100 pts each) 100 points
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each 50 points
Peer evaluations (4 @ 25 pts each) 50 points
Learning Curve (5 @ 10 pts each 50 points
Discussion Boards (5 @ 20 pts each) 100 points
Quizzes (5 @ 20 pts each) 100 points
Goals Paper 50 points
Final Reflection Paper 100 points
Total points: 1,100
Description:
Introduction to Public Speaking: An overview of the basics and importance of public speaking in personal and professional settings.
Building Confidence, Listening, & Ethics: Techniques for overcoming speaking anxiety, active listening, and understanding ethical responsibilities as a speaker.
Choosing a Speech Topic and Purpose: Guidance on selecting relevant topics and determining the goal of your speech.
Audience Analysis: Understanding audience demographics, needs, and expectations to tailor your speech effectively.
My Item Speech: A practice speech introducing an item of personal significance to develop speaking skills.
Impromptu Speaking: Strategies for delivering unprepared speeches with clarity and confidence.
Researching Your Speech Topic: Learning how to gather credible and relevant information for your speech.
Supporting Materials & Organizing Your Speech: Using evidence and structuring your speech for logical flow and impact.
Informative Speaking: Developing and delivering speeches that educate and inform the audience.
Introductions, Transitions, & Conclusions: Crafting effective openings, seamless transitions, and memorable closings for speeches.
Informative Speech: Presenting a well-organized and researched informative speech to an audience.
Style and Language: Utilizing appropriate language and stylistic choices to enhance the clarity and engagement of your speech.
Persuasive Speaking: Techniques for crafting and delivering speeches that influence audience beliefs, attitudes, or actions.
Style and Delivery: Combining effective verbal and nonverbal delivery techniques to enhance speech impact and connection with the audience.Persuasive Speaking: Crafting arguments and strategies to influence audience attitudes, beliefs, or actions effectively.
Celebratory Speaking: Delivering speeches that honor, commemorate, or inspire during special occasions.
Presentation Aids: Using visual and multimedia tools to enhance speech clarity and audience engagement.
Celebratory Speeches: Creating and presenting speeches that celebrate achievements, milestones, or special moments.
Speaking for Social Change: Developing speeches that raise awareness and inspire action on social and societal issues.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speech Craft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St.Martin: Boston, MA.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Small Group Communication, COMM-2120, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
In-class quizzes, mid-term, and final
Description:
1. Apply and demonstrate the importance of foundations and contributions of communication in both historical & contemporary contexts 2. Identify and evaluate ethical communication in personal, professional, and societal contexts. 3. Illustrate how communication concepts and theories are used to understand communication behaviors in a variety of contexts, including small groups, organizations, interpersonal and professional relationships, and public discourse. 4. Synthesize and apply communication theory and skills to solve problems, manage personal and professional relationships, and overcome communication barriers. 5. Integrate critical reasoning into the formulation and delivery collaboration for a course of effective and ethical personal, social, professional, and public oral and written messages for a variety of audience compositions in numerous contexts. 6. Analyze and critique messages from personal, social, professional, and public sources to determine message effectiveness, ethics, appropriateness, and strategies utilized by the message designer. 7. Apply effective and appropriate written & oral communication skills when exposed to intercultural settings, and cross-cultural environments to achieve a cultural sensitivity to diversity, as well as to navigate and overcome potential communication differences.
Required Reading: Engleberg, Isa N. and Wynn, Dianna R., (2017) WORKING IN GROUPS: Communication Principles and Strategies, 7th edition, Allyn & Bacon
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fundamentals of Programming, CS-1400, Section 50A, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Midterm exam
Project to build out multiple functions that work together to construct a toy loan application program
Project to collect data and perform basic statistics on the dataset
Final exam
Final Project to design and build a text adventure game
Description:
Development Environments: setting up an environment for developing code
Programming Language Basics: building blocks of the Python grammar
Programs, Errors, and Strings: how Python syntax rules are combined into larger programs
Calling Functions: how separate functions are triggered
Writing Functions: how separate functions are defined
Function Composition: how to break down large programs into small chunks
Conditionals: how to design programs to conditionally execute code
Lists and Iteration: how to design programs to iteratively execute code
Records: how to keep track of and organize data
While Loops, Files, and Modules: misc. topics about iteration, reading/writing files, and modularity
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: ""Python Crash Course""; ""Teach Yourself Programming in Ten Years""
Object Oriented Programming, CS-1410, Section 50B, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Midterm exam
Final exam
Description:
Python Review: Reviewing programming basics
Debugging: how to respond when program errors occur
Modules / Modularity: how to organize large programs
Abstract Data Types: how to handle complexity with abstraction
Classes: syntax and use of classes in python
Class Design: how to properly design classes for optimal abstraction
Pygame Intro: how to use a graphics toolkit in python
Programming Physics: how to program basic physics in python
Inheritance: how to add layers of abstraction using classes
Polymorphism: how to simplify interacting with multiple layers of abstraction
Operator Overloading: how to integrate abstractions into core language primitive opterations
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: ""Python Crash Course"", ""Code Complete 2"", ""How to Write Good Programs""
Micro Economics, ECON-2010, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Class will be divided into 6 groups where each group will have to submit a graded assignment. Once the assignments are submitted it will be made available to the entire class where each student will have to participate in a graded discussion. Besides these, there will be 4 quizzes, 2 midterm exams and a comprehensive final exam.
Description:
Since it is an online course, there will not be any lecture but the course will be based on the completion of 15 modules. Following is a description of these 15 modules.
Module 1: Introduction to Economics: Introduction to basic economic concepts, such as scarcity, opportunity cost, and the role of economics in decision-making.
Module 2: Production Possibilities and Opportunity Costs: Here we explain and discuss factors of productions and how scarcity forces economies to make choices between different goods, illustrated through the production possibilities curve (PPC). It emphasizes that opportunity cost reflects the trade-offs involved in reallocating resources from one good to another, highlighting the concept of increasing opportunity costs
Module 3: Demand and Supply: Here we discuss the laws of demand and supply, how they interact to determine market prices, and factors that cause shifts in demand and supply curves.
Module 4 and 5: Elasticity: Here we focus on price elasticity of demand and supply, examining how changes in price affect the quantity demanded and supplied in the market. We also discuss the revenue connection and the concepts of cross price elasticity and income elasticity.
Module 6: Marginal Utility and Consumer Choice: Here we explore how consumers make decisions to maximize utility, considering preferences, budget constraints, and the concept of diminishing marginal utility. Also we discuss what is meant by consumer surplus.
Module 7: Price Ceiling and Price Floor: Here we discuss how and why government may interfere with the working of the market and set the market price either above or below the equilibrium price and the consequences of doing that.
Module 8: Cost of Production: Here we discuss different components of cost and the relationship between total costs, variable costs, average variable cost, average total cost and marginal cost.
Module 9: Profit Maximization: In this section we develop the very important profit maximization principles of business firms.
Module 10: Perfect Competition: Here we analyze the characteristics of perfect competition, where numerous firms produce identical products and no single firm can influence the market price.
Module 11: Monopoly: Here we examine monopolies, focusing on the market power of a single seller, price setting, and the inefficiencies that arise compared to competitive markets.
Module 12: Monopolistic Competition: Here we talk about monopolistic competition and show how it falls between monopoly and perfect competition and its unique characteristics.
Module 13: Oligopoly: Here we discuss the complex oligopolistic market structure and introduce the students to three models of oligopoly which they will be able to relate to.
Module 14: Antitrust and Regulation: Here we discuss why firms need to be regulated sometime and what are the different form of regulations and anti trust policies pursued by the government.
Module 15: Review and preparation for the comprehensive final.
Required Reading: All the online material provided through the course specific canvas page including lecture videos
Recommended Reading: Fred M. Gottheil, Principles of Microeconomics, South-Western Cengage Learning, Seventh Edition, 2013. ISBN: 978-1-2850-6444-4
Leisure in Society, RSM-1110, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Two exams, one research paper
Description:
1. Discuss the concept and use of leisure within the social and behavioral sciences.
2. Discuss how leisure behaviors have evolved over time and the impact it has on leisure attitudes today.
3. Identify and apply leisure theories and concepts in human behavior within society.
Required Reading: Pastimes: The Context of Contemporary Leisure, 2020, Ruth V. Russell, ISBN: 978-1-57167-972-7
Recommended Reading: Leisure in Your Life: New Perspectives, 2008, Geoffrey Godbey, ISBN: 978-1-892132-75-8
Intro: Recreation and Sport, RSM-2500, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Participation 100 10%
Self-Goal Setting/-Evaluations 50 5%
Recreation in the World 100 10%
Leisure Services Website Search 50 5%
Professional Association Critique 100 10%
Rec. Agency Presentation & Paper 170 17%
Canvas Activity 130 13%
Exam 1 150 15%
Final Exam 150 15%
Description:
This course is designed to introduce students to the recreation and sport management industry. The historical and philosophical perspectives of sport and leisure will be discussed with a specific emphasis on service areas and career options in recreation, and sport. Having completed this course, the student is expected to:
1) Discuss the history and development of the recreation and sport profession
2) Judge the value of professional associations within the industry
3) Discuss the roles and inter-relationships of diverse leisure service systems
Required Reading: Introduction to Recreation and Leisure, Tyler Tapps & Mary Sara Wells (3rd edition), Human Kinetics
Recommended Reading: Introduction to Recreation and Leisure Services, 2019, Human Kinetics
Sport and Society, RSM-3120, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Alternative Sport Event Research Paper
Final Exam
Description:
1400-1750 - Colonial Sports - Discussing the beginning of sport
1750-1820 - American National Period - Discussing creating an American identity through sport
1820-1860 - Health Reforms and Sport - Discussing health reforms that support sport expansion.
1850-1870 - Modern Sport - Discussing the major sports in America.
1870-1890 - Expanding Sport - Discussing how sport has expanded.
1890-1920 - Sport and Social Changes - Discussing how sports have led to social changes in society.
1920-1950 - Pop Culture and Heroic Athletes - Discussing the impact of pop culture and the infusion of sport into pop culture.
1950-1980 - Business of Sport - Discussing the financial and marketing endeavors to capitalize on sport. Moving from amateurism to professionalism.
1980-2005 - Sport Today - Discussing advancement in sport today.
Required Reading: HEROES and BALLYHOO
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum: Recreation & Sport, RSM-3820R, Section 01A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Requires instructor approval to enroll. Quizzes, midterm, and final exam
Description:
This repeatable course provides students with professional fieldwork experiences in the field of recreation and sport management.
1. Analyze the administration, supervision, and day-to-day operations of the agency in which they are working.
2. Apply current knowledge and skills related to the recreation and sport industry in a possible career path.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Management Strategies, HLTH-6005, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Course requirements are major grade-earning assignments and examinations, such as group projects, tests, and final exams
Description:
Module 1: Patient Satisfaction
This module explores two key aspects of healthcare management: patient-centered communication strategies and patient flow optimization. Both are essential for fostering a seamless and high-quality healthcare experience. Students will engage in interactive discussions and simulations to develop their ability to effectively communicate with patients, implement strategic care models, and optimize hospital operations. Through these activities, students will gain insights into how human resource strategies, health information technology (HIT), and process improvements contribute to a well-functioning healthcare system. By applying peer-reviewed research and real-world simulations, students will refine their ability to think critically, assess challenges, and implement patient-focused healthcare solutions.
Module 2: Employee Satisfaction
This module equips students with essential skills in healthcare workforce management by focusing on two critical areas: effective staff scheduling and leadership communication. Through real-world scenarios and data-driven decision-making, students will explore how to optimize staffing for financial sustainability, employee satisfaction, and operational efficiency. Additionally, students will analyze communication and conflict resolution strategies that healthcare managers can use to foster transparency, collaboration, and trust within healthcare teams. By engaging with case studies, peer-reviewed research, and interactive discussions, students will refine their ability to lead, communicate, and manage the healthcare workforce in dynamic and challenging environments.
Module 3: Strategies and Operations Management Practices
This module equips students with essential skills in healthcare workforce management by focusing on two critical areas: effective staff scheduling and leadership communication. Through real-world scenarios and data-driven decision-making, students will explore how to optimize staffing for financial sustainability, employee satisfaction, and operational efficiency. Additionally, students will analyze communication and conflict resolution strategies that healthcare managers can use to foster transparency, collaboration, and trust within healthcare teams. By engaging with case studies, peer-reviewed research, and interactive discussions, students will refine their ability to lead, communicate, and manage the healthcare workforce in dynamic and challenging environments.
Module 4: Applying Strategies with Technology
This module explores how healthcare organizations can move from visionary statements to measurable outcomes using structured frameworks and data-driven decision-making. Students will examine how mission, vision, and values form the foundation of strategic direction and how internal factors such as leadership, communication, and culture influence execution. Emphasis is placed on the Balanced Scorecard (BSC) as a system that bridges long-term goals with day-to-day operations by aligning Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) with strategic priorities. Through guided analysis, students will utilize the BSC Designer software to create strategy maps, select appropriate KPIs, and apply analytics to visualize performance. Students will also explore how descriptive, predictive, and prescriptive analytics support decision-making in a healthcare environment focused on quality, efficiency, and patient-centered outcomes.
Required Reading: Healthcare Operations Management (4th ed.). John R. Olson, Daniel B. McLaughlin. ISBN-10 : 164055307X | ISBN-13 : 978-1640553071
Recommended Reading: N/A
Internship, HLTH-6013, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Course requirements are major grade-earning assignments and examinations, such as group projects, tests, and final exams
Description:
Module 1.1: Population Health Promise
In this section, you will spend one week learning about the meaning of population health and the four pillars that define population health management through reading and discussion. You will learn about these topics well enough to clearly explain the concept of population health and discuss the integration of the four pillars of population health management.
Unit 1: Internship Introduction
In this first week, you will work with your internship supervisor to come up with personal goals and objectives that you hope to accomplish throughout this semester.
Unit 2: Internship Work
Throughout weeks 2-11, you will work with your preceptor until you complete the required 130 hours for your internship.
Unit 3:
By the final week of the semester, you should have completed you required internship hours and will report on your experience to the class.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Research Seminar, HLTH-6014, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Discussion questions, individual assignments, and group assignment
Description:
Module 1: Introduction to Health Research and Ethical Considerations
In this module, you will learn about the general principles of the research process, identifying a research question, and ethical considerations that must be addressed in health research.
Module 2: Research Question and Literature Review
In this module, you will determine the area of research for your final research project and analyze the research findings from previously published research that relates to your area of interest.
Module 3: Study Design
In this module, you will differentiate between primary, secondary, and tertiary research. Once you have learned about those types of research, you will identify the type of study design you will use in your project, and you will create a preliminary draft of your research manuscript.
Module 4: Data Management and Interpreting Research Findings
In this module, you will learn about different factors that can impact research interpretation, such as p-values, confidence intervals, and measures of central tendency. You will continue to analyze research findings from publications that relate to your research question, and create a draft of your data management plan.
Module 5: Research Proposal and Manuscript Writing
In this module, you will create a research proposal that would be suitable for IRB approval.
Module 6: Disseminating Research Findings
In this module, you will identify relevant journals and professional conferences that would be suitable for you to submit your research manuscript
Required Reading: Das M. K. (2022). An Introduction to Qualitative and Mixed Methods Study Designs in Health Research. Indian pediatrics, 59(5), 416–423. Greco, S. H. et. al. (2021). How to Review a Surgical Scientific Paper: A Guide for Critical Appraisal. Annals of Surgery Open, 1:e027, 1-6. DOI: 10.1097/AS9.0000000000000027 Monte, A. A. and Libby, A. M. (2018). Introduction to the Specific Aims Page of a Grant Proposal. Acad Emerg Med, 25(9), 1042-1047. doi:10.1111/acem.13419. Thiese M. S. (2014). Observational and interventional study design types; an overview. Biochemia medica, 24(2), 199–210. https://doi.org/10.11613/BM.2014.022
Recommended Reading: Jacobsen, K. H. (2017). Introduction to Health Research Methods: A Practical Guide, 2nd ed. Jones & Bartlett Learning. ISBN: 978-1284094381
HIT Integ., Interop. Standards, HLTH-6021, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Discussion questions and individual assignments
Description:
Module 1: Interoperability and Standards in Health Information Technology
This unit explores how healthcare information systems exchange data securely and efficiently. It introduces key standards and technologies that enable interoperability across healthcare organizations.
Module 2: Integrating the Healthcare Enterprise and HL7 Standards
This unit introduces the IHE initiative and HL7 standards as frameworks for improving interoperability in healthcare IT systems. Students will examine how these tools enable efficient data exchange and support clinical operations.
Module 3: The Role of Non-Medical Standards in Healthcare Data Exchange
This unit examines how non-medical standards such as HTTP and XML contribute to healthcare IT interoperability. Students will explore how these standards integrate with healthcare systems to support secure and efficient data exchange.
Module 4: Healthcare Data Exchange and Compliance
This unit focuses on the legal, regulatory, and ethical considerations involved in sharing patient data across healthcare institutions. Students will explore compliance strategies and frameworks that support secure and responsible data exchange.
Module 5: Service-Oriented Architecture in Healthcare IT
This unit explores how Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) enhances interoperability and data exchange in healthcare systems. Students will examine the role of web services and APIs in improving integration, scalability, and system efficiency.
Module 6: Enterprise Business Integration in Healthcare
This unit examines how integrating systems across a healthcare enterprise improves operational efficiency and data accuracy. Students will explore strategies such as data mapping and transformation to support seamless and consistent information exchange.
Module 7: HIPAA and Health IT Compliance
This unit explores the role of HIPAA in protecting patient data within healthcare IT systems. Students will examine how privacy and security regulations influence system design, interoperability, and compliance strategies.
Module 8: Messaging Standards and Frameworks for Healthcare Data Exchange
This unit focuses on frameworks and messaging protocols, such as HL7 v2 and CDA, that enable secure and accurate data exchange in healthcare. Students will examine how these standards support interoperability and address common challenges in healthcare communication.
Module 9: Data Integration for Population Health Management
This unit examines how integrating data from sources such as EHRs, public health systems, and social factors supports population health initiatives. Students will explore informatics tools and strategies to improve decision-making and healthcare delivery.
Module 10: HIT Interoperability and Telehealth
This unit explores how Health Information Technology (HIT) interoperability supports telehealth and remote care. Students will examine technologies and frameworks that enable real-time data exchange to enhance patient outcomes and healthcare access.
Module 11: Emerging Technologies and Standards in HIT Integration
This unit examines how evolving technologies and data standards, such as FHIR and AI-driven analytics, are reshaping healthcare IT integration. Students will explore trends, challenges, and strategies for adapting systems to improve outcomes and efficiency.
Module 12: Implementing HIT Integration in Healthcare Settings
This unit focuses on real-world applications of Health Information Technology (HIT) integration. Students will analyze case studies, identify success factors and challenges, and explore strategies for improving care quality, operational efficiency, and data security.
Required Reading: CodeIT. (n.d.). Challenges of interoperability in healthcare and how to overcome them. https://codeit.us/blog/challenges-of-interoperability-in-healthcare Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society. (n.d.). Interoperability in healthcare. https://gkc.himss.org/resources/interoperability-healthcare HealthViewX. (2024, September 6). Interoperability in healthcare: Breaking down data silos for better patient outcomes. https://www.healthviewx.com/interoperability-in-healthcare-breaking-down-data-silos-for-better-patient-outcomes/ Integrating the Healthcare Enterprise. (2018, February 15). IHE expands development and testing of profiles based on HL7 FHIR. https://www.ihe.net/news/ihe-expands-development-testing-profiles-based-hl7-fhir Integrating the Healthcare Enterprise. (n.d.). Profiles. https://www.ihe.net/resources/profiles Lifepoint Informatics. (n.d.). Overcoming HL7 integration challenges in healthcare. https://lifepoint.com/hl7-integration/ Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology. (n.d.). Care settings. HealthIT.gov. https://www.healthit.gov/playbook/care-settings Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology. (n.d.). Health information exchange. HealthIT.gov. https://www.healthit.gov/playbook/health-information-exchange/ Pantanowitz, L., Sinard, J. H., Henricks, W. H., Fatheree, L. A., Carter, A. B., Contis, L., Beckwith, B. A., Evans, A. J., Lal, A., Parwani, A. V., & Wilbur, D. C. (2021). Integrating the Health-care Enterprise Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Guideline for Digital Pathology Interoperability. Journal of Pathology Informatics, 12, 18. https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8240547 Radsource. (n.d.). What is HL7 and its importance to healthcare. https://radsource.us/what-is-hl7-in-healthcare/F Weber, G. M., Mandel, J. C., Klann, J. G., & Szolovits, P. (2021). SMART on FHIR: a standards-based, interoperable apps platform for electronic health records. Yearbook of medical informatics, 30(1), 235–246. https://doi.org/10.1055/s-0041-1726419
Recommended Reading: N/A
Quan Methods Human Perf, HHP-6295, Section 40B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
In-class discussion, quizzes, mid-term, and final exam
Description:
1. Self-evaluations for Excel Diagnostics
2. Data: Types, Distributions, and Percentiles
3. Central Tendency, Variability, Z-scores
4. Correlation and Regression Assessment
5. Hypothesis Testing
6. T-testing and Effect Size
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Acute Care AT, MAT-6030, Section 01B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Quizzes (10%), Written Exam (40%), Discussions (10%), Class Assignments (10%), Practical Exams (30%)
Description:
1. Discussion: Emergency Planning for Catastrophic Incidents
2. Discussion: Interprofessional Health Care Teams
3. Discussion: Prevention and Risk Management
4. Emergency Action Plan Analysis
5. Discussion: Post-Concussive Syndrome in a Female Soccer Player
6. Concept Maps- Immediate Management of Musculoskeletal Injuries & Traumatic Injuries to Head and Face
7. Concept Maps: The Emergency Examination, Emergency Medications and Administration, & Immediate Management....
8. Discussion: Emergency Medications and Administrations #2
9. Discussion: The Emergency Examination
10. Emergency Medications and Administration #1
11. Overdose-Naloxone Administration
12. Immediate Management of Bleeding, and Shock
13. Immediate Management of immunologic emergencies
14. Limb-Threatening Fracture in an Olympic Gymnast
15. Loss of Consciousness in a Military Patient
16. Open Fracture in a Military Trainee
17. Pulmonary Emboli in a Professional Soccer Player
18. Spine Injury and Compromised Airway
19. Cervical Spine Injury in the Prone Football Player
20. Rib Fracture in an Equestrian
21. Concept Mapping-Traumatic Injuries to the Spine & Injuries of the Thorax and Lungs
22. Blunt Trauma to Chest in a Little League Baseball Player
23. Sudden Cardiac Arrest in a 20-Year-Old Male
24. Injury in a Rugby Player
25. Liver Trauma to a BMX Biker
26. Basic Training Catastrophe
27. Maps-Life-Threatening Cardiac Conditions, Injuries and Illnesses of the Abdominopelvic Region & Immediate Management...
28. Hypoglycemia in a Construction Worker
29. Conscious/Unconscious Airway Obstruction (Infant/Child/Adult) Practical
30. Lineman Returning to Participation After Bilateral Knee Surgery (environment-heat)
31. Heatstroke at Army Basic Training
32. Lightning Strike During a Lacrosse Game
33. Soldier Returning to Basic Training (Rhabdomyolysis/Sickle Cell Trait)
34. Spine Boarding, C Collar, Facemask/Helmet/Shoulder Pads Group Practical
35. Environmental Health Conditions EAP- Recognition and Referral Policy/EAP Assignment
36. Immediate Management of Bleeding, Shock, and Immunologic Emergencies
Required Reading: Acute and Emergency Care in Athletic Training. Cleary & Flanagan. 1st edition. ISBN: 978-1-4925-3653-6
Recommended Reading: N/A
AC Clinical Skills, MAT-6032, Section 01B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Evaluation of clinical performance of subjects discussed in MAT 6030
Description:
Clinical application of subjects discussed in MAT 6030
Required Reading: See MAT 6030
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum: Recreation & Sport, RSM-3820R, Section 01B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Requires instructor approval to enroll. Quizzes, midterm, and final exam
Description:
This repeatable course provides students with professional fieldwork experiences in the field of recreation and sport management.
1. Analyze the administration, supervision, and day-to-day operations of the agency in which they are working.
2. Apply current knowledge and skills related to the recreation and sport industry in a possible career path.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Gen Med Asses Refer, MAT-6130, Section 01B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Course projects, midterm, and final exam
Description:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the key principles of general medical assessment and the importance of timely referrals for appropriate medical care.
2. Interpret the significance of effective communication in the context of general medical assessment and identify various stakeholders with whom healthcare professionals must communicate for referrals.
3. Apply evidence-based medical assessment techniques to evaluate a patient's medical condition and determine the necessity for a referral to a specialist.
4. Analyze the principles of medical informatics and their role in the administration and delivery of healthcare, including the use of data for informed decision-making.
5. Develop a comprehensive care plan for patients, integrating medical assessments, referral considerations, and a plan for ongoing monitoring and follow-up.
Required Reading: General Medical Conditions in The Athlete. Flanagan and Cuppett. 3rd Ed. ISBN-13: 978-1492533504 ISBN-10: 1492533505
Recommended Reading: N/A
Consumer Behavior, MKTG-3450, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Exams
Final Consumer Behavior Audit Written Report
Final Consumer Behavior Audit Presentation
CPA Assignments (Class preparation assignments - quizzes)
Description:
1 Topic: Intro to the course
- Review of the class project and website and what exams will be like
- Defining Consumer Behavior
- What affects consumer behavior
** Bring a notebook and pen each day to class
2 Topic: Introduction to Consumer Behavior
- Marketing implications of consumer behavior
- Marketing research methods
- The consumer decision process
- Theoretical review
3 Topic: Exposure, Attention, & Comprehension
- Exposure
- Attention
- Comprehension
4 Topic: Attitudes
- What are attitudes?
- The cognitive and affective components of attitudes
- Routes to attitude chage and high effort vs low effort
5 Topic: Learning & Memory
- Theories of Learning
- Experience
- Memory
- Knowledge content, structure & flexibility
- Memory & retrieval
6 The Consumer Decision Process
- Problem Recognition
- Triggers of need recognition
- Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs
- Information Search
- Internal and External Search
- Consideration sets
7 Exam I
8 The Consumer Decision Process
Alternative evaluation and Purchase
- Decision models
Post-purchase Process
- Post-purchase dissonance and regret
- Learning from consumer experience
- How consumers make satisfaction or dissatisfaction judgments
- Responses to dissatisfaction
9 Team meeting day
Time to work in class on your project draft and have your questions answered.
10 External influences
- Sources of Influence
- Culture and Subcultures
- How Age Affects Consumer Behavior
- Household Influences
- Roles That Household Members Play
- How Social Class Affects Consumption
11 Culture, Values & Subcultures”
- American Values
- American Culture
- Major Subculture Classifications
- Marketing Ethics, Consumer Ethics, and Deviant Consumer Behavior
- Social Responsibility Issues in Marketing
12 Exam II
13 Team meeting day - finalize your written report
14 Full Project Presentations
15 Full Project Presentations
16 Full Project Presentations
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fieldwork IA, OTD-7133, Section 01B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Successful completion of previous coursework in the program and fieldwork evaluation.
Description:
1. Demonstrate therapeutic use of self, including ones personality, insights, perceptions, and judgments, as part of the therapeutic process in individual interaction with individuals who have behavioral health needs
2. Prepare the need and rationale for occupational therapy services for individuals with behavioral health needs.
3. Apply appropriate screening and assessment tools and procedures to evaluate occupational performance of clients with behavioral health needs.
4. Adapt the environment, tools, materials, occupations and interventions to reflect the changing needs of the client, the sociocultural context, and technological advances for individuals with behavioral health needs.
5. Articulate the continuum of care to include understanding of the role of occupational therapy in care coordination, case management, and transition services for individuals with behavioral health needs.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Legal Foundations/Rec & Sport, RSM-4000, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Three exams, each 20% of the total grade; Case studies (20%), Class participation (20%)
Description:
Covers the potential for legal issues regarding recreation and sport activities, including the nature of
programs and facilities, wide-ranging clientele, multitude of paid and volunteer staff. Preparing to prevent unfortunate circumstances from occurring and how best to protect clientele and defend staff, administrators, programs, and agencies will be the focus.
1. Describe how recreation and sport programs and facilities address and deal with legal risk.
2. Demonstrate the ability to reduce programmatic and facility operations risk through well thought out strategies.
3. Define concepts and processes used by the United States legal system to minimize risk and protect staff and agencies.
Required Reading: Spengler, J.O., Anderson, P.M., Connaughton, D.P., & Baker, T.A. (2023). Introduction to Sport Law (3rd ed.). Human Kinetics
Recommended Reading: Pittman, A.T., Spengler, J.O., & Young, S.J. (2022). Case Studies in Sport Law (3rd ed.). Human Kinetics.
RSM Internship, RSM-4820R, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
In-person and written reporting from the student on the internship
Description:
This is an Internship class, which does not meet in-person and hence, there are no lectures or discussions. However, each of the logs is a documentation of the number of hours worked (logged) toward the Internship and the learnings (Internship Objectives) acquired during those hours. As part of the requirements, the internship consists of at least 90 hours spread over the semester, and each student must work on completing the Internship Objectives within those 90 hours.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Healthy Aging, XSCI-4200, Section 40B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
PEHR 3700. Three major projects
Description:
1. Discuss potential career paths within the recreation and sport industry.
2. Discuss potential graduate programs and institutions related to the students' professional aspirations.
3. Create a professional portfolio including personal philosophy, cover letters, resume, references and professional artifacts
Required Reading: Online resources
Recommended Reading: Medical and refereed sources of Exercise Phys, Exercise with the Aging, CDC- etc
Intro to OT, XSCI-2025, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Students may complete a short case study, reflective essay, or simulated evaluation project integrating course concepts.
Description:
**Unit 1: Foundations of Occupational Therapy**
- History and evolution of the profession
- Key figures in OT (e.g., Eleanor Clarke Slagle, William Rush Dunton)
- Philosophical underpinnings and core concepts
**Unit 2: Occupational Science and the Meaning of Occupation**
- Defining ""occupation"" and ""occupational performance""
- How occupation influences health, identity, and well-being
- Introduction to Occupational Science as a discipline
**Unit 3: Roles and Scope of Practice**
- Domains of OT practice (e.g., physical health, mental health, pediatrics, geriatrics)
- Differences between Occupational Therapists (OTs) and Occupational Therapy Assistants (OTAs)
- Emerging practice areas (telehealth, community-based practice)
**Unit 4: The OT Process**
- Evaluation, intervention, and outcome monitoring
- Client-centered practice and evidence-based practice
- Documentation basics and goal writing (e.g., SMART goals)
**Unit 5: Professional Standards and Ethics**
- Code of Ethics (AOTA)
- Core Values of OT (altruism, dignity, truth, etc.)
- Cultural competence and DEI (Diversity, Equity, Inclusion) in OT practice
**Unit 6: Frameworks and Models in OT**
- Overview of the **Occupational Therapy Practice Framework (OTPF-4)**
- Key models: Model of Human Occupation (MOHO), Canadian Model of Occupational Performance and Engagement (CMOP-E), Person-Environment-Occupation Model (PEO)
**Unit 7: Settings and Populations**
- Hospitals, schools, home health, skilled nursing facilities, outpatient clinics
- Working with children, adults, and older adults
- Community-based and non-traditional settings
**Unit 8: Teamwork and Interprofessional Collaboration**
- Working within interdisciplinary healthcare teams
- Understanding the roles of PTs, SLPs, social workers, nurses
- Advocacy for the OT role in diverse settings
**Unit 9: Education, Licensure, and Credentialing**
- Academic paths (bachelor's, master's, doctoral degrees)
- National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy (NBCOT) exam
- State licensure and continuing education requirements
**Unit 10: Trends and the Future of OT**
- Emerging technologies (assistive tech, VR/AR in therapy)
- Advocacy and the expansion of OT into new fields
- Global perspectives and international practice
Required Reading: Introduction to Occupational Therapy by Jane Clifford O’Brien (6th edition, Elsevier)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Nutrition - Sport and Exercise, XSCI-2200, Section 40B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, and final exam. Optional Final Project: Create a detailed nutrition and hydration plan for a real or hypothetical athlete based on sport, goals, and training demands.
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction to Nutrition and Exercise Science**
- Overview of nutrition principles
- The role of nutrition in exercise, training, and recovery
- Energy systems during exercise (ATP-PCr, glycolysis, oxidative)
Unit 2: Energy Balance and Body Composition**
- Calculating energy needs
- Basal metabolic rate (BMR) and total daily energy expenditure (TDEE)
- Assessing and interpreting body composition (fat mass vs. fat-free mass)
Unit 3: Macronutrients: Carbohydrates**
- Structure and function of carbohydrates
- Glycogen storage and utilization
- Carbohydrate needs before, during, and after exercise
Unit 4: Macronutrients: Fats**
- Types and roles of dietary fats
- Fat metabolism during rest and exercise
- Impacts of fat intake on performance and health
Unit 5: Macronutrients: Proteins**
- Protein structure, digestion, and absorption
- Protein needs for endurance vs. strength athletes
- Timing and quality of protein intake (e.g., leucine threshold)
Unit 6: Micronutrients and Exercise**
- Key vitamins and minerals for athletes (iron, calcium, vitamin D, antioxidants)
- Risks of deficiencies in athletic populations
- Supplementation guidelines and cautions
Unit 7: Hydration and Electrolyte Balance**
- Importance of water and electrolytes in exercise
- Dehydration and performance effects
- Fluid replacement strategies and guidelines (e.g., sweat testing)
Unit 8: Nutrition Timing and Ergogenic Aids**
- Nutrient timing strategies (pre-, during-, and post-exercise)
- Ergogenic aids overview (creatine, caffeine, beta-alanine)
- Legal, ethical, and health considerations
Unit 9: Weight Management and Disordered Eating in Athletes**
- Strategies for healthy weight gain and loss
- Female Athlete Triad and RED-S (Relative Energy Deficiency in Sport)
- Recognizing and managing disordered eating patterns
Unit 10: Special Populations in Sport Nutrition**
- Youth athletes
- Older athletes
- Athletes with chronic conditions or special dietary needs (e.g., diabetes, vegetarian/vegan)
Unit 11: Nutrition for Endurance Sports**
- Carbohydrate loading protocols
- Recovery nutrition for long-duration activities
- Case studies (e.g., marathon, triathlon)
Unit 12: Nutrition for Strength and Power Sports**
- Strategies for muscle gain and strength
- Creatine and other common supplements
- Recovery nutrition for resistance training athletes
Unit 13: Current Trends and Controversies in Sports Nutrition**
- Keto diet, intermittent fasting, plant-based diets for athletes
- Supplements: hype vs. evidence
- Anti-doping and supplement safety
Unit 14: Practical Applications and Case Studies**
- Designing personalized nutrition plans
- Working with athletic teams or individual athletes
- Hands-on case studies: real-world practice
Required Reading: Nutrition for Sport and Exercise, Marie Dunford and J. Andrew Doyle Edition: Most current (often 4th edition) Publisher: Cengage Learning
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health Coaching Concepts I, XSCI-4010, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, and final exam
Description:
Unit 1: Foundations of Health Coaching
Definition and history of health coaching
Key roles and responsibilities of a health coach
Differences between coaching, counseling, mentoring, and advising
Overview of professional organizations (e.g., NBHWC, ICF)
Unit 2: Theories of Behavior Change
Transtheoretical Model (Stages of Change)
Health Belief Model
Self-Determination Theory
Social Cognitive Theory
Application of theories to coaching practice
Unit 3: Core Coaching Skills: Building Rapport and Trust
Establishing the coaching relationship
Active listening and empathetic communication
Building rapport, psychological safety, and client-centered presence
Unit 4: Motivational Interviewing
Principles of Motivational Interviewing (MI): expressing empathy, developing discrepancy, rolling with resistance, supporting self-efficacy
Open-ended questions, affirmations, reflective listening, and summarizing (OARS skills)
Practicing MI conversations in health coaching contexts
Unit 5: Communication Techniques for Behavior Change
Asking powerful questions
Using silence and curiosity
Providing feedback without judgment
Handling client resistance and ambivalence
Unit 6: Goal Setting and Action Planning
SMART Goals (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, Time-bound)
Creating vision statements with clients
Breaking down goals into achievable steps
Accountability and follow-up techniques
Unit 7: Lifestyle Factors and Health Behavior
Physical activity and exercise coaching
Nutrition and healthy eating habits
Stress management and emotional resilience
Sleep hygiene and recovery strategies
Unit 8: Stages of Coaching Sessions
Structuring a coaching session: opening, exploring, closing
Setting session objectives
Designing and documenting client action plans
Reflecting and adjusting plans over time
Unit 9: Ethics and Professionalism in Health Coaching
Core ethical principles (autonomy, confidentiality, integrity)
Scope of practice and boundaries
Cultural competence and inclusive coaching
When to refer clients to other professionals
Unit 10: Special Topics in Health Coaching
Coaching for chronic disease management (e.g., diabetes, hypertension)
Coaching across diverse populations (age, culture, health literacy)
Corporate wellness and health coaching in organizations
Unit 11: Health and Wellness Assessment Tools
Wellness wheels and self-assessment instruments
Readiness-to-change questionnaires
Strengths assessments
Using client assessments to tailor coaching strategies
Unit 12: Positive Psychology and Strengths-Based Coaching
Applying positive psychology to promote growth and resilience
Identifying and leveraging client strengths
Building optimism, hope, and gratitude into the coaching process
Unit 13: Group Coaching and Virtual Health Coaching
Strategies for leading group coaching sessions
Building community and peer support
Delivering coaching services via telehealth, apps, and digital platforms
Unit 14: Emerging Trends and Professional Development
Credentialing and certifications (e.g., NBHWC exam preparation)
Health coaching and integrated health care teams
The future of digital health and coaching technologies
Required Reading: Motivational Interviewing in Health Care: Helping Patients Change Behavior Authors: Stephen Rollnick, William R. Miller, and Christopher C. Butler Publisher: Guilford Press
Recommended Reading: Health Coaching: Your Guide to Professional Success Authors: Michael Arloski Publisher: Whole Person Associates
Clinical Exercise Physiology, XSCI-4300, Section 40B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Capstone or final project: Case Study Project: Students analyze a clinical case (e.g., post-MI patient, COPD patient) and design a full exercise program with progressions and modifications.
OR
Simulation Practical: Students conduct a mock clinical exercise assessment, including risk stratification, exercise testing, and exercise prescription.
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction to Clinical Exercise Physiology
History and development of the field
Role of the Clinical Exercise Physiologist (CEP)
Clinical exercise physiology vs. traditional exercise physiology
Credentialing and certification pathways (e.g., ACSM-CEP)
Unit 2: Foundations of Exercise Testing and Prescription
Pre-exercise screening and risk stratification
Principles of exercise testing (maximal vs. submaximal)
Interpretation of test results (VO₂ max, ECG changes, hemodynamics)
Exercise prescription basics (FITT-VP principles)
Unit 3: Pathophysiology and Exercise Management: Cardiovascular Diseases
Coronary artery disease (CAD)
Heart failure
Peripheral arterial disease (PAD)
Exercise testing and programming for cardiovascular patients
Unit 4: Pathophysiology and Exercise Management: Pulmonary Diseases
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)
Asthma and interstitial lung disease
Pulmonary rehabilitation principles
Exercise testing and programming for pulmonary patients
Unit 5: Metabolic Disorders and Exercise
Diabetes mellitus (Type 1 and 2)
Obesity and metabolic syndrome
Dyslipidemia
Exercise considerations and metabolic control
Unit 6: Orthopedic and Musculoskeletal Disorders
Arthritis (osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis)
Osteoporosis and low back pain
Joint replacements (hip, knee, shoulder)
Safe exercise programming and rehabilitation basics
Unit 7: Neurological Disorders and Exercise
Stroke (CVA)
Parkinson’s disease
Multiple sclerosis
Exercise testing, safety, and prescription adaptations
Unit 8: Cancer and Exercise
Exercise during and after cancer treatment
Effects of chemotherapy, radiation, and surgery on exercise capacity
Special considerations for fatigue, immunosuppression, and safety
Unit 9: Kidney Disease and Other Chronic Conditions
Chronic kidney disease (CKD) and dialysis patients
Liver disease
HIV/AIDS
Exercise program adjustments and monitoring
Unit 10: Special Populations and Clinical Considerations
Pediatric chronic diseases
Geriatric populations with multiple comorbidities
Pregnancy and postpartum considerations
Adaptive exercise and functional assessments
Unit 11: Emergency Procedures and Risk Management
Recognizing signs and symptoms of distress during exercise
Emergency response planning and use of AEDs
Medical clearance, liability, and professional responsibilities
Unit 12: Exercise in Clinical Rehabilitation Programs
Cardiac rehabilitation (phases I–IV)
Pulmonary rehabilitation
Multidisciplinary team approaches in clinical rehab
Documentation, billing, and program design
Unit 13: Lifestyle Modification and Behavior Change Strategies
Counseling patients for exercise adherence
Motivational interviewing and health coaching techniques
Incorporating nutrition, stress management, and smoking cessation
Unit 14: Current Research and Trends in Clinical Exercise Physiology
Telehealth and remote monitoring
Precision exercise medicine and genomics
New technologies (wearables, AI-based rehabilitation)
Future directions of the profession
Required Reading: Clinical Exercise Physiology (5th Edition) Authors: Jonathan Ehrman, Paul Gordon, Paul Visich, and Steven Keteyian Publisher: Human Kinetics
Recommended Reading: Clinical Exercise Physiology (5th Edition) Authors: Jonathan Ehrman, Paul Gordon, Paul Visich, and Steven Keteyian Publisher: Human Kinetics
Ped and Adol Fit & Nutrition, XSCI-4400, Section 40B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Capstone/Final Project: Youth Fitness and Nutrition Plan: Students create a complete program for a target group (e.g., 10-year-olds in an afterschool program), including fitness activities, nutrition guidelines, and behavior change strategies.
OR
Case Study Analysis: Students evaluate a real-world program (e.g., a school wellness initiative) and propose improvements.
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction to Pediatric Health, Fitness, and Nutrition
Overview of pediatric and adolescent growth and development
Definitions: physical activity, fitness, health, and nutrition in youth
Trends in childhood fitness and nutrition over time
Unit 2: Growth, Maturation, and Physical Development
Biological and physiological growth patterns
Stages of motor development
Differences between biological age and chronological age
Effects of growth spurts on fitness and performance
Unit 3: Nutritional Needs During Childhood and Adolescence
Macronutrient needs (carbohydrates, protein, fats)
Micronutrients critical for growth (calcium, vitamin D, iron)
Hydration needs for youth
Nutritional assessment methods for children
Unit 4: Physical Activity Guidelines for Youth
Current physical activity recommendations (CDC, WHO, ACSM)
Components of youth fitness (aerobic, strength, flexibility, bone health)
Sedentary behavior and screen time guidelines
Unit 5: Pediatric Exercise Physiology
Physiological responses to exercise in children vs. adults
Cardiovascular, muscular, and metabolic adaptations
Thermoregulation and special considerations for youth exercise
Unit 6: Fitness Assessment and Testing in Youth
Principles of safe fitness assessment in children
Common fitness tests (e.g., PACER test, sit-and-reach, handgrip strength)
Interpreting results and developmental appropriateness
Unit 7: Designing Fitness Programs for Children and Adolescents
Exercise prescription (FITT-VP) for youth
Strength training guidelines for children
Integrating play, sports, and structured activities
Unit 8: Healthy Eating Patterns in Childhood and Adolescence
Dietary guidelines for youth (USDA MyPlate, Mediterranean diet adaptations)
Promoting healthy food choices
Addressing picky eating, eating habits, and family meal environments
Unit 9: Obesity, Overweight, and Weight Management
Causes and consequences of pediatric obesity
Impact of inactivity and poor nutrition
Prevention and treatment strategies
Psychological effects of obesity (self-esteem, body image)
Unit 10: Disordered Eating and Nutrition Risks
Identifying disordered eating patterns (anorexia, bulimia, binge eating)
Relative Energy Deficiency in Sport (RED-S)
Intervention and referral strategies
Unit 11: Chronic Conditions and Special Populations
Exercise and nutrition considerations for:
Asthma
Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes
Congenital heart defects
Developmental disabilities (e.g., autism, Down syndrome)
Unit 12: Family, School, and Community Interventions
Role of parents, schools, and communities in promoting healthy habits
Designing youth fitness and nutrition programs in school settings
Public health initiatives (e.g., Let’s Move!, Fuel Up to Play 60)
Unit 13: Behavior Change and Motivational Strategies
Behavior change theories applied to youth (Social Cognitive Theory, Transtheoretical Model)
Strategies to promote long-term physical activity and healthy eating
Role of coaches, teachers, and healthcare providers as motivators
Unit 14: Current Trends and Research in Pediatric Fitness and Nutrition
Impact of technology on fitness and nutrition (apps, wearables, gamification)
Trends in youth sports specialization and early training
Future directions for pediatric fitness and nutrition research
Required Reading: Nutrition and Physical Fitness for Children Authors: Judy A. Driskell and Ira Wolinsky Publisher: CRC Press
Recommended Reading: Nutrition and Physical Fitness for Children Authors: Judy A. Driskell and Ira Wolinsky Publisher: CRC Press
Business Law I, MGMT-3050, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
• Class participation: 15%
• Legal System Assignment: 10%
• Contract Assignment: 10%
• First exam (in-class multiple choice): 20%
• Second exam (in-class multiple choice): 20%
• Third exam (take-home essays): 25%
• Total: 100%
Description:
• Class introduction: introduce class; review syllabus; discuss expectations
• Intro to Legal System: discuss the purpose of law and levels of state and federal government
• Constitutional law: discuss structure of government; commerce clause; Bill of Rights
• Administrative law: discuss government regulations and administrative law process
• Civil Litigation: give overview of civil litigation, discovery, trial
• Alternative dispute resolution: describe alternative ways to settle lawsuits, like mediation and arbitration
• Torts: intentional torts; business torts; negligence; damages; strategies to avoid tort lawsuits
• Property: discuss real and personal property
• Criminal law: discuss criminal process, with emphasis on how to avoid fraud
• Contracts: review contract formation, terms, breach, damages, and strategies
• Agency: discuss agency-principal relationship; vicarious liability; agency and contracts
• Employment: discuss employment discrimination, sexual harassment, accommodation
• Consumer law: discuss different ways business face liability for unsafe products or services
• Business Ethics: discuss the ethical decision-making process
• Business formation: review different types of business formation and their advantages
• Securities: discuss securities regulation, avoiding fraud, and necessary disclosures
• Intellectual property: patent, copyright, trademark, trade secrets
• Antitrust: discuss monopolization and per se violations
• Creditors and debtors: general overview of bankruptcy process and secured transactions
• Environmental law: general overview of water law, nuisance, and environmental regulations
Required Reading: Canvas modules and linked materials
Recommended Reading: N/A
Macro Economics, ECON-2020, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter Quizzes: 10%
Lecture and Practice/Discussions: 15%
Exam 1: 25%
Exam 2: 25%
Final exam: 25%
Description:
Module 1 Introduction: economics as a social science, circular flow model, positive vs. normative economic statements.
Module 2 Supply & Demand: competitive markets, demand, supply, analysis of how events affect the market equilibrium.
Module 3 National Income: Gross Domestic Product and it’s components. Nominal GDP, Real GDP, and the GDP Deflator.
Module 4 Consumer Price Index: calculating the CPI, correcting for inflation, applications to the minimum wage and college tuition, real interest rates.
Module 5 Economic Growth & Exam 1: facts about income per person and economic growth rates around the world. Theories of economic growth, capital accumulation, technological change, governance, trade, and population. Exam 1.
Module 6 Savings & Investment: National saving and investment. Market for loanable funds in a closed economy model of the financial system and the determination of real interest rates. Effects of governmental budget deficits.
Module 7 Finance: Bonds, stocks, and financial markets. Present value calculations and applications. Efficient market hypothesis.
Module 8 Unemployment: Calculation of unemployment rate and labor force participation rate. Historical facts on unemployment and job creation for the United States. Theories of unemployment.
Module 9 Monetary System & Exam 2: Functions of money, historical forms of money, and the role of central banks in influencing the money supply. The Federal Reserve system and tools of monetary policy. Exam 2.
Module 10 Inflation: Quantity equation of money and causes of inflation. Costs of inflation.
Module 1: Open Economy I: Net exports, net capital outflows, and exchange rates
Module 12 Open Economy II: Market for loanable funds in an open economy model. Applications of models to government policy changes and world events.
Module 13 Aggregate Demand & Aggregate Supply: the business cycle and aggregate demand & supply model. Applications of model to various economic events and historical situations.
Module 14 Monetary & Fiscal Policy: tools of monetary and fiscal policies in response to economic fluctuations. Arguments for and against active stabilization policy. Long term effects of federal government deficits and debt.
Module 15 Course Review & Final Exam
Required Reading: Brief Principles of Macroeconomics, 9th edition, by N. Gregory Mankiw
Recommended Reading: N/A
Micro Economics, ECON-2010, Section 01B, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter Quizzes (on Canvas): 25%
Exam 1: 25%
Exam 2: 25%
Final exam: 25%
Description:
Week 1 Introduction to Economics: definition of economics, economics as a social science, models and assumptions, positive and normative statements, production possibilities frontier model.
Week 2 Comparative Advantage & Trade: opportunity cost, absolute advantage, comparative advantage, 2 country 2 good model of trade, gains from trade.
Week 3 Supply & Demand: competitive markets, quantity demand and law of demand, shifts in demand, normal goods, inferior goods, complements, substitutes, quantity supplied and law of supply, shifts in supply, supply and demand model, market equilibrium, surpluses and shortages, applications of model.
Week 4 Elasticity: price elasticity of demand, calculation elasticity, determinants of price elasticity of demand, price elasticity of supply, cross price elasticity of demand, income elasticity of demand, applications of elasticity.
Week 5 Government Policies: price ceilings, price floors, applications to rent control and minimum wage, taxes, incidence of the tax and elasticity.
Week 6 Efficiency: consumer surplus, producer surplus, total surplus, market efficiency.
Week 7 Efficiency & Taxation: welfare effects of taxes, deadweight loss, deadweight loss and elasticity, applications to tax policy, deadweight loss and size of tax, tax size and tax revenue, Laffer curve.
Week 8 Efficiency & International Trade: welfare effects of international trade, winners and losers from trade, tariffs and trade policy, arguments for free trade, arguments for restrictions on trade.
Week 9 Externalities, Public Goods and Common Resources: positive externalities, negative externalities, public policy towards externalities, rival vs. non-rival goods, excludable and not excludable goods, private goods, public goods, club goods, common resources, public policy and public goods & common resources.
Week 10 Costs of Production: fixed costs, variable costs, total costs, production function, marginal product of labor, marginal cost, average fixed cost, average variable cost, average total cost, economies of scale, constant returns to scale, diseconomies of scale.
Week 11 Firms in Competitive Markets: revenue, marginal revenue, average revenue, accounting profit vs economic profit, profit maximization condition in competitive markets, shut down and exit conditions, sunk costs, zero profit condition, market supply in the long run.
Week 12 Monopoly: barriers to entry and causes of monopoly, profit maximization under monopoly, price discrimination, welfare costs of monopoly, public policy towards monopoly and antitrust laws.
Week 13 Monopolistic Competition: characteristics of monopolistic competition and contrast with perfect competition and monopoly, short-run vs long-run outcomes, welfare effects, application to advertising.
Week 14 Oligopoly: concentration ratio, duopoly, cartels, comparison of oligopoly outcomes with perfect competition and monopoly, game theory, dominant strategy, Nash equilibrium, Prisoners’ Dilemma game, other applications of game theory.
Week 15 Theory of Consumer Choice: budget constraint, preferences and indifference curves, rationality and optimization, marginal rate of substitution, applications to changes in consumer income and prices, derivation of demand curve, income and substitution effects, Giffen goods.
Required Reading: Principles of Microeconomics, 9th edition, by N. Gregory Mankiw
Recommended Reading: N/A
Business Statistics, STAT-2040, Section 01B, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Homework: 35%
Exam 1: 20%
Exam 2: 20%
Final Exam: 25%
Description:
note this section is on an accelerated summer block schedule
Week 1 Introduction & Presenting Data: population, sample, population parameter, sample statistic, cross sectional data, time series data, qualitative & quantitative variables, discrete and continuous variables, nominal ordinal interval ratio measurement scales; frequency distributions, relative frequency, cumulative frequency, pie charts, bar charts, histograms, scatterplots.
Week 2 Descriptive Statistics & Probability: mean, median, mode, percentiles, box plots, range, variance, standard deviation, coefficient of variation, Sharpe ratio and applications to finance, Chebyshev’s Theorem, Empirical Rule, covariance, correlation; probability, complement rule, addition rule, multiplication rule, conditional probability, independence, total probability rule, Bayes Theorem.
Week 3 Discrete and Continuous Probability Distributions: properties of discrete probability distributions, probability mass function, expected value, standard deviation, applications to risk, Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution; properties of continuous probability distributions, probability density function, Normal distribution, Exponential distribution, continuous uniform distribution.
Week 4 Sampling Distributions and Interval Estimation: random sample, selection bias, nonresponse bias, estimator and estimate, expected value and standard error of sample mean, Central Limit Theorem; level of significance and confidence level, calculation confidence interval for mean; t distribution, constructing confidence interval for proportion, selecting required sample size.
Week 5 Hypothesis Testing: formulating hypotheses with null hypothesis and alternative hypothesis, one tailed test and two tailed test, Type I error and Type II error, p-values, critical values, hypothesis testing for means, hypothesis testing for proportions.
Week 6 Regression Analysis: independent variables, dependent variables, simple linear regression, multiple regression, interpretation of coefficients, R2 and adjusted R2, tests of significance, using regression model to make predictions, application to CAPM model of finance.
Required Reading: Essentials of Business Statistics 1st edition by Sanjiv Jaggia & Alison Kelly
Recommended Reading: N/A
Management & Organizations, MGMT-3400, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
5 assignments
midterm exam
final exam
discussion posts
Description:
Module 1
• Describe a manager’s four major tasks: planning, organizing, leading, and controlling
• Explain the purpose of organizational values, mission, and vision
• Demonstrate how focusing on skills and strengths leads to success as a manager
• Describe the historical foundations of management
Module 2
• Explain how managers use a systems approach to critical thinking to achieve results
• Diagram the eight most common systems archetypes that managers can expect to encounter
• Illustrate how internal influences create unique types of cultures
• Understand how managers organize international businesses
• Explain the challenges and opportunities of working with cultural differences
• Explain ethics as they relate to the five domains of individuals, organizations, stakeholders, government, and the global community
Module 3
• Describe the seven steps of the decision making process.
• Demonstrate how managers select the most desirable alternative.
• Outline different types of goals and the characteristics that make them effective.
• Explain how businesses use planning to sole problems and make a difference.
Module 4
• Show how managers combine vertical and horizontal approaches to organizational design in order to be more adaptive.
• Explain how managers assess human resource needs and select talent to meet demand
• Design a performance development process based on organizational needs.
• Describe why managers form working groups to achieve results.
• Explain the characteristics of teams
• Explain team dynamics and its relationship to performance.
Module 5
• Define leadership in a global context.
• Distinguish among four basic types of leaders.
• Explain the characteristics of individual personalities and strength profiles.
• Explain how managers use motivation and communication to achieve results.
Module 6
• Define entrepreneurship, entrepreneurs, and entrepreneurial firms.
• Identify three characteristics of a growing entrepreneurial firm.
• Explain how managers use controls to operate organizational performance.
• Explain how managers connect facilities, processes, and people to control performance.
• List the steps in the comprehensive model of foreign market entries.
Required Reading: Management, by Neck, Christopher - textbook
Recommended Reading: none
Strategic Management, MGMT-4800, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
6 discussion posts
6 assignments
Description:
Unit 1
In Unit 1, you will evaluate different contextual environments to understand international needs and the long-term impact of key operational decisions. The first operational consideration you will explore is effective organizational structure in a global context.
Unit 2 - you will examine the logistics necessary to help pursue global expansion, including considerations such as supply chain, procurement, production and distribution locations, and operations management.
unit 3 - you will consider international accounting and finance issues. The multinational firm must understand the international accounting and financial challenges of their company in the form of varying international accounting standards and practices.
unit 4 - Unit 4 addresses how managing global human resources (HR) is about building a team of the best people from around the globe to help a company effectively implement its strategy.
unit 5 - you will discover that marketing brings revenue. As global competition increases, success depends on firms’ ability to effectively adjust their marketing efforts in order to reach and persuade target consumers in different international markets.
unit 6 - you will use the knowledge acquired throughout this course to create a summative guide for a firm that seeks to “go global.”
Required Reading: Daniels, J., Radebaugh, L., Sullivan, D., & Click, R. (2022). International Business
Recommended Reading: none
Intermediate Career Strategies, ACCT-3001, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
This online 1-credit course requires students to complete career related research about the career tracks they are interested in. Student will complete short research assignments about different industries, employers, job tracks, required skills and competencies, professional licenses (e.g. CPA, CFA, CFP). After they have completed the research they will complete a gap analysis, put together their career SWOT and create a career strategy document.
Description:
Module 1: Introduction and professional introduction video about their professional goals.
Module 2: Current career portfolio, including current resume, inventory of current skills and competencies and using Hiration AI-software to improve their resume.
Module 3: Review of their personal values related to career aspiration and career motivators.
Module 4: Research about geographic locations where they want to start their career after graduating from Utah Tech. Student will look into topics like what industries, employers and job opportunities are available at the locations they are interested in. What is the economic growth, cost of living, taxes etc for the locations they are interested in.
Module 5: Students complete research about two different industries (e.g. airline industry and financial service industry). They look into industry outlook, growth, job opportunities.
Module 6: Employers and workplace culture. Students do research about at least two companies they are interested to work for.
Module 7: Students complete research about two different job tracks they are interested in (e.g. financial analyst, business analyst, controller etc.). They complete frequency analysis of skills and competencies listed in at least 20 job announcements.
Module 8: Student complete a career focused interview with their chosen mentor. The focus is on building on the research they have completed so far and map the key competencies that are important for successful career in their chosen field.
Module 9: Based on their research and their current skills inventory,, students complete a gap analysis of their readiness for their chosen career.
Module 10: Research about different industry licenses and certificates that could help them to be ready for the career in their chosen field.
Module 11: Research about graduate studies.
Module 12: Relationship as a currency in career success and importance of networking.
Module 13: Career SWOT analysis.
Module 14: Resume summary of qualifications statement.
Module 15: Job search process, job interview, and preparing for job interview questions specific to their chosen career field.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Business Statistics, STAT-2040, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Be sure to frequently check the ""Assignments"" menu so you know what's due next, and when. Be sure to go by the ""due date"" on assignments, NOT the ""availability date."" Most assignments are ""available"" for some time after their due date, BUT there is a 10% per day late penalty on any assignment or exam completed after the due date. Assignments will not be available or accepted past their ""availability date,"" for any reason. It is your responsibility to complete all assignments and exams on-time. Since all assignments and exams are available for the entire course period, IF you choose to wait until the last minute to complete an assignment, and you encounter some kind of technical or personal difficulty, that is totally on you, since it was your choice to wait. Thus, there are no exceptions to the due dates and availability dates, regardless of any technical or personal issues. You would, therefore, be wise to complete all assignments a little early, or you face the risk of having to accept the consequences of any and all events and circumstances, even those you did not anticipate or have any control over. PLEASE plan ahead and be wise.
Please check Announcements regularly, including at the start of the course.
To start the course, there are 2 special assignments that are not part of any of the modules. These are the Welcome Discussion and the Syllabus Quiz.
The main part of the course consists of 9 modules. Find these under the ""Modules"" menu option. Each module consists of 4 main parts, which should be completed in the following order:
Carefully and thoroughly review the Module content in the first link under each Module. This contains the e-text instruction content. Also, watch any/all videos associated with the module.
Each Module contains a Study Guide with the purpose of providing a brief and high-level overview of each module. Each Module Study Guide is worth 4 points.
Complete the module Practice Quizzes, which you should use to prepare for the Module Exams. Please review the course material (see below) for important info on Practice Quizzes. Note, there is a Practice Quiz Excel Answer Key for every Practice Quiz. Those keys provide the answers to all Practice Quiz questions, so you can check your answers. Be sure to open those answer keys in Excel, not just in Canvas. By doing that, you can click on answer cells and see the formulas used. You are allowed unlimited attempts on Practice Quizzes (only your highest score is kept), and they have no due date, except for the end of the course date. Since you are given the answers to all Practice Quiz questions, there is no excuse for not getting full points on all Practice Quizzes.
For each module there is a ""Module Exam."" These are worth the most points. You are allowed up to 2 attempts on each Module Exam. See the info shown below for really important info on how those work.
For each module there is a ""Discussion"" assignment. Again, read the course info shown below for how those work.
The only other course assignment is the Final Exam, which is described in the course info shown below.
Module related assignments may be accessed through ""Modules"" or ""Assignments."" To make sure you are seeing all assignments, including those not part of any module, the best access is through the ""Assignments"" menu option.
Reminder Regarding Exams - What You Are and Are Not Allowed
You are allowed and encouraged to use Excel (no saved files) during an Exam! That’s part of what the course is about.
All Module Exams and the Final Exam may be taken from any computer at any location, but without any assistance other than the notes and scratch paper you are allowed (see details below). All exams, except practice quizzes, require the use of Proctorio software, so make sure that is set up on your computer. Proctorio monitors what you are accessing on the computer and your surroundings. It accesses your camera, so please be sure you are in an appropriate setting with an appropriate background.
The only two things you are allowed to have open on your computer while taking an exam are the exam itself and a clean/blank Excel worksheet. No dual monitors are allowed, and everything you do on the computer must be visible on the same screen on which you have the Exam open. No other electronic devices are allowed (no calculators - use Excel on the computer screen to do all calculations). You are also allowed 1 page of hand-written notes (2 pages for the Final Exam). You can include anything you want in these hand-written notes (not typed or computer printed or copied). You may write on the front and the back of your notes page.
Description:
Business Statistics Using Excel
Preliminary Edition
William Christensen
Utah Tech University
Bassim Hamadeh, CEO and Publisher
Kaela Martin, Senior Project Editor
Casey Hands, Senior Production Editor
Christina Brown, Associate Acquisitions Editor
Monica O'Keefe, Editorial Assistant
Jessica Delia, Graphic Design
Laura Duncan, Licensing Coordinator
Natalie Piccotti, Director of Marketing
Kassie Graves, Senior Vice President, Editorial
Jamie Giganti, Director of Academic Publishing
Copyright © 2026 Cognella, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reprinted,
reproduced, transmitted, or utilized in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now
known or hereafter invented, including photocopying, microfilming, and recording, or in any information
retrieval system without the written permission of Cognella, Inc. For inquiries regarding permissions,
translations, foreign rights, audio rights, and any other forms of reproduction, please contact the Cognella
Licensing Department at rights@cognella.com.
Trademark Notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks and are used
only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe.
Cover images: Copyright © 2014 iStockphoto LP/lvcandy.
Copyright © 2020 iStockphoto LP/robuart.
Copyright © 2020 iStockphoto LP/Omelchenko Andrii.
Copyright © 2023 iStockphoto LP/Vaselena.
Copyright © 2023 iStockphoto LP/BestForBest.Copyright © 2022 iStockphoto LP/Dedraw Studio.
Printed in the United States of America.
Contents
Module 1: The Language and Purpose of Statistics..............................................................................................1
Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................1
Target Skills......................................................................................................................................................1
Key Terms ........................................................................................................................................................2
Lesson 1.1 Basic Terms and Definitions ..........................................................................................................2
Lesson 1.2 Types of Data .................................................................................................................................4
Lesson 1.3 Levels of Measurement ..................................................................................................................5
Lesson 1.4 Abuse of Statistics..........................................................................................................................6
Lesson 1.5 Collecting Data...............................................................................................................................8
Lesson 1.6 Random Sampling ..........................................................................................................................8
Key Takeaways.................................................................................................................................................9
References.........................................................................................................................................................9
Module 2: Describing Data Through Statistics and Pictures........................................................................11
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................11
Target Skills....................................................................................................................................................11
Key Terms ......................................................................................................................................................12
Lesson 2.1 Frequency Tables and Histograms................................................................................................12
Lesson 2.2 Picturing Data...............................................................................................................................15
Lesson 2.3 Descriptive Statistics—Measures of Center.................................................................................16
Lesson 2.4 Descriptive Statistics—Measures of Variation.............................................................................18
Lesson 2.5 Descriptive Statistics—Measures of Position...............................................................................19
Key Takeaways...............................................................................................................................................22
References.......................................................................................................................................................22
Module 3: Probability.......................................................................................................................................23
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................23
Target Skills....................................................................................................................................................23
Key Terms ......................................................................................................................................................23
Lesson 1: Fundamentals of Probability...........................................................................................................24
Lesson 2: Complementary Events ..................................................................................................................26
Lesson 3: The Addition Rule ..........................................................................................................................27
Lesson 4: The Multiplication Rule .................................................................................................................30
Lesson 5: Other Probability Rules..................................................................................................................32
Key Takeaways...............................................................................................................................................33
References.......................................................................................................................................................34
Module 4: Probability Distributions ...............................................................................................................35
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................35
Target Skills....................................................................................................................................................35
Key Terms ......................................................................................................................................................36
Lesson 1: Fundamentals of Probability Distributions.....................................................................................36
Lesson 2: Binomial Distributions ...................................................................................................................37
Lesson 3: Normal Distributions......................................................................................................................41
Lesson 4: The Central Limit Theorem............................................................................................................47
Lesson 5: Poisson Distributions......................................................................................................................50
Key Takeaways...............................................................................................................................................53
References.......................................................................................................................................................54
Module 5: Confidence Intervals ......................................................................................................................55
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................55
Target Skills....................................................................................................................................................55
Key Terms ......................................................................................................................................................56
Lesson 1: Confidence Interval Concepts ........................................................................................................56
Lesson 2: Confidence Intervals for Population Means (Using Large Samples) .............................................57
Lesson 3: Confidence Intervals for Population Means (Using Small Samples) .............................................59
Lesson 4: Determining the Sample Size Required for a Given Margin of Error (E)—Population Means.....62
Lesson 5: Confidence Intervals for Population Proportions...........................................................................64
Lesson 6: Determining the Sample Size Required for a Given Margin of Error (E)—Population
Proportions......................................................................................................................................................65
Lesson 7: Confidence Intervals for Standard Deviations and Variances........................................................67
Key Takeaways...............................................................................................................................................69
Module 6: Hypothesis Testing Using One Sample .........................................................................................71
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................71
Target Skills....................................................................................................................................................71
Key Terms ......................................................................................................................................................72
Lesson 1: Hypothesis Testing .........................................................................................................................73
Lesson 2: Hypothesis Tests of Means.............................................................................................................76
Lesson 3: Hypothesis Tests of Proportions.....................................................................................................81
Lesson 4: Hypothesis Tests of Variances and Standard Deviations...............................................................82
Key Takeaways...............................................................................................................................................88
References.......................................................................................................................................................88
Module 7: Hypothesis Testing (t Tests) Using Two Samples.........................................................................89
Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................89
Target Skills....................................................................................................................................................90
Key Terms ......................................................................................................................................................91
Lesson 1: Hypothesis Tests of Means Using Two Samples (Large and Small samples)................................91
Lesson 2: Hypothesis Tests of Means Using Matched Pairs (Large and Small Samples)..............................98
Lesson 3: Hypothesis Tests of Proportions using Two Samples (Large Samples Only)..............................101
Lesson 4: Hypothesis Tests of Standard Deviations and Variances Using Two Samples............................105
Key Takeaways.............................................................................................................................................112
References.....................................................................................................................................................112
Module 8: Correlation and Regression.........................................................................................................113
Introduction...................................................................................................................................................113
Target Skills..................................................................................................................................................113
Key Terms ....................................................................................................................................................113
Lesson 1: Correlation....................................................................................................................................115
Lesson 2: Simple Linear Regression.............................................................................................................117
Lesson 3: Multiple Regression......................................................................................................................120
Key Takeaways.............................................................................................................................................124
References.....................................................................................................................................................124
Module 9: Analysis of Variance (ANOVA)...................................................................................................125
Introduction...................................................................................................................................................125
Target Skills..................................................................................................................................................125
Key Terms ....................................................................................................................................................125
Lesson 1: Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) ..................................................................................................126
Lesson 2: Single Factor (One-Way) ANOVA..............................................................................................128
Lesson 3: Two-Factor (Two-Way) ANOVA Without Replication...............................................................130
Lesson 4: Two-Factor (Two-Way) ANOVA With Replication/Interaction Effects.....................................132
Key Takeaways.............................................................................................................................................135
Required Reading: e-text Business Statistics Using Excel (Preliminary Edition) (Christensen - 84524-1A) from Cognella Publishers
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elements of Grammar, ENGL-1410, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Reading Quizzes; Discussion posts; short writing assignments, midterm, final, final reflection
Description:
Identify and use basic sentence elements to alter sentence structures
Identify Verb Forms
Identify Sentence Patterns
Recognize and repair comma splices and run-ons
Construct simple, compound, and complex sentences
Use punctuation correctly and for varied rhetorical effects
Construct paragraphs with sentences using opening adverbials to increase coherence
Punctuate adverbial clauses to clarify meaning
Repair dangling elliptical clauses
Use adjectivals to make writing more precise and descriptive.
Use word choice and punctuation to clarify meaning in restrictive and non-restrictive relative clauses
Construct Appositives to reduce wordiness
Use and identify subject appositives, sentence appositives, gerunds, and infinitives
Construct a paragraph using stylistic variations for rhetorical effect such as absolute phrases, ellipses, and deliberate fragments
Use pronouns with clear referents
Choose concrete nouns over vague pronouns
Construct a paragraph that uses repetition of key words and phrases; the known-new contract, and parallelism to increase cohesion
Construct sentences in paragraphs using end focus, sentence transformations (it-cleft, what-cleft, there-transformation), and power words to emphasize main ideas
Avoid overusing stylistic variations in one paragraph
Writing in formal and informal tones
Construct paragraphs that control for point of view (1st, 2nd, and 3rd person)
Make inclusive pronoun choices
Use and identify qualifiers, particles in phrasal verbs, reflexive pronouns, and intensive pronouns
Use conventional punctuation
Required Reading: Rhetorical Grammar: Grammatical Choices, Rhetorical Effects 8th Ed. New York: Pearson, 2017 by Martha Kolln & Loretta Gray.
Recommended Reading: NA
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 40A, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 41A, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 42B, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 40A, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 41B, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Family Relationships, FSHD-2400, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Introduction paper, Online discussion participation, Application paper, Exams, Genogram, Final presentation
Description:
Family Processes: Define, contrast to demographics
Family Studies discipline; Family as fundamental unit of society: Intro to the discipline, how family is fundamental to civil society
Family Theories—Family Systems Theory: basic intro to the principles of Family Systems Theory
Family Theories—Family Development & Social Exchange: basic intro to the principles of Family Development & Social Exchange theories
Family Theories—Conflict & Symbolic Interaction: basic intro to the principles of Conflict & Symbolic Interaction theories
Research on Families: basic intro to how research on families is conducted
Genograms & Intergenerational processes: define, demonstrate how to create a genogram
Mate selection processes: contrast Family Involved mate selection with Love-based
What is Love?: intro to theories of love
Family paradigms: define, analyze own family’s paradigms
Family Rituals: define, analyze own family’s rule
Communication processes: unhealthy and healthy communication processes, examine own family’s communication, practice ways to improve
Distance regulation processes, The couple & family map: define, analyze own family’s distance regulation and ways to improve
Family Virtues: define, analyze own family’s use of virtues and ways to improve
Change processes: define, analyze own family’s change processes and ways to improve
Coping with Stress: define, analyze own family’s processes for dealing with stressors and ways to improve
Required Reading: Introduction to Family Processes, 6th edition, by D. A. Bodman, B. B. Van Vleet, and R. D. Day, published by Routledge Taylor & Francis Group, NY, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Individualized Studies Seminar, INDS-3800, Section 40B, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Create Individualized Academic Plan
Author and present written and oral communications
Collaborate with peers and supervisors
Formulate personal and professional goals and present them
Participate in class discussion
Description:
Introduction
Mission statements
Course review
Program goals
Program learning outcomes
Mapping courses to PLO’s
Market research
Cover letter
Reflection and Revision
Peer review
Polishing
Presentations
Meetings and preparing for your future
AAC&U discussion
Wrapping up
Grit
Required Reading: Association of American Colleges and Universities. (2007). College learning for the new global century: A report from the National Leadership Council for Liberal Education & America’s Promise. Lumina Foundation. (2014). The degree qualifications profile. Why Peer Review. (Oldham, 2015.) The Benefits of Peer Review. (Hoogendoorn, 2015. Collins, L. How to write an effective mission statement [PDF document]. Retrieved from: https://www.ttuhsc.edu/institutional-effectiveness-accreditation/documents/How_to_Write_an_Effective_Mission_Statement.pdf Selections from University of Central Florida ""UCF Academic Program Assessment Handbook"" 2005. University of Connecticut Assessment Office. How to write program goals. Bossier Parrish Community College. (n.d.) How to write goals and objectives for grant proposals. Retrieved from http://www.bpcc.edu/grantsexternalfunding/goalsobjectives.html. Armstrong, P. (n.d.) Bloom's taxonomy. Retrieved from https://web.archive.org/web/20190401040137/https://cft.vanderbilt.edu/guides-sub-pages/blooms-taxonomy. Osters, S. & Tiu, F.S. (2003) Writing measurable learning outcomes. Retrieved from http://www.gavilan.edu/research/spd/Writing-Measurable-Learning-Outcomes.pdf (2016) How to write program objectives/outcomes. Retrieved from https://assessment.uconn.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/1804/2016/06/HowToWriteObjectivesOutcomes.pdf O*Net OnLine (2023) Sponsored by the U.S. Department of Labor State of Minnesota 2024. Career One Stop. University of Minnesota Libraries Publishing (2016) Exploring business: 10.4 Understand your industry. Retrieved from http://open.lib.umn.edu/exploringbusiness/chapter/10-4-understand-your-industry. (2017) Overview of BLS wage data by area and occupation. Retrieved from https://www.bls.gov/bls/blswage.htm. National Association of Colleges and Employers (n.d.) Find your career: information interviews and shadowing. Retrieved from http://career.sa.ucsb.edu/articles/find-your-career-information-interviews-and-shadowing Duckworth, A. [TED]. (2013 May 9). Grit: the power of passion and perseverance. [Video file]. Retrieved from https://youtu.be/H14bBuluwB8
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 41B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech
My Item Speech Plan
Informative Speech
Informative Speech Plan
Persuasive Speech
Persuasive Speech Plan
Special Occasion Speech
Special Occasion Speech Plan
Impromptu Speech
Self-evaluations 2
Peer-evaluations 2
Activities/Participation
Description:
Building Confidence and Online Speaking - These lectures introduce students to the foundations of public speaking, focusing on building confidence, managing speech anxiety, and understanding the ethical and civic impact of communication. They also explore the unique challenges of online speaking, offering strategies for engaging virtual audiences and delivering polished, professional presentations across digital formats.
Speaking Ethically & Choosing a Topic - These lectures emphasize the ethical foundations of public speaking by highlighting the roles of active listening, respectful engagement, and honest message delivery. They also guide students through the process of choosing meaningful topics by aligning personal interests with audience needs and crafting focused, purpose-driven thesis statements.
Organizing, Outlining, and Audience Analysis - These lectures focus on how strategic organization and audience analysis enhance speech effectiveness, emphasizing clear structure, purposeful outlining, and adapting content to audience demographics and psychology. Students will explore organizational patterns, extemporaneous delivery, and techniques for analyzing and connecting with diverse audiences to improve message impact.
Research & Informative Speeches - These lectures emphasize the role of credible research and structured support in delivering clear, ethical, and engaging informative speeches. Students learn how to organize content, cite sources, and use varied strategies—like narration and demonstration—to convey knowledge effectively while maintaining audience interest and trust.
Speaking Styles & Transitions/Intros/Conclusions - These lectures focus on developing a speaker’s style and structure, highlighting how language, nonverbal cues, and delivery techniques shape audience perception and engagement. Students learn to craft impactful intros, transitions, and conclusions while refining their personal style through clear, inclusive language and confident, polished presentation.
Visual Aids, Persuasive Speaking, and Celebratory Speaking - These lectures explore how speakers can enhance impact through visual aids, persuasive techniques, and celebratory speech, emphasizing clarity, audience connection, and ethical communication. Students learn to support messages with purposeful visuals, craft persuasive arguments using emotional and logical appeals, and deliver meaningful speeches that honor shared experiences and occasions.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speech Craft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St.Martin: Boston, MA.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 41A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Class Participation (Active Learning Activities, Community Engagement Activities, Jumpstart, Discussion, Debates, Reports, etc.) (200 points): Throughout the semester, you will participate/engage in group activities, jumpstart presentations, reflections, discussions, debates, worksheets, and individual activities, etc.
2. Journal Entry #1 (50 points): You will write and submit a 1-page journal (your own reflection on a topic of your choice) from each chapter (chapters 1-5). More details are available in rubric in Canvas-Modules-Week 2).
3. Journal Entry #2 (50 points): You will write and submit a 1-page journal (your own reflection on a topic of your choice) from each chapter (chapters 6-10). More details are available in rubric in Canvas-Modules-Week 4).
4. Midterm Exam (100 points): The midterm exam will be held on Canvas and include chapters 1-7. It will comprise of 40 multiple choice questions (2 points each) and 10 true and false questions (2 points each).
5. Final Exam (100 points): The final exam will be held on Canvas and include chapters 8-14. It will comprise of 40 multiple choice questions (2 points each) and 10 true and false questions (2 points each).
Description:
Ch. 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
• What is interpersonal communication?
• What is interpersonal comm competence?
• Issues in interpersonal communication
• The journey ahead
.............................................
Ch. 2: Considering Self
• The components of self
• The sources of self
• Communicating your self
• The social media self
• Improving your self
...............................................
Ch. 3: Perceiving Others
• Perception as a process
• Influences on perception
• Forming impressions of others
• Improving your perception
• Practicing responsible perception
................................................
Ch. 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
• The nature of emotion
• Forces shaping emotion
• Managing your emotional experience and expression
• Emotional challenges
• Living a happy emotional life
.....................................................
Ch. 5: Understanding Culture
• What is culture?
• Cultural influences on communication
• Creating intercultural competence
• Dismantling divisions
.....................................................
Ch. 6: Understanding Gender
• Understanding gender?
• Doing gender
• Considering gender roles
• Gender and communication
• Gender and relationships
• Moving beyond gender stereotypes
..........................................................
Ch. 7: Listening Actively
• Listening: A five-step process
• The five functions of listening
• Understanding listening styles
• Improving listening competence
• The gift of active listening
........................................................
Ch.8: Communicating Verbally
• Describing verbal communication
• Functions of verbal communication
• Cooperative verbal communication
• Barriers to cooperative verbal communication
• The power of verbal communication
........................................................
Ch. 9: Communicating Nonverbally
• Describing nonverbal communication
• Nonverbal communication codes
• Functions of nonverbal communication
• Competently managing your nonverbal communication
...........................................................
Ch. 10: Managing Conflict and Power
• Conflict and interpersonal communication
• Power and conflict
• Handling conflict
• Conflict endings
• Challenges to handling conflict
• Managing conflict and power
.............................................................
Ch. 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
• Defining romantic relationships
• Romantic attraction
• Relationships development and deterioration
• Maintaining romantic relationships
• Romantic relationship challenges
• The hard work of successful love
..............................................................
Ch. 12: Relationships with Family Members
• Defining family
• Communicating in families
• Maintaining family relationships
• Family relationship challenges
• The primacy of family
..............................................................
• Ch. 13: Relationships with Friends
• The nature of friendship
• Types of friendships
• Maintaining friendships
• Friendship challenges
• The importance of friends
..............................................................
Ch. 14: Relationships in the Workplace
• The nature of workplace relationships
• Peer relationships
• Mixed-status relationships
• Challenges to workplace relationships
• Workplace relationships and human happiness
................................................................
Required Reading: 1. McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2022). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication (6th ed.). Boston, MA: Bedford/St. Martin’s.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Communication Theory, COMM-2060, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Chapter Summary assignments
Theoretical Reflections Paper 1
Theoretical Reflections Paper 2
Theoretical Reflections Paper 3
Theoretical Reflections Paper 4
Discussion Questions
Exam 1
Final Exam
Description:
Week 1-Intro.; “Objective” Approaches to Communication Theory; Interpretive Approaches to Communication Theory-Discussing the syllabus and introducing the course; discussing Communication Theory
Week 2-Socio-Psychological, Cybernetic, Rhetorical, Semiotic, and Socio-Cultural Traditions; Critical and Phenomenological Traditions, Overview of the Field, and Ethical Considerations; Aristotle’s Rhetoric, Social Exchange Theory, and Uncertainty Reduction Theory-Talking about specific theories and their theoretical application. This will consist of reading and assignments pertaining to those theories.
Week 3-Symbolic Interaction Theory Theoretical Application, Expectancy Violations Theory and Privacy Management Theory-Talking about specific theories and their theoretical application. This will consist of reading and assignments pertaining to those theories.
Week 4-Exam; Elaboration Likelihood Model- Will be taking the first exam which consists of specific chapters from the book the students studied. Talking about specific theories and their theoretical application. This will consist of reading and assignments pertaining to those theories.
Week 5-Narrative Paradigm; Symbolic Convergence Theory and Cultural Approach to Organizations-Talking about specific theories and their theoretical application. This will consist of reading and assignments pertaining to those theories.
Week 6-Communication Accommodation Theory; Co-Cultural Theory; Feminist Standpoint Theory-Talking about specific theories and their theoretical application. This will consist of reading and assignments pertaining to those theories.
Finals-Taking the Final Exam consisting of specific theories from the book. This will determine their competency.
Required Reading: Griffin, E., Ledbetter, A., & Sparks, G. (2023). A first look at communication theory (11th ed.). McGraw-Hill.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Cloud Fundamentals, IT-1500, Section 40A, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Your grade is based entirely on your performance on the Certified Cloud Practitioner exam. If you pass the exam, you will receive an 'A' for the course. I think that to pass the exam you have to score 720/1000. If you do not pass the exam, your grade will be scaled out of 850.
So, for example, if you achieve 650 on the exam, I will score it out of 850. Which would give you a 76% (C) for the course. You can take the exam as many times as you would like, but a voucher will only be available for the first attempt.
There are 3 extra credit opportunities but they are only available BEFORE you take the certification exam:
Complete all the labs
Complete all the knowledge checks
Score at least 90% or better on at least 2 udemy practice exams.
Each of these will result in a 3% increase in your final grade (for a total of 9%).
Description:
1. Introduction to Cloud Computing and AWS
An overview of cloud computing concepts, the benefits of cloud adoption, and an introduction to AWS services and global infrastructure.
2. AWS Core Services
Covers the foundational AWS services across compute (EC2), storage (S3), and networking (VPC), including how they interact in cloud solutions.
3. AWS Security and Compliance
Introduces the shared responsibility model and explores AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM), encryption, and compliance frameworks.
4. Cloud Economics and Billing
Explains AWS pricing models, total cost of ownership (TCO), billing tools, and best practices for cost optimization.
5. Architecting in the Cloud
Introduces high availability, fault tolerance, scalability, and basic architectural best practices for deploying on AWS.
6. Networking and Content Delivery
Discusses key networking concepts including VPCs, subnets, Route 53, and content delivery using Amazon CloudFront.
7. Storage and Databases
Explores AWS storage options (S3, EBS, EFS) and database services like RDS, DynamoDB, and the use cases for each.
8. Monitoring and Automation
Covers monitoring with Amazon CloudWatch, logging with AWS CloudTrail, and automation tools like AWS CloudFormation and AWS Systems Manager.
9. AWS Support and Migration
Reviews AWS support plans, resources for training and development, and basics of migrating workloads to AWS using AWS Migration Hub and related tools.
10. Course Summary and Final Assessment
Recaps key concepts from the course and provides guidance for next steps, including certification preparation and further AWS learning paths.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Individualized Studies Lab, INDS-3805, Section 40B, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Class discussions
Meetings with advisors
Assignments
Quizzes
Final IAP submission
Description:
Introduction – schedule advisor meeting
Sample IAP and questions
Degree emphasis proposal
Becoming a Learner
Exploration – post-graduation
Schedule meeting with career advisor
Midterm IAP check
Cover letter
Graduation plan
Schedule advisor meeting
Planning for the future
Portfolio artifacts
Final review
Submit final IAP
Required Reading: Sanders, Matthew L. Becoming a Learner: Realizing the Opportunity of Education. 2018. Hayden-McNeil Publishing.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Community Health Communication, COMM-3200, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
In general, the assignments for this course have three components: class activities, health campaign evaluation, and semester project. First, the online discussion board: You will work on a semester project including several key components: topic selection report, channel selection report, project message design, and final presentation of your campaign. The followings are the break-downs of the grade for the assignments.
• Class-activities/discussion (25 points * 10 = 250 points)
• Health Campaign Evaluation (100 points)
• Semester Project (250 points):
o Topic selection report (25 Points)
o PSA message assignment (50 Points)
o Design your campaign assignment (75 points)
o Final Presentation of the campaign (100 Points)
•Total: 600 points
Description:
Unit 1: Course introduction--Structure, assignments, and expectations
Defining Community Health
Organizations that shape community health
Unit 2: Essentials and Fundamentals: Educations of Community and Public health
Introducing basic knowledge of epidemiology, communicable and non-communicable diseases, health promotion foundamentals, and health across life-span
Unit 3: The nation's health
Health status across different racial/ethnic groups; substance-related health, and U.S. health care system.
Unit 4: The bigger picture: environmental health and safety
Community health and environment, you will also learn about behavioral change theories, and communication campaign planning and evaluation
Required Reading: • McKenzie, J. F., Pinger, R. R., & Seabert, D. M. (2021). An introduction to community and public health (10th ed.). Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Recommended Reading: NA
Health Communication, COMM-3230, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Quizzes (25 points * 4 = 100 points)
• Exams (50 points * 2 = 100 points)
• Theory and Practice Application Paper (100 points *2 = 200 points)
• Online Discussion Forum (10 points * 14 = 140 Points)
• Total: 540 points
Description:
Unit1: Introduction to health communication
Introducing the history and current status of health communication as a disciplinary
Unit 2: The role of patients and professional caregivers
Students will learn about the communication between patients and health providers, as well as the lenses through which we can see the perspectives of patients and healthcare providers, respectively
Unit 3: Sociocultural issues
Diversity and variations in health care in terms of communication and approaches, involving cultural conceptions
Unit 4: Coping and health resources
Students will learn about how to provide situationally appropriate social support, the importance and the delimmas of family caregiving, and communication about the end of life.
Unit 5: Communication in health organizations
Introducing health care administration, human resources, marketing, and public relations.
Unit 6: Media, public policy, and health promotion
Learn about media influence on health information, public health, crisis communication, and how to plan/implement a health promotion project/campaign
Required Reading: • du Pré, A., & Cook-Overton, B. (2021). Communicating about health: Current issues and perspectives (6th ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.
Recommended Reading: NA
Persuasion, COMM-4010, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Exams (150 points * 3 = 450 points)
• Weekly Activities (15 points * 10 = 150 points)
• Persuasive project (400 points)
o Synopsis of the Issue (25 points)
o Application Assignments (100 points * 3 = 300 points)
Application Assignment 1: Attitude (100 points)
Application Assignment 2: Messages (100 points)
Application Assignment 3: Levels (100 points)
o Presentation to the community and summary (75 points)
• Total: 1000 points
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction to persuasion
Introducing persuasion, theories about attitude, functions and consequences of attitudes
Unit 2: Theories of persuasion
Introducing theories of persuasion regarding important components such as source factors, messages, and emotional appeals
Unit 3: Levels
Persuasion at interpersonal, group, and social media contexts.
Required Reading: • Perloff, R.M. (2023). The Dynamics of Persuasion: Communication and Attitudes in the 21st Century (8th ed). New York: Routledge. (Required)
Recommended Reading: NA
Intermediate Career Strategies, FIN-3001, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
This online 1-credit course requires students to complete career related research about the career tracks they are interested in. Student will complete short research assignments about different industries, employers, job tracks, required skills and competencies, professional licenses (e.g. CPA, CFA, CFP). After they have completed the research they will complete a gap analysis, put together their career SWOT and create a career strategy document.
Description:
Module 1: Introduction and professional introduction video about their professional goals.
Module 2: Current career portfolio, including current resume, inventory of current skills and competencies and using Hiration AI-software to improve their resume.
Module 3: Review of their personal values related to career aspiration and career motivators.
Module 4: Research about geographic locations where they want to start their career after graduating from Utah Tech. Student will look into topics like what industries, employers and job opportunities are available at the locations they are interested in. What is the economic growth, cost of living, taxes etc for the locations they are interested in.
Module 5: Students complete research about two different industries (e.g. airline industry and financial service industry). They look into industry outlook, growth, job opportunities.
Module 6: Employers and workplace culture. Students do research about at least two companies they are interested to work for.
Module 7: Students complete research about two different job tracks they are interested in (e.g. financial analyst, business analyst, controller etc.). They complete frequency analysis of skills and competencies listed in at least 20 job announcements.
Module 8: Student complete a career focused interview with their chosen mentor. The focus is on building on the research they have completed so far and map the key competencies that are important for successful career in their chosen field.
Module 9: Based on their research and their current skills inventory,, students complete a gap analysis of their readiness for their chosen career.
Module 10: Research about different industry licenses and certificates that could help them to be ready for the career in their chosen field.
Module 11: Research about graduate studies.
Module 12: Relationship as a currency in career success and importance of networking.
Module 13: Career SWOT analysis.
Module 14: Resume summary of qualifications statement.
Module 15: Job search process, job interview, and preparing for job interview questions specific to their chosen career field.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intermediate Career Strategies, ISA-3001, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
This online 1-credit course requires students to complete career related research about the career tracks they are interested in. Student will complete short research assignments about different industries, employers, job tracks, required skills and competencies, professional licenses (e.g. CPA, CFA, CFP). After they have completed the research they will complete a gap analysis, put together their career SWOT and create a career strategy document.
Description:
Module 1: Introduction and professional introduction video about their professional goals.
Module 2: Current career portfolio, including current resume, inventory of current skills and competencies and using Hiration AI-software to improve their resume.
Module 3: Review of their personal values related to career aspiration and career motivators.
Module 4: Research about geographic locations where they want to start their career after graduating from Utah Tech. Student will look into topics like what industries, employers and job opportunities are available at the locations they are interested in. What is the economic growth, cost of living, taxes etc for the locations they are interested in.
Module 5: Students complete research about two different industries (e.g. airline industry and financial service industry). They look into industry outlook, growth, job opportunities.
Module 6: Employers and workplace culture. Students do research about at least two companies they are interested to work for.
Module 7: Students complete research about two different job tracks they are interested in (e.g. financial analyst, business analyst, controller etc.). They complete frequency analysis of skills and competencies listed in at least 20 job announcements.
Module 8: Student complete a career focused interview with their chosen mentor. The focus is on building on the research they have completed so far and map the key competencies that are important for successful career in their chosen field.
Module 9: Based on their research and their current skills inventory,, students complete a gap analysis of their readiness for their chosen career.
Module 10: Research about different industry licenses and certificates that could help them to be ready for the career in their chosen field.
Module 11: Research about graduate studies.
Module 12: Relationship as a currency in career success and importance of networking.
Module 13: Career SWOT analysis.
Module 14: Resume summary of qualifications statement.
Module 15: Job search process, job interview, and preparing for job interview questions specific to their chosen career field.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 01B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1 Informative Speech
1 Persuasive Speech
1 Impromptu Speech
1 Introductory ""My Item"" Speech
Midterm
Final
Description:
Week 1 - Learning about Confidence, Ethics and Listening, Audience Analysis (focuses on the background requirements before actually writing a speech)
Week 2 - Informative Speaking, Choosing Topics, Structuring an Outline (Introduction, Body, Conclusion) (focuses on the organization structure of a speech)
Week 3 - Visual Aids, Outside Research and Support, Practicing Informative Speaking (focuses on filling out the speech and using clarification techniques to Inform audiences)
Week 4 - Motivating audiences, Aristotle, Ethos/Pathos/Logos, Fallacies, Building Arguments (focuses on the elements of persuasive speaking and being ethical in creating arguments)
Week 5 - Practicing Persuasive Speaking, Delivery, Language (focuses on the audience's perceived credibility of the speaker)
Week 6 - Impromptu Speaking, Celebratory Speaking (focuses on alternate types of speeches)
Required Reading: Speech Craft by Joshua Gunn 2nd Ed.
Recommended Reading: n/a
Entrepreneurial Marketing, MKTG-4200, Section 40A, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements:
• Class Engagement and Online Discussions
• Course Content Activities and Tool-kits (Active Learning)
• Marketing Plan (Portfolio)
• Develop a Product Idea proposal
• Develop a Target Market proposal
• Create a Price Strategy & Budget Analysis
• Develop Brand Identity & Design
• Develop a Marketing Mix & Promotions Plan
• Create a Final Marketing Portfolio
Description:
Module 1: The World of Entrepreneurial Marketing
• Explain the characteristics of an entrepreneur.
• Discuss the differences between traditional marketing and entrepreneurial marketing.
• Describe the elements of the entrepreneurial marketing semester project.
Module 2: Marketing Portfolio Project Overview
• Identify each component of a written complete entrepreneurial marketing portfolio
• Identify each component of a product/service pitch idea
• Brainstorm ideas for a product/service for your semester project.
• Discuss your product ideas with classmates
Module 3: Innovation & Creativity
• Explain the differences between innovation and creativity
• Discuss the differences between brainstorming for ideas versus problems
• Analyze problems and solutions for segments
• Create a product idea for the semester Entrepreneurial Marketing Portfolio project
Module 4: Defining Target Markets
• Explain the four types of segmentation strategies
• Explore and practice using electronic segmentation tools
• Create a segmentation strategy, target audiences and personas for your product or service
Module 5: Creating Value
• Explain the elements of a value proposition.
• Analyze various needs and wants for a target segment to help define value.
• Create a value proposition for a product or service.
Module 6: Product Offering
• Analyze components of a product or service offering
• Brainstorm features and benefits for a product or service
• Create a minimum viable product offering
Module 7: Pricing & Budgeting
• Conduct a competitive analysis
• Analyze various pricing models
• Create a pricing strategy for a new product
• Create a budget
• Create a profit and loss statement
Module 8: Creating a Brand Identity
• Explain the key elements of developing a brand identity.
• Practice using creative tools to assist in developing a brand identity.
• Create a brand identity guide for your product or service idea.
Module 9: Promoting Your Product
• Explain the elements of a promotion plan.
• Create a consumer buyer's journey for one target audience.
• Develop an Integrated Marketing Communications plan and calendar.
• Develop key performance indicators for promotion tactics.
• Create an annual budget for promoting the product idea.
Module 10: Marketing Portfolio
• Develop a professional product marketing portfolio for a new product or service
Required Reading: This course offers 100% open educational resource. Readings, videos, and case studies as identified in class and/or on Canvas
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 41A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech ----------------------------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline ------------------------------------------------- 25 pts.
Informative Speech ------------------------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline ---------------------------------------------- 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech --------------------------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline ------------------------------------------------ 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech ------------------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline ---------------------------------------- 25 pts.
Goal Paper ---------------------------------------------------------- 50 pts.
Reflection Paper-------------------------------------------------------- 100 points
Self-evaluations ( 4 @ 25 pts each) --------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Peer-evaluations (4 @ 25 pts each) ---------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Discussion Question (1 @ 20 pts each) --------------------------------------- 20 pts.
Syllabus Quiz ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 20 points
Description:
Lecture 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first lecture, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Lecture 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This lecture introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Lecture 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This lecture will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Lecture 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Lecture 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this lecture, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Lecture 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This lecture encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Lecture 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Lecture 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this lecture, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Lecture 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final lecture focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St.Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Evaluation of Evidence, NURS-6250, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
• Critical Appraisal of Qualitative Study Results
• Critical Appraisal of Quantitative Study Results
• Competencies for Master’s-Prepared Nurses in Critical Appraisal
Description:
Module 1: Foundations of Evidence Evaluation
• Analyze Specialized Clinical Areas in Nursing Practice with Relevance to Research and Evidence-Based Practice.
• Illustrate Proficiency in Navigating Relevant Databases to Retrieve Evidence-Based Resources for Advanced Nursing Practice.
• Cultivate Competence and Proficiency in Critically Reviewing and Comprehending Research Articles Pertinent to Nursing Research and Evidence-Based Practice.
Student Tasks:
Discussion – Student Introductions
Assignment - Reading a Research Article/Research Review
Module 2: Identify a Problem or Question
• Appraise potential sources of nursing practice problems or concerns to formulate clinically relevant and answerable inquiries for advanced nursing practice.
• Formulate an answerable clinical inquiry utilizing the PICO and PEO frameworks, signifying proficiency in guiding comprehensive scholarly literature exploration.
Student Tasks:
Discussion – Developing PICO/PEO Questions
Assignment = PICO/PEO Worksheet
Module 3: Search for Evidence
• Demonstrate proficiency in identifying advanced search strategies and specialized databases utilized for locating pertinent scholarly sources addressing issues in nursing practice.
Student Tasks:
Discussion – Exploring Search Strategies
Assignment – Searching the Literature
Module 4: Critical Appraisal vs. Summary
• Differentiate between a research summary and a critical appraisal, articulating their unique purposes and roles in evidence-based nursing practice.
Student Tasks:
Discussion – Critical Appraisal of Research Evidence
Module 5: Appraising Individual Studies: Qualitative Research Evidence
• Consider how qualitative research results inform clinical practice.
• Discriminate and specify target domains of patient care requiring the application of qualitative research approaches for in-depth exploration.
• Synthesize advanced skills in assessing, evaluating, and appraising the interpretations of qualitative research findings in nursing practice.
Student Tasks:
Discussion - Critical Appraisal of Qualitative Studies
Assignment – Critical Appraisal of Qualitative Study
Module 6: Appraising Individual Studies: Quantitative Research Evidence
• Consider quantitative research results inform clinical practice.
• Discriminate and specify target domains of patient care requiring the application of quantitative research approaches for in-depth exploration.
• Synthesize advanced skills in assessing, evaluating, and appraising the interpretations of quantitative research findings in nursing practice.
Student Tasks:
Discussion – Critical Appraisal of Quantitative Studies
Assignment – Critical Appraisal of Quantitative Study
Module 7: Appraising Research Summaries: Systematic Reviews and Clinical Practice Guidelines
• Execute advanced literature search proficiency and techniques to retrieve systematic reviews and contemporary evidence-based clinical practice guidelines (EbCPGs) pertaining to the selected topic from reputable scholarly databases.
• Demonstrate proficiency in analyzing and critically assessing the findings of systematic reviews, signifying advanced evaluation skills in evidence synthesis
• Employ peer-reviewed instruments and guidelines for proficiently critiquing the research evidence underpinning recommendations within an evidence-based clinical practice guideline (EbCPG).
• Differentiate current and applicable clinical protocols that derive from an evidence-based clinical practice guideline (EbCPG), highlighting advanced competence in guiding patient-centered care.
Student Tasks:
Discussion – Enhancing Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing: The Role of Research Summaries and Master’s-Prepared Leaders
Assignment – Critical Appraisal of a Systematic Review
Assignment – Critical Appraisal of a Clinical Practice Guideline
Module 8: Aggregating: Synthesize the Evidence
• Synthesize the outcomes of evidence critiques, drawing connections between findings and the dependability of addressing complex clinical inquiries.
• Aggregate diverse sources of evidence and condense research discoveries into a comprehensive summary.
Student Tasks:
Discussion – Aggregating: Synthesize the Evidence
Assignment: Evidence Summary
Module 9: Competencies for Master’s-Prepared Nurses in Critical Appraisal
• Construct a scholarly paper and deliver a presentation that succinctly summarizes the assessment outcomes of the evidence evaluation process, establishing links between the findings and the credibility of addressing the clinical inquiry.
• Discuss the competencies recommended by professional nursing organizations (e.g., ANA, AACN, etc.) for master's prepared nurses concerning the critical appraisal of evidence.
• Highlight the key skills and knowledge areas, according to these organizations or other sources, that nurses should possess to effectively evaluate research.
• Provide a brief, comprehensive overview of appraisal tools designed to facilitate the critical appraisal of evidence, such as AMSTAR for systematic reviews, AGREE for clinical practice guidelines and CEBM/JBI appraisal tools for individual quantitative and qualitative research studies.
• Discuss how these tools can streamline and standardize the appraisal process and enhance the rigor of evidence evaluation.
• Explain how developing critical appraisal skills enhances the ability of master's prepared nurses to make informed clinical decisions.
• Discuss the crucial role of master's prepared nurses in shaping the future of nursing practice through evidence-based decision-making and providing guidance to nurses delivering care at the bedside.
• Highlight the impact of critical appraisal skills on this process.
Student Tasks:
Assignment – Competencies for Master’s Prepared-Nurses in Critical Appraisal
Required Reading: Open Education Resources within Canvas
Recommended Reading: Open Education Resources within Canvas
Communication & Collaboration, NURS-6540, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
The following assignments must be completed in order to receive a final grade for this course:
• Module 1 Assignment: Communicate to Collaborate: A Creative Exploration of Theory in Practice
• Module 2 Assignment: The Power of the Written Word: Analyzing & Enhancing Written Communication
• Module 3 Assignment: Understanding Conflict Management Theories
• Module 4 Assignment: Coping Capsules: Micro-Module Design for Navigating Hostile Work Environments
• Assessment Assignment: Active Learning Reflection Assignment
Description:
This course focuses on effective writing, speaking, and conflict management skills of educators and leaders; these abilities inspire professional credibility and identity. Identify communication theories and skills, both verbal, non-verbal, and written to promote health education and create successful collaboration as a leader. Direct, compassionate, and informative communication assists in decreasing hostile work environments.
Module 1: Introduction to Communication and Collaboration in Nursing
• Analyze foundational communication and collaboration theories relevant to advanced nursing practice, demonstrating an understanding of their application in diverse healthcare settings.
• Apply evidence-based communication and collaboration strategies to enhance interprofessional teamwork and patient-centered care through reflective discussion and creative assignments.
• Evaluate potential sources of conflict in healthcare environments and propose theory-informed approaches for effective conflict management and resolution.
Student Tasks:
Discussion – Student Introductions
Assignment – Communicate to Collaborate: A Creative Exploration of Theory in Practice
Module 2: Effective Communication
• Critically evaluate key verbal and non-verbal communication skills essential for effective leadership and educational roles in nursing practice.
• Analyze and enhance written communication artifacts using principles of clarity, tone, and purpose to strengthen their impact in professional nursing contexts.
• Demonstrate the ability to apply advanced communication techniques to foster trust, clarity, and collaboration within diverse healthcare teams and learning environments.
Student Tasks:
Discussion – Crucial Communication Skills
Assignment – The Power of the Written Word: Analyzing & Enhancing Written Communication in Nursing Leadership and Education
Module 3: Conflict Management Theories
• Differentiate among major conflict management theories and explain their relevance within complex healthcare and interprofessional team environments.
• Evaluate the role of effective conflict management in promoting patient safety, team cohesion, and leadership effectiveness in advanced nursing practice.
• Apply conflict resolution frameworks to analyze real-world scenarios and propose evidence-informed strategies for addressing interpersonal or organizational conflict.
• Reflect on personal conflict management styles and explore how theoretical knowledge can enhance professional growth and communication competence.
Student Tasks:
Discussion – Role of Conflict Management
Assignment – Understanding Conflict Management Theories
Module 4: Compassionate vs. Hostile Work Environment
• Critically analyze the impact of compassionate versus hostile work environments on nurse well-being, patient outcomes, and organizational effectiveness in healthcare settings.
• Evaluate evidence-based strategies that nurse leaders can implement to foster a culture of psychological safety, inclusivity, and compassion while addressing incivility and workplace hostility.
Student Tasks:
Assignment - Coping Capsules: Micro-Module Design for Navigating Hostile Work Environments
Module 5: Professional Accreditation, Credibility, and Identity
• Analyze the role of professional accreditation bodies and credentialing organizations in establishing standards for nursing practice, education, and leadership.
• Evaluate the relationship between professional identity formation and credibility, considering ethical, legal, and cultural dimensions in advanced nursing roles.
• Develop a personal framework for sustaining professional credibility and accountability, informed by current accreditation standards and lifelong learning strategies.
Student Tasks:
Discussion - Professional Accreditation & Credibility
Module 6: Reflective Practice
• Synthesize course learning outcomes, personal experiences, and role-specific competencies to reflect on growth as a nurse leader and/or nurse educator at the graduate level.
• Critically evaluate the development of professional skills in communication, collaboration, evidence appraisal, and conflict management throughout the course trajectory.
• Construct a forward-looking, evidence-informed reflection that articulates how newly acquired knowledge and skills will inform future practice, leadership, and lifelong learning.
Student Tasks:
Assignment – Active Learning Reflection
Required Reading: Open Education Resources within Canvas
Recommended Reading: Open Education Resources within Canvas
Intercultural Communication, COMM-3190, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Weekly Discussion Board Posts,
Weekly Refection Essays,
Mid-term Exam and Final Exam,
Research Project
Description:
Module 1: Definitions and the imperatives of Intercultural Communication (Module 1 enters into a conversation on/about intercultural communication. Students will elaborate the political, social, and demographical factors that shape the ubiquity of intercultural communication).
Module 2: Cultural Identity and Popular Culture (Module 2 explores the question of identity to popular culture as a site of struggle. Students will define the meanings of ascription and avowal in the context of identity negotiation. Also, students will critically examine the roles that media and popular culture play in cultivating certain perceptions or worldviews of the dominant group).
Module 3: Politics of (Im)migration and Intercultural Adaptation (Module 3 dives into the politics of (im)migration and explore the challenges and barriers to intercultural transitions. Students will come to terms with the multiple dimensions of global migration shaped by historical, economic, and political conditions of survival and resistance.)
Module 4: Intercultural Relationships: Developments and Barriers (Module 4 attends to the personal dimensions of communicating “difference” through relationship building. Students will understand how intercultural relationships are shaped, impacted, and negotiated through communication).
Module 5: Negotiating Intercultural Conflict (Module 5 explores intercultural conflict across personal, societal and historical dimensions. Students will understand a more nuanced definition of conflict across three paradigmatic orientations (social scientific, interpretive, and critical). Also, students will explore their own communication style in the context of conflict management).
Module 6: Learning Intercultural Communication Towards Social Justice (The final module endeavors to identify the key qualities crucial to developing global citizenship. Students will elaborate on the role of intercultural praxis (inquiry, framing, dialogue, positioning and action) in shaping one’s engagement with social justice).
Required Reading: Intercultural Communication: Globalization and Social Justice, 3rd Edition by Kathryn Sorrells
Recommended Reading: Intercultural Communication in Contexts, 8th edition by Judith Martin and Thomas Nakayama
Intro to Chemistry, CHEM-1010, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
5 Discussions - 10 points for posts, 10 for replies 5%
24 Lecture Notes - 20 points each 20%
24 Lesson Quizzes - variable points 15%
12 Active Learning Assessments - 25 points 15%
12 Mastery Quizzes - 40 points each 25%
Midterm Exam and Final Exam - 100 points each 20%
Description:
Module 1 - All About Atoms: This module discusses the definition of chemistry, atoms, molecules, elements, compounds, and chemical reactions, as well as how small atoms are and the history of our understanding of atoms.
Module 2 - Meet the Elements: This module introduces students to the chemical elements, including how the elements were discovered, where the names and symbols come from, which are the most common elements, what the elements look like, which ones you can safely collect, and the organization of atoms into ions and isotopes.
Module 3 -The Periodic Table: This module introduces students to how the Periodic Table is organized, what atomic masses means, common families of elements, how to find metals, nonmetals, and metalloids as well as transition and inner transition metals, what periodicity means, and how the Periodic Table was created.
Module 4 - States of Matter: This module introduces students to solids, liquids, and gases, including the atomic behavior of substances in these states, what happens when changes of state occur, and melting and boiling points.
Module 5 - Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures: This module introduces students to the differences between pure elements, compounds, and mixtures, including covalent and ionic compounds, alloys, and solutions.
Module 6 - Physical, Chemical, and Nuclear Reactions: This module introduces students to the three types of change matter can undergo, including how energy is involved, how chemical reactions are written and balanced, and three kinds of nuclear reactions.
Module 7 - Building Molecules: This module introduces students to how electrons are organized in atoms, how covalent bonds are formed, Lewis structures, and common small molecules.
Module 8 - The Chemistry of Scent: This module introduces students to how our sense of smell works, the connection between taste and smell, examples of organic molecules that have a recognizable smell, how to recognize functional groups, and how to interpret line structures.
Module 9 - The Chemistry of Fabric: This module introduces students to polymers, including nylon, polyester, cellulose, and proteins, including chemical structures and characteristics of each.
Module 10 - Salts and Ions: This module introduces students to the formation of ionic bonds, how to determine the charge on an ion, predicting names and formulas for ionic compounds including transition metal ions and polyatomic ions, and discusses common salt products.
Module 11 - Acids and Bases: This module introduces students to acids and bases, including where they are found, how they behave, the pH scale, and acid-base reactions.
Module 12 - The Chemistry of Fire: This module introduces students to the chemical reactions that occur when different materials burn, including candles, organic materials, and metals, the fire triangle, and how to put fires out safely.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
International Business, MGMT-4400, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
5 Assignments, 1 Final Project, 6 Discussion posts
Description:
UNIT 1 - In Unit 1, you will evaluate different contextual environments to understand international needs and the long-term impact of key operational decisions. The first operational consideration you will explore is effective organizational structure in a global context. In Unit 1, you will analyze a specific country by performing a PEST analysis (Political, Economic, Sociocultural, and Technological). This process will serve as a foundation for the remainder of the course. You evaluate different contextual environments to understand international needs and the long-term impact of key operational decisions. The first operational consideration you will explore is effective organizational structure in an international setting.
UNIT 2 - considerations such as supply chain, procurement, production and distribution locations, and operations management. In Unit 2, you will address the logistics involved in expanding abroad by building on the PEST analysis created in Unit 1 to identify what is involved in entering a country based on its political, economic, social, and technological factors.
UNIT 3 - understand the international accounting and financial challenges of their company in the form of varying international accounting standards and practices. In Unit 3, you will consider international accounting and finance issues. The multinational firm must understand the international accounting and financial challenges of their company in the form of varying international accounting standards and practices.
You will need to examine the market instruments in more detail, including finance and accounting protocols, business culture, laws, and regulations. You will explore foreign exchange markets and policies and capital markets on a global level.
UNIT 4 -Unit 4 addresses how managing global human resources (HR) is about building a team of the best people from around the globe to help a company effectively implement its strategy. You will also learn more about the benefits and challenges of different approaches to global staffing policy.
UNIT 5 - In Unit 5, you will discover that marketing brings revenue. As global competition increases, success depends on firms’ ability to effectively adjust their marketing efforts in order to reach and persuade target consumers in different international markets. Globalization and its rapid spread are facilitated, in part, by the successful marketing strategies of companies around the world. As global competition increases, success depends on firms’ ability to effectively adjust their marketing efforts in order to reach and persuade target consumers in different international markets.
UNIT 6 - In Unit 6, you will use the knowledge acquired throughout this course to create a summative guide for a firm that seeks to “go global.” This finale will include a summative review of major strategic operations in the global organization.
Required Reading: Daniels, J., Radebaugh, L., Sullivan, D., & Click, R. (2022). International Business
Recommended Reading: none
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Discussions, Chapter reading quizzes, Papers, Speech outlines, and recordings.
Description:
Introduction to Public Speaking: An overview of the basics and importance of public speaking in personal and professional settings.
Building Confidence, Listening, & Ethics: Techniques for overcoming speaking anxiety, active listening, and understanding ethical responsibilities as a speaker.
Choosing a Speech Topic and Purpose: Guidance on selecting relevant topics and determining the goal of your speech.
Audience Analysis: Understanding audience demographics, needs, and expectations to tailor your speech effectively.
My Item Speech: A practice speech introducing an item of personal significance to develop speaking skills.
Impromptu Speaking: Strategies for delivering unprepared speeches with clarity and confidence.
Researching Your Speech Topic: Learning how to gather credible and relevant information for your speech.
Supporting Materials & Organizing Your Speech: Using evidence and structuring your speech for logical flow and impact.
Informative Speaking: Developing and delivering speeches that educate and inform the audience.
Introductions, Transitions, & Conclusions: Crafting effective openings, seamless transitions, and memorable closings for speeches.
Informative Speech: Presenting a well-organized and researched informative speech to an audience.
Style and Language: Utilizing appropriate language and stylistic choices to enhance the clarity and engagement of your speech.
Persuasive Speaking: Techniques for crafting and delivering speeches that influence audience beliefs, attitudes, or actions.
Style and Delivery: Combining effective verbal and nonverbal delivery techniques to enhance speech impact and connection with the audience.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speech Craft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St.Martin: Boston, MA.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Personal Finance, FIN-1750, Section 40A, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Required Materials:
Textbooks and required readings:
This course utilizes an Open Educational Resource textbook. As such, there is no textbook that needs to be purchased. All required chapters and readings will be posted in the corresponding modules in Canvas. Reading the textbook chapters and supplemental readings will enable you to learn the material much better, contribute more to class discussion, and prepare you for any tests and quizzes.
Utah Tech College of Business Learning Outcomes:
1. Evaluate real world business situations related to the core business functions of accounting, economics, finance, qualitative analysis, information systems, international business, legal and social environments, marketing & management.
2. Analyze real world business situations by identifying relevant business issues, performing appropriate quantitative and qualitative data analysis and synthesis, formulating viable courses of action.
3. Create and deliver professional quality oral presentations and written work products.
4. Analyze real world business situations by identifying relevant ethical issues, evaluating and synthesizing information, and formulating ethical courses of action.
Finance Program Learning Outcomes:
5. Produce fundamental financial analysis of the publicly listed company, estimate a fair value of the company stock, and formulate their investment recommendation.
6. Perform financial analysis in the area of corporate finance, propose a managerial decision, and support the recommended course of action with quantitative and qualitative arguments.
Description:
Course Learning Outcomes:
You can find up to date course descriptions and learning outcomes here: https://catalog.dixie.edu/courses/
1. Understand the importance of financial literacy in the context of overall economy. (LO 1A)
2. Identify the benefits of a properly designed personal financial plan and be able to discuss its relationship to economic conditions and personal goals. (LO 1A)
3. Construct and implement a well-planned personal financial plan. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
4. Explain the techniques of successful budgeting and asset management including the meaning and purpose of specific financial statements and records. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
5. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of different types of checking accounts and savings plans. (LO 1A, 3B)
6. Identify the types of credit available to consumers and be able to discuss the pros and cons of using credit verses savings and cash when purchasing consumer goods. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
7. Explain the factors that influence the availability of financial services. List the types of services and products offered by financial institutions are commonly used by consumers. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
8. Discuss factors that influence consumer-buying decisions and identify strategies for effective purchasing. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
9. Describe basic consumer rights and responsibilities. (LO 1A, 3B)
10. Describe the role of planned borrowing in personal financial management. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
11. Discuss decision considerations for making major purchases such as a home and automobile. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
12. Explain the meaning and purpose of the major types of insurance. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
13. Define significant personal finance terms. (LO 1A, 3B)
14. Describe the relationship of retirement and estate planning to future financial well-being. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
As an Udvar-Hazy School of Business student you will need to have a laptop and Internet access. If you do not have Internet access at home, you can access Canvas in the library at the Holland Centennial Commons, UHB Lab 200, or at the CIS Computer lab at HAZY 151.
Course readings, assignments and discussions will be posted on Canvas. You are to submit all assignments on Canvas by the deadline.
Individual Assignments
All assignments for the course are posted in Canvas along with all supplemental files and assignment files needed to complete the assignments, as well as the point values assigned to each assignment.
Quizzes/Case Studies
Quizzes and Case Studies will be posted on Canvas. They are designed to check if you have read the assigned readings and know the key terms and definitions.
Online Discussions
Several of the modules in Canvas have an online discussion component. To get full credit for the discussion, you must give an initial response and two more responses to fellow classmates to get full credit for the discussion.
Final Exam
Final exam is 20% of course grade. Final exam is a case study designed to test your knowledge of the personal finance concepts learned throughout the course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Materials are in the course in Canvas
Personal Finance, FIN-1750, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Required Materials:
Textbooks and required readings:
This course utilizes an Open Educational Resource textbook. As such, there is no textbook that needs to be purchased. All required chapters and readings will be posted in the corresponding modules in Canvas. Reading the textbook chapters and supplemental readings will enable you to learn the material much better, contribute more to class discussion, and prepare you for any tests and quizzes.
Utah Tech College of Business Learning Outcomes:
1. Evaluate real world business situations related to the core business functions of accounting, economics, finance, qualitative analysis, information systems, international business, legal and social environments, marketing & management.
2. Analyze real world business situations by identifying relevant business issues, performing appropriate quantitative and qualitative data analysis and synthesis, formulating viable courses of action.
3. Create and deliver professional quality oral presentations and written work products.
4. Analyze real world business situations by identifying relevant ethical issues, evaluating and synthesizing information, and formulating ethical courses of action.
Finance Program Learning Outcomes:
5. Produce fundamental financial analysis of the publicly listed company, estimate a fair value of the company stock, and formulate their investment recommendation.
6. Perform financial analysis in the area of corporate finance, propose a managerial decision, and support the recommended course of action with quantitative and qualitative arguments.
Description:
Course Learning Outcomes:
You can find up to date course descriptions and learning outcomes here: https://catalog.dixie.edu/courses/
1. Understand the importance of financial literacy in the context of overall economy. (LO 1A)
2. Identify the benefits of a properly designed personal financial plan and be able to discuss its relationship to economic conditions and personal goals. (LO 1A)
3. Construct and implement a well-planned personal financial plan. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
4. Explain the techniques of successful budgeting and asset management including the meaning and purpose of specific financial statements and records. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
5. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of different types of checking accounts and savings plans. (LO 1A, 3B)
6. Identify the types of credit available to consumers and be able to discuss the pros and cons of using credit verses savings and cash when purchasing consumer goods. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
7. Explain the factors that influence the availability of financial services. List the types of services and products offered by financial institutions are commonly used by consumers. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
8. Discuss factors that influence consumer-buying decisions and identify strategies for effective purchasing. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
9. Describe basic consumer rights and responsibilities. (LO 1A, 3B)
10. Describe the role of planned borrowing in personal financial management. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
11. Discuss decision considerations for making major purchases such as a home and automobile. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
12. Explain the meaning and purpose of the major types of insurance. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
13. Define significant personal finance terms. (LO 1A, 3B)
14. Describe the relationship of retirement and estate planning to future financial well-being. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
As an Udvar-Hazy School of Business student you will need to have a laptop and Internet access. If you do not have Internet access at home, you can access Canvas in the library at the Holland Centennial Commons, UHB Lab 200, or at the CIS Computer lab at HAZY 151.
Course readings, assignments and discussions will be posted on Canvas. You are to submit all assignments on Canvas by the deadline.
Individual Assignments
All assignments for the course are posted in Canvas along with all supplemental files and assignment files needed to complete the assignments, as well as the point values assigned to each assignment.
Quizzes/Case Studies
Quizzes and Case Studies will be posted on Canvas. They are designed to check if you have read the assigned readings and know the key terms and definitions.
Online Discussions
Several of the modules in Canvas have an online discussion component. To get full credit for the discussion, you must give an initial response and two more responses to fellow classmates to get full credit for the discussion.
Final Exam
Final exam is 20% of course grade. Final exam is a case study designed to test your knowledge of the personal finance concepts learned throughout the course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Materials are in the course in Canvas
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 70, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
4 Essays: Writing to Explore; Writing to Learn; Writing to Teach; Writing to Persuade
Midterm Exam: source documentation
Final Exam: course summary and reflection
Description:
Unit 1: Exploring and selecting topics; finding and evaluating sources; writing to explore
Unit 2: Documenting sources and avoiding plagiarism; writing to learn
Unit 3: Summarizing, paraphrasing, and quoting sources; synthesis; writing to inform
Unit 4: Developing thesis statements and outlines; rhetorical appeals, anticipation of opposition; reducing wordiness
Unit 5: Round table peer review; instructor consultations; editing and proofreading; writing to persuade
Required Reading: The Curious Researcher 7th ed (Ballenger)
Recommended Reading: self-selected secondary sources
Multitier App Development II, SD-6300, Section 01A, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Deploying a React App
Integration with an API
Databases and integration
Design and CSS
Final Project
Description:
Covers advanced concepts and topics in client-side and server-side web application development. Students will be introduced to a variety of modern software frameworks, languages, architectural patterns, and techniques in order to create interactive, data-centric web applications.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Mobile App Development for And, SD-6330, Section 01B, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Creating a React Native App
Mobile Design
Storing Data on the Device
Context and Larger applications
Mobile Phone Specific Functionality
Description:
For students interested in writing applications for modern mobile devices using React Native for ios and Android development.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Software Quality and Testing, SD-6310, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Continuous Delivery
Continuous Integration
Git tagging
Regression Testing in Jest
UI testing
Github Actions
PR reviews
TDD
Configuration Management
Continuous Testing
Logging and Loggers
Strangler Patter
Refactoring
Description:
Presents practices and tools used to promote software quality as part of the software development life cycle. Considers several facets of software testing, including unit testing, test-driven development, integration testing, regression testing, and user interface testing. Explores testing frameworks and tools used to automate software testing. Covers the analysis of defects and failure reports, personal and peer reviews, and static analysis.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Cloud Computing, IT-2500, Section 40B, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Discuss cloud-based concepts and terminology.
2. Evaluate business needs and propose cloud solutions.
3. Utilize current cloud technologies to develop and implement computing solutions.
4. Demonstrate proficiency by passing an AWS accreditation exam.
Description:
Cloud Architecting covers the fundamentals of building IT infrastructure on Amazon Web Services and
other cloud providers. The course is designed to teach solutions architects how to optimize the use of
the Cloud by understanding cloud services and how these services fit into cloud-based solutions.
Because architectural solutions can differ depending on industry, type of applications, and size of
business, this course emphasizes best practices for the cloud, and it recommends various design
patterns to help you think through the process of architecting optimal IT solutions. It also presents case
studies throughout the course, which showcase how some cloud customers have designed their
infrastructures, and the strategies and services that they implemented. Finally, this course also provides
opportunities to build a variety of infrastructures via a guided, hands-on approach.
The curriculum is delivered through instructor-led classes, knowledge assessments, hands-on labs, and
project work. Students have access to course manuals, online knowledge assessments, hands-on labs,
and free practice certification exams.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Web Design, SE-1400, Section 40A, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Date Details Due
Mon May 12, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Setting up the Development Environment due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Intro to the Web due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Syllabus due by 11:59pm
Wed May 14, 2025 Assignment Milestone 1 - Define & Start the Final Project due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - HTML Introduction due by 11:59pm
Sat May 17, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Color & Text with CSS due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Color & Text with CSS due by 11:59pm
Tue May 20, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Visual Elements & Graphics due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Visual Elements & Graphics due by 11:59pm
Thu May 22, 2025 Assignment Milestone 2 - Final Project Mockup Design due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Troubleshooting Code due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Web Design due by 11:59pm
Sun May 25, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Page Layout due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Page Layout due by 11:59pm
Wed May 28, 2025 Assignment Milestone 3 - Final Project Mockup to Grid Implementation due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Web Promotion due by 11:59pm
Sat May 31, 2025 Assignment Milestone 4 - Final Project Homepage Implementation due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Web Development due by 11:59pm
Tue Jun 3, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Responsive Page Layout due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Responsive Page Layout due by 11:59pm
Fri Jun 6, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Forms due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Forms due by 11:59pm
Mon Jun 9, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Tables due by 11:59pm
Assignment Milestone 5 - Final Project Mobile Implementation due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Tables due by 11:59pm
Wed Jun 11, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Web Multimedia & Interactivity due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Web Multimedia & Interactivity due by 11:59pm
Sat Jun 14, 2025 Assignment Assignment - E-Commerce due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - E-Commerce due by 11:59pm
Tue Jun 17, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Javascript due by 11:59pm
Assignment Milestone 6 - Final Project Content Creation due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Javascript due by 11:59pm
Fri Jun 20, 2025 Calendar Event Late Work Due 12am
Assignment Milestone 7 - Final Presentation due by 11:59pm
Quiz Final Exam (Remotely Proctored) due by 11:59pm
Description:
Covers fundamental principles of front-end web design, including beginner's hands-on experience with HTML and CSS in planning, organizing, analyzing, and designing websites. Introduces key foundation concepts such as Internet infrastructure, web page creation and publishing, wireframing, layout techniques, multimedia, content, color, typography, and accessibility. This course is designated as an Active Learning Community Service (ALCS) course. Students provide service in areas of public concern in a way that is mutually beneficial for both the student and the community.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elements of Effective Comm, COMM-1010, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
10 Assessment Communication Packets: Brief communication prompts 200-400 words. 12 pt times new roman
10 Discussion Boards: students are required to answer a prompt pertaining to the chapter in the discussion board 300-500 words. They are also required to respond to at least three peers. 200-300 words.
Small Group Project: students will be required to complete a small group project to fulfill the small group communication module.
Interview Packet: resume, cover letter to fulfill business communication module.
Outline of Speech: students will submit their outline of an informative or persuasive speech for the public speaking module, before their speech.
Peer Review: students will peer review two other students' speeches with a form that is given to them.
Speech: students will deliver an informative or persuasive speech. 8-12 minutes, recording to submit to the final discussion board.
Participation
Description:
Week One: Chapter one-introduces communication & the different models of communication. Will be examining the different forms of communication and how to be a competent communicator.
Week Two: Chapter two: communication and culture. Students will learn about how culture influences the way we communicate.
Week Three: examines how we perceive ourselves & others, and how that impacts communication.
Week Four: Examines how language influences the way we communicate
Week Five: Nonverbal communication
Week Six: Listening effectively
Week Seven: Social & professional relationships & intimate relationships
Week Eight: Small group communication module
Week Nine: Public speaking
Week Ten: Informative & Persuasive Speaking
Week Eleven: Workplace communication
Week Twelve: Final Speeches
Required Reading: Communication M@tters by Kory Floyd E-Book
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 70, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Midterm Exam
Covers key concepts such as the scientific method, cell theory, genetics, evolution, and ecology.
Administered online via Canvas
Final Exam
A cumulative assessment of the course material.
Administered online via Canvas
Biology Written Assignment
A personal reflection on your background, your relationship with biology, and what you hope to gain from the course.
Biology Article Assignment
A written review of a recent news article covering a topic in the field of biology.
Quizzes
A series of 19 quizzes tied to chapter content and scheduled regularly throughout the course to reinforce learning.
Description:
Unit Summaries – BIOL 1010-70 General Biology (Summer 2025)
Chapter 1 – Introduction: Biology Today
This chapter introduces biology as a scientific discipline and explores its relevance to everyday life. Students will also learn how the scientific method is used to ask questions and investigate biological phenomena.
Chapter 2 – The Chemical Basis of Life
Students explore the basic chemical elements that make up living things. Topics include atoms, bonding, and the unique properties of water that support life.
Chapter 3 – The Molecules of Life
This chapter focuses on biological macromolecules such as carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids. Students learn how these molecules are structured and how they function in living organisms.
Chapter 4 – A Tour of the Cell
Students examine the structure and function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Key organelles and their roles in cellular processes are also introduced.
Chapter 5 – The Working Cell
This chapter explains how cells maintain homeostasis through transport across membranes and how enzymes drive cellular reactions. It also introduces the concept of energy flow in cells.
Chapter 6 – Cellular Respiration: Obtaining Energy from Food
Students learn how cells convert glucose into usable energy (ATP) through aerobic respiration. The chapter covers glycolysis, the citric acid cycle, and the electron transport chain.
Chapter 7 – Photosynthesis: Using Light to Make Food
This chapter covers how plants and some other organisms capture light energy to produce glucose. The light-dependent and light-independent reactions of photosynthesis are explained.
Chapter 8 – Cellular Reproduction: Cells from Cells
Students explore how cells divide via mitosis and the regulation of the cell cycle. The chapter also introduces cancer as a disease of uncontrolled cell growth.
Chapter 9 – Patterns of Inheritance
Mendel’s principles of inheritance are presented to explain how traits are passed from one generation to the next. Students will work with Punnett squares and learn about dominant and recessive traits.
Chapter 10 – The Structure and Function of DNA
This chapter explains the double-helix structure of DNA and how it replicates. It also introduces gene expression—how DNA is transcribed and translated into proteins.
Chapter 12 – DNA Technology and Genomics
Students explore modern biotechnology tools such as PCR, gene cloning, and CRISPR. The chapter discusses the benefits and ethical concerns of genetic engineering.
Chapter 13 – How Populations Evolve
This chapter explains the mechanisms of evolution, including natural selection, genetic drift, and gene flow. Students learn how populations adapt to their environments over time.
Chapter 14 – The Origin of Species
Students learn how new species arise through isolation and genetic divergence. The chapter covers reproductive barriers and different models of speciation.
Human Evolution (Video)
This unit explores the fossil and genetic evidence for human evolution. Students will examine how humans are related to other primates and the path of human ancestry.
Chapter 15 – Tracing Evolutionary History
Students study the fossil record and how scientists use it to reconstruct the history of life on Earth. The chapter also introduces phylogenetic trees and classification systems.
Chapter 16 – The Diversity of Life
This chapter surveys the major domains of life—Bacteria, Archaea, and Eukarya. Students explore the broad range of organisms, from single-celled microbes to complex multicellular life.
Chapter 17 – The Evolution of Animal and Plant Life
Students examine how plants and animals evolved to adapt to life on land and in various environments. Key evolutionary innovations like seeds, flowers, and body symmetry are discussed.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: campbell essential biology 7th edition
Concepts for Advanced Nursing, NURS-6100, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Discussion Boards (6 total):
Weekly discussions on course topics including faculty roles, ethics, leadership, and curriculum design. Students are expected to submit original posts and peer responses.
• Graduate Nursing Competencies Worksheet:
An individual assignment to explore and document alignment between course concepts and national graduate nursing competencies.
• APA Quiz:
A short assessment to evaluate students’ understanding of APA formatting at the graduate level.
• Plagiarism & Academic Integrity Tutorial:
Required module with embedded quiz to reinforce ethical writing practices.
• APA Current Issues Paper:
A formal scholarly paper addressing a current issue in nursing practice, with required APA formatting and optional revision opportunity.
• Leadership & Management Slideshow Presentation and Peer Review:
A final group or individual project synthesizing course leadership concepts. Students post their slideshows and complete peer evaluations.
• Mindful Moment Reflection:
A brief personal reflection to promote resilience and self-awareness in advanced nursing roles.
• Final Reflection:
A written summary of personal and professional growth throughout the course, submitted at the end of the term.
Description:
1. Getting Started & Identifying Professional Pathways
This unit introduces the MSN program and explores potential professional pathways for graduate nursing students. Emphasis is placed on self-reflection and goal setting.
2. Writing at the Graduate Level
Students review and refine graduate-level writing skills, including proper APA formatting and academic integrity. This unit builds foundational skills for scholarly communication.
3. Introduction to the Role of the Nurse Educator
This unit presents the responsibilities and competencies of nurse educators, including curriculum development and strategies to support a variety of learner needs. Students examine the evolving role of nursing faculty in higher education.
4. Health Care Ethics & Population Considerations
Students explore ethical principles in nursing and the complexities of delivering care across various populations. Emphasis is placed on fostering professional resilience and maintaining well-being in healthcare settings.
5. Nurse Leadership in a Dynamic Landscape
This final unit introduces leadership and management concepts relevant to advanced nursing practice. Students apply leadership theories through a capstone slideshow project.
Required Reading: • American Psychological Association (2019). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington DC: American Psychological Association. • Billings, D.M. & Hallstead, J. A. (2023). Teaching in nursing: A guide for faculty (7th ed.). Elsevier.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 41A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Discussion Threads
Students are required to actively discuss the course material on discussion threads.
Assignments
You will complete five single-spaced papers in 12 pt. standard font (Cambria, Helvetica, Georgia, Times New Roman). Here are the five papers with minimum and maximum page requirements:
Personal Memo (1-2 pages)
Complaint Letter (1-2 pages)
Ethics Report (2 pages)
Instructions (1 Page)
Recommendation Report (2 Pages)
Midterm and Final Report
The midterm and final reports will be issued in the middle and end of the semester.
Description:
English 3010 is designed for majors in the School of Business, SET, and CHASS. Successful students will be able to effectively recognize and model professional writing styles by analyzing various business audiences, writing purposes, and documents (including extensive formal research reports) based on business communication theory and through practical application. Students will also learn about matters of business ethics, international business, and the Internet's impact on business communication. This six week course will discuss the following six topics: 1) personal memos, 2) letters, 3) design and instructions, 4) ethics in business, 5) recommendation reports, and 6) reflective business practices.
Required Reading: Technical & Professional Writing Genres: A study in theory & practice by Michael Beilfuss, Staci Bettes, and Katrina Peterson / CC BY-NC-SA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Pathophysiology, NURS-3900, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Exam 1: Covering content from Weeks 1-5
Exam 2: Covering content from Weeks 6-9
Exam 3: Covering content from Weeks 10-12
Patho Clinic Discussion Board (Week 11)
End-of-Course Reflection Assignment
Description:
Module 1: Introduction to Pathophysiology - This unit introduces the course expectations and framework. Foundational concepts and terminology related to the study of pathophysiology are introduced. Students learn to access the e-text and integrated online learning module. Weekly work in Pearson online platform. Welcome discussion board.
Module 2: Integrative Body Functions- Concepts related to stress and adaptation, fluids and electrolyte disturbances, and basic acid-base imbalances are explored, including common causes and treatments. Weekly work in Pearson online platform including an IDDM decision-making case study.
Module 3: Hematopoietic Body Functions & Inflammation - Disorders related to white blood cell function, oxygenation, and hemostasis are explored including underlying etiologies and common treatments. The role of inflammation is discussed in relation to health and disease. Key concepts in cardiac pathophysiology are explored, including
Module 4: Immunity & Genomics - This unit explores pathophysiology related to autoimmune and hypersensitivity dysregulation. Students also explore concepts related to genetics, genomics, and epigenomics for those providing patient care. Weekly work in Pearson including a genomics decision-making case study. Mystery Patient discussion board.
Module 5: Cardiovascular - Key concepts in cardiac pathophysiology are explored, including vascular disorders, circulatory disorders, structural disorders of the heart, and heart failure. Weekly work in Pearson online platform including a cardiac decision-making case study. Exam #1.
Module 6: Respiratory - Key concepts in respiratory pathophysiology are explored, including both restrictive and obstructive disorders, neoplastic and infectious disorders, pulmonary vascular disorders, and various degrees of respiratory failure. Treatments are discussed. Weekly work in Pearson online platform. Students complete a mid-term check in with instructor.
Module 7: Renal & GI - Key concepts in respiratory pathophysiology are explored, including acute and chronic kidney injury and disease processes, disorders of the upper and lower GI systems, disorders of the pancreatic and hepatobiliary systems, and various degrees of liver failure. Etiologies and treatments are discussed. Weekly work in Pearson online platform. Sharing Interests discussion board.
Module 8: Endocrine Function & Pain - This unit explores diabetes mellitus in all various degrees and associated complications. Disorders of thyroid, parathyroid, and the adrenal gland are also discussed. Pain and neuropathy are discussed including etiologies and approaches to treatment. Weekly work in Pearson online platform.
Module 9: Musculoskeletal & Motor Function - This unit explores pathophysiology related to motor function and both and acute and chronic musculoskeletal disorders. Weekly work in Pearson online platform including Parkinson's decision-making case study. Exam #2.
Module 10: Reproductive Health - In this module, students explore disease and injury related to both male and female reproductive systems including congenital and acquired injury and illness. Etiology and treatments are discussed. Weekly work in Pearson online platform including endometriosis decision-making case study.
Module 11: End-of-Life - This module discusses pathophysiology and system disorders commonly occurring at the end of life. This unit draws on knowledge from previous units in the course. Weekly work in Pearson online platform. Patho Clinic discussion board (this is an assessment assignment).
Module 12: Wrap-Up Week - This is the final course module. There is no new content introduced this week. Students complete all outstanding assignments. Completion of Patho Clinic discussion board. Exam #3. End-of-Course Reflection (includes self-evaluation of CLOs).
Required Reading: Pearson MyLab Online Integrative Platform, including the following e-text: Sorenson, M., Quinn, L., & Klein, D. (2019). Pathophysiology: Concepts of human disease (1st ed.). [Enhanced eText]. Pearson.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Major Assignment 1: Literacy Narrative. MA2: Exploratory Research Essay. MA3: Multimodal Remix. Smaller homework assignments include class community builders, discussion board posts, and peer reviews.
Description:
Week 1: Intro to class; Intro to Literacy Narratives
Week 2: Finishing Literacy Narratives; Intro to Exploratory Research Essay
Week 3: Finding Secondary Sources; Note taking Strategies
Week 4: Planning and Drafting; Synthesizing Sources
Week 5: Peer Review and Revision
Week 6: Multimodal Remix; Presentations
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 41B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Major Assignment 1: Literacy Narrative. MA2: Exploratory Research Essay. MA3: Multimodal Remix. Smaller homework assignments include class community builders, discussion board posts, and peer reviews.
Description:
Week 1: Intro to class; Intro to Literacy Narratives
Week 2: Finishing Literacy Narratives; Intro to Exploratory Research Essay
Week 3: Finding Secondary Sources; Note taking Strategies
Week 4: Planning and Drafting; Synthesizing Sources
Week 5: Peer Review and Revision
Week 6: Multimodal Remix; Presentations
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Teaching Methods & Tech, NURS-6650, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Nursing Theory Quiz
Writing & Aligning SLOs Worksheet
Mini-Lesson Plan with Teaching-Learning Strategies
Exam Item Worksheet
Create a Simulation Scenario Worksheet
Create an In-Service (Group Project)
Preparing to Teach Discussion
Assessment & Feedback Discussion
Best Practices in Online Education Discussion
Nursing Education in the Clinical Setting Discussion
Final Reflection
Description:
1. Welcome & Theoretical Foundations
Week: 1 We will introduce ourselves and do a “getting-to-know-you discussion board”. Our readings will provide an overview of the theoretical foundations of teaching and learning. The week ends with a formative quiz on T-L theories.
Billings & Halstead text readings:
Ch. 14 Theoretical foundations of teaching and learning
2. Outcomes & Alignment
Weeks: 2&3
(Special Assignment DB stays open for 2 weeks) A review of backward design, information on the NCSBN’s NGN, and skill-building on writing student learning outcomes. Complete an SLO worksheet and post to a Special Assignment Discussion Board (SADB). This SADB is open for an extended time to allow for guided replies. The module ends with a short quiz on syllabus key elements.
Billings & Halstead text readings:
Ch. 10 Designing courses and learning experiences
3. Teaching-Learning Strategies
Weeks: 4&5
This module will focus on active teaching-learning strategies and thoughtful use of technology in nursing education. Students will engage in a discussion board week one and then then create a mini-lesson plan with active learning and integration of technology for a student population in week 2.
Billings & Halstead text readings:
Ch. 16 Evidence-based teaching strategies to promote learning
Ch. 20 Using technology to facilitate learning in the classroom
4. Assessment & Evaluation
Weeks: 6&7 Exploring strategies for assessment and evaluation of learning and best practices for providing feedback.
Billings & Halstead text readings:
Ch. 22 Introduction to the evaluation process
Ch. 23 Strategies for evaluating learning outcomes
Ch. 24 Using classroom tests to evaluate student attainment of SLO’s
5. Nursing Education in the Online Setting
Week: 8 We discuss best practices in online and distance education: teaching -learning strategies, assessment & evaluation, building classroom community.
Billings & Halstead text readings:
Ch. 21 Teaching and learning at a distance
6. Nursing Education in the Simulation & Skills Labs Settings
Week: 9 We will look at guidelines, best practices, and professional organizations related to teaching with simulation in nursing education. Related to this topic, we take a quick look at teaching-learning strategies in skills lab.
Billings & Halstead text readings:
Ch. 19 Teaching and learning using simulations
7. Nursing Education in the Clinical Setting
Week: 10 Best practices in teaching and evaluation of clinical education are discussed as well as clinical course coordination.
Billings & Halstead text readings:
Ch. 18 Teaching in the clinical learning environment
Ch. 25 Clinical performance evaluation
8. Teaching-Learning Strategies for Professional Education
Week: 11
We change perspective this week to focus on nursing education in the professional practice setting. You will apply what we learn by creating elements of a nursing in-service as part of a small group project.
Readings all within Canvas this week
9. Managing the Educator Role
Week: 12 We explore key concepts related to the role of the nurse educator including strategies for creating a collaborative and inclusive classroom environment, important legal issues surrounding our interactions with learners, engaging in mentorship, and the importance of scholarship for advanced practice nurses. Your text has an excellent chapter on the management of incivility and misconduct so please take the time to absorb that information. You will wrap up the course with a final reflection!
Billings & Halstead text readings:
Ch. 3 The academic performance of students: Legal & ethical issues
Ch. 15 Managing student incivility and misconduct in the learning environment
Required Reading: • Billings, D.M. & Halstead J.A. (2016). Teaching in Nursing: A Guide for Faculty (7th ed.). Elsevier
Recommended Reading: • American Psychological Association (2019). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington DC: American Psychological Association.
Practicum: Assessment & Eval, NURS-6651, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Vision Statement
Practicum Goals & Planned Activities
Mid-term Check In
Final Reflection & Self-Evaluation
Completed Practicum Activity Log
Completed Revised Schedule of Practicum Activities Form
Shadowing a Nurse Educator
Student Teaching
Educational Needs Assessment
Final Project Presentation & Discussion
Description:
This practicum course consists of required experience-assignments and practical hours within a flexible course framework. The student is guided by the course instructor and an approved practicum mentor, working in collaboration with the student, to set and reach personal learning goals that align with the SLOs for the course.
Module 1 Getting Started: Within the first two weeks, the students are expected to orient themselves to the course including all required assignments, hours, and due dates withing the semester. They create a vision statement to guide their goal-setting and agenda as they move forward in the process. Students complete required compliance documents from places of employment/practice as needed and send in the mentor agreement forms for approval. Together with their mentors, students create and submit goals for their practicum and a suggested plan for activities to fulfill the required number of hours. All documents may be revised and resubmitted as needed until approved by faculty.
Module 2 Practicum Required Activities & Activity Log: Over the next six to eight weeks, students remain active in their practicum. They are applying concepts being discussed in the accompanying 6650 teaching methodologies course. Students record all activities into their practicum activity log including a description and reflection on the value of the time spent. Students are also asked to link each activity to a CLO and competency. During this module and time period, students should be completing the required activities as assigned in the Canvas course: 1) shadowing a nurse educator 2) student teaching opportunities 3) and an educational needs assessment. Both the the course faculty and chosen mentor are available to help facilitate completion of hours and required experiences.
Module 3 Mid-term Check-in: Students complete an in-depth mid-term communication with faculty to ensure they are on-track with both hours and quality practicum experience. Barriers (if any) and goals are discussed.
Module 4 Final Project Presentation & Discussion: Students create and record a video presentation about their experience during their practicum including how they fulfilled their hours, the required experiences, and any personal or professional growth. A discussion board is opened with extra time to allow in-depth discussion and a requirement to view multiple presentations.
Module 5 Final Documentation: Final documentation is completed and submitted including activity log, revised activity schedule, final reflection with self-evaluation related to CLOs, evaluations from mentor and student.
Required Reading: Billings, D.M. & Halstead J.A. (2016). Teaching in Nursing: A Guide for Faculty (6th ed.). Elsevier.
Recommended Reading: American Psychological Association (2019). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington DC: American Psychological Association.
Research Methodology, DHYG-4020, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Exams
Learning assignments: PICO, Critical Evaluation of Research Sections, etc
Annotated Bibliography
Peer review of PICO Question and Annotated Bibliography
Discussion Boards
Description:
1. Discuss how dental hygiene research impacts the profession and practice of dental hygiene.
2. Describe the scientific method and research process.
3. Discuss different research designs and when each is appropriate to use.
4. Explain how an Evidence-based Decision-Making approach enhances critical thinking and professional decision-making regarding patient care.
6. Conduct an effective literature search using electronic databases, professional journals, government documents, product literature and other “paper” publications.
7. Critically analyze published reports of oral health and apply this information to the practice of dental hygiene.
8. Demonstrate the ability to communicate professional knowledge in writing.
Required Reading: *Nathe, Christine. (2017) Dental Public Health & Research, 4th ed. Pearson. (Needs to be the E-Text Book) *Polgar Stephen. (2020) Introduction to research in the health sciences, 7 th ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Biostatistics, DHYG-4010, Section 40B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Biostatistical Methods and Results Analysis
Self-Assessment Quizzes
Discussion Board
Reflection Course Review
Final Exam
Description:
1. Differentiate between quantitative and qualitative data and assess the quality of data.
2. Identify types of variables and apply methods for determining relationships between them.
3. Distinguish between various tests of statistical significance.
4. Design an experiment using appropriate statistical methodology and sampling methods to reduce bias and ensure statistical significance, reliability, and validity.
5. Apply knowledge of biostatistics to determine the appropriate statistical test based on the experimental methodology employed.
6. Interpret data using biostatistical principles and evaluate conclusions from medical literature for evidence-based clinical decision-making.
Required Reading: Digital Book: Dental Public Health and Research: Contemporary Practice for the Dental Hygienist (4th ed.) – Nathe
Recommended Reading: N/A
Leadership & Group Dynamics, DHYG-4030, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Exams, Chapter Readings, Discussion boards, Reflection writing Assignments, Student Leadership Inventory, Final Blog Project
Description:
1. Apply leadership theories, concepts, and principles as leaders in the community, as a student, volunteer, or employee.
2. Demonstrate critical and creative thinking about the role of leadership in today’s society.
Required Reading: Kouzes, J., Posner, B. (2018) The Student Leadership Challenge-Five Practices for Becoming an Exemplary Leader, 3 rd edition. Wiley. ISBN: 978-1-119-42191-7 **Rath, t., (2017) StrengthFinder 2.0, Discover Your CliftonStrengths. Gallup ISBN: 978-1-59562-015-6
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm. Career Strategies, BUS-3000, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Personal Mission Statement
Personal Branding – LinkedIn Profile
Personal Skills Report
LAMP List
Business Analysis
Informational Interview
Professional Summary and Elevator Pitch
Targeted Resume Part I
Career Growth
Mock Interview
Career SMART Goals
Targeted Resume Part II
Final Project: Implementation Plan
Description:
Class Introductions: Introduction to the course, instructor, and peers. Overview of expectations and course structure.
Personal Mission Statement, Values, and Motivators: Explore personal values and motivators using a guided framework to draft a mission statement.
Evaluate Your Career Portfolio: Review and assess career documents like resumes and LinkedIn profiles using a checklist.
Personal Branding – LinkedIn: Learn best practices for enhancing LinkedIn profiles.
Personal Skills Report: Conduct an in-depth analysis of personal skills relevant to career objectives.
LAMP List: Create a targeted list of job opportunities and contacts based on the LAMP method.
Business Analysis: Evaluate businesses or industries of interest.
Informational Interview: Gain insights into a chosen field by interviewing a professional.
Professional Summary and Elevator Pitch: Develop a concise career narrative to effectively communicate professional goals.
Targeted Resume Part I: Draft resumes tailored to specific career opportunities, focusing on formatting and keywords.
Career Growth: Engage in professional development activities such as certifications, networking, or career coaching.
Best Practices for Interviewing: Learn techniques for successful interviews, including preparation and effective communication.
Career SMART Goals: Define short term and long-term career objectives and create actionable plans to achieve them.
Targeted Resume Part II: Revise and refine resumes to align closely with specific job applications.
Final Implementation Plan: Synthesize course elements into a comprehensive strategic career plan.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Dalton, Steve (2012). 2 Hour Job Search: Using Technology to Get the Right Job Faster, Random House. ISBN-13: 978-1607741701
Healthcare Marketing, HLTH-4300, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Final Marketing Project
Description:
Introduces students to the fundamental marketing concepts and strategies as related to delivery of health care, including, market analysis, competition, marketing mix, promotional strategy, patient-consumer psychology, and regulatory limitations. Topics will include marketing strategy, buyer behavior, market research, market segmentation, customer loyalty, product strategy, price, distribution, promotion, advertising, sales management, and monitoring performance.
Required Reading: Berkowitz, E. (2022). 5th Edition. Essentials of health care marketing. Jones & Bartlett Learning
Recommended Reading: N/A
Quantitative Reasoning, MATH-1030, Section 40B, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
""* Daily Assignments: 30% of grade
--- One computer-based assignment per section, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Unit Exams: 40% of grade
--- Four unit tests, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Final Exam: 25% of grade
--- One final exam, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Attendance: 5% of grade""
Description:
""Section 1B: Propositions and Truth Values - This section introduces propositions as declarative statements that are either true or false, and explores how to determine their truth values.
Section 1D: Analyzing Arguments - This section focuses on evaluating the structure and validity of arguments, teaching methods to distinguish between direct, indirect, valid and invalid reasoning.
Section 2A: Understand, Solve, and Explain - This section presents a systematic approach to problem-solving by understanding the problem, devising a plan, carrying it out, and explaining the solution.
Section 2B: Extending Unit Analysis - This section delves into the technique of unit analysis, emphasizing its application in solving complex problems involving various units of measurement.
Section 10A: Fundamentals of Geometry - This section introduces basic geometric concepts and principles, laying the foundation for understanding shapes, sizes, and spatial relationships.
Section 10B: Problem Solving with Geometry - This section applies geometric principles to solve practical problems, demonstrating the relevance of geometry in real-world contexts.
Section 3A: Uses and Abuses of Percentages - This section explores how percentages are utilized in various contexts, highlighting common misconceptions and potential misuses.
Section 3B: Putting Numbers in Perspective - This section emphasizes the importance of contextualizing numerical information to better understand its significance and implications.
Section 4A: Taking Control of Your Finances - This section provides strategies for effective personal financial management, including budgeting and expense tracking.
Section 4B: The Power of Compounding - This section explains how compound interest works and its profound impact on savings and investments over time.
Section 4C: Savings Plans and Investments - This section discusses various savings and investment options, assessing their potential risks and returns.
Section 4D: Loan Payments, Credit Cards, and Mortgages - This section examines the mechanics of loans, credit card debt, and mortgages, including how payments are structured and calculated.
Section 4E: Income Taxes - This section provides an overview of income tax systems, including how taxes are calculated and the significance of different tax brackets.
Section 5A: Fundamentals of Statistics - This section introduces basic statistical concepts, including data collection methods, sampling techniques, and the distinction between descriptive and inferential statistics.
Section 5B: Should You Believe a Statistical Study? - This section provides criteria for evaluating the credibility of statistical studies, emphasizing the importance of study design, sample size, and potential biases.
Section 5C: Statistical Tables and Graphs - This section discusses various ways to organize and present data visually, such as through frequency tables, bar graphs, and pie charts, to facilitate understanding and interpretation.
Section 5D: Graphics in the Media - This section examines how graphical representations are used in media, highlighting common misrepresentations and how to critically analyze them.
Section 5E: Correlation and Causality - This section explores the concepts of correlation and causation, clarifying the differences between them and cautioning against assuming causality from correlation alone.
Section 6A: Characterizing Data - This section focuses on measures of central tendency, such as mean, median, and mode, to summarize and describe data sets.
Section 6B: Measures of Variation - This section introduces measures of data dispersion, including range, variance, and standard deviation, to assess the spread of data points.
Section 6C: The Normal Distribution - This section explains the properties of the normal distribution, its significance in statistics, and how it applies to real-world data.
Section 7A: Fundamentals of Probability - This section introduces basic probability concepts, including the calculation of probabilities and the interpretation of probability values.
Section 7B: Combining Probabilities - This section discusses methods for determining the probability of combined events, such as independent and dependent events, using rules like addition and multiplication.
Section 7C: The Law of Large Numbers - This section explains the law of large numbers, which states that as the number of trials increases, the experimental probability approaches the theoretical probability.
Section 7E: Counting and Probability - This section explores counting techniques, such as permutations and combinations, and their applications in calculating probabilities.
Section 8A: Growth: Linear versus Exponential - This section compares linear and exponential growth models, illustrating their differences and implications in various contexts.
Section 8B: Doubling Time and Half-Life - This section introduces the concepts of doubling time and half-life, explaining how they relate to exponential growth and decay processes.
Section 8C: Real Population Growth - This section examines models of population growth, considering factors that influence growth rates and the sustainability of populations
Section 9A: Functions: The Building Blocks of Mathematical Models - This section introduces functions as fundamental components of mathematical models, discussing their notation, interpretation, and applications.
Section 9B: Linear Modeling - This section focuses on constructing and interpreting linear models to represent relationships between variables in real-world situations.
Section 9C: Exponential Modeling - This section explores exponential models, demonstrating how they are used to describe phenomena involving rapid growth or decay.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Using & Understanding Mathematics: A Quantitative Approach, 8e, by Bennett and Briggs
Quantitative Reasoning, MATH-1030, Section 40A, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
""* Daily Assignments: 30% of grade
--- One computer-based assignment per section, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Unit Exams: 40% of grade
--- Four unit tests, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Final Exam: 25% of grade
--- One final exam, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Attendance: 5% of grade""
Description:
""Section 1B: Propositions and Truth Values - This section introduces propositions as declarative statements that are either true or false, and explores how to determine their truth values.
Section 1D: Analyzing Arguments - This section focuses on evaluating the structure and validity of arguments, teaching methods to distinguish between direct, indirect, valid and invalid reasoning.
Section 2A: Understand, Solve, and Explain - This section presents a systematic approach to problem-solving by understanding the problem, devising a plan, carrying it out, and explaining the solution.
Section 2B: Extending Unit Analysis - This section delves into the technique of unit analysis, emphasizing its application in solving complex problems involving various units of measurement.
Section 10A: Fundamentals of Geometry - This section introduces basic geometric concepts and principles, laying the foundation for understanding shapes, sizes, and spatial relationships.
Section 10B: Problem Solving with Geometry - This section applies geometric principles to solve practical problems, demonstrating the relevance of geometry in real-world contexts.
Section 3A: Uses and Abuses of Percentages - This section explores how percentages are utilized in various contexts, highlighting common misconceptions and potential misuses.
Section 3B: Putting Numbers in Perspective - This section emphasizes the importance of contextualizing numerical information to better understand its significance and implications.
Section 4A: Taking Control of Your Finances - This section provides strategies for effective personal financial management, including budgeting and expense tracking.
Section 4B: The Power of Compounding - This section explains how compound interest works and its profound impact on savings and investments over time.
Section 4C: Savings Plans and Investments - This section discusses various savings and investment options, assessing their potential risks and returns.
Section 4D: Loan Payments, Credit Cards, and Mortgages - This section examines the mechanics of loans, credit card debt, and mortgages, including how payments are structured and calculated.
Section 4E: Income Taxes - This section provides an overview of income tax systems, including how taxes are calculated and the significance of different tax brackets.
Section 5A: Fundamentals of Statistics - This section introduces basic statistical concepts, including data collection methods, sampling techniques, and the distinction between descriptive and inferential statistics.
Section 5B: Should You Believe a Statistical Study? - This section provides criteria for evaluating the credibility of statistical studies, emphasizing the importance of study design, sample size, and potential biases.
Section 5C: Statistical Tables and Graphs - This section discusses various ways to organize and present data visually, such as through frequency tables, bar graphs, and pie charts, to facilitate understanding and interpretation.
Section 5D: Graphics in the Media - This section examines how graphical representations are used in media, highlighting common misrepresentations and how to critically analyze them.
Section 5E: Correlation and Causality - This section explores the concepts of correlation and causation, clarifying the differences between them and cautioning against assuming causality from correlation alone.
Section 6A: Characterizing Data - This section focuses on measures of central tendency, such as mean, median, and mode, to summarize and describe data sets.
Section 6B: Measures of Variation - This section introduces measures of data dispersion, including range, variance, and standard deviation, to assess the spread of data points.
Section 6C: The Normal Distribution - This section explains the properties of the normal distribution, its significance in statistics, and how it applies to real-world data.
Section 7A: Fundamentals of Probability - This section introduces basic probability concepts, including the calculation of probabilities and the interpretation of probability values.
Section 7B: Combining Probabilities - This section discusses methods for determining the probability of combined events, such as independent and dependent events, using rules like addition and multiplication.
Section 7C: The Law of Large Numbers - This section explains the law of large numbers, which states that as the number of trials increases, the experimental probability approaches the theoretical probability.
Section 7E: Counting and Probability - This section explores counting techniques, such as permutations and combinations, and their applications in calculating probabilities.
Section 8A: Growth: Linear versus Exponential - This section compares linear and exponential growth models, illustrating their differences and implications in various contexts.
Section 8B: Doubling Time and Half-Life - This section introduces the concepts of doubling time and half-life, explaining how they relate to exponential growth and decay processes.
Section 8C: Real Population Growth - This section examines models of population growth, considering factors that influence growth rates and the sustainability of populations
Section 9A: Functions: The Building Blocks of Mathematical Models - This section introduces functions as fundamental components of mathematical models, discussing their notation, interpretation, and applications.
Section 9B: Linear Modeling - This section focuses on constructing and interpreting linear models to represent relationships between variables in real-world situations.
Section 9C: Exponential Modeling - This section explores exponential models, demonstrating how they are used to describe phenomena involving rapid growth or decay.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Using & Understanding Mathematics: A Quantitative Approach, 8e, by Bennett and Briggs
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 70, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
""1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 40A, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
""1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 01B, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
""1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Web Design, SE-1400, Section 40B, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Course Summary:
Date Details Due
Mon May 12, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Setting up the Development Environment due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Intro to the Web due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Syllabus due by 11:59pm
Wed May 14, 2025 Assignment Milestone 1 - Define & Start the Final Project due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - HTML Introduction due by 11:59pm
Sat May 17, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Color & Text with CSS due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Color & Text with CSS due by 11:59pm
Tue May 20, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Visual Elements & Graphics due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Visual Elements & Graphics due by 11:59pm
Thu May 22, 2025 Assignment Milestone 2 - Final Project Mockup Design due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Troubleshooting Code due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Web Design due by 11:59pm
Sun May 25, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Page Layout due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Page Layout due by 11:59pm
Wed May 28, 2025 Assignment Milestone 3 - Final Project Mockup to Grid Implementation due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Web Promotion due by 11:59pm
Sat May 31, 2025 Assignment Milestone 4 - Final Project Homepage Implementation due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Web Development due by 11:59pm
Tue Jun 3, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Responsive Page Layout due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Responsive Page Layout due by 11:59pm
Fri Jun 6, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Forms due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Forms due by 11:59pm
Mon Jun 9, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Tables due by 11:59pm
Assignment Milestone 5 - Final Project Mobile Implementation due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Tables due by 11:59pm
Wed Jun 11, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Web Multimedia & Interactivity due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Web Multimedia & Interactivity due by 11:59pm
Sat Jun 14, 2025 Assignment Assignment - E-Commerce due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - E-Commerce due by 11:59pm
Tue Jun 17, 2025 Assignment Assignment - Javascript due by 11:59pm
Assignment Milestone 6 - Final Project Content Creation due by 11:59pm
Quiz Quiz - Javascript due by 11:59pm
Fri Jun 20, 2025 Calendar Event Late Work Due 12am
Assignment Milestone 7 - Final Presentation due by 11:59pm
Quiz Final Exam (Remotely Proctored) due by 11:59pm
Description:
Course Description: Covers fundamental principles of front-end web design, including beginner's hands-on experience with HTML and CSS in planning, organizing, analyzing, and designing websites. Introduces key foundation concepts such as Internet infrastructure, web page creation and publishing, wireframing, layout techniques, multimedia, content, color, typography, and accessibility. This course is designated as an Active Learning Community Service (ALCS) course. Students provide service in areas of public concern in a way that is mutually beneficial for both the student and the community.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human-Computer Interaction, SE-3400, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Course Summary:
Date Details Due
Mon May 12, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Getting Started - Introduction to SE3400 due by 11:59pm
Tue May 13, 2025 Assignment Notes - HCI Basics (Introduction) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Notes - Exploring HCI (Introduction) due by 11:59pm
Wed May 14, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Exploring HCI (Introduction) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - HCI Basics (Introduction) due by 11:59pm
Thu May 15, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Fri May 16, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Task-Driven or Tool-Tangled due by 11:59pm
Discussion Topic Learning Activity - The Three Faces of HCI due by 11:59pm
Sun May 18, 2025 Assignment Notes - Introduction (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Mon May 19, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Introduction (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Tue May 20, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Wed May 21, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Team Up & Talk due by 11:59pm
Discussion Topic Learning Activity - The Views of the User due by 11:59pm
Fri May 23, 2025 Assignment Notes - Direct Manipulation & Invisible Interfaces (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Notes - Feedback Cycles (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Sat May 24, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Direct Manipulation & Invisible Interfaces (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Feedback Cycles (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Sun May 25, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Mon May 26, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Direct Control, Invisible Design due by 11:59pm
Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Reimagining The Payment Process due by 11:59pm
Wed May 28, 2025 Assignment Notes - Introduction (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Thu May 29, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Introduction (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Fri May 30, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Sat May 31, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - The Problem Space due by 11:59pm
Mon Jun 2, 2025 Assignment Notes - Needfinding (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Tue Jun 3, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Needfinding (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Wed Jun 4, 2025 Calendar Event Initial Plan Due 12am
Fri Jun 6, 2025 Assignment Milestone 1 - Needfinding (Part I) due by 11:59pm
Sun Jun 8, 2025 Assignment Notes - Task Analysis (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Mon Jun 9, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Task Analysis (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Tue Jun 10, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Thu Jun 12, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Break Down Tasks, Build Up Design due by 11:59pm
Assignment Milestone 1 - Needfinding (Part II) due by 11:59pm
Sat Jun 14, 2025 Assignment Notes - Design Alternatives (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Sun Jun 15, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Design Alternatives (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Wed Jun 18, 2025 Assignment Milestone 2 - Design Alternatives (Part I) due by 11:59pm
Fri Jun 20, 2025 Assignment Notes - Design Principles & Heuristics (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Sat Jun 21, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Design Principles & Heuristics (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Sun Jun 22, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Tue Jun 24, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - From Flaws to Function due by 11:59pm
Discussion Topic Milestone 2 - Design Alternatives (Part II) due by 11:59pm
Thu Jun 26, 2025 Assignment Notes - Mental Models & Representations (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Fri Jun 27, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Mental Models & Representations (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Sat Jun 28, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Mon Jun 30, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Breaker Box Reimagined due by 11:59pm
Assignment Midterm Exam (Remotely Proctored) due by 11:59pm
Wed Jul 2, 2025 Assignment Notes - Prototyping (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Thu Jul 3, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Prototyping (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Sun Jul 6, 2025 Assignment Milestone 3 - Prototyping (Part I - Low-Fidelity) due by 11:59pm
Tue Jul 8, 2025 Assignment Notes - Human Abilities (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Wed Jul 9, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Human Abilities (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Thu Jul 10, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Sat Jul 12, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Sense & Sensibility in Design due by 11:59pm
Assignment Milestone 3 - Prototyping (Part II - High-Fidelity) due by 11:59pm
Mon Jul 14, 2025 Assignment Notes - Distributed Cognition (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Tue Jul 15, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Distributed Cognition (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Wed Jul 16, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Fri Jul 18, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Rethinking How We Navigate due by 11:59pm
Sun Jul 20, 2025 Assignment Notes - Evaluation (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Mon Jul 21, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Evaluation (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Thu Jul 24, 2025 Assignment Milestone 4 - Evaluation (Part I) due by 11:59pm
Sat Jul 26, 2025 Assignment Notes - HCI and Agile Development (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Notes - Interfaces & Politics (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Sun Jul 27, 2025 Assignment Quiz - HCI and Agile Development (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Interfaces & Politics (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Wed Jul 30, 2025 Assignment Milestone 4 - Evaluation (Part II) due by 11:59pm
Thu Jul 31, 2025 Calendar Event Peer Reviews Due 12am
Assignment Course Evaluation (Extra Credit) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Final Project Presentation & Submission due by 11:59pm
Fri Aug 1, 2025 Calendar Event Classes End 12am
Assignment Final Exam (Remotely Proctored) due by 11:59pm
Description:
An introduction to the fundamentals of human-computer interaction, user interface design, and usability analysis. Examines interaction design, implementation, and evaluation of many various types of user interfaces, supported by lectures, readings, discussions, and a hands-on approach to an interaction design team project. Topics include overviews of human information processing subsystems, user interfaces, and a variety of design and evaluation methods used in interaction design.
Required Reading: n/a
Recommended Reading: n/a
College Algebra / Pre-Calculus, MATH-1050, Section 40B, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 10%, Quizzes 30%, Tests 40%, Final Exam 20%
Description:
""Section 2.1 - The Rectangular Coordinate system and graphs : introduce, define, and discuss the rectangular system of coordinates, graph points and lines
Section 2.2 - Linear Equations in One Variable : define the linear equation, graph, slope, intercept
Section 2.3 - Models and Applications : solve speed, simple interest, area, perimeter problems
Section 2.4 - Complex Numbers : define complex numbers, discuss how to add, subtract, multiply, and divide complex numbers
Section 2.5 - Quadratic Equations : define and discuss the quadratic equation, use the factoring and quadratic formula to solve quadratic equations.
Section 2.6 - Other Types of Equations : discuss methods to solve rational, radical, and absolute value equations.
Section 2.7 - Linear Inequalities and Absolute Value Inequalities : discuss how to solve linear and absolute value inequalities
Section 3.1 - Functions and Function Notation : define function, input, output, domain , range, notation.
Section 3.2 - Doamin and Range : find domain and range of various functions
Section 3.3 - Rates of Change and Behavior of Graphs : relate avarage rate of change with slope, relate monotony with sign of slope
Section 3.4 - Composition of Functions : define and find the composition of two functions. Also find the domain of the composition.
Section 3.5 - Transformation of Functions : discuss how changes in the equation transform the graph of the function.
Section 3.7 - Inverse Functions : define the inverse, discuss one to one functions, how to findand graph the inverse function
Section 5.1 - Quadratic Functions : discuss how to graph a quadratic function, finding important features of the parabola
Section 5.2 - Power Functions and Polynomial Functions : define power and polynomial functions, end behavior of graph, relate roots with x-intercepts.
Section 5.3 - Graph of Polynomial Functions : discuss using the end behavior and multiplicity of the roots to help graph a polynomial function.
Section 5.4 - Dividing Polynomials : discuss and use the long and synthetic division methods.
Section 5.5 - Zero of Polynomial Functions : discuss and apply The Factor Theorem, The Remainder Theorem, The Conjugate Zero Theorem
Section 5.6 - Rational Functions : discuss how to graph rational functions using intercepts and asymptotes
Section 5.8 - Modeling using Variation : present, discuss, and use Direct, Joint, and Inverse proportionality to solve variation problems
Section 6.1 - Exponential Functions : define and derive properties of the exponential functions
Section 6.2 - Graphs of Exponential Functions : discuss graph of exponential functions
Section 6.3 - Logarithmic Functions : define the logarithm as the inverse of the exponential, find logarithms
Section 6.4 - Graphs of Logarithmic Functions : discuss properties of the graph of logarithmic functions.
Section 6.5 - Logarithmic Properties : describe the product, quatient, power rules for logarithms, use them to expand or condense logarithms
Section 6.6 - Exponential and Logarihmic equations : describe, discuss, and use various methods to solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
Section 6.7 - Exponential and Logarithmic models : discuss the exponential growth/decay models and applications of it.
Section 7.1 - Systems of Equations : Two Variables : define, describe the substitution and elimiation methods, graph, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.2 - Systems of Equations : Three variables : define, describe how the substitution and elimination methods work, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.3 - Systems of Nonlinear Equations and Inequalities : discuss various methods to solve nonlinear systems, describe how to graph systems of inequalities.
Section 7.4 - Partial Fractions : define and describe partial fractions, explain how to use systems of equations to find partial fraction decomposition
Section 7.5 - Matrices and Matrix Operations : define and discuss the concept of matrix, describe how the addition and multiplication of matrices is perfpormed
Section 7.6 - Solving Systems with Gaussian Elimination : describe elementary row operations and use them to define Gaussian Elimination
Section 7.7 - Inverse Matrix : define, describe the method of elementary row operations, find inverse matrix
Section 7.8 - Solving Systems with Cramer's rule : define and find determinants, describe and use Cramer's rule
Section 9.1 - Sequences and their notations : define and discuss sequences of numbers, their various notations, recursive and general terms formulas.
Section 9.2 - Arithmetic Sequences : definition, discover general and recursive formula for arithmetic sequences
Section 9.3 - Geometric Sequences : definition, discover general, recursive formulas for geometric sequences.
Section 9.4 - Series and their notations : definitions, discuss the sigma notation for sums, find sums of aritmetic and geometric sequences
Section 9.5 - Counting Principle : state the basic counting principle, use it to discover factorials, permutations, combinations
Section 9.6 - Binomial Theorem : discover and use Pascal Triangle, binomial coefficients, Binomial Theorem
Required Reading: https://openstax.org/details/books/college-algebra-2e
Recommended Reading: N/A
College Algebra / Pre-Calculus, MATH-1050, Section 70, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 10%, Quizzes 30%, Tests 40%, Final Exam 20%
Description:
""Section 2.1 - The Rectangular Coordinate system and graphs : introduce, define, and discuss the rectangular system of coordinates, graph points and lines
Section 2.2 - Linear Equations in One Variable : define the linear equation, graph, slope, intercept
Section 2.3 - Models and Applications : solve speed, simple interest, area, perimeter problems
Section 2.4 - Complex Numbers : define complex numbers, discuss how to add, subtract, multiply, and divide complex numbers
Section 2.5 - Quadratic Equations : define and discuss the quadratic equation, use the factoring and quadratic formula to solve quadratic equations.
Section 2.6 - Other Types of Equations : discuss methods to solve rational, radical, and absolute value equations.
Section 2.7 - Linear Inequalities and Absolute Value Inequalities : discuss how to solve linear and absolute value inequalities
Section 3.1 - Functions and Function Notation : define function, input, output, domain , range, notation.
Section 3.2 - Doamin and Range : find domain and range of various functions
Section 3.3 - Rates of Change and Behavior of Graphs : relate avarage rate of change with slope, relate monotony with sign of slope
Section 3.4 - Composition of Functions : define and find the composition of two functions. Also find the domain of the composition.
Section 3.5 - Transformation of Functions : discuss how changes in the equation transform the graph of the function.
Section 3.7 - Inverse Functions : define the inverse, discuss one to one functions, how to findand graph the inverse function
Section 5.1 - Quadratic Functions : discuss how to graph a quadratic function, finding important features of the parabola
Section 5.2 - Power Functions and Polynomial Functions : define power and polynomial functions, end behavior of graph, relate roots with x-intercepts.
Section 5.3 - Graph of Polynomial Functions : discuss using the end behavior and multiplicity of the roots to help graph a polynomial function.
Section 5.4 - Dividing Polynomials : discuss and use the long and synthetic division methods.
Section 5.5 - Zero of Polynomial Functions : discuss and apply The Factor Theorem, The Remainder Theorem, The Conjugate Zero Theorem
Section 5.6 - Rational Functions : discuss how to graph rational functions using intercepts and asymptotes
Section 5.8 - Modeling using Variation : present, discuss, and use Direct, Joint, and Inverse proportionality to solve variation problems
Section 6.1 - Exponential Functions : define and derive properties of the exponential functions
Section 6.2 - Graphs of Exponential Functions : discuss graph of exponential functions
Section 6.3 - Logarithmic Functions : define the logarithm as the inverse of the exponential, find logarithms
Section 6.4 - Graphs of Logarithmic Functions : discuss properties of the graph of logarithmic functions.
Section 6.5 - Logarithmic Properties : describe the product, quatient, power rules for logarithms, use them to expand or condense logarithms
Section 6.6 - Exponential and Logarihmic equations : describe, discuss, and use various methods to solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
Section 6.7 - Exponential and Logarithmic models : discuss the exponential growth/decay models and applications of it.
Section 7.1 - Systems of Equations : Two Variables : define, describe the substitution and elimiation methods, graph, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.2 - Systems of Equations : Three variables : define, describe how the substitution and elimination methods work, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.3 - Systems of Nonlinear Equations and Inequalities : discuss various methods to solve nonlinear systems, describe how to graph systems of inequalities.
Section 7.4 - Partial Fractions : define and describe partial fractions, explain how to use systems of equations to find partial fraction decomposition
Section 7.5 - Matrices and Matrix Operations : define and discuss the concept of matrix, describe how the addition and multiplication of matrices is perfpormed
Section 7.6 - Solving Systems with Gaussian Elimination : describe elementary row operations and use them to define Gaussian Elimination
Section 7.7 - Inverse Matrix : define, describe the method of elementary row operations, find inverse matrix
Section 7.8 - Solving Systems with Cramer's rule : define and find determinants, describe and use Cramer's rule
Section 9.1 - Sequences and their notations : define and discuss sequences of numbers, their various notations, recursive and general terms formulas.
Section 9.2 - Arithmetic Sequences : definition, discover general and recursive formula for arithmetic sequences
Section 9.3 - Geometric Sequences : definition, discover general, recursive formulas for geometric sequences.
Section 9.4 - Series and their notations : definitions, discuss the sigma notation for sums, find sums of aritmetic and geometric sequences
Section 9.5 - Counting Principle : state the basic counting principle, use it to discover factorials, permutations, combinations
Section 9.6 - Binomial Theorem : discover and use Pascal Triangle, binomial coefficients, Binomial Theorem
Required Reading: https://openstax.org/details/books/college-algebra-2e
Recommended Reading: N/A
College Algebra / Pre-Calculus, MATH-1050, Section 40A, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 10%, Quizzes 30%, Tests 40%, Final Exam 20%
Description:
""Section 2.1 - The Rectangular Coordinate system and graphs : introduce, define, and discuss the rectangular system of coordinates, graph points and lines
Section 2.2 - Linear Equations in One Variable : define the linear equation, graph, slope, intercept
Section 2.3 - Models and Applications : solve speed, simple interest, area, perimeter problems
Section 2.4 - Complex Numbers : define complex numbers, discuss how to add, subtract, multiply, and divide complex numbers
Section 2.5 - Quadratic Equations : define and discuss the quadratic equation, use the factoring and quadratic formula to solve quadratic equations.
Section 2.6 - Other Types of Equations : discuss methods to solve rational, radical, and absolute value equations.
Section 2.7 - Linear Inequalities and Absolute Value Inequalities : discuss how to solve linear and absolute value inequalities
Section 3.1 - Functions and Function Notation : define function, input, output, domain , range, notation.
Section 3.2 - Doamin and Range : find domain and range of various functions
Section 3.3 - Rates of Change and Behavior of Graphs : relate avarage rate of change with slope, relate monotony with sign of slope
Section 3.4 - Composition of Functions : define and find the composition of two functions. Also find the domain of the composition.
Section 3.5 - Transformation of Functions : discuss how changes in the equation transform the graph of the function.
Section 3.7 - Inverse Functions : define the inverse, discuss one to one functions, how to findand graph the inverse function
Section 5.1 - Quadratic Functions : discuss how to graph a quadratic function, finding important features of the parabola
Section 5.2 - Power Functions and Polynomial Functions : define power and polynomial functions, end behavior of graph, relate roots with x-intercepts.
Section 5.3 - Graph of Polynomial Functions : discuss using the end behavior and multiplicity of the roots to help graph a polynomial function.
Section 5.4 - Dividing Polynomials : discuss and use the long and synthetic division methods.
Section 5.5 - Zero of Polynomial Functions : discuss and apply The Factor Theorem, The Remainder Theorem, The Conjugate Zero Theorem
Section 5.6 - Rational Functions : discuss how to graph rational functions using intercepts and asymptotes
Section 5.8 - Modeling using Variation : present, discuss, and use Direct, Joint, and Inverse proportionality to solve variation problems
Section 6.1 - Exponential Functions : define and derive properties of the exponential functions
Section 6.2 - Graphs of Exponential Functions : discuss graph of exponential functions
Section 6.3 - Logarithmic Functions : define the logarithm as the inverse of the exponential, find logarithms
Section 6.4 - Graphs of Logarithmic Functions : discuss properties of the graph of logarithmic functions.
Section 6.5 - Logarithmic Properties : describe the product, quatient, power rules for logarithms, use them to expand or condense logarithms
Section 6.6 - Exponential and Logarihmic equations : describe, discuss, and use various methods to solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
Section 6.7 - Exponential and Logarithmic models : discuss the exponential growth/decay models and applications of it.
Section 7.1 - Systems of Equations : Two Variables : define, describe the substitution and elimiation methods, graph, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.2 - Systems of Equations : Three variables : define, describe how the substitution and elimination methods work, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.3 - Systems of Nonlinear Equations and Inequalities : discuss various methods to solve nonlinear systems, describe how to graph systems of inequalities.
Section 7.4 - Partial Fractions : define and describe partial fractions, explain how to use systems of equations to find partial fraction decomposition
Section 7.5 - Matrices and Matrix Operations : define and discuss the concept of matrix, describe how the addition and multiplication of matrices is perfpormed
Section 7.6 - Solving Systems with Gaussian Elimination : describe elementary row operations and use them to define Gaussian Elimination
Section 7.7 - Inverse Matrix : define, describe the method of elementary row operations, find inverse matrix
Section 7.8 - Solving Systems with Cramer's rule : define and find determinants, describe and use Cramer's rule
Section 9.1 - Sequences and their notations : define and discuss sequences of numbers, their various notations, recursive and general terms formulas.
Section 9.2 - Arithmetic Sequences : definition, discover general and recursive formula for arithmetic sequences
Section 9.3 - Geometric Sequences : definition, discover general, recursive formulas for geometric sequences.
Section 9.4 - Series and their notations : definitions, discuss the sigma notation for sums, find sums of aritmetic and geometric sequences
Section 9.5 - Counting Principle : state the basic counting principle, use it to discover factorials, permutations, combinations
Section 9.6 - Binomial Theorem : discover and use Pascal Triangle, binomial coefficients, Binomial Theorem
Required Reading: https://openstax.org/details/books/college-algebra-2e
Recommended Reading: N/A
Business Calculus, MATH-1100, Section 40B, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
""Homework (25%) - One online assignment per section administered and graded through Pearson's MyLab Math
Chapter 1 Project (11%) - Create a function that requires utilizes five specific derivative rules when calculating the derivative, then find the derivate of the function
Chapter 2 Project (11%) - Choose a product and collecting demand data on the product in order to generate a best-fit linear demand function. Then use optimization and elasticity to calculate the price that will optimize revenue.
Midterm exam (11%) - Comprehensive online exam covering chapters 1-3 consisting of short answer and multiple choice questions administered and graded through Pearson's MyLab Math.
Chapter 4 Project (11%) - Regurlarly record speed while in a vehicle and use that date to estime your distance traveled using a Riemann sum. Then find the best-fit cubic function for your data and use integration to calculate your distance traveled.
Chapter 5 Project (11%) - Collect 20 responses for a question that requires a numerical response and determine what type of probability distribution your data represents. Then, assuming a normal distribution, calculate the mean, standard deviation, and percentiles of your data.
Final Exam (20%) - Comprehensive online exam consisting of short answer and multiple choice questions covering topics from all chapters administered and graded through Pearson's MyLab Math.""
Description:
""Section 1.1- Introduction to Limits: This lecture covers limit notation, types of discontinuities, and how to evaluate limits using a graph.
Section 1.2- Evaluating Limits Algebraically: This lecture covers how to calculate lmits algebraically and how to define continuity using limits
Section 1.3- Average Rate of Change: This lecture covers how to calculate average rate of change for nonlinear functions.
Section 1.4- Definition of a Derivative : This lecture defines a derivative as an instantaneous rate of change and covers how to use limits and the average rate of change formula to calculate it.
Section 1.5- Basic Derivative Properties and Rules: This lecture introduces various derivative properties and rules to simplify derivative calculation including the power rule.
Section 1.6- Product and Quotient Rules: This lecture covers how to differentiate products and quotients of functions using the product rule and quotient rule.
Section 1.7- The Chain Rule: The lecture covers how to calculate derivatives of composition of functions using the Chain Rule
Section 1.8- Higher Order Derivatives: This lecture covers how to notate and calculate derivatives of derivatives.
Section 2.1- Local Extrema: This lecture defines local extrema and covers how to use derivatives to find them in a function.
Section 2.2- Maximums and Minimums Using Second Derivative: This lecture covers how to use second derivative to assist in finding the local extreme values of differentiable functions.
Section 2.4- Absolute Extrema: This lecture covers how to differentiate absolute extrema from local extrema and how to find these values for bounded and unbounded functions.
Section 2.5- Optimization: This lecture covers the process of using derivatives to optimize values in various real-world applications.
Section 2.6- Differentials and Marginals: This lecture defines differentials and marginal values and covers how they are related to derivatives.
Section 2.7- Elasticity: This lecture covers how to use and interpret the elasticity formula.
Section 2.8- Implicit Differentiation: This lecture covers how to use the chain rule to differentiate functions that involve both the independent and dependent variable.
Section 3.1- Exponential Functions: This lecture reviews exponential functions and their properties focusing on base e.
Section 3.2- Logarithmic Functions: The lecture reviews logarithmic functions and their laws emphasizing the natural logarithm and how to use them to solve eponential equations.
Section 3.3- Unhibited and Limited Growth Models: This lecture covers some common examples of growth models in various applications including but not lmited to future value and population growth.
Section 3.4- Decay Models: This lecture covers some common examples of models in various applications including but not lmited to present value, carbon dating, and newton's law of cooling.
Section 3.5- Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions: This lecture covers the derivative rules for expoential and logarithmic functions.
Section 3.6- Amortization: This lecture covers how to use exponential functions to create the amortization formula.
Section 4.1- Antidifferentiation: This lecture definies an antiderivative and covers various antiderivative rules for common functions.
Section 4.2- Area Under a Curve: This lecture covers how to use left and right-hand Riemann Sums to estimate area under a curve.
Section 4.3- Definite Integrals: This lecture covershow antiderivatives can be used to calculate the exact area under the curve using the fundamental theorem of calculus.
Section 4.4- Properties and Rules of Definite Integrals: This lecture covers various rules and properties of integration including the average value and area between curves.
Section 4.5- Integration by Subsitution: This lecture covers how to use subsitution using a process called integration by substitution as an integration method to reverse the chain rule.
Section 4.6- Integration by Parts: This lecture covers how to integrate the product of two functions using the integration strategy known as integration by parts.
Section 5.1- Consumer and Producer Surplus: This lecture covers how to use integrals to calculate consumer and producer surplus and how to optmize both by finding the equilibrium point.
Section 5.2- Integrating Growth and Decay Models: This lecture covers how to calculate present and future value of continuous income streams with an emphasis on constant streams.
Section 5.3- Improper Integrals: This lecture defines improper integrals and how to calculate them using limits and covers how they are used to calculate the present value of a perpetual income stream.
Section 5.4- Probability Density Functions: This lecture defines a probability density functions and how to use integrals to calculate probabilites.
Section 5.5- Expected Value and Normal Distribution: This lecture covers how to use integrals to calculate the expected value and variance of probability density functions with an emphasis on normal distribution functions.
Section 6.1- Functions of Several Variables: This lecture introduces multivariable functions and covers the notation used to interact with them.
Section 6.2- Partial Derivatives: This lecture covers how to calculate partial derivatives for each independent variable.
Section 6.3- Extrema of Multivariable Functions: This lecture covers how to use partial derivatives to find local extrema for multivariable functions.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Calculus and Its Applications, 11th Ed., by Bittenger, Ellenbogen, and Surgent
Internships, MDIA-4900R, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Agreement/evaluation form
Final meeting
Status reports (4)
Social media content
Final paper
Resume review
Log of hours
Description:
This is an internship where students work independently with an organization of their choice. Students set their own learning objectives to match the internship. There are no class units.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Psychology, PSY-1010, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Proctored Exams: These constitute the largest portion of your grade. Nearly the entire course is built around preparing you to succeed on these exams. These need to be completed in a proctored Testing Center environment. This is preferably the Utah Tech University Testing Center, but may be another site approved by the UT Testing Center after making arrangements with the instructor. There will be two Proctored Exams held, one at midterm, covering the material from the first half of the course, and one as the Final Exam, covering material from the second half of the course. These will each consist of multiple-choice/true-false questions drawn directly from the Practice Quizzes, with some slight modifications to wording.
Un-Proctored Exams: The course will include six un-proctored exams, each covering only the material covered in the chapters just preceding them. These will each consist of multiple-choice/true-false questions drawn directly from the Practice Quizzes, with some slight modifications to wording. These may be completed in any setting and any external resources may be used during the exams, including the internet, the textbook, notes, other people, and AI tools. It is strongly recommended, however, that these exams be taken as if in a proctored environment, with no external resources used. This will best help you to prepare for the Proctored Exams. If you get a low score on one of the un-proctored exams, you are allowed to retake it after participating in a post-exam discussion.
Portfolio Assignments: These assignments will give you an opportunity to apply concepts learned in the course as well as to explore additional topics that are not covered. There will be two deadlines for submitting Portfolio Assignments -- one around midterm and one around the end of the term. You will submit three assignments total, chosen from a set of six options.
Reading Quizzes: These are brief, multiple-choice/true-false quizzes that accompany a section of the online textbook. You may use any external resources you would like during these quizzes. To best prepare yourself for the Proctored Exams, complete the readings so that you can understand the concepts presented in the textbook, not only answer the quiz questions correctly.
Practice Quizzes: These are brief, multiple-choice/true-false quizzes that contain the exact questions included in the accompanying Reading Quizzes, but with one additional question added. This additional question is meant to encourage reading the textbook beyond only those concepts assessed in the Reading Quizzes. You are allowed two attempts on each Practice Quiz and video recordings from the instructor are included to guide you in answering the questions.
TLAS Quizzes: Thinking Like a Scientist (TLAS) quizzes accompany each chapter in the textbook. These are very brief quizzes that contain multiple-choice questions but do not directly assess the content covered in the textbook. These questions are rather designed to give you practice in employing thinking skills used by researchers, for example logical reasoning, data interpretation, and scientific literacy. Each TLAS quiz allows for two attempts and is accompanied by video guides from the instructor which explain the reasoning behind each question. TLAS-style questions appear on both Un-Proctored and Proctored exams.
Discussions: There will be discussions required after each Un-Proctored Exam. These are graded for completion and provide a forum for getting help and providing help to others. These discussions will be moderated by and contributed to by the instructor. Please be respectful and professional as you participate in them.
Description:
Week 1: Introduction
Explore the history and scientific foundations of psychology, including why psychology is considered a science and its historical development.
Week 2: Research Methods
Learn about various research designs, scientific reasoning, and the replication crisis in psychology, emphasizing how psychological research is conducted.
Week 3: Neuroscience
Understand the basics of neural communication, the structure and function of the nervous system, and the brain's role in behavior and mental processes.
Week 4: Sensation and Perception
Study how sensory systems work, including vision, hearing, taste, smell, and touch, and how perception interprets these sensory inputs.
Week 5: Learning
Examine classical and operant conditioning, reinforcement schedules, and other types of learning, including observational learning and latent learning.
Week 6: Memory
Investigate how memory functions, including encoding, storage, retrieval, and the brain areas involved in memory, as well as common memory problems.
Week 7: Exam Week
Review and prepare for the Midterm Exam, covering material from the first half of the course.
Week 8: Emotion and Motivation
Explore theories of motivation, Maslow's hierarchy of needs, and the psychological and physiological aspects of emotions.
Week 10: Personality
Analyze different theories of personality, including trait theories, psychoanalytic theories, and humanistic approaches.
Week 11: Development
Understand the stages of human development from infancy to adulthood, including cognitive, social, and emotional development.
Week 12: Social Psychology
Learn about social influences on behavior, including conformity, group dynamics, prejudice, and interpersonal relationships.
Week 13: Mental Health
Study various psychological disorders, their symptoms, causes, and the impact on individuals and society.
Week 14: Therapy and Treatment
Examine different approaches to psychological treatment, including psychotherapy, biomedical therapies, and alternative treatments.
Week 16: Exam Week
Review and prepare for the Final Exam, covering material from the second half of the course.
Required Reading: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/psychology1010/
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Psychology, PSY-1010, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Proctored Exams: These constitute the largest portion of your grade. Nearly the entire course is built around preparing you to succeed on these exams. These need to be completed in a proctored Testing Center environment. This is preferably the Utah Tech University Testing Center, but may be another site approved by the UT Testing Center after making arrangements with the instructor. There will be two Proctored Exams held, one at midterm, covering the material from the first half of the course, and one as the Final Exam, covering material from the second half of the course. These will each consist of multiple-choice/true-false questions drawn directly from the Practice Quizzes, with some slight modifications to wording.
Un-Proctored Exams: The course will include six un-proctored exams, each covering only the material covered in the chapters just preceding them. These will each consist of multiple-choice/true-false questions drawn directly from the Practice Quizzes, with some slight modifications to wording. These may be completed in any setting and any external resources may be used during the exams, including the internet, the textbook, notes, other people, and AI tools. It is strongly recommended, however, that these exams be taken as if in a proctored environment, with no external resources used. This will best help you to prepare for the Proctored Exams. If you get a low score on one of the un-proctored exams, you are allowed to retake it after participating in a post-exam discussion.
Portfolio Assignments: These assignments will give you an opportunity to apply concepts learned in the course as well as to explore additional topics that are not covered. There will be two deadlines for submitting Portfolio Assignments -- one around midterm and one around the end of the term. You will submit three assignments total, chosen from a set of six options.
Reading Quizzes: These are brief, multiple-choice/true-false quizzes that accompany a section of the online textbook. You may use any external resources you would like during these quizzes. To best prepare yourself for the Proctored Exams, complete the readings so that you can understand the concepts presented in the textbook, not only answer the quiz questions correctly.
Practice Quizzes: These are brief, multiple-choice/true-false quizzes that contain the exact questions included in the accompanying Reading Quizzes, but with one additional question added. This additional question is meant to encourage reading the textbook beyond only those concepts assessed in the Reading Quizzes. You are allowed two attempts on each Practice Quiz and video recordings from the instructor are included to guide you in answering the questions.
TLAS Quizzes: Thinking Like a Scientist (TLAS) quizzes accompany each chapter in the textbook. These are very brief quizzes that contain multiple-choice questions but do not directly assess the content covered in the textbook. These questions are rather designed to give you practice in employing thinking skills used by researchers, for example logical reasoning, data interpretation, and scientific literacy. Each TLAS quiz allows for two attempts and is accompanied by video guides from the instructor which explain the reasoning behind each question. TLAS-style questions appear on both Un-Proctored and Proctored exams.
Discussions: There will be discussions required after each Un-Proctored Exam. These are graded for completion and provide a forum for getting help and providing help to others. These discussions will be moderated by and contributed to by the instructor. Please be respectful and professional as you participate in them.
Description:
Week 1: Introduction
Explore the history and scientific foundations of psychology, including why psychology is considered a science and its historical development.
Week 2: Research Methods
Learn about various research designs, scientific reasoning, and the replication crisis in psychology, emphasizing how psychological research is conducted.
Week 3: Neuroscience
Understand the basics of neural communication, the structure and function of the nervous system, and the brain's role in behavior and mental processes.
Week 4: Sensation and Perception
Study how sensory systems work, including vision, hearing, taste, smell, and touch, and how perception interprets these sensory inputs.
Week 5: Learning
Examine classical and operant conditioning, reinforcement schedules, and other types of learning, including observational learning and latent learning.
Week 6: Memory
Investigate how memory functions, including encoding, storage, retrieval, and the brain areas involved in memory, as well as common memory problems.
Week 7: Exam Week
Review and prepare for the Midterm Exam, covering material from the first half of the course.
Week 8: Emotion and Motivation
Explore theories of motivation, Maslow's hierarchy of needs, and the psychological and physiological aspects of emotions.
Week 10: Personality
Analyze different theories of personality, including trait theories, psychoanalytic theories, and humanistic approaches.
Week 11: Development
Understand the stages of human development from infancy to adulthood, including cognitive, social, and emotional development.
Week 12: Social Psychology
Learn about social influences on behavior, including conformity, group dynamics, prejudice, and interpersonal relationships.
Week 13: Mental Health
Study various psychological disorders, their symptoms, causes, and the impact on individuals and society.
Week 14: Therapy and Treatment
Examine different approaches to psychological treatment, including psychotherapy, biomedical therapies, and alternative treatments.
Week 16: Exam Week
Review and prepare for the Final Exam, covering material from the second half of the course.
Required Reading: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/psychology1010/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Module Details Due Date
1 Quiz: Flow State
Written Reflection: Artistic Inspiration
Studio: Drawing Upside Down
Studio: Drawing Simple Designs Wed, May 14
2 Quiz: Creativity
Written Reflection: Creativity
Studio: Divergent Thinking Wed, May 21
3 Quiz: Elements & Principles of Design
Written Reflection: Elements & Principles of Design
Studio: Shape, Texture, and Line Wed, May 28
4 Quiz: Prehistory
Written Reflection: Prehistory
Studio: Australian Aboriginal Dot/Rock Painting Wed, June 4
5 Quiz: Chinese and Japanese Painting
Written Reflection: Chinese and Japanese painting
Studio: Japanese and Chinese Watercolor Painting Wed, June 11
6 Quiz: Ghana and the Kente Cloth
Written Reflection: Africa
Studio: Ceramic Wed, June 18
7 Quiz: Arts of Iran
Written Reflection: Iran
Studio: Mosaic Tessellations Wed, June 25
8 Quiz: Renaissance
Written Response: The Crux of the Renaissance
Studio: Renaissance Drawing Wed, July 2
9 Quiz: Impressionism
Written Reflection: Impressionism
Studio: Painting from Life Wed, July 9
10 Quiz: Cubism, Dada, and Surrealism
Written Reflection: Cubism, Dada, Surrealism
Studio: Surrealist Strategies Wed, July 16
11 Quiz: Abstraction
Written Reflection: Abstraction
Studio: Abstraction Wed, July 23
12 Quiz: Contemporary Art
Final Project Wed, July 30
Description:
Module 2 – Why is Art Important
This module explores the many roles art plays in society—from storytelling and self-expression to political critique and cultural identity—laying the foundation for why art matters in our lives.
Module 3 – Elements of Art and Principles of Design
Students will learn the basic building blocks of visual art, including line, shape, color, balance, and rhythm, and how artists use these tools to create meaning and visual impact.
Module 4 – Prehistory
We dive into some of the earliest human artworks, from cave paintings to stone carvings, examining how early societies used art for ritual, survival, and communication.
Module 5 – World Tour: China and Japan
This module introduces key artistic traditions from East Asia, focusing on philosophies like Daoism and Zen, and the aesthetics of ink painting, ceramics, and garden design.
Module 6 – World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
We examine the rich artistic heritage of West Africa, including goldwork, textiles, and royal portraiture, highlighting art’s role in trade, status, and spirituality in the Asante kingdom.
Module 7 – World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
This week centers on the Italian Renaissance, exploring how artists like Leonardo and Michelangelo redefined art through humanism, perspective, and classical inspiration.
Module 8 – World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Students will explore Persian art and architecture during the Safavid era, including illuminated manuscripts, tilework, and the cultural significance of the Islamic artistic tradition.
Module 9 – Impressionism
This module introduces Impressionism as a revolutionary movement in 19th-century France, where artists captured fleeting moments through light, color, and loose brushwork.
Module 10 – Cubism, Dada, and Surrealism
We’ll examine how early 20th-century artists broke with tradition to explore abstraction, absurdity, and the unconscious mind through radically new visual languages.
Module 11 – Abstraction / Museum Project
Focusing on abstraction in modern art, students will also begin their final museum project, analyzing how non-representational forms communicate emotion, thought, and structure.
Module 12 – Contemporary Art / Final Project
In our final module, we look at art being made today—across cultures, media, and themes—while students complete and present a culminating project that synthesizes course concepts.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Organizational Behavior, MGMT-3700, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Quizzes
Discussion Questions
Individual Assignments
Paired Assignments
Group Assignments
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1A Intro to OB/Org. Structure- This module introduces students to Organizational Behavior (OB), the study of how individuals and groups act within organizations, drawing from psychology, sociology, and related fields. It covers the historical development of OB, including key studies like the Hawthorne Studies, and explores how understanding behavior supports effective management, team development, motivation, and organizational change.
Module 1B Organizational Culture- This module explores how organizational behavior and structure shape workplace culture, emphasizing the importance of understanding motivation, leadership, group dynamics, power, communication, and decision making. Students will examine how these elements influence organizational culture and how managers can leverage this understanding to lead change effectively. A key focus is on developing strategies that enhance organizational effectiveness and profitability through informed cultural management.
Module 2 Organizational Change - This module focuses on organizational change, emphasizing that change—whether structural, procedural, or cultural—is a constant and influential force within organizations. Students will explore how change impacts employee behavior and the factors that affect successful change implementation, such as leadership support, communication, and employee involvement. The module also introduces key change management theories to help future managers guide organizations through transitions effectively and sustainably.
Module 3 Individual Differences, Personality, Values - This module examines how individual differences—such as personality, values, beliefs, and traits—impact workplace behavior, performance, and interactions. Students will learn how these differences influence job fit, communication, and responses to change, and how managers can use this understanding to build cohesive teams, reduce conflict, and improve hiring decisions. Emphasis is placed on leveraging diversity to support organizational goals and create a supportive work environment.
Module 4 Perception of Self and Others - This module explores how perceptions of self and others shape behavior, motivation, and relationships in the workplace. Students will examine how individual experiences, beliefs, and values influence these perceptions, and how they impact collaboration, trust, and performance. The module also highlights the manager’s role in fostering a supportive environment that encourages positive self-concept and healthy interpersonal dynamics.
Module 5 Emotions, Attitudes, Stress- This module focuses on the impact of emotions, attitudes, and stress on employee behavior and organizational performance. Students will explore how positive and negative emotional states influence motivation, productivity, and collaboration, as well as how stress affects health, focus, and workplace interactions. The module emphasizes the manager’s role in recognizing and managing these factors to foster a healthy, engaged, and high-performing workforce.
Module 6 Decision Making/Problem Solving - This module examines the decision-making and problem-solving processes within organizations, highlighting how individual traits, group dynamics, and organizational context influence choices and outcomes. Students will learn about the structured five-stage decision-making model—problem identification, information gathering, alternative generation, evaluation, and selection—and explore how factors like communication, power, and culture affect each stage. The module emphasizes the importance of applying systematic approaches to navigate complex challenges and support effective organizational performance.
Module 7 Motivation and Rewards - This module explores the role of motivation and rewards in enhancing employee performance, tracing key developments from early theories by Taylor, Mayo, Maslow, and McClelland to modern approaches that balance extrinsic and intrinsic rewards. Students will examine major motivation theories—including content, process, and cognitive models—as well as organizational justice and reward system design. The module emphasizes how thoughtful application of motivation and reward strategies can drive organizational success and employee satisfaction.
Module 8 Group and Team Dynamics - This module focuses on group and team dynamics, emphasizing their critical role in organizational effectiveness, collaboration, and innovation. Students will explore the stages of team formation, the distinctions between formal and informal groups, and strategies for managing both in-person and virtual teams. The module also covers team types, member roles, and the key factors that influence team performance and cohesion.
Module 9 Communication - This module explores communication as a foundational component of organizational behavior, examining its various forms—verbal, written, and non-verbal—and their influence on leadership, motivation, decision-making, and workplace dynamics. Students will analyze how effective communication fosters cohesion and productivity, while poor communication can lead to conflict and dysfunction. Emphasis is placed on understanding communication mediums, identifying and overcoming barriers, and applying effective communication strategies in challenging situations.
Module 10 Power, Politics, and Influence - This module delves into the dynamics of power, politics, and influence within organizations, highlighting how these forces shape interactions beyond formal roles or titles. Students will explore different bases of power, types of influence, and the ethical use of political tactics in the workplace. The module emphasizes how understanding and managing these elements can help reduce dysfunction, resolve conflict, and align actions with organizational objectives.
Module 11 Conflict and Negotiations - This module focuses on conflict and negotiation as inevitable components of organizational life, emphasizing the importance of preparation and strategy in reaching effective resolutions. Students will explore the causes and consequences of intergroup conflict, the impact of dysfunctional conflict on relationships and outcomes, and various resolution approaches. The module also covers negotiation tactics and how their application can influence both the outcome of the conflict and the long-term dynamics between parties involved.
Module 12 Leadership - This module explores leadership as a central force in shaping organizational behavior, focusing on how leaders influence others to achieve shared goals through vision, communication, and direction. Students will examine leadership theories based on traits, behaviors, and situational factors, as well as the critical role of followers in the leader-follower dynamic. The module also addresses emotional intelligence, toxic leadership traits, and how these elements affect relationships and organizational outcomes.
Required Reading: Adamson, A., & Jenson, V. (2001). Shrek. DreamWorks Distribution. Adult Education Glos Apprenticeships (2021, Feb. 24). Theories and models: Change management models [Video]. Youtube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=32mUMnoePyk Clayton, M. (2021, July. 28). Edgar Schein’s 3 levels of organizational culture [Video]. Youtube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N37Foo0DOgE&t=3s Clayton, M. (2021, Aug. 4). Quinn and Cameron: Competing values model of organizational culture. [Video]. Youtube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N37Foo0DOgE&t=3s Haililo (2023, Apr. 11). 5 effective change management models. [Video]. Youtube. https://youtu.be/ksQ3f0y6smo MITxPRO. (2022, Jan. 26). What is systems thinking [Video]. Youtube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qGRCWF4OK0U Organizational Behavior (2019). OpenStax. Organizational Communication Channel. (2017, Feb. 21). Systems theory of organizations [Video]. Youtube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1L1c-EKOY-w Organizational Communication Channel. (2017, Feb. 21). Systems theory of organizations [Video]. Youtube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1L1c-EKOY-w Patterson, K., Grenny, J., McMillan, R., & Switzler, A. (2012). Crucial conversations tools for talking when stakes are high. McGraw-Hill Education. Speak Up!. (2018, Mar. 5). Forming, storming, norming, performing, and adjourning (as told by the Fellowship of the Ring). [Video]. Youtube. https://youtu.be/ysWWGf8VsOg Sprouts. (2021, Nov. 11). Dark triad personalities: Narcissism, Machiavellianism, and psychopathy [Video]. Youtube. https://youtu.be/VpX6ts5Z2cU Stein, J. (2016). Using the stages of team development. HR at MIT| Learning and Development.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 42B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Writing Process Narrative; Textual Analysis; Source Evaluation; Research Paper; Weekly Discussions
Description:
Unit 1: The Writing Process; Unit 1 will introduce and define the elements of the writing process. Students will reflect on their experiences writing in academic settings and identify areas they want to strengthen throughout the course.
Unit 2: Analyzing Texts; Unit 2 will situate the genre of analysis within academic contexts. Presented as ""reverse engineering"" a text, students will develop familiarity with strategies for deconstructing and critique individual elements of a text to demonstrate how those elements contribute or detract from the text's purpose.
Unit 3: Finding and Evaluating Sources; Unit 3 will establish the importance of locating, evaluating, and summarizing credible sources. Students will examine strategies for developing keywords, evaluating the credibility of various sources, and situating sources within exploratory writing.
Unit 4: Extended Academic Writing; Unit 4 will situate the term ""research"" within academic writing contexts. Students will examine strategies for crafting a research question, incorporating credible and relevant sources responding to their research question, and drawing logical, original conclusions based on the information they encountered.
Required Reading: ""The Art of Academic Writing""; ""Open English""; ""The
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 43A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Rhetorical Analysis; Source Synthesis; Annotated Bibliography; Academic Argument; Weekly discussions
Description:
Unit 1: Rhetoric in Academic Writing; Unit 1 defines the term ""rhetoric"" and the ""rhetorical situation."" Students will be asked to perform an Aristotelian analysis on a text of their choice, drawing from the principles of effective and ethical rhetoric.
Unit 2: Synthesizing Perspectives; Unit 2 defines the term synthesis and establishes academic writing as an ongoing conversation. Students will be asked to identify areas of agreement and disagreement among various perspectives and articulate the importance of such similarities and differences.
Unit 3: Locating and Evaluating Scholarly Sources; Unit 3 will define the term ""scholarly source"" and differentiate it from ""popular source."" Students will also be asked to locate and evaluate sources located on the university databases.
Unit 4: Academic Arguments; Unit 4 will define the components of an academic argument, including a thesis statement, evidence, and counterarguments. Based on their earlier projects, students will pose a clear thesis statement supported by components covered.
Required Reading: OER materials, including ""The Art of Academic Writing,"" ""Writing for Success,"" and ""Critical Thinking""
Recommended Reading: ""Writing With and Among Digital Technologies""
Prehistoric to Gothic Art, ARTH-2710, Section 40A, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course agreement: 5%
Weekly Discussions: 20%
Weekly Quizzes: 20%
Weekly Journals: 25%
Final Project: 30%
Description:
Week 1: Intro to Visual Analysis and Prehistoric visual culture.
Introduction to visual analysis, focusing on understanding how to interpret and critique art, architecture, and other forms of visual culture. Exploration of early human visual expression through cave paintings and other artifacts from the Paleolithic period. Transition to the Neolithic era, where agriculture and settled communities influenced new artistic forms, such as megalithic structures.
Week 2: Ancient West Asia, Egypt and Kush, the Aegean.
Study of visual culture in ancient civilizations of Ancient West Asia, such as Sumer, Assyria and Babylon. Examination of Egyptian and Kushite art, focusing on iconic structures like the pyramids and royal tombs, and the role of visual culture in death and afterlife. Minoan and Mycenaean art highlights the Aegean Bronze Age, including frescoes and palatial architecture.
Week 3: Ancient Greece, the Etruscans, Ancient Rome.
Analysis of Greek visual culture from the Geometric period to the Classical period, unpacking the idealization of the human form, with emphasis on sculpture and advances in architectural design. Introduction to Etruscan visual culture, including tomb paintings and temple design. Roman art and architecture are examined, from republican monuments and sculpture to imperial achievements such as the Colosseum and the Pantheon.
Week 4: Early Christian, Jewish, Byzantine and Islamic Visual Culture.
Study of early Christian art in Rome, including catacomb frescoes and Christian symbols. Jewish visual culture in Syria, focusing on synagogue decorations. We explore Byzantine art, including the architectural splendor of Hagia Sophia and the mosaics of Ravenna. A discussion of Islamic visual culture examines the architectural innovations of the Dome of the Rock and the Great Mosque of Cordoba.
Week 5: Africa and Asia.
Exploration of African art, focusing on the Kingdom of Ife's sculptures and the Great Zimbabwe ruins. The Great Mosque of Djenne exemplifies African Islamic architecture, while Christian Ethiopian art highlights unique religious iconography and church architecture. In Asia lectures explore the visual traditions of India, including Hindu temple art and Buddhist sculpture. Buddhist structures in India and Japan are compared. The Terracotta Army of China is also explored, examining the detailed figures as part of the burial complex of China’s first emperor.
Week 6: The Americas and Medieval Europe.
Focus on the Mound Builders of North America and the Ancestral Pueblo, with attention to their architecture and ceremonial artifacts. In Central America we explore the visual cultures of the Olmec, Maya, and Teotihuacan, including monumental sculptures and architecture. The course returns to Europe with a discussion of Romanesque and Gothic visual culture, emphasizing architectural advancements in cathedrals, stained glass and sculpture.
Required Reading: Required reading material:various articles found on www.smarthistory.org
Recommended Reading: N/A
Renaissance to Contemp Art, ARTH-2720, Section 41A, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course agreement: 5%
Weekly Discussions: 20%
Weekly Quizzes: 20%
Weekly Journals: 25%
Final Project: 30%
Description:
Week 1: Intro to Visual Analysis and Early Renaissance.
An introduction to visual analysis—focusing on how to interpret, critique, and understand works of art and visual culture across different periods and regions. The first week explores the Early Renaissance period, examining key artists like Giotto and Masaccio, and focusing on the development of perspective, naturalism, and humanism in painting.
Week 2: High Renaissance and Baroque.
Study of the High Renaissance, with an emphasis on iconic figures such as Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo, and Raphael as well as the achievements of women artists during the Renaissance. Lectures cover advancements in artistic techniques, the perfecting of perspective, and the rise of monumental works in art and architecture. For the Baroque period, artists like Caravaggio, Artemisia Gentileschi and Bernini are highlighted, along with the movement’s connection to the Counter-Reformation.
Week 3: Mexica and New Spain, Inka and the Viceroyalty of Peru.
This week explores the visual culture of the Mexica (Aztec) and Inka Empires, examining their visual culture, architecture, and beliefs as well as the fusion of Indigenous and European styles in the art of New Spain and the Viceroyalty of Peru during the colonial period.
Week 4: Africa and the Pacific.
This week explores the case study of the Benin Bronzes, highlighting the artistic achievements of the Kingdom of Benin in West Africa and their historical significance as well as issues of repatriation. This week also looks at the visual cultures of the Pacific Islands, with case studies of Rapa Nui (Easter Island), Aotearoa (New Zealand), and Hawaii.
Week 5: Japan and Nineteenth Century European Art.
Lectures introduce examples of Japanese visual culture including zen gardens, painted screens and ukiyo-e prints. This week also covers 19th-century European art, from Neoclassicism to Impressionism, exploring how artists responded to industrialization, urbanization, and social change. Key artists include Goya, Turner, Monet, and Van Gogh.
Week 6: Post-Impressionism to Contemporary Art.
This week is an overview of global art movements from the end of the 19th century to present day such as Expressionism, Cubism, Futurism, Dada, Surrealism, Abstract Expressionism, Pop Art, Performance Art. Lectures examine the transformation of global art and the rise of new media.
Required Reading: Required reading material:various articles found on www.smarthistory.org
Recommended Reading: N/A
Gender Communication, COMM-3400, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Gender and Me Paper
Gender and Me Video Introduction
Chapter Facilitation (Group)
Film Analysis
Six Discussion Posts (post your own and respond to a peer) 10 ea.
Three Online Quizzes
Final Group Project
Final Reflection Paper
Description:
Week 1: Introduction to Gender Communication; Ch. 1: Developing a Critical Gender/Sex Lens; Ch. 2: Theories of Gender/Sex
Week 2: Ch. 3: Gendered/Sexed Voices; Ch. 4: Gendered/Sexed Bodies; Quiz #1 (Ch.'s 1-4)
Week 3: Ch. 5: Gendered/Sexed Language; Ch. 6: An Introduction to Gender in Social Institutions; Film Analysis
Week 4: Ch. 7: Families; Ch. 8: Education; Quiz #2 (Ch.'s 5-8)
Week 5: Ch. 9: Work; Ch. 10: Religion
Week 6: Ch. 11: Media; Ch. 12: One Last Look Through a Critical Gendered Lens; Final Group Project; Final Reflection Paper; Quiz #3 (Ch.'s 9-12)
Required Reading: Palczewski, C. H., DeFrancisco, V. P., & McGeough, D. D. (2023). Gender in Communication: A Critical Introduction (4th ed.). Sage Publications. [inclusive access to this e-text on Canvas]
Recommended Reading: N/A
Ethics in MFT, MFT-6360, Section 01A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Quizzes (10-25 points each): This course will involve multiple quizzes that you are required to complete prior to the end of the course. You will be allowed multiple opportunities to complete each quiz.
2. Reflection Paper Ethics and Treatment (20 points): This paper will be used to help you conceptualize treatment and diverse topics. I have listed the 4 sections that I would like you to address. While this is a reflection paper, you are asked to use references to support your understandings. You may make your own arguments, and they may clash with other authors, just make sure to support statements. (4 – 5 pages, APA).
a. What role do values and morals play in therapy?
b. Discuss professional and personal sense of self.
c. What informs therapy; rationalism, empiricism, tradition? How do they matter? Remember that if you are applying any post-modernism, how do you reconcile them?
d. Morality and spirituality. How do spiritual/moral model and empirical/professional model work together?
3. Self of Therapist Paper (20 points): This short paper will become part of your TOC. (2 - 3 pages, APA). Remember that this will be rough draft and we will be changing it as you go. I would like however, that the paper contain no grammatical or APA issues.
a. How does your model conceptualize use of self?
b. Through the lens of your model, identify and discuss aspects of yourself that facilitate and that impede client progress. (theory concept and how you fit in).
c. How do the ideas on our course comment on use of self and the work you have done or could do?
d. How does self-care matter?
4. Interview a Clinician (20 points): You will conduct a 15-30 minute interview with a therapist who is working in an area that you would like to be in in 10 years. You may take some liberty here and look for someone who is working in a non-traditional area: family life educator, adoption agency, business consulting, academia, government agency. You should be able to report what it would take to get to that position. We will discuss this in class.
5. Ethics Decision Making Paper (30 points): Prepare a document that outlines your own decision-making philosophy. This will be a reflection of your readings, specific to Chapter 3 of your text and the User’s guide Preface, Intro, and Chapters 1 -2, and 4. (5 – 7 pages, APA)
a. Is it enough to know and follow the AAMFT Code of Ethics? Why or why not?
b. What principles guide your ethical decision make in process? Include the steps in your model. Give an example of a specific issue and how you would address it. Include the unique ethical considerations for marriage and family therapists.
c. As a therapist, what responsibilities do you have to your clients and how should you fulfill them?
d. What rights do clients have and how should you ensure that they are respected?
e. What areas might you struggle with? How will you care for yourself professionally in order to minimize ethical dilemmas?
6. Informed Consent (20 points): You will be required to complete a mock informed consent. We will be discussing this in class along with what will be expected. Also, it is imperative that you take notes to identify what you should include in your document, both legally and ethically. You will be responsible for this material. We will review a few in class to analyze effectiveness and application.
Description:
1. AAMFT code of ethics - Review of the AAMFT code of ethics.
2. Diversity in MFT - We will review the need for understanding diversity in MFT. We will talk about the need for support for marginalized groups and what the role of the MFT can be.
3. Common ethical issues in MFT - Review of common issues for therapist in the MFT practice. We will review law and ethical standards.
4. Morality in MFT - Review of what role morals play in therapy. How do clinicians evaluate the morals of the client.
5. Legal issues - Review law in the state of Utah. Review of mandated reporting in the state of UT.
6. Professional Development - Evaluate the professional role of the therapist. How to develop a professional presence.
Required Reading: Wilcoxon, A. P., Remley, T. P., & Gladding, S. T. (2014). Ethical, Legal, and Professional Issues in the Practice of Marriage and Family Therapy. ISBN-13: 9780133377446 Caldwell, B. E. (2015). User’s Guide to the 2015 AAMFT Code of Ethics. ISBN: 9781514762417
Recommended Reading: n/a
Psych of Abnormal Behavior, PSY-2400, Section 01A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. ACTIVE PARTICIPATION (5pt quiz each class): Each student is expected to contribute actively and continually. This should mean that you come prepared, having read the material and taken the quiz, ready to ask/answer questions. You will be providing constructive feedbacks to examples you read in class. Your feedback and reflection on each topic are critical for your own learning and growth. We will also have various quizzes or reflections that may also count towards this grade. As this semester it a little different. Please make sure that you are in attendance. It is evident that those that attend do well and find the class easier, those that do not, tend to not do well.
2. EXAMS (50 pts each exam): Students will be asked to take 3 exams throughout the semester. The exam will take place in the testing center. Please note that you will need to identify times and procedures for the testing center. Each exam will be open from Thursday to Monday (open dates will be provided with course schedule).
3. TEACHING AND CURRENT RESEARCH PRESENTATION (115 points): Each student will be assigned a group that will address a psychological disorder that is either listed in course content, was not covered in class, or a topic of new research. The presentation content should include: DSM-V diagnosis of the illness, current treatment options and current research articles addressing this mental illness. Typically, this will be done as a group presentation, however, we may need to change this depending on the spread of COVID. Each group will need to provide the class a 1-page handout summarizing the presentation content. The length of the presentation should be around 30-35 minutes. See CANVAS for more details
4. Case Study Analysis (75 points): You will find an example from media (this should be a movie that is not already specific to a disorder) and write a 3-4 page case study analysis that will address key diagnostic features and symptoms and differential diagnoses that you considered. As part of this, you will need to provide a comprehensive assessment and diagnosis.
5. FINAL EXAM (100 points): The final exam will be ½ cumulative and ½ new material and will be given during final exam time.
Description:
Chapter 1: Abnormal Behavior in Historical Context
This chapter explores the historical evolution of abnormal psychology, examining how perceptions and treatments of mental disorders have changed over time. It introduces the integrative approach, emphasizing the interplay of biological, psychological, and social factors in understanding psychopathology.
Chapter 2: An Integrative Approach to Psychopathology
Chapter 2 delves into the multidimensional model of abnormal behavior, highlighting how genetic, neurobiological, cognitive, emotional, and cultural influences interact. It underscores the importance of considering these diverse factors collectively to comprehend and treat psychological disorders effectively.
Chapter 3: Clinical Assessment and Diagnosis
This chapter outlines the processes involved in assessing and diagnosing mental health conditions, including interviews, psychological testing, and behavioral observations. It also discusses the DSM-5 classification system and the challenges associated with diagnostic reliability and validity.
Chapter 5: Anxiety, Trauma- and Stressor-Related, and Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders
Chapter 5 examines disorders characterized by excessive fear and anxiety, such as generalized anxiety disorder, panic disorder, PTSD, and OCD. It reviews their clinical features, potential causes, and evidence-based treatment options, including cognitive-behavioral therapy and pharmacological interventions.
Chapter 6: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders and Dissociative Disorders
This chapter focuses on disorders where individuals experience physical symptoms without a clear medical cause and disruptions in consciousness or identity. It explores diagnostic criteria, theoretical explanations, and therapeutic approaches for conditions like somatic symptom disorder and dissociative identity disorder.
Chapter 7: Mood Disorders and Suicide
Chapter 7 addresses mood disorders, including major depressive disorder and bipolar disorders, discussing their symptoms, etiology, and treatment modalities. It also covers the risk factors and prevention strategies related to suicide, emphasizing the importance of early intervention.
Chapter 8: Eating and Sleep-Wake Disorders
This chapter explores disorders related to eating behaviors, such as anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa, and sleep disturbances like insomnia and narcolepsy. It discusses their psychological and physiological underpinnings, as well as treatment strategies to address these complex conditions.
Chapter 10: Sexual Dysfunctions, Paraphilic Disorders, and Gender Dysphoria
Chapter 10 examines sexual health issues, including difficulties with sexual response, atypical sexual interests, and incongruence between experienced and assigned gender. It reviews diagnostic criteria, potential causes, and therapeutic interventions for these conditions.
Chapter 11: Substance-Related, Addictive, and Impulse-Control Disorders
This chapter discusses disorders involving the misuse of substances like alcohol and drugs, as well as behaviors such as gambling. It explores the mechanisms of addiction, risk factors, and treatment approaches, including behavioral therapies and support groups.
Chapter 12: Personality Disorders
Chapter 12 delves into enduring patterns of behavior and inner experience that deviate from cultural expectations, focusing on the ten personality disorders categorized in the DSM-5. It examines their characteristics, potential origins, and challenges associated with treatment.
Chapter 13: Schizophrenia Spectrum and Other Psychotic Disorders
This chapter covers disorders marked by distortions in thinking and perception, such as schizophrenia, highlighting symptoms like delusions and hallucinations. It discusses the course of these disorders, contributing factors, and treatment options, including antipsychotic medications and psychosocial interventions.
Chapter 14: Neurodevelopmental Disorders
Chapter 14 focuses on disorders that typically manifest early in development, including autism spectrum disorder and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). It reviews their diagnostic features, potential causes, and intervention strategies aimed at improving functioning.
Chapter 15: Neurocognitive Disorders
This chapter examines disorders characterized by cognitive decline, such as Alzheimer's disease and other forms of dementia. It discusses their clinical presentations, underlying neuropathology, and approaches to management and care.
Chapter 16: Psychological Treatment
Chapter 16 provides an overview of various therapeutic modalities used to treat psychological disorders, including psychodynamic, humanistic, cognitive-behavioral, and integrative approaches. It emphasizes the importance of evidence-based practices and the therapeutic alliance in achieving positive treatment outcomes.
Required Reading: Barlow, D. H., Durand, V. M., & Hofmann, S G. (2017). Abnormal Psychology: An Integrative Approach, ( 8th edition). Cengage Learning. Stamford, CT.
Recommended Reading: American Psychiatric Association. (2013). The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders: DSM5. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association Publication.
Supply Chain Management, MGMT-3600, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Group Current Business Topic Exercises, Homework Assignments, Exam I, Exam II
Description:
Unit 1 - Class Overview, Intro to Operations and Supply Chain Management, Business Processes
Unit 2 - Operations and Supply Chain Strategies
Unit 3 - Demand Forecasting Techniques, Managing Sources of Business Capacity
Unit 4 - Inventory Management Techniques and Optimization
Unit 5 - Project Management Overview
Unit 6 - Introduction to Constrained Optimization Techniques
Unit 7 - Developing Products and Services
Unit 8 - Managing Quality Across the Enterprise
Unit 9 - Supply Chain Management and Logistics
Unit 10 - Sales and Operations Planning (Aggregate Planning)
Unit 11 - Managing Production Across the Supply Chain, Supply Chain Information Systems
Unit 12 - Just in Time Inventory / Lean Production
Two mid term exams
Required Reading: Introduction to Operations and Supply Chain Management, Cecil C. Bozarth and Robert B. Handfield, 5th Edition, Inclusive Access, ISBN 978-0-13-474217-5
Recommended Reading: N/A
Business Internship, MGMT-4200R, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Weekly Journal Entries. Submit one journal entry each week of internship that includes the progress made on each approved internship goal, as well as the total number of hours worked that week. Reflect on your experience and note insights and learning gained, as well as progress on each internship goal. Include networking opportunities, projects, executive visits, etc.
Company Report. List your name, company name, semester and year registered for the internship, and label it ""company report."" This report should be completed by the end of the fourth week of internship or sooner. It will assist in gaining helpful background information about sponsor company. This company report should include company history, products/services, target market, financial strength, human resource benefits and career opportunities, company organization, and company plans for the future.
Learning Report. A synopsis of learning acquired through the internship experience, and may be an expansion of journal entries. Critically analyze internship and state observations, learning, and/or personal growth in the following areas: leadership, self-management skills, creative problem solving and decision-making. State concepts from the classroom that used in the internship, as well as new learning that can be taken back to the classroom. Consider management styles and work ethics.
Description:
Unit 1: Company Report
Unit 2 - 12: Weekly Journal Entries. Students work in internship environment and report against approved goals
Unit 13 - Learning Report
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Motor Development, XSCI-3352, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Module Assignments (6)
Module Quizzes (6)
Section Exams (3)
Final Exam (1)
Final Project (1)
Description:
Introduction to Motor Development: This unit covers the fundamental concepts and theoretical perspectives of motor development. The developmental aspects related to biomechanical principals of motion and stability will also be covered.
Development of Motor Skills Across the Lifespan: This unit will cover the development of motor skills across the lifespan including reflexive behavior, postural control, balance, locomotion, ballistic skills, and manipulative skills.
Physical Growth, Maturation, and Aging: This unit will cover prenatal and postnatal development, development during childhood and adolescence, and development during adulthood and older adulthood.
Development of Physical Fitness: Lifespan development affecting of cardiorespiratory endurance, strength and flexibility, and motor skill competence will be the focus of this unit.
Perceptual Motor Development: This unit will cover aspects of visual, kinesthetic, auditory, and intermodal perception that affect motor skill development across the lifespan.
Functional constraints in motor development: This unit will address motor development from the perspective of social/cultural, and psychological factors influencing motor skill acquisition. Principals of motor learning will also be covered in this unit.
Required Reading: Required Textbook: Life Span Motor Development (7th Edition Only), Haywood & Getchell. Human Kinetics, Publisher.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health Care Leadership, NURS-6550, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
1.1d Exploring Nursing Leadership Roles
3.2d Strategic Management Proposal
4.1b Lifelong Learning
4.2b The Value of the Patient Voice-Salt in My Soul
6.1d Advanced Strategies in Relationship Management
8.1a Patient Safety and Quality [e-module]
10.2d Case Study Analysis: Transformation to Professional Governance in Nursing
11.2d Self-Leadership Assessment and Development Plan
Description:
Module 1 (week 1): Health Care Systems and Organizational Leadership: This module introduces you to the complex dynamics of health care systems and the crucial role of effective leadership in health care organizations.
Module 2 (week 2): Professionalism (Advocacy and Governance): In the advocacy section of this module, you will explore the expanded role of nurse leaders in advocating for individual patients at the bedside and in the broader health care policy arena. This will involve understanding how health care policies are formulated, implemented, and evaluated. You will learn how to influence these policies effectively to improve patient outcomes and the nursing profession. In the Governance section, you will explore the structures and processes that govern health care and higher education institutions. This section will equip you with knowledge about organizational governance, including board management, strategic decision-making, and the legal and ethical considerations pertinent to health care and academic settings. Topics such as quality assurance, accreditation standards, and educational governance will be thoroughly explored to understand governance in health care and higher education.
Module 3 (week 3): Ethical and Legal Considerations in Nursing Leadership: This module will increase your understanding and enhance your skills in navigating the ethical and legal landscapes integral to effective nursing leadership. As you progress in your career, effectively managing these aspects is important in promoting safe, effective, patient-centered care while ensuring compliance with regulatory standards and fostering a positive health care environment.
Module 4 (weeks 4-5): Knowledge of the Health Care Environment (Regulation, Patient Safety and Quality, and Nursing Practice and Application): In this module you will explore the roles and impacts of various regulatory bodies, understanding the importance of compliance, and nursing leadership's legal and ethical responsibilities. The goal is to equip you with the knowledge to navigate the regulatory landscape confidently, ensuring that your practice meets and exceeds the standards set forth by governing entities. You will explore care delivery models and the environmental design crucial for ensuring safe, evidence-based, accessible, and affordable patient care. You will explore the multifaceted impact of internal and external factors on care delivery and organizational finances. You will incorporate previous learning to analyze and apply quality and safety measures within the care environment.
Module 5 (weeks 6-7): Strategic Management: The Strategic Management module, covers strategic planning and management, exploring theories and practical applications necessary to navigate the health care environment.
Module 6 (weeks 8-9): Human Resource Management: This module provides a foundational understanding of human resource management's (HRM) role in nursing leadership. As nursing professionals, particularly those in leadership positions, it's imperative to recognize that the heart of health care lies not in the technology or facilities but in the people who provide care and support to patients daily. Human resource management in health care encompasses more than the traditional HR functions of recruiting, hiring, and training. It involves strategic management of staff resources, leadership development, performance evaluation, organizational culture, employee relations, and adherence to regulatory standards specific to the health care industry.
Module 7 (weeks 10-11): Business Skills and Financial Management: This module bridges the gap between your clinical expertise and the fiscal responsibilities of management roles in health care settings. As nurse leaders and managers, you have a role in patient care and the financial health of your organizations.
Module 8 (week 12): Career Development: This module is designed to consolidate the knowledge and skills you have acquired throughout the program, guiding you to apply these competencies to your career planning and advancement in nursing leadership.
Required Reading: American Psychological Association (2019). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association. This course uses OER.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Leadership Practicum, NURS-6551, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
M2 Reflective Journaling Guide: Shadowing a Nurse Leader
M3 Needs Assessment and Project Planning
M4 Data Collection, Analysis, and Evaluation Assignment
M5 Project Proposal: Quality Improvement Initiative in Health Care Leadership Assignment
M6 Implementation and Reflective Evaluation of Planned Interventions Assignment
M7 Reflection and Self-assessment: Practicum Experience and Personal Growth Assignment
M8 Implementation, Reflection, and Adjustment of Planned Interventions Assignment
M9 Reflective Journaling: Data Analysis and Results Assignment
M10 Leadership Practicum Presentation Assignment
M11 Final Documentation and Evaluation: Reflecting on Achievements and Future Improvements Assignment
M12 Reflection and Program Completion: Achieving CLOs and Future Endeavors Assignment
Description:
Module 1: Practicum Prospectus and SMART Goals: In this module, you will begin the steps shaping your practicum experience. Identifying your practicum site and mentor, clarifying your goals and objectives, and establishing effective communication channels will set the stage for a successful journey as a future leader in health care.
Module 2: Shadowing a Nursing Leader: The purpose of the MSN shadowing a nurse leader experience is to provide graduate nursing students the opportunity to observe and learn from established nurse leaders within various health care settings. Through this experience, you gain firsthand insights into the roles, responsibilities, and challenges nurse leaders navigate in their professional roles.
Module 3: Needs Assessment and Project Planning: The purpose of the Needs Assessment in the MSN leadership practicum experience is to systematically identify and analyze the current challenges, gaps, and opportunities within a health care setting. This assessment informs the development of targeted interventions or projects that address these identified needs.
Module 4: Data Collection, Analysis, and Evaluation: Data collection is a critical cornerstone in the MSN leadership practicum experience, bridging the gap between theory and practice. As future nursing leaders, your ability to collect, analyze, and interpret data empowers you to make informed decisions, drive evidence-based initiatives, and effect positive change within health care settings
Module 5: Project Proposal: Quality Improvement Initiative in Health Care Leadership: This module bridges your foundational knowledge and the practical application of leadership principles within health care settings. Here, you will begin translating your insights, skills, and aspirations into a tangible project proposal addressing real-world challenges.
Module 6: Implementation and Reflective Evaluation of Planned Interventions: This phase marks the execution stage of your MSN leadership practicum project. In this module, you will witness the transformation of your planned interventions into real-world actions, gaining firsthand experience in executing leadership initiatives within health care settings.
Module 7: Reflection and Self-Assessment: Practicum Experience and Personal Growth: In this module, you will engage in a comprehensive self-reflection that encapsulates the feedback received, the experiences encountered, the growth and learning achieved, and the evolution of your skills as a nursing leader. This self-assessment encourages you to look into your strengths and areas for improvement, providing a holistic view of your progress. By revisiting the professional development goals set at the inception of your practicum, you will uncover how your journey has aligned with, evolved, or even surpassed these initial aspirations.
Week 8: Implementation, Reflection, and Adjustment of Planned Interventions: This module encapsulates the interplay between envisioning change, executing interventions, and embracing adaptability within health care.
Week 9: Data Analysis and Results: Interpretation and Implications: This module explores the systematic analysis of data collected during your interventions, shedding light on the impact of your leadership initiatives within health care.
Week 10: Leadership Practicum Presentation and Discussion: The Practicum Presentation is a culminating phase that showcases your MSN leadership practicum. In this module, you will synthesize your experiences, insights, interventions, and outcomes into a presentation.
Week 11: Final Documentation and Evaluation: Reflecting on Achievements and Future Improvements: In this module, you will comprehensively explore your practicum experience, weaving together the threads of your journey through final documentation, introspective evaluation, and reflective journaling.
Week 12: Reflection and Program Completion: This module centers on your assessing the overall effectiveness of the practicum, measuring the depth of your personal and professional growth, and casting a forward-looking gaze toward your future as a nursing leader.
Required Reading: American Psychological Association (2019). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington DC: American Psychological Association. This course uses OER.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Curriculum Development & Eval, NURS-6630, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
1.3d Needs Assessment and Program Planning in Nursing Education
2.2d Advanced Curriculum Development and Instructional Design
3.1d Evaluating Pedagogical Models
3.2d Assessment and Content Organization
4.1d Exploring Interprofessional Education and Collaborative Practice
5.2d Clinical Judgment in Nursing
6.1d Program Evaluation
6.2d Program Evaluation, QI, and Educational Outcomes
Description:
Module 1: Foundations of Educational Practice (weeks 1-2): This introductory module lays the groundwork for exploring nursing education's curriculum development process. It will give you a framework for understanding the complex components and theoretical foundations that drive effective curriculum design and implementation. You will be introduced to the fundamental differences between pedagogy, andragogy, and heutagogy and their specific applications in nursing education. Your ability to design and implement educational programs that are both effective and contextually relevant will be enhanced.
Module 2: Curriculum Design (weeks 3-4): This module will introduce you to strategic and innovative design in nursing curricula. You will learn about instructional design, concept-based and competency-based education, and student engagement strategies.
Module 3: Content Delivery and Pedagogy (weeks 5-6): In this module, you will explore various pedagogical models and their applications in nursing education.
You will gain an in-depth understanding of teacher-centered, learner-centered, and learning-centered models. Analyze their impact on nursing education and identify scenarios where each model is most effective. You will develop skills in organizing and sequencing educational content. Learn how to create coherent, logically structured learning experiences that facilitate the acquisition of complex nursing skills and knowledge. Additionally, you will focus on incorporating the principles of Quality and Safety Education for Nurses (QSEN) in designing educational experiences.
Module 4: Interdisciplinary and Regulatory Considerations (weeks 7-8): You will learn about a) Interdisciplinary Education Strategies (IPE). Learn how to design and implement educational programs that reflect the interdisciplinary nature of health care. b) Regulatory Considerations in Nursing Education explores the specific regulations and standards that impact nursing education. Such as accreditation requirements, state and federal laws, and the standards set by professional organizations. c) Curriculum Development and Evaluation: Gain insights into developing a curriculum that meets regulatory standards and addresses the interdisciplinary needs of modern health care. Learn the tools and techniques for evaluating educational outcomes and ensuring your program adapts to the health care field. d) Ethical and Legal Issues in Nursing Education: Explore nursing education's ethical and legal considerations.
Module 5: Assessment and Evaluation (week 9): This module will provide the theoretical knowledge and practical skills necessary for effectively evaluating clinical judgment among nursing students and understanding and implementing assessment and evaluation strategies.
Module 6: Quality Assurance and Improvement (weeks 10-11): This module integrates three critical components essential for advancing nursing education and practice: Program Evaluation, Learning Outcomes Assessment, and Continuous Quality Improvement. Each component ensures the efficacy, relevance, and sustainability of nursing programs and practices. The Program Evaluation micromodule provides foundational knowledge and skills required to systematically examine the effectiveness of nursing education programs. In the Learning Outcomes Assessment micromodule, the focus shifts to measuring and analyzing student learning and achievement. This component explores various assessment strategies, techniques, and tools used to evaluate the extent to which learning outcomes are being met. The Continuous Quality Improvement micromodule centers on the principles and processes of ongoing enhancement within nursing education and practice settings. This segment reviews quality improvement models, strategies, and tools applicable to health care and nursing education.
Module 7: Faculty Development: This final module concentrates on the significance of faculty development and how it contributes directly to the quality of nursing education programs. Faculty development encompasses activities to improve teaching effectiveness, promote scholarship, facilitate career advancement, and enhance professional skills. It is a continuous process aiming to enrich the educator's knowledge and skills and to instill a culture of lifelong learning and improvement.
Required Reading: American Psychological Association (2019). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington DC: American Psychological Association. Billings, D. M., & Halstead, J. A. (2023). Teaching in Nursing: A Guide for Faculty (7th ed.). Elsevier.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum Capstone, NURS-7101, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Program Completion: Achieving EPSLOs and Role Specific Competencies
Description:
Module 1: Confirm Practicum Site and Mentor: In this module, Practicum Prospectus and SMART Goals, you will begin the foundational steps shaping your capstone practicum experience. This may be a continuation of your education or leadership practica or a new experience. Identify or confirm your practicum site and mentor, clarify your goals and objectives, and establish effective communication channels to set the stage for a successful future nurse leader and educator journey.
Module 2: Needs Assessment and Data collection, Analysis, and Evaluation: The purpose of the Needs Assessment in the MSN capstone practicum experience is to systematically identify and analyze the current challenges, gaps, and opportunities within a health care or educational setting. The needs assessment informs the development of targeted interventions or projects to address these identified needs.
Module 3: Project Planning and Project Proposal: The Project Planning step aims to translate the insights gained from the needs assessment into a structured and actionable project plan. This plan outlines the goals, objectives, strategies, resources, timelines, and evaluation methods for the proposed project. Project planning ensures that the proposed intervention is well-organized, purposeful, and aligned with the identified needs.
Module 4: Implementation and Reflective Evaluation of Planned Interventions (weeks 4-5): This section marks the execution stage of your MSN capstone practicum experience. In this module, you will implement the project into real-world actions, gaining firsthand experience. As you implement the capstone practicum project, you will monitor progress, assess outcomes, and discern the need for adjustments and fine-tuning.
Module 5: Reflection and Self-Assessment: Practicum Experience and Personal Growth (weeks 6-7): This module encourages you to pause and do some introspection. Here, you will engage in a comprehensive self-reflection that encapsulates the feedback received, the experiences encountered, the growth and learning achieved, and the evolution of your skills as a nursing leader.
Module 6: Implementation, Reflection, and Adjustment of Planned Interventions (weeks 8-9): This stage is integral to the reflective assignment, emphasizing the importance of evaluating the implementation process of your capstone project. This evaluation aims to assess the effectiveness, efficiency, and fidelity of the strategies and interventions employed during the project's execution. Process Evaluation invites you to examine the project's operational aspects, how the interventions were implemented, aligned with the planned procedures, and the factors influencing their execution.
Module 7: Data Analysis and Results: Interpretation and Implications: The Data Analysis and Results module delves into the systematic analysis of data collected during your interventions, shedding light on the tangible impact of your capstone practicum experience.
Module 8: Capstone Practicum Presentation and Discussion: This module marks the culmination of your capstone experience, where you've applied your accumulated knowledge and skills to a real-world project within an educational or health care setting.
Module 9: Final Documentation and Evaluation: Reflecting on Achievements and Future Improvements: This module centers on assessing the overall effectiveness of your practicum, measuring the depth of your personal and professional growth, and casting a forward-looking gaze toward your future as a nurse educator, leader, or both.
Required Reading: American Psychological Association (2019). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington DC: American Psychological Association.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Advanced Leadership Strategies, NURS-6530, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
M2 Analysis and Evaluation of Leadership and Management in Nursing
M4 Leadership Styles in Nursing: A Comparative Analysis and Strategic Solutions
M4 Leadership Style Inventory Reflection
M6 Self-Leadership Assessment and Development Plan
M7.1 Lifelong Learning
M7.2 The Value of the Patient Voice
M9 Design Thinking for Health
M10 Strategic Management Proposal
M11 Advanced Strategies in Relationship Management
Description:
Module 1: Leadership and Management Theories: This module will give you an understanding of leadership and management theories and their application to nursing leadership. As current or future nurse leaders, you will shape the health care landscape, influencing organizational culture, employee satisfaction, and, most importantly, patient care outcomes.
Module 2: Leadership and Management in Nursing: In this module, you will explore the differences between leadership and management. The objective is to develop the skills necessary for advanced practice nurses to become effective leaders and managers in various health care and educational environments.
Module 3: Nursing Leadership and the AONL: Nursing leadership is central in shaping health care delivery, influencing patient outcomes, and advancing the nursing profession. This module introduces the principles and practices of nursing leadership, exploring how nurse leaders guide teams, manage resources, and navigate the complexities of modern health care systems. A key focus of this module is the introduction to the American Organization for Nursing Leadership (AONL) Core Competencies for Nurse Leaders. These nationally recognized competencies provide a framework for developing leadership excellence in communication, health care environment knowledge, leadership skills, professionalism, and business acumen. Understanding these competencies will help you assess your current leadership strengths and areas for growth as you prepare for advanced nursing leadership roles.
Module 4: Leadership Styles: In this module (2 weeks), you explore a comprehensive range of leadership styles, from traditional to contemporary approaches, and understand how they apply to various health care environments.
Module 5: Emotional Intelligence and Nursing Leadership: This module introduces you to emotional intelligence (EI) and its role in effective nursing leadership. In this module, you will explore the core theories of EI, learn how to apply these concepts to your professional and personal growth, and understand the impact of emotional intelligence on team dynamics and overall performance in health care settings. You will explore how EI can enhance your leadership capabilities, improve communication, and foster a supportive work environment, ultimately leading to better patient outcomes and more cohesive teams.
Module 6: The Reflective Leadership Journey: This module is designed to deepen your understanding of leadership from the inside out, emphasizing the importance of self-reflection and personal growth in your journey as a leader in the nursing field.
Module 7: Inner Leadership: This module, centered on The Leader Within (AONL, 2022), aligns with the Quadruple Aim framework (Sikka et al., 2015), underscoring health care professionals' holistic well-being. Effective nursing leadership in health care is about managing operations and resources and embodying the qualities that define a transformational leader. In this module, you explore and cultivate the aspects of leadership within you that enable you to excel as a nurse leader in any health care or educational setting.
Module 8: Decision Making: This module provides you with the necessary knowledge and skills to make informed and effective decisions as nursing leaders. Decision-making in nursing leadership involves capitalizing on opportunities, analyzing problems objectively, making timely decisions, understanding the impact of decisions, delegating appropriately, and fostering professional governance.
Module 9: Design Thinking for Health: This module integrates design thinking principles into health care. In this module, you will enhance your critical thinking, problem-solving, and leadership skills through a unique, creative, and empathetic approach to health care challenges.
Module 10: Change Management and Innovation: In this module, you explore the interplay between change, innovation, and effective leadership within health care organizations. As forward-thinking nursing leaders, you must attain the knowledge and skills to navigate the health care landscape, fostering environments of innovation and embracing the challenges that come with change.
Module 11: Relationship Management and Influencing Behaviors: This module introduces Relationship Management and Influencing Behaviors, two key areas that form the foundation of successful interpersonal and organizational dynamics. In this module, you will explore developing, maintaining, and enhancing positive relationships within and outside your organization.
Required Reading: American Psychological Association (2019). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington DC: American Psychological Association. This course uses OER and Library resources.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prin of Fit & Lifestyles Man, XSCI-2120, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Module Assignments (6)
Module Quizzes (6)
Section Exams (3)
Final Project (1)
Description:
Physical Fitness and Wellness: This unit will address the current leading health problems in the U.S., factors affecting quality of life, types of physical fitness, and federal guidelines for physical activity.
Behavior Modification: This unit will cover keys to changing behavior, as well as theories of behavioral change. Personal values, willpower and the development of self-efficacy will also be addressed.
Nutrition for Wellness: Nutritional standards, as well as the attainment of a healthy diet will be the focus of this unit.
Body composition and Weight Management: This unit will cover an understanding of healthy body composition, as well the the skills to estimate fat vs lean body mass. Weight management will also be a focus of this unit, including methods of attaining and maintaining a healthy weight and body composition.
Cardiorespiratory endurance: Basic physiology pertaining to the attainment of cardiorespiratory endurance will will be covered, as well as guidelines for attaining healthy cardio and respiratory function.
Muscular Fitness and Flexibility: Factors affecting muscular strength, endurance, and flexibility will be the focus of this unit.
Personal Fitness Programming: This unit will focus on factors to consider when personalizing a fitness program for maximum results and safety.
Stress Assessment and Management: The mind-body connection will be the focus of this unit.
Prevention of cardiovascular Disease, Cancer, Addictive Behavior, and Sexually Transmitted Diseases: This unit will focus on the prevention of several factors negatively affecting health and quality of life.
Lifetime Fitness and Wellness: This unit will address factors affecting quality of life through old-age, as well as life expectancy. Conventional, alternative, and integrative medicine, as well as quackery and fraud will be discussed.
Required Reading: : Principles and Labs for Fitness & Wellness by Hoeger, Hoeger, Fawson, & Hoeger (15th Edition), Cengage Publishers.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fundamentals of Sport Mgmt, RSM-2070, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Introduction and reflective Video - 30 points
Self- Goal Setting/Evaluations - 30 points
2 Current Issue presentations - 100 points
2 Observation Papers - 100 points
Weekly online discussions - 140 points
Interview a professional in the field - 150 points
Exam 1 - 150 points
Final Exam - 150 points
Total 1000 points
Description:
Pre-semester: Introduction and Orientation: Students can begin working on the introduction information
Module 1: Chapters 1/2. Managing Sport and Developing a Professional Perspective (helps students begin to view recreation and sports management from a career and professional point of view)
Module 2: Chapters 3/4. Management Concepts and Practice in Sport Organization and Managing and Leading Sport Organizations. (Students will understand the latter of progression and leadership skills such as staffing)
Module 3: Chapters 5/6. Legal Considerations in Sports Management and 2-part Sports Management Research. (Students will learn about lawsuits that have taken place in the sports industry as well as other considerations)
Module 4: Chapters 7/8. Sport sales and intercollegiate athletics. (Students will learn the the sports sales world operates as well as the structure to intercollegiate athletics)
Module 5: Chapters 9/10. Professional sport and Sports Analytics. (Students will learn the structure and profession of professional athletics as well as the importance of sports analytics)
Module 6: Chapters 11/12/13. Sport Facility and Event Management, Community in the sport industry, and sport consumer behavior. (Covers the consumer and specific behaviors students may see in the workforce)
Required Reading: Contemporary Sport Management, 2022, Paul M Pedersen, Lucie Thibault, ISBN: 9781718202993. 7th edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Res Met Health Human Perf, HHP-6290, Section 01B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Students will exhibit the ability to interpret and apply clinical research for evidence-based clinical decision-making to enhance patient outcomes and answer clinical questions. This includes the development of relevant clinical questions, accessing, appraising, and applying current literature in Health and Human Performance. This course specifically focuses on the quality improvement/quality assurance of clinical practice and how to write and publish a critically appraised topic paper.
Description:
Week 1:Levels of Evidence and Construction of Clinical Questions and Root Cause/SWOT Analysis
Week 2:Research Design and Searching the Literature for Evidence and PDSA Cycles
Week 3:Critical appraisal and PDSA cycle (Plan, Do)
Week 4:Application of Critical Appraisal and PDSA (Study)
Week 5:Data Analysis and Research
Week 6:Mock QI Presentation/Mock CAT Presentation
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Motor Learning and Control, XSCI-3054, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements:
Quizzes (11 total) – 20% of the final grade
Four Exams (Tests 1–4) – Each worth 20% of the final grade
Online participation and completion of asynchronous lectures and assignments
All exams proctored remotely via Proctorio
Description:
Brief Description of Each Unit:
Module 1: Foundations of Movement and Neural Activation
Covers CNS organization, motor units, neuromuscular activation, and peripheral neural adaptations related to motor output and performance.
Module 2: Reflex Pathways and Somatosensory Function
Explores spinal reflex loops, sensory-motor integration, and tactile feedback as it relates to motor behavior and movement correction.
Module 3: Cortical Planning and Neuromodulation
Examines the roles of cortical motor areas (M1, SMA, PMC), posterior parietal cortex, and introduces neuromodulatory techniques like NMES and tDCS.
Module 4: Motor Learning and Memory
Focuses on the stages and mechanisms of motor skill acquisition, the influence of memory systems, and applied principles of motor learning in practice and rehabilitation.
Required Reading: N/A (Instructor provides all necessary materials via lecture notes and handouts)
Recommended Reading: Motor Learning and Control: Concepts and Applications, 12th Edition by Richard Magill and David Anderson ISBN-10: 1260240703 Principles of Neural Science, 5th Edition by Eric R. Kandel et al. (Any edition)
Exercise Testing & Prescript, XSCI-3370, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements:
Test 1 (Chapters 1–3): 25%
Test 2 (Chapters 4–6): 25%
Test 3 (Chapters 7–9): 25%
Test 4 (Chapters 10–12): 25%
All tests are required and will be based on lecture content, instructor notes, and selected textbook chapters. No makeups unless documented emergencies or university-excused absences apply.
Description:
Week 1 (May 12–18) – Benefits, Risk Stratification & Health Evaluation
Covers the health benefits of physical activity, risk classification, and pre-participation screening protocols. Introduces basic test preparation and components of health-related fitness testing.
(Chapters 1–3)
Week 2 (May 19–25) – Clinical Testing, ECG & FITT Guidelines
Covers clinical exercise testing methods including ECG interpretation, risk thresholds, and ACSM’s FITT-VP model for prescribing aerobic and resistance exercise.
(Chapters 4–6)
Week 3 (May 26–June 1) – Exercise in Special Conditions (Environment & Disease)
Examines physiological responses and safety considerations when exercising in heat, cold, altitude, and for clients with cardiovascular, pulmonary, or metabolic conditions.
(Chapters 7–9)
Week 4 (June 2–8) – Chronic Disease & Special Populations
Focuses on designing safe and effective programs for individuals with chronic diseases, neurological disorders, or psychological conditions.
(Chapters 10–11)
Week 5 (June 9–11) – Behavior Change & Adherence
Highlights motivational strategies, client communication, and models of behavior change relevant to improving long-term adherence.
(Chapter 12)
Week 6 (June 12–13) – Final Review and Completion
Wrap-up and review of all course content. Final test submission window closes this week.
Required Reading: ACSM’s Guidelines for Exercise Testing and Prescription, 10th Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2017. ISBN: 9781496339072
Recommended Reading: N/A
Phys and Tech of Str and Power, XSCI-4100, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements:
Test 1 (Chapters 1–3): 20%
Test 2 (Chapters 4–5): 20%
Test 3 (Chapters 6–8): 20%
Test 4 (Chapters 9–11): 20%
Weekly Online Quizzes (Chapters 12–24): 20%
All quizzes are completed online via Proctorio with LockDown Browser. Tests are completed in-person on a personal laptop and are not available via Proctorio.
Description:
Brief Description of Each Unit (by Week):
Week 1 (May 12–16): Foundations of Strength and Conditioning
Introduces scientific principles of exercise training, including adaptations to resistance training and neuromuscular function. Covers chapters 1–3.
Quizzes: Chapter 12, Chapter 13
Week 2 (May 19–23): Biomechanics and Nutrition in Performance
Focuses on key mechanical and nutritional factors affecting performance. Students learn foundational elements of program design. Covers chapters 4–5.
Quizzes: Chapter 14, Chapter 18
Week 3 (May 26–30): Movement Analysis and Resistance Training Techniques
Covers resistance training techniques, muscle actions, and movement patterns in athletic strength training. Chapters 6–8.
Quizzes: Chapter 15, Chapter 19
Week 4 (June 2–6): Plyometrics, Speed, and Agility
Introduces methods to enhance explosive power, speed, and change-of-direction through advanced programming strategies. Chapters 9–11.
Quizzes: Chapter 16, Chapter 20
Week 5 (June 9–13): Program Design for Sport Performance
Focuses on macrocycle and mesocycle planning, load and volume progression, and taper strategies in strength and conditioning.
Quizzes: Chapter 21, Chapter 22
Week 6 (June 16–20): Testing, Evaluation, and Facility Management
Covers athlete testing protocols, interpretation of performance data, and safety considerations for strength and conditioning facilities.
Quizzes: Chapter 23, Chapter 24
Required Reading: Essentials of Strength Training and Conditioning (NSCA Presentation Package) Edited by G. Gregory Haff and N. Travis Triplett Prepared by Courtney Goodman
Recommended Reading: N/A
Advanced Ceramics, ART-4570R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Projects: ART 3570R
1.Sketch and draw through all ideas on a daily basis.
2.Plan and create a series of 6 or more functional cups. “Work through your ideas.”(thrown)
3.Formulate and test a glaze and research its background.
4.Plan and create a series of 6 or more functional bowls. “Work through your ideas.”(thrown)
5.Create a series of 6 or more pouring vessels W/ pulled or unique handles. “they need to function properly” (thrown)
6.Lidded canister series of 3 or more. (thrown)
7.Thrown & Altered series of 6 or more” ( Thrown & Slab)
8.Student choice project ( thrown or hand built)
9.Create an original and unique dinner setting that if functional. (think outside the box)
10. Submit 10 images of high quality publishable work. “This is the student’s sole responsibility and in proper images will not be accepted! Use proper lighting and backdrop techniques!”
Note: All projects must fulfill the basic minimum requirements of the assignment to be graded. If work is lacking these elements the project will not be considered. Basic elements also include fundamental aspects, such as properly trimmed foot, fitting and proper lid, spouts handles, glaze and others.
Description:
Projects/Description: ART 3570R
1.Sketch and draw through all ideas on a daily basis.
2.Plan and create a series of 6 or more functional cups. “Work through your ideas.”(thrown)
3.Formulate and test a glaze and research its background.
4.Plan and create a series of 6 or more functional bowls. “Work through your ideas.”(thrown)
5.Create a series of 6 or more pouring vessels W/ pulled or unique handles. “they need to function properly” (thrown)
6.Lidded canister series of 3 or more. (thrown)
7.Thrown & Altered series of 6 or more” ( Thrown & Slab)
8.Student choice project ( thrown or hand built)
9.Create an original and unique dinner setting that if functional. (think outside the box)
10. Submit 10 images of high quality publishable work. “This is the student’s sole responsibility and in proper images will not be accepted! Use proper lighting and backdrop techniques!”
Note: All projects must fulfill the basic minimum requirements of the assignment to be graded. If work is lacking these elements the project will not be considered. Basic elements also include fundamental aspects, such as properly trimmed foot, fitting and proper lid, spouts handles, glaze and others.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 42A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Assignments, Rhetorical Analysis of Advertisement, Midterm, Annotated Bibliography, Researched Persuasive Essay (Original and Generative AI version), Final Examination.
Description:
Rhetorical Analysis: This unit explores the art of persuasion, focusing on how rhetoric shapes communication. It delves into the rhetorical situation, examining the interplay between the speaker, audience, purpose, and context. Key concepts include ethos, pathos, logos, and how rhetorical strategies adapt to different scenarios. The key assessment is a rhetorical analysis of an advertisement.
The Research Process: This unit explores how to find, evaluate, and cite sources. The primary assessment for this unit is an annotated bibliography.
Writing Arguments and Evaluating Generative AI: In this unit, students synthesize their sources from the annotated bibliography and use them to support a claim. This unit also introduces how to integrate evidence and respond to opposing viewpoints. Students compose two arguments--an original work and one create through Generative AI. They compare them and evaluate the strengths and weaknesses in each.
Required Reading: Writing Guide with Handbook; Open English @ SLCC; Teaching and Generative AI
Recommended Reading: N/A
Ceramic History & Trends, ARTH-4200, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course Learning Outcomes
Course Assignments
Achievement of this outcome is measured through...
1.) Determine major monuments, artists, stylistic periods, and theories throughout ceramic history and will be able to relate them to their historical context. (Quizzes)
2.) Synthesize and evaluate information relevant to ceramic works from primary and/or secondary sources. (Hands-on art making assignments that will be documented and shared.)
3.) Analyze the formal qualities of ceramic works and situate them in their historical and cultural settings through close looking skills and principles/elements of design. (Art making assignment experimenting with key design principles.)
4.) Apply an analysis of formal principles/elements of art, visual vocabulary, and knowledge of major monuments and artists in order to adeptly approach unfamiliar art.
(Quizzes and art making assignments discussion.)
5.) Analyze thematic topics of globalization in relation to ceramic works and cultural traditions throughout ceramic history.
(Quizzes and art making assignments discussion.)
6.) Analyze, evaluate, and prioritize evidence from research to formulate a conclusion that demonstrates critical understanding of the discipline of graphic design. (Final hands-on project and group critique through discussion board.)
7.) Produce writing that uses appropriate and relevant content to illustrate mastery over the subject and understanding of the assigned task. (Final hands-on project and group critique through discussion board.)
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
This course aligns with the following program learning outcomes associated with your program of study.
-Learn about global ceramic history from its origins to contemporary times through a variety of regions and cultures.
Develop an understanding of ceramic building techniques, tools, and firing methods used throughout time through videos, readings, and assignments.
-Evaluate course content through group discussions, writing assignments, and project-based work to address basic design principals, concepts, and the socio-historical context of provided topics.
-Test various historical ceramic techniques through hands on projects.
-Gain a greater understanding for other cultures and the medium of ceramics.
-Those already working in clay will be able to identify connections between their work and the lineage of style they are following.
Description:
Module 1
In this section we will start at the very beginning. We will discuss and identify the earliest ceramics that have been discovered, their functions, and the building process used to create them. Following the timeline of our relationship with this material, we will learn about the earliest advancements tool making and kiln technologies. Then, we will finish off with a hands-on activity.
Instructional Materials
We will go over how we first began discovering advanced technical used with clay.
We will learn about early glaze and how it was made.
We will observe and take note of different forms and motifs that began to arise from region to region.
There will be a quiz on the content of this module in order to assess what material had been retained.
Finally, we will experiment with our own hands-on exercises with the information that was learned in this module.
Module 2
In this section we will start at the very beginning in the Mediterranean region. We will discuss and identify the earliest ceramics that have been discovered from the Egyptians, Minoans, Greeks, and Etruscans. We will go over their form functions, and the building process used to create them. Following the timeline of our relationship with this material, we will learn about the earliest advancements tool making and kiln technologies. Then, we will finish off with a hands-on activity.
Instructional Materials
We will the review a select group of regions and their ceramic traditions.
We will learn about early glaze and how it was made.
We will observe and take note of different forms and motifs that began to arise from region to region.
There will be quiz questions on the content of this module in order to assess what material had been retained.
Finally, we will experiment with our own hands-on exercises with the information that was learned in this module.
Module 3
In this section we will look at a number of communities found in Asia. We will discuss and identify early ceramics that have been found in Japan, China, Korea, and Western Asia. The forms that we study will be scrutinized for their functions, the building process used to create them, and their district motifs. Along with the vessels themselves, we will learn about the advancements in tools, kiln technologies, and glazes. Then, we will finish off with a hands-on activity.
Instructional Materials
We will go over a brief history of ceramics for each country in this section.
We will learn about regionally specific advancements in kiln and glaze technology of these regions.
We will observe and take note of different forms and motifs that began to arise from region to region.
There will be a quiz that you help create on the content of this module in order to assess what material had been retained.
Finally, we will experiment with our own hands-on exercises with the information that was learned in this module.
Module 4
In this section we focus on Africa. We will discuss and identify the earliest ceramics that have been discovered in Africa, their functions, and the building process used to create them. Following the timeline of our relationship with this material, we will learn about the advancements in tool making, the fabrication process, kiln technologies, and the architectural uses of clay. Then, we will finish off with a hands-on activity.
Instructional Materials
We will go over a brief history of ceramics for each region in this section.
We will learn about regionally specific advancements in kilns, architecture, clay forming practices, and the devision of labor in the creation of ceramics.
We will observe and take note of different forms and motifs that began to arise.
There will be a quiz that you help create on the content of this module in order to assess what material had been retained. Finally, we will experiment with our own hands-on exercises with the information that was learned in this module.
Module 5
In this section we discuss ceramics from Indigenous America. We will discuss and identify the earliest ceramics that have been discovered in South America, Central America, Mesoamerica, and North America. We will look at vessels and determine their functions and the building process used to create them. Following the timeline of our relationship with this material, we will learn about the earliest advancements in tool making and kiln technologies. Then, we will finish off with a hands-on activity.
Instructional Materials
We will go over a brief history of ceramics for each region in this section.
We will learn about regionally specific advancements in kiln and glaze technology of these regions.
We will observe and take note of different forms and motifs that began to arise from region to region.
There will be a quiz that you help create on the content of this module in order to assess what material had been retained. Finally, we will experiment with our own hands-on exercises with the information that was learned in this module.
Module 6
In this section we will focus on Europe. We will discuss and identify ceramics that have been made in Italy, Northern Europe, and Britain. We will look at forms and discuss their functions, the building process used to create them, and their connections to cultures outside of Europe. Following the timeline of our relation to this material in Europe, we will learn about advancements in tool making, kiln technologies, and general studio practices. Then, we will finish off with a hands-on activity.
Instructional Materials
We will go over a brief history of ceramics for each country in this section.
We will learn about regionally specific advancements in kiln and glaze technology, and the move to the studio potter.
We will observe and take note of different forms and motifs that began to arise from region to region.
There will be a quiz that you help create on the content of this module in order to assess what material had been retained. Finally, we will experiment with our own hands-on exercises with the information that was learned in this module.
Required Reading: Module 1 -Hands in Clay by Charlotte Speight and John Toki (Chapter 1) -Aspects of Archaeology: Pottery: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XPyTZ59mzq0 -Venus of Dolní Věstonice Movie & Slideshow (Kieran Griffith): https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zAtmX5m12Jc Module 2 -Etruscan Pottery: https://www.worldhistory.org/Etruscan_Pottery/ -Ancient Greek Pottery: https://www.worldhistory.org/Greek_Pottery/ -Minoan Art: https://www.worldhistory.org/Minoan_Art/ -Ceramic Art History - Lecture 7: Golden Age of Islamic and Chinese Ceramics 1000-CE - 1400 CE: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a3dc-NThQYU -Ancient Egypt Through Its Pottery - Dig Deeper Episode 1: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0lm_61MykJs Module3 -Jomon Pottery – Discover This Style of Ancient Japanese Pottery: https://artincontext.org/jomon-pottery/ -The Six Ancient Kilns in Japan: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aSCgGCagaks -Korean Pottery: https://www.worldhistory.org/Korean_Pottery/ -Art History Lesson 12 - Golden Age of Chinese Ceramics: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NoVCP8Krdqg -Fascinating Facts About China's Terracotta Army: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=smQphrZpFME -""Traditional Pottery of India and Tamil Nadu"" by Jane Perryman (97pg - 117pg) -HISTORY OF IDEAS - Wabi-sabi: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QmHLYhxYVjA -Dogu-Japans Oldest Mystery: https://www.wasshoimagazine.org/blog/discovering-japan/dogu -An introduction to Ming blue and white porcelain | Curator's Corner S5 Ep6: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uwvRXJd22oI -How To Identify Antique Chinese Porcelain Through Symbolism: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fRn4dq4WiuU -Puravi: Terracotta Horses of Tamil Nadu: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Zd5Yfwn8h9w Module 4 -Understanding The History & Symbolism In Yoruba Sculpture: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=crHoCB3n62Q -The Jemaa Head (Nok Culture): In Focus: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FllyEu-QPTE Module 5 -Interview: The Ancient Southwest: https://www.worldhistory.org/article/1271/interview-the-ancient-southwest/ -Maria Martinez: https://www.adobegallery.com/artist/Maria_Martinez_1887_198010937845 -A GUIDE TO ANCIENT AZTEC POTTERY: https://wheelandclay.com/blog/aztec-pottery/ -Tlatilco Figurines: https://smarthistory.org/tlatilco-figurines/ -Olmec Babies as Early Portraiture in the Americas: https://www.metmuseum.org/perspectives/olmec-babies -Vessel with a mythological scene (Maya): https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qxvFW5mraHY -Moche Culture: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j-TyUIc5Gro -Ancient Pottery Journey Across the Southern Southwest: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YLamGmqHIXk Module 6 -Josiah Wedgwood: https://www.worldhistory.org/Josiah_Wedgwood/ -The History of Chinese Porcelain: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FBKxT9Zhtg8 -Ceramic Art History - Lecture 8: Ceramics of Europe and Asia 1400-1700 CE: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GLcMI3T0YQs -Maiolica in the Renaissance: https://www.metmuseum.org/essays/maiolica-in-the-renaissance Module7 -“What can you do with clay?”: https://madmuseum.org/video/what-can-you-do-clay -9 Renegade Ceramic Artists Who Reshaped Clay: https://artmakespeople.com/9-renegade-ceramic-artists-who-reshaped-clay/ -Women, Art, and Social Change: The Newcomb Pottery Enterprise: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7XsmTvWUxqU -Me Now: The Black Potters of Old Edgefield, South Carolina: https://www.metmuseum.org/exhibitions/edgefield - Secret Ceramic Worlds: The Untold Story of Twentieth Century Ceramic Art: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0pmYxCsAqBc - Secret Ceramic Worlds: The Untold Story of Twentieth Century Ceramic Art: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0pmYxCsAqBc - How artist Roberto Lugo is upending porcelain traditions with his personal, cultural roots: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nyI_N-xUnZo
Recommended Reading: -Ten Thousand Years of Pottery by Emmanuel Cooper
Adv. Issues in Pharm & Path, NURS-6400, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Intro Discussion
Discussions modules 2,3,4,7,9 & final module
Research Assignments (varied for each module)
Creative Papers you create modules in 3,5,6,10
Final Creative Project (module 11 & 12)
Description:
1. Exploring Complementary Alternative Medications and the benefits to the patient. This includes nutritional supplements, vitamins, and minerals.
2. Understanding new treatments to aid in glucose control in diabetes. Comparison of insulin injection and oral agents to the new GLB-1 receptor antagonists
3. Cardiovascular module will understand the new blood modulators and the benefits to patients who use the medications for a diagnosis of Atrial fibrillation
4. Immunizations and learning about the new formulations of immunization that came to society with the COVID-19 pandemic, and the need to stop the spread
5. Human Sexuality will explore the use of puberty blockers as well as other therapies used for individuals who struggle with sexual identity
6. We will uncover some of the latest therapies for individuals who struggle with cognition and introduce case management ideas for families who care for those afflicted with Alzheimer’s, or other forms of dementia
7 How can we as nurses help individuals who have an addiction history with opiates, when we need to address pain issues post-operatively
8. Cancer is a leading cause of death, and this module will reveal some of the latest treatments that can be used to help patients live longer with a quality of life
9. Monoclonal antibodies will discuss some of the newest monoclonal treatments and how they have become an extra tool to combat many diseases that can impede an individual struggling with autoimmune disorders
10. The oxygenation module will allow the student to look into new treatments to aid in those who struggle with COPD
11-12. This last module will take the student into research to discover and then create a unique presentation on how to educate their peers on the latest pharmaceutical they wish to research. They will also present all the pharmacokinetics associated with their drug they spent time researching
Required Reading: American Psychological Association (2019). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington DC: American Psychological Association.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Geology, GEO-1010, Section 40A, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Points will be assigned approximately as follows:
20 Mastering Geology Assignments @ 18.5 points each 370 points 31%
13 Discussions @ 10 points each 130 points 11%
Six timed unit quizzes @ 50 points each 300 points 25%
Proctored midterm and final exams @ 150 points each 300 points 25%
Field Trip (50 points) and projects + 100 points + 8% TOTAL 1200 points 100%
Description:
Unit 1: Scientific Process/Method plus Plate Tectonics and Internal Processes. Analyze the important and diverse effects of plate tectonics and related physical and chemical processes in shaping Earth structure, history, resources, and hazards. Apply the scientific method to test hypotheses and interpretations.
Unit 2: Describe the theory of plate tectonics, including the history of its development, details of its mechanics and processes, and the central role tectonics plays in shaping a planet both internally and externally, including tectonic hazards (e.g., earthquakes, volcanic eruptions).
Unit 3: Minerals and the Rock Cycle. Identify economically important Earth materials and natural resources and describe their importance, their renewability, how they are located and recovered, and their impacts on global climate change, politics, and economics.
Unit 4: Weathering and Soils, Mass Wasting, and Wind as agents of gradation. Identify geologic and geographic landforms via their characteristics and explain both their formation and potential geologic hazards.
Unit 5: Running Water, Groundwater, Shorelines, and Glaciers as agents of gradation. Identify geologic and geographic landforms via their characteristics and explain both their formation and potential geologic hazards.
Unit 6: Apply the concepts of both stratigraphic (relative) and radiometric (""absolute"" or ""numerical"") geologic dating to interpret physical and biological events in Earth history vis-a-vis geologic processes, biological evolution, and/or natural and anthropogenic landscape and climate change.
Required Reading: Essentials of Geology, 13th ed., by Lutgens and Tarbuck, including access to Modified Mastering Geology, the publisher’s online learning system.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Unix/Linux, IT-1100, Section 40B, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Major Grade-Earning Assignments:
A2- Basic Linux Commands
A3 – Redirection and Compression
A4 - Text Editors
A5 - GUI Installation
A6 - Remote Connectivity
A7a - CLI Installation
A7b – GIT
A8 - Users, Groups and Permissions
A9 - Programs, Processes, Cron jobs
A10 - Advanced Find and Log Files
A11 - AWK, SED and Regex
A12 – Partitions
A13 - Shell Configuration
Major Grade-Earning Quizzes:
Quiz1 - History of Linux (Remotely Proctored)
Quiz2 - Basic Linux Commands (Remotely Proctored)
Quiz3 - Redirection and Compression (Remotely Proctored)
Quiz 4 - VIM and Keyboard Shortcuts (Remotely Proctored)
Quiz5 - Finding Help and GUI Installation (Remotely Proctored)
Quiz6 - Remote Connectivity (Remotely Proctored)
Quiz 7 - CLI Installation and Git (Remotely Proctored)
Quiz8 - Users, Groups, Permissions (Remotely Proctored)
Quiz9 - Programs, Processes, Cron Jobs (Remotely Proctored)
Quiz10 - Advanced Find, Log Files (Remotely Proctored)
Quiz11 - Awk, Sed, Regex (Remotely Proctored)
Quiz12 - Partitions, Inodes (Remotely Proctored)
Quiz13 - Shell Config, Aliases (Remotely Proctored)
Major Grade-Earning Exams:
Exam 1 – Modules 1, 2, 3
Exam 2 – Modules 4, 5, 6
Exam 3 – Modules 7, 8, 9
Exam 4 – Modules 10, 11, 12
Final Exam - Comprehensive
Description:
Module 1 – History of Linux: covers the background and uses of the Linux operating system.
Module 2 – Basic Linux Commands: covers how to navigate Linux including basic commands.
Module 3 – Archiving, Redirection, and Find Basics: using redirectors and compression utilities to manipulate files and directories.
Module 4 – VIM, Keyboard Shortcuts, Text Editors: how to use the built in word processor named VIM.
Module 5 – GUI Install and Finding Help: how to install Linux.
Module 6 – Remote Connectivity, Networking, Keys: how to setup remote connections and passwordless logins to remote systems.
Module 7 – CLI Installation and Git: how to install a headless, not GUI version of Linux, as well as posting files in the Git repository.
Module 8 – Users, Groups, Permissions: how to secure files and folders with permissions.
Module 9 – Programs, Processes, and Cron Jobs: how to install, manage processes and apps.
Module 10 – Find, Grep, and Log Files: how to use the find and grep commands as well as searching log files for information.
Module 11 – Regex, Awk, Sed: how to use regular expressions to locate data sets; using awk and sed utilities to sort and tabulate data.
Module 12 – Partitions and Inodes: how to create and manage Linux partitions.
Module 13 – Shell Configuration, Prompt, and Alias: covers how to customize the Linux CLI interface.
Required Reading: The Linux Command Line by William Shotts, Jr.
Recommended Reading: The Linux Command Line, Sixth Internet Edition. By William Shotts
Intro to Ceramics, ART-2570, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements/ Assignments, Assessments and Final
1. Wedging pass off
2. Centering Clay on the potters wheel
3. Cylinder Pre-Assessment 5""x3"" lift off and cut in half
4. 4 Cylinders minimum 5"" and trimmed.
5. 4 mugs, wheel thrown, trimmed and pulled handle. (thrown)
6. 4 bowls different bowl shapes, trimmed. (thrown)
7. 2 Lidded container 6’’ tall with handle (thrown)
8. 2 Pitcher, 6’’ tall (thrown)
9. Student Choice 1-10 projects
10. Cylinder Post-Assessment 5""x3"" lift off and cut in half
11. Final Student Project Critique and documentation
12. Final Cleanup
Description:
Description/ Assignments, Assessments and Final
1. Wedging pass off, Proper technique and execution of skill Pass off.
2. Centering Clay on the potters wheel, Proper technique and execution of skill Pass off.
3. Cylinder Pre-Assessment 5""x3"" lift off and cut in half. Pass off the skill and technique of throwing proper cylinder, that meets the width height and thickness requirements as well as removing from wheel technique as well.
4. 4 Cylinders minimum 5"" and trimmed. Produce cylinders that meet standard requirements
5. 4 mugs, wheel thrown, trimmed and pulled handle. Thrown, with pulled handles and proper trim, and rim as well as finishing.
6. 4 bowls different bowl shapes, trimmed. Thrown bowl forms include all four forms and proper rim and foot trimmed.
7. 2 Lidded container 6’’ tall with handle (thrown) exhibit lid skills showing two of the three style of lid.
8. 2 Pitcher, 6’’ tall (thrown)
9. Student Choice 1-10 projects. Additional forms and thrown objects.
10. Cylinder Post-Assessment 5""x3"" lift off and cut in half. lift off and cut in half. Pass off the skill and technique of throwing proper cylinder, that meets the width height and thickness requirements as well as removing from wheel technique as well.
11. Final Student Project Critique and documentation. Document all work through photosand Critique of student work with instructor.
12. Final Cleanup Clean up of studios wheels and lockers.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Intro to Ceramics, ART-2570, Section 50, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Assignments, Assessments and Final
1. Wedging pass off
2. Centering Clay on the potters wheel
3. Cylinder Pre-Assessment 5""x3"" lift off and cut in half
4. 4 Cylinders minimum 5"" and trimmed.
5. 4 mugs, wheel thrown, trimmed and pulled handle. (thrown)
6. 4 bowls different bowl shapes, trimmed. (thrown)
7. 2 Lidded container 6’’ tall with handle (thrown)
8. 2 Pitcher, 6’’ tall (thrown)
9. Student Choice 1-10 projects
10. Cylinder Post-Assessment 5""x3"" lift off and cut in half
11. Final Student Project Critique and documentation
12. Final Cleanup
Description:
Description/ Assignments, Assessments and Final
1. Wedging pass off, Proper technique and execution of skill Pass off.
2. Centering Clay on the potters wheel, Proper technique and execution of skill Pass off.
3. Cylinder Pre-Assessment 5""x3"" lift off and cut in half. Pass off the skill and technique of throwing proper cylinder, that meets the width height and thickness requirements as well as removing from wheel technique as well.
4. 4 Cylinders minimum 5"" and trimmed. Produce cylinders that meet standard requirements
5. 4 mugs, wheel thrown, trimmed and pulled handle. Thrown, with pulled handles and proper trim, and rim as well as finishing.
6. 4 bowls different bowl shapes, trimmed. Thrown bowl forms include all four forms and proper rim and foot trimmed.
7. 2 Lidded container 6’’ tall with handle (thrown) exhibit lid skills showing two of the three styles of lid.
8. 2 Pitcher, 6’’ tall (thrown)
9. Student Choice 1-10 projects. Additional forms and thrown objects.
10. Cylinder Post-Assessment 5""x3"" lift off and cut in half. lift off and cut in half. Pass off the skill and technique of throwing proper cylinder, that meets the width height and thickness requirements as well as removing from wheel technique as well.
11. Final Student Project Critique and documentation. Document all work through photosand Critique of student work with instructor.
12. Final Cleanup Clean up of studios wheels and lockers.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Intermediate Ceramics, ART-3570R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Assignments, Assessments and Final ART 3570R
1. Pre Assessment cup with Pulled handle, Bowl, Lidded pot
2. Thrown set/repetition project
3. Lidded container set 10’’ tall with handle (thrown)
4. Pitcher, 12’’ tall with pulled handle (thrown)
5. Canister or Casserole or lidded set
6. Thrown & Altered 8”
7. 10 or more student choice work.
8. Final Critique
9. Final Cleanup
Description:
Description/ Assignments, Assessments and Final
Projects: ART 3570R
1. Sketch and draw through all ideas on a daily basis.
2. Plan and create a series of 6 or more functional cups. “Work through your ideas.”(thrown)
3. Formulate and test a glaze and research its background.
4. Plan and create a series of 6 or more functional bowls. “Work through your ideas.”(thrown)
5. Create a series of 6 or more pouring vessels W/ pulled or unique handles. “they need to function properly” (thrown)
6. Lidded canister series of 3 or more. (thrown)
7. Thrown & Altered series of 6 or more” ( Thrown & Slab)
8. Student choice project ( thrown or hand built)
9. Create an original and unique dinner setting that if functional. (think outside the box)
10. Submit 10 images of high quality publishable work. “This is the student’s sole responsibility and in proper images will not be accepted! Use proper lighting and backdrop techniques!”
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Potters Work-Book Clary Illian
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Formal Writing Assignments
o Research paper proposal 10%
o Rhetorical Analysis of AI-Generated content 10%
o Annotated Bibliography Paper 20%
o Research Paper 30%
• Shorter Assignments 10%
• Quizzes 10%
• Final exam 10%
Description:
Description of each unit:
Unit 1: Introduction to the class. Students will learn to navigate this Canvas course and receive information on reading techniques, brainstorming methods, and writing practices. They will further take reading and grammar quizzes.
Unit 2: Proposal. Students will learn to write a proposal paper. They will identify a topic and propose it to me in a 500-word proposal essay.
Unit 3: Rhetorical Analysis. Students will learn to analyze a text’s use of rhetorical devices. They will use AI and evaluate its use of rhetorical strategies. They will also take a grammar quiz.
Unit 4: Annotated Bibliography. Students will learn to write an annotated bibliography on a topic of their choice. They will take a reading quiz.
Unit 5: Research Paper. Student will learn to write a source-supported paper on their chosen topic. They will also take a reading quiz and several grammar quizzes.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 41A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Formal Writing Assignments
o Research paper proposal 10%
o Rhetorical Analysis of AI-Generated content 10%
o Annotated Bibliography Paper 20%
o Research Paper 30%
• Shorter Assignments 10%
• Quizzes 10%
• Final exam 10%
Description:
Description of each unit:
Unit 1: Introduction to the class. Students will learn to navigate this Canvas course and receive information on reading techniques, brainstorming methods, and writing practices. They will further take reading and grammar quizzes.
Unit 2: Proposal. Students will learn to write a proposal paper. They will identify a topic and propose it to me in a 500-word proposal essay.
Unit 3: Rhetorical Analysis. Students will learn to analyze a text’s use of rhetorical devices. They will use AI and evaluate its use of rhetorical strategies. They will also take a grammar quiz.
Unit 4: Annotated Bibliography. Students will learn to write an annotated bibliography on a topic of their choice. They will take a reading quiz.
Unit 5: Research Paper. Student will learn to write a source-supported paper on their chosen topic. They will also take a reading quiz and several grammar quizzes.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Humanities Through the Arts, HUM-1010, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Discussions (40%)
• Quizzes (15%)
• Midterm (20%)
• Final Project (25%)
Description:
Ancient Mediterranean
Byzantium
Medieval Europe
Southern Renaissance
Northern Renaissance
Early Modern Europe and Networks
17th century France
18th Century Latin America
19th Century Spain and France
20th Century Europe and the United States
Post-War Latin America and the United States
Contemporary America
Required Reading: Dr. Senta German, ""Assyria, an introduction,"" in Smarthistory, August 8, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/assyrian-art-anintroduction/ (Links to an external site.). • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Ashurbanipal Hunting Lions,"" in Smarthistory, December 11, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/ashurbanipal-hunting-lions/ (Links to an external site.). PARTHENON FRIEZE • The British Museum, ""The Parthenon, Athens,"" in Smarthistory, December 14, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/the-parthenonathens/ (Links to an external site.) • Dr. Beth Harris and Dr. Steven Zucker, ""Parthenon Frieze,"" in Smarthistory, November 25, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/parthenonfrieze/ (Links to an external site.). Week 3: Byzantium HAGIA SOPHIA • Dr. Ellen Hurst, ""A beginner’s guide to Byzantine art,"" in Smarthistory, August 8, 2014, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/a-beginners-guide-tobyzantine-art/ (Links to an external site.). • Dr. William Allen, Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Hagia Sophia, Istanbul,"" in Smarthistory, December 11, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/hagia-sophia-istanbul/.Links to an external site. • Dr. Elizabeth Macaulay and Dr. Steven Zucker, ""Hagia Sophia as a Mosque,"" in Smarthistory, December 11, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/hagia-sophia-as-a-mosque/Links to an external site.. ICON WITH THE TRIUMPH OF ORTHODOXY • Dr. Evan Freeman, ""Icons, an introduction,"" in Smarthistory, December 14, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/icons-introduction/Links to an external site.. (Links to an external site.) • Pippa Couch and Rachel Ropeik, ""Icon with the Triumph of Orthodoxy,"" in Smarthistory, November 25, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/parthenon-frieze/ (Links to an external site.).Links to an external site. Week 4: Medieval Europe MOSAICS AT SAN VITALE • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""What made art valuable—then and now,"" in Smarthistory, August 8, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/what-made-art-valuable-then-and-now/. (Links to an external site.) • Dr. Allen Farber, ""San Vitale and the Justinian Mosaic,"" in Smarthistory, August 8, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/san-vitale/ (Links to an external site.). • Art Institute of Chicago, ""Ancient and Byzantine Mosaic Materials,"" in Smarthistory, February 7, 2016, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/ancient-and-byzantine-mosaic-materials-2/ (Links to an external site.). THE HOLY THORN RELIQUARY • Dora Thornton, “Holy Thorn Reliquary” https://projects.mcah.columbia.edu/treasuresofheaven/relics/TheHoly-Thorn-Reliquary.php Links to an external site. (Links to an external site.) • The Holy Thorn Reliquary https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cv4jykVnWGc (Links to an external site.) • Boehm, Barbara Drake. “Relics and Reliquaries in Medieval Christianity.” In Heilbrunn Timeline of Art History. New York: The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 2000–. http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/relc/hd_relc.htm (Links to an external site.) (originally published October 2001, last revised April 2011), accessed May 24, 2017. Week 5: Southern Renaissance PROCESSION IN PIAZZA SAN MARCO WITH THE RELIC OF THE TRUE CROSS • Dr. Heather Horton, ""Venetian art, an introduction,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed October 10, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/venetian-art-anintroduction/ (Links to an external site.). • Dr. Ellen Hurst, ""Palazzo Ducale,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed October 10, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/palazzo-ducale/ (Links to an external site.). • Marilyn Stokstad and Michael W. Cothren, “Renaissance Perspective Systems,” in Art: A Brief History, Fourth Edition (Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall, 2010), p. 324. file: Stockstad_Renaissance Actions • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Linear Perspective: Brunelleschi’s Experiment,"" in Smarthistory, November 28, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/linear-perspective-brunelleschis-experiment/Links to an external site.. GIOTTO'S ARENA CHAPEL • Dr. Beth Harris and Dr. Steven Zucker, ""Giotto, Arena (Scrovegni) Chapel,"" in Smarthistory, December 30, 2015, accessed February 6, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/giotto-arena-scrovegni-chapel/Links to an external site. . • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Giotto, Arena (Scrovegni) Chapel (part 1 of 4),"" in Smarthistory, December 10, 2015, accessed February 6, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/giotto-arena-scrovegni-chapel-part-1-of-4/Links to an external site.. • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Giotto, Arena (Scrovegni) Chapel (part 2 of 4),"" in Smarthistory, December 10, 2015, accessed February 6, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/giotto-arena-scrovegni-chapel-part-2-of-4/Links to an external site.. • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Giotto, Arena (Scrovegni) Chapel (part 3 of 4),"" in Smarthistory, December 10, 2015, accessed February 6, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/giotto-arena-scrovegni-chapel-part-3-of-4/Links to an external site.. • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Giotto, Arena (Scrovegni) Chapel (part 4 of 4),"" in Smarthistory, December 10, 2015, accessed February 6, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/giotto-arena-scrovegni-chapel-part-4-of-4/Links to an external site.. Week 6: Northern Renaissance THE ARNOLFINI PORTRAIT • Dr. Bonnie Noble, ""An introduction to the Northern Renaissance in the fifteenth century,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/an-introduction-to-the-northern-renaissance-in-thefifteenth-century/ (Links to an external site.). • Jones, Susan. “Jan van Eyck (ca. 1390–1441).” In Heilbrunn Timeline of Art History. New York: The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 2000–. http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/eyck/hd_eyck.htm (October 2002), accessed May 24, 2017, http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/eyck/hd_eyck.htm (Links to an external site.). • Dr. Beth Harris and Dr. Steven Zucker, ""Jan Van Eyck, The Arnolfini Portrait,"" in Smarthistory, November 25, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/jan-van-eyck-the-arnolfini-portrait/ (Links to an external site.). THE KUNSTKAMMER • Dr. Elizabeth Rodini, ""1. A brief history of the art museum,"" in Smarthistory, June 1, 2019, accessed February 7, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/a-brief-history-ofthe-art-museum/Links to an external site.. • Koeppe, Wolfram. “Collecting for the Kunstkammer.” In Heilbrunn Timeline of Art History. New York: The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 2000– . http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/kuns/hd_kuns.htmLinks to an external site. • Dr. Lauren Kilroy-Ewbank, ""The Medici collect the Americas,"" in Smarthistory, June 18, 2019, accessed February 7, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/medicicollect-americas-2/Links to an external site.. Week 7: Early Modern Europe and Its Networks THE RHINOCEROS • “The Rhinoceros” http://omeka.wustl.edu/omeka/exhibits/show/durernatureworks/anim als/rhinoceros (Links to an external site.) • “Dürer’s Rhinoceros and the Birth of Print Media” https://daily.jstor.org/durersrhinoceros-and-the-birth-of-print-media/ (Links to an external site.) • A History of the World in 100 Objects: Dürer’s Rhinoceros http://www.bbc.co.uk/programmes/b00tn9vp (Links to an external site.) • Dr. David Drogin and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Albrecht Dürer’s woodcuts and engravings,"" in Smarthistory, December 11, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/albrecht-durers-woodcuts-and-engravings/. (Links to an external site.) • Rhinoceros, Albrecht Dürer, 1515 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AmtAUIyqu74 CHINESE EXPORT PORCELAIN TO THE DUTCH REPUBLIC • Munger, Jeffrey, and Alice Cooney Frelinghuysen. “East and West: Chinese Export Porcelain.” In Heilbrunn Timeline of Art History. New York: The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 2000. http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/ewpor/hd_ewpor.htm (Links to an external site.) (October 2003), accessed May 24, 2017. • The British Museum, ""Chinese porcelain: production and export,"" in Smarthistory, February 28, 2017, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/chineseporcelain-production-and-export/ (Links to an external site.). Week 8: 17th -18th Century France PALACE OF VERSAILLES • Louis XIV, The ‘Sun King’ (1638- 1715) http://en.chateauversailles.fr/discover/history/louis-xiv (Links to an external site.) • Tessa Fleming, ""Hyacinthe Rigaud, Louis XIV,"" in Smarthistory, August 8, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/rigaud-louis-xiv/ (Links to an external site.). • “Versailles, from Louis XIII to the French Revolution” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X235vpOToVULinks to an external site. THE OATH OF THE HORATII • Dr. Beth Gersh-Nesic, ""Neoclassicism, an introduction,"" in Smarthistory, January 7, 2016, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/neoclassicism-anintroduction/. (Links to an external site.) • Dr. Claire Black McCoy, ""Jacques-Louis David, Oath of the Horatii,"" in Smarthistory, January 7, 2016, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/jacques-louis-david-oath-of-the-horatii/. Week 9: MIDTERM EXAM SPRING BREAK Week 10: 18th Century Latin America SPANIARD AND INDIAN PRODUCE A MESTIZO • Dr. Lauren Kilroy-Ewbank, ""Spaniard and Indian Produce a Mestizo, attributed to Juan Rodriguez Juárez,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/spaniard-and-indian-produce-a-mestizo-attributedto-juan-rodriguez/. (Links to an external site.) • Dr. Beth Harris, Julie Wilson Frick and Sabena Kull, ""Casta paintings: constructing identity in the Spanish colonies in America,"" in Smarthistory, January 17, 2018, accessed March 4, 2018, https://smarthistory.org/franciscoclapera-set-sixteen-casta-paintings-c-1775/Links to an external site. PORTRAIT OF SOR JUANA INÉS DE LA CRUZ • Dr. Lauren Kilroy-Ewbank, ""Miguel Cabrera, Portrait of Sor Juana Inés de la Cruz,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/cabrera-portrait-of-sor-juana-ines-de-la-cruz/. Week 11: 19th Century Spain and France THE DISASTERS OF WAR • Christine Zappella, ""Francisco Goya, And there’s nothing to be done, from The Disasters of War,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/goya-and-theres-nothing-to-be-done-from-thedisasters-of-war/. (Links to an external site.) • Alastair Sooke, “Goya’s Disasters of War: The truth about war laid bare” http://www.bbc.com/culture/story/20140717-the-greatest-war-art-everLinks to an external site. OLYMPIA • Dr. Tom Folland, ""Édouard Manet, Olympia,"" in Smarthistory, December 9, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/edouard-manet-olympia/. (Links to an external site.) • Culture Shock pt.4: The Shock of the Nude: Manet’s Olympia https://stream.lib.utah.edu/index.php?c=details&id=12922 Week 12: 20th Century Europe and United States IMPROVISATION 28 (SECOND VERSION) • Dr. Beth Harris and Dr. Steven Zucker, ""Vasily Kandinsky, Improvisation 28 (second version),"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed May 25, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/kandinsky-improvisation-28-second-version/ (Links to an external site.). • Nancy Spector, “Vasily Kandinsky, Improvisation 28 (second version)” https://www.guggenheim.org/artwork/1861Links to an external site. FOUNTAIN • Marcel Duchamp, Fountain http://www.tate.org.uk/art/artworks/duchampfountain-t07573 (Links to an external site.) • Dr. Beth Harris and Dr. Steven Zucker, ""Marcel Duchamp, Fountain,"" in Smarthistory, December 9, 2015, accessed May 25, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/marcel-duchamp-fountain/. (Links to an external site.) • “Marcel Duchamp: How to See Readymades with MoMA Curator Ann Temkin” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tqySnbbyB2U Week 13: Post-War Latin America and United States Bicho • Dr. Maya Jiménez, ""Lygia Clark, Bicho,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed May 26, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/lygia-clark-bicho/ (Links to an external site.). • Bicho by Lygia Clark https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7Cq2OVD7dvA (Links to an external site.) • Lygia Clark and her “Abandonment” in MoMA https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HZ4TXDlUwQc (Links to an external site.) • Lygia Clark: The Abandonment of Art 1948- 1988 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Gw-wxz5-d54 (Links to an external site.) Spiral Jetty • “The Case for Land Art” by The Art Assignment, PBS Digital Studios, 2017. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=STW0eZDsKVg (Links to an external site.) • Erika Doss, ""Earthworks,"" in American Art of the 20th-21st Centuries (New York and London: Oxford University Press, 2017), 198-201. Actions • Rebecca Taylor, ""Robert Smithson, Spiral Jetty,"" in Smarthistory, September 18, 2016, accessed May 26, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/robert-smithson-spiraljetty/. (Links to an external site.) • Robert Smithson, Spiral Jetty at Dia http://diaart.org/visit/visit/robert-smithsonspiral-jetty Week 14: American Contemporary Can art amend history? | Titus Kaphar: https://youtu.be/DDaldVHUed
Recommended Reading: n/a
Humanities Through the Arts, HUM-1010, Section 41A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Discussions (40%)
• Quizzes (15%)
• Midterm (20%)
• Final Project (25%)
Description:
Ancient Mediterranean
Byzantium
Medieval Europe
Southern Renaissance
Northern Renaissance
Early Modern Europe and Networks
17th century France
18th Century Latin America
19th Century Spain and France
20th Century Europe and the United States
Post-War Latin America and the United States
Contemporary America
Required Reading: Dr. Senta German, ""Assyria, an introduction,"" in Smarthistory, August 8, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/assyrian-art-an introduction/ (Links to an external site.). Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Ashurbanipal Hunting Lions,"" in Smarthistory, December 11, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/ashurbanipal-hunting-lions/ (Links to an external site.). PARTHENON FRIEZE • The British Museum, ""The Parthenon, Athens,"" in Smarthistory, December 14, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/the-parthenon athens/ (Links to an external site.) • Dr. Beth Harris and Dr. Steven Zucker, ""Parthenon Frieze,"" in Smarthistory, November 25, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/parthenon frieze/ (Links to an external site.). Week 3: Byzantium HAGIA SOPHIA • Dr. Ellen Hurst, ""A beginner’s guide to Byzantine art,"" in Smarthistory, August 8, 2014, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/a-beginners-guide-to byzantine-art/ (Links to an external site.). • Dr. William Allen, Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Hagia Sophia, Istanbul,"" in Smarthistory, December 11, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/hagia-sophia-istanbul/.Links to an external site. • Dr. Elizabeth Macaulay and Dr. Steven Zucker, ""Hagia Sophia as a Mosque,"" in Smarthistory, December 11, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/hagia-sophia-as-a-mosque/Links to an external site.. ICON WITH THE TRIUMPH OF ORTHODOXY • Dr. Evan Freeman, ""Icons, an introduction,"" in Smarthistory, December 14, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/icons-introduction/Links to an external site.. (Links to an external site.) • Pippa Couch and Rachel Ropeik, ""Icon with the Triumph of Orthodoxy,"" in Smarthistory, November 25, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/parthenon-frieze/ (Links to an external site.).Links to an external site. Week 4: Medieval Europe MOSAICS AT SAN VITALE • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""What made art valuable—then and now,"" in Smarthistory, August 8, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/what-made-art-valuable-then-and-now/. (Links to an external site.) • Dr. Allen Farber, ""San Vitale and the Justinian Mosaic,"" in Smarthistory, August 8, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/san-vitale/ (Links to an external site.). • Art Institute of Chicago, ""Ancient and Byzantine Mosaic Materials,"" in Smarthistory, February 7, 2016, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/ancient-and-byzantine-mosaic-materials-2/ (Links to an external site.). THE HOLY THORN RELIQUARY • Dora Thornton, “Holy Thorn Reliquary” https://projects.mcah.columbia.edu/treasuresofheaven/relics/The Holy-Thorn-Reliquary.php Links to an external site. (Links to an external site.) • The Holy Thorn Reliquary https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cv4jykVnWGc (Links to an external site.) • Boehm, Barbara Drake. “Relics and Reliquaries in Medieval Christianity.” In Heilbrunn Timeline of Art History. New York: The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 2000–. http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/relc/hd_relc.htm (Links to an external site.) (originally published October 2001, last revised April 2011), accessed May 24, 2017. Week 5: Southern Renaissance PROCESSION IN PIAZZA SAN MARCO WITH THE RELIC OF THE TRUE CROSS • Dr. Heather Horton, ""Venetian art, an introduction,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed October 10, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/venetian-art-an introduction/ (Links to an external site.). • Dr. Ellen Hurst, ""Palazzo Ducale,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed October 10, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/palazzo-ducale/ (Links to an external site.). • Marilyn Stokstad and Michael W. Cothren, “Renaissance Perspective Systems,” in Art: A Brief History, Fourth Edition (Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall, 2010), p. 324. file: Stockstad_Renaissance Actions • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Linear Perspective: Brunelleschi’s Experiment,"" in Smarthistory, November 28, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/linear-perspective-brunelleschis-experiment/Links to an external site.. GIOTTO'S ARENA CHAPEL • Dr. Beth Harris and Dr. Steven Zucker, ""Giotto, Arena (Scrovegni) Chapel,"" in Smarthistory, December 30, 2015, accessed February 6, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/giotto-arena-scrovegni-chapel/Links to an external site. . • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Giotto, Arena (Scrovegni) Chapel (part 1 of 4),"" in Smarthistory, December 10, 2015, accessed February 6, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/giotto-arena-scrovegni-chapel-part-1-of-4/Links to an external site.. • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Giotto, Arena (Scrovegni) Chapel (part 2 of 4),"" in Smarthistory, December 10, 2015, accessed February 6, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/giotto-arena-scrovegni-chapel-part-2-of-4/Links to an external site.. • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Giotto, Arena (Scrovegni) Chapel (part 3 of 4),"" in Smarthistory, December 10, 2015, accessed February 6, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/giotto-arena-scrovegni-chapel-part-3-of-4/Links to an external site.. • Dr. Steven Zucker and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Giotto, Arena (Scrovegni) Chapel (part 4 of 4),"" in Smarthistory, December 10, 2015, accessed February 6, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/giotto-arena-scrovegni-chapel-part-4-of-4/Links to an external site.. Week 6: Northern Renaissance THE ARNOLFINI PORTRAIT • Dr. Bonnie Noble, ""An introduction to the Northern Renaissance in the fifteenth century,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/an-introduction-to-the-northern-renaissance-in-the fifteenth-century/ (Links to an external site.). • Jones, Susan. “Jan van Eyck (ca. 1390–1441).” In Heilbrunn Timeline of Art History. New York: The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 2000–. http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/eyck/hd_eyck.htm (October 2002), accessed May 24, 2017, http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/eyck/hd_eyck.htm (Links to an external site.). • Dr. Beth Harris and Dr. Steven Zucker, ""Jan Van Eyck, The Arnolfini Portrait,"" in Smarthistory, November 25, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/jan-van-eyck-the-arnolfini-portrait/ (Links to an external site.). THE KUNSTKAMMER • Dr. Elizabeth Rodini, ""1. A brief history of the art museum,"" in Smarthistory, June 1, 2019, accessed February 7, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/a-brief-history-of the-art-museum/Links to an external site.. • Koeppe, Wolfram. “Collecting for the Kunstkammer.” In Heilbrunn Timeline of Art History. New York: The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 2000– . http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/kuns/hd_kuns.htmLinks to an external site. • Dr. Lauren Kilroy-Ewbank, ""The Medici collect the Americas,"" in Smarthistory, June 18, 2019, accessed February 7, 2022, https://smarthistory.org/medici collect-americas-2/Links to an external site.. Week 7: Early Modern Europe and Its Networks THE RHINOCEROS • “The Rhinoceros” http://omeka.wustl.edu/omeka/exhibits/show/durernatureworks/anim als/rhinoceros (Links to an external site.) • “Dürer’s Rhinoceros and the Birth of Print Media” https://daily.jstor.org/durers rhinoceros-and-the-birth-of-print-media/ (Links to an external site.) • A History of the World in 100 Objects: Dürer’s Rhinoceros http://www.bbc.co.uk/programmes/b00tn9vp (Links to an external site.) • Dr. David Drogin and Dr. Beth Harris, ""Albrecht Dürer’s woodcuts and engravings,"" in Smarthistory, December 11, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/albrecht-durers-woodcuts-and-engravings/. (Links to an external site.) • Rhinoceros, Albrecht Dürer, 1515 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AmtAUIyqu74 CHINESE EXPORT PORCELAIN TO THE DUTCH REPUBLIC • Munger, Jeffrey, and Alice Cooney Frelinghuysen. “East and West: Chinese Export Porcelain.” In Heilbrunn Timeline of Art History. New York: The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 2000. http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/ewpor/hd_ewpor.htm (Links to an external site.) (October 2003), accessed May 24, 2017. • The British Museum, ""Chinese porcelain: production and export,"" in Smarthistory, February 28, 2017, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/chinese porcelain-production-and-export/ (Links to an external site.). Week 8: 17th -18th Century France PALACE OF VERSAILLES • Louis XIV, The ‘Sun King’ (1638- 1715) http://en.chateauversailles.fr/discover/history/louis-xiv (Links to an external site.) • Tessa Fleming, ""Hyacinthe Rigaud, Louis XIV,"" in Smarthistory, August 8, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/rigaud-louis-xiv/ (Links to an external site.). • “Versailles, from Louis XIII to the French Revolution” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X235vpOToVULinks to an external site. THE OATH OF THE HORATII • Dr. Beth Gersh-Nesic, ""Neoclassicism, an introduction,"" in Smarthistory, January 7, 2016, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/neoclassicism-an introduction/. (Links to an external site.) • Dr. Claire Black McCoy, ""Jacques-Louis David, Oath of the Horatii,"" in Smarthistory, January 7, 2016, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/jacques-louis-david-oath-of-the-horatii/. Week 9: MIDTERM EXAM SPRING BREAK Week 10: 18th Century Latin America SPANIARD AND INDIAN PRODUCE A MESTIZO • Dr. Lauren Kilroy-Ewbank, ""Spaniard and Indian Produce a Mestizo, attributed to Juan Rodriguez Juárez,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/spaniard-and-indian-produce-a-mestizo-attributed to-juan-rodriguez/. (Links to an external site.) • Dr. Beth Harris, Julie Wilson Frick and Sabena Kull, ""Casta paintings: constructing identity in the Spanish colonies in America,"" in Smarthistory, January 17, 2018, accessed March 4, 2018, https://smarthistory.org/francisco clapera-set-sixteen-casta-paintings-c-1775/Links to an external site. PORTRAIT OF SOR JUANA INÉS DE LA CRUZ • Dr. Lauren Kilroy-Ewbank, ""Miguel Cabrera, Portrait of Sor Juana Inés de la Cruz,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/cabrera-portrait-of-sor-juana-ines-de-la-cruz/. Week 11: 19th Century Spain and France THE DISASTERS OF WAR • Christine Zappella, ""Francisco Goya, And there’s nothing to be done, from The Disasters of War,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/goya-and-theres-nothing-to-be-done-from-the disasters-of-war/. (Links to an external site.) • Alastair Sooke, “Goya’s Disasters of War: The truth about war laid bare” http://www.bbc.com/culture/story/20140717-the-greatest-war-art-everLinks to an external site. OLYMPIA • Dr. Tom Folland, ""Édouard Manet, Olympia,"" in Smarthistory, December 9, 2015, accessed May 24, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/edouard-manet-olympia/. (Links to an external site.) • Culture Shock pt.4: The Shock of the Nude: Manet’s Olympia https://stream.lib.utah.edu/index.php?c=details&id=12922 Week 12: 20th Century Europe and United States IMPROVISATION 28 (SECOND VERSION) • Dr. Beth Harris and Dr. Steven Zucker, ""Vasily Kandinsky, Improvisation 28 (second version),"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed May 25, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/kandinsky-improvisation-28-second-version/ (Links to an external site.). • Nancy Spector, “Vasily Kandinsky, Improvisation 28 (second version)” https://www.guggenheim.org/artwork/1861Links to an external site. FOUNTAIN • Marcel Duchamp, Fountain http://www.tate.org.uk/art/artworks/duchamp fountain-t07573 (Links to an external site.) • Dr. Beth Harris and Dr. Steven Zucker, ""Marcel Duchamp, Fountain,"" in Smarthistory, December 9, 2015, accessed May 25, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/marcel-duchamp-fountain/. (Links to an external site.) • “Marcel Duchamp: How to See Readymades with MoMA Curator Ann Temkin” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tqySnbbyB2U Week 13: Post-War Latin America and United States Bicho • Dr. Maya Jiménez, ""Lygia Clark, Bicho,"" in Smarthistory, August 9, 2015, accessed May 26, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/lygia-clark-bicho/ (Links to an external site.). • Bicho by Lygia Clark https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7Cq2OVD7dvA (Links to an external site.) • Lygia Clark and her “Abandonment” in MoMA https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HZ4TXDlUwQc (Links to an external site.) • Lygia Clark: The Abandonment of Art 1948- 1988 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Gw-wxz5-d54 (Links to an external site.) Spiral Jetty • “The Case for Land Art” by The Art Assignment, PBS Digital Studios, 2017. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=STW0eZDsKVg (Links to an external site.) • Erika Doss, ""Earthworks,"" in American Art of the 20th-21st Centuries (New York and London: Oxford University Press, 2017), 198-201. Actions • Rebecca Taylor, ""Robert Smithson, Spiral Jetty,"" in Smarthistory, September 18, 2016, accessed May 26, 2017, https://smarthistory.org/robert-smithson-spiral jetty/. (Links to an external site.) • Robert Smithson, Spiral Jetty at Dia http://diaart.org/visit/visit/robert-smithson spiral-jetty Week 14: American Contemporary Can art amend history? | Titus Kaphar: https://youtu.be/DDaldVHUed
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 70, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Formal Essay #1: Literacy Narrative – 1500 words minimum
Formal Essay #2: Profile Essay – 1500 words minimum
Formal Essay #3: Issue-Analysis Report – 1500 words minimum
6 weekly discussions
3 online peer review workshops
Description:
Week 1 – the writing process; introductions (focuses on getting students to learn the general writing process and to start thinking about their specific writing process)
Week 2 – pre-writing; drafting; assumptions about learning to write (focuses on getting students started on drafting their literacy narrative)
Week 3 – writing about others; writing profiles; interviewing (focuses on getting students started on the profile essay while considering issues of representation when writing about other people)
Week 4 – finding and evaluating sources; MLA and APA (focuses on information literacy and helping students find sources that will help them as they write their issue analysis report)
Week 5 – integrating sources; artificial intelligence (focuses on helping students properly integrate sources using MLA or APA standards)
Week 6 – revision and editing (focuses on helping student revise and edit their issue analysis reports)
Required Reading: “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Recommended Reading: N/A
American Government, POLS-1100, Section 01A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance & Participation 20%
Assignments/Inquisitive 30%
Test 1 10%
Midterm 20%
Final 20%
Description:
Week 1 WTP ch. 1
Introduction, Overview of Course and Review of Syllabus
Americans & Their Political Values
The Founding and the Constitution
Congress
Week 2
Quiz 1
13
15
3 All Due 5/26
The Presidency
The Federal Courts
Federalism
Week 3
Midterm
4
5 All Due 6/2
Civil Liberties
Civil Rights
Week 4
4-5
6
7
8 All Due 6/9
Civil Liberties/Rights continued
Public Opinion
The Media & Political Information
Political Participation & Voting
Week 5
Debate
6/13
9-10
11
16 All Due 6/16
Political Parties & Campaigns & Elections
Groups & Interests
Economic Policies
Required Reading: We the People (“WTP”), 14th Edition, Ginsberg, Lowi, Weir, Tolbert, Campbell, and Spritzer. Print ISBN: 9781324034629, 1324034629 eText ISBN: 9781324034698, 132403469
Recommended Reading: N/A
Death and Dying, FSHD-3000, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
* Reading:
You will be required to read a chapter (or selections from chapters) each week from the textbook. There will also be readings from Tuesdays with Morrie and On Death and Dying as well. It is recommended that you complete these readings at the beginning of the week they are due. Ponder this material as you go so that you can better store the information. This weekly task is not graded, but is expected to be completed each week.
* Quizzes:
There are weekly quizzes that correspond with the textbook readings you are assigned for the week. Quizzes contain multiple choice and True/False questions. These quizzes are open book, but I strongly suggest that you read the chapters prior to taking them. There is not a time limit, but each quiz can be taken one time only. Quizzes will be worth 28 - 30 points (depending on the week).
* Assignments:
Assignments can be accessed in the weekly module. Instructions will be posted with each assignment. Assignments will be worth 30 points.
* Discussions:
These weekly discussions will involve interacting with your fellow classmates. They will include creating and responding to discussion posts. Further instructions will be posted with each discussion. Class discussions will be worth 25 points.
Description:
Unit 1. Learning about Death, Dying, and Bereavement - this unit covers a basic introduction to education about death, dying, and bereavement. Students will examine how the topic of death is discussed in society.
Unit 2. Death - this unit will include changing encounters with death, changing attitudes toward death, death-related practices and the American death system, and cultural patterns and death. Students will look at how people of all cultures face the reality of death.
Unit 3. Dying - this unit will cover coping with dying, including how individuals and communities can help. Students will learn about social institutions that support the death and dying processes.
Unit 4. Bereavement - this unit will examine coping with loss and grief, including how individuals and communities can help. Students will exam different expressions of grief and helpful ways to support grieving individuals.
Unit 5. Legal, Conceptual, and Moral Issues - this unit will cover legal issues, suicide and life-threatening behavior, aided death: assisted suicide, euthanasia, and aid in dying, and the meaning and place of death in life. Students will develop a personal philosophy of death.
Required Reading: 1. Albom, M. (2007). Tuesdays with Morrie: An old man, a young man, and life's greatest lesson. Broadway Books. 2. Kübler-Ross, E. (1970). On death and dying. Collier Books/Macmillan Publishing Co. 3. Corr, C., Corr, D., & Doka, K. (2025). Death & dying, life & living (Ninth ed.). Cengage.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Critical Thinking & Communicat, COMM-1270, Section 01A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Required for all communication studies majors and is open to other interested students. The goal of this course is to examine fundamental elements of reasoning through communication, define and apply intellectual standards, and develop analytical thinking about the world around us. An important focus is given to open other systems of thinking to connect ideas between disciplines, as well as to understand different perspectives in a diverse and global society. How we think and respond to a variety of issues and situations is essential to problem solving, effective interpersonal communication, professional development and success, and productive engagement in our community and civic lives.
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs):
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Apply and demonstrate the importance of foundations and contributions of communication in both historical & contemporary contexts.
2. Identify and evaluate ethical communication in personal, professional, and societal contexts.
3. Illustrate how communication concepts and theories are used to understand communication behaviors in a variety of contexts, including small groups, organizations, interpersonal and professional relationships, and public discourse.
4. Synthesize and apply communication theory and skills to solve problems, manage personal and professional relationships, and overcome communication barriers.
5. Integrate critical reasoning into the formulation and delivery of effective and ethical personal, social, professional, and public oral and written messages for a variety of audience compositions in numerous contexts.
6. Analyze and critique messages from personal, social, professional, and public sources to determine message effectiveness, ethics, appropriateness, and strategies utilized by the message designer.
COURSE EXPECTATIONS
What you can expect from me
• You can always expect me to give my best! I want to help you learn to be a better communicator and understand how it affects all aspects of your life. If you have questions, I am open to meeting after class, using email, or phone. I will always be available to discuss assignments prior to the due date. Be proactive and take charge of your education and communication with me and I will do all I can to help you be successful. It is always best to communicate about issues BEFORE they become a problem.
• You can always expect prompt feedback. I try to have grades updated weekly but no longer than two depending on the assignment and time during the semester. If for any reason I expect my grading process to take longer than two weeks, you can expect the due date of the assignment to be pushed back. If it takes me that long to lay eyes on your paper, you deserve more time to perfect it.
• I will come prepared for each class and expect that you will come prepared to participate, as attendance and participation is one third of your grade. We will not only learn the content, but we will also have ‘active learning’ and experiential activities every day. I will take attendance on canvas every class.
• With attendance and participation, a full one third of your grade, it is important to understand that electronics devices will not be part of our classes except when using Kahoot or taking a survey, etc.
• I am excited about this semester and will come prepared to have a good experience every day. I love teaching and love the learning process, especially in communication. I will do all I can to help you learn, have fun, and get the grade that you want and deserve.
What I expect from you
• Because I take teaching so seriously, I expect you to take learning seriously as well. To that end, I expect you all to do the readings independently, and without my explicit instruction. On average, a chapter is about 30 pages. If you read just 5-10 pages a day you can knock the readings out with little effort. You will have assignments that will help you delve into the curriculum and textbook.
• I expect you to attend class as you get points for attendance and participation. Be aware that if you miss a class, you will miss out on the points for both attendance and participation as well as miss out on the learning for that day. I hope you will ‘want’ to come because it is a fun learning environment.
• I expect you to respect each other as well as myself. This means addressing your fellow classmates (and me) by name, using formal greetings, and proofreading all assignments and discussions before submitting them. There will be MANY things to talk about in this class, but we need to make sure everyone who wishes to speak gets to share and participate.
COURSE POLICIES
Attendance
Attendance and participation is a large part of your grade and will impact your grade if you do not attend. You are an adult and expect that you will manage your life and schedule to ‘show up’ for class. Importantly, there will be many graded activities in class which you will need to be present to get the points. My goal as your instructor is for you to want to come to class because of the learning milieu and fun learning environment. If you miss a class for illness, etc. you can make up one class with a one-page paper on the chapter we are in that week with something salient about the subject and how it pertains to you.
Late Assignments
The schedule for the semester is listed on canvas with due dates. I space assignments throughout the semester so that you have sufficient time each week to complete assignments. Students who fail to submit assignments on time may receive a 25% deduction. Any assignment submitted one week after the assigned due date may not be accepted. I understand that sometimes life gets in the way of school and vice versa, so if there is an emergency you should contact me in order to receive extra time to finish assignments. Don’t wait until the day the assignment is due to start as most students don’t do as well who procrastinate.
Missed Activities/MRs
There will be many in-class discussions and activities throughout the semester which include points for many of them. Completion of each activity (i.e., participating in AND turning in the necessary paperwork) will earn you points toward your final grade. Half of life is ‘showing up’ and in essence, I’m giving you credit for ‘showing up’. This means that if you ‘show up’ and participate you will do well and if you don’t, it will impact your grade.
Format Requirements for Assignments
Your written assignments must be typed in 12-point Times New Roman font, double-spaced, with one-inch margins. This policy is necessary to ensure fairness. If one student uses a much larger type and wider margins than another student, the latter student will obviously be able to fit more material in the paper (and probably do better). Please keep in mind that correct spelling, punctuation, and grammar are expected. FYI – If you use 1.5 spacing, a different font, or have changed your margins I will be able to tell with very little effort. All documents should be submitted, through canvas using a .doc or .docx file. This is to ensure uniformity. Please note that no other forms of document will be accepted and all non .doc documents will not be graded and treated as late until properly submitted. NO EXECPTIONS.
MUST KNOW INFO
DRC Accommodations (Americans with Disabilities Act)
The University of Utah seeks to provide equal access to its programs, services, and activities for people with disabilities. If you will need accommodations in this class, reasonable prior notice needs to be given to the Center for Disability Services, 162 Olpin Union Building, (801) 581-5020. CDS will work with you and the instructor to make arrangements for accommodations. All written information in this course can be made available in an alternative format with prior notification to the Center for Disability Services.
Title IX Info
Utah Tech University affirms its commitment to the promotion of fairness and success in all aspects of the educational institution. Harassment and discrimination – including sex/gender discrimination, gender identity, gender expression, sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, gender-based violence, dating violence, domestic violence, stalking, pregnancy or parental, family or marital status and or retaliation – not only disrupts our commitment to maintaining an environment in which every member of the University community is treated with respect and dignity, but may also violate University policy and federal, state, and/or local law.
• Should you or someone you know experience behavior that is coercive, discriminatory, harassing, and or sexually violent in nature, or if you or someone you know has questions about their rights and options regarding such behavior, you are encouraged to contact: Hazel Sainsbury, Director of Equity Compliance, Title IX Coordinator: 435-652-7747 (ext. 7747) hazel.sainsbury@utahtech.edu ; titleix@utahtech.edu
• Incidents may also be reported directly to law enforcement, either separately or in conjunction with any report made to the University’s Title IX Coordinator, and the University will aid in making contact if requested. Utah Tech University Police: 435-275-4300 or by calling 911.
• Maintaining a safe and successful University community is a shared responsibility. For more information on how Title IX protections can benefit you and help us keep a productive campus environment, visit titleix.utahtech.edu to learn more.
The Importance of email
You are required to frequently check your student email account. Important class and university information will be sent to your email account, including UTU bills, financial aid/scholarship notices, notices of cancelled classes, reminders of important dates and deadlines, and other information critical to your success at UTU and in your courses. To access your email account, visit https://login.utahtech.edu/Your email username is your ID (e.g. D00111111) If you have forgotten your PIN, visit my.utahtech.edu and click the Forgot Pin button.
Important Links
• Disability Resource Center – drcenter.utahtech.edu
• IT Help Desk - utahtech.edu/helpdesk
• Library - library.utahtech.edu
• Testing Center - testing.utahtech.edu
• Tutoring Center - tutoring.utahtech.edu
• Writing Center - writingcenter.utahtech.edu
Academic Integrity
As part of your attendance here at UT it is your responsibility to conduct yourself as a mature, reasonable adult. This means adhering to the instructions that are outlined on this syllabus, respecting your fellow classmates as well as your instructor, and going above and beyond to ensure that your assignment submissions are free of plagiarism and/or academic dishonesty of any kind. For a full explanation of student rights and academic policies, please see the following link: https://catalog.utahtech.edu/codeofstudentrightsresponsibilities/
COURSE ASSIGNMENTS
Participation/Activity grade
You will receive points for each day you attend throughout the semester as well as points for group discussions and participation. Some additional points will be earned through participation in in-class activities. There are six ‘experiential activities” which will require your participation outside of the classroom, and you will love them. You are required to turn in all paperwork related to the in class ‘experiential and active learning projects’ by the end of the class period or by due date in canvas.
Technology Use in the Classroom
This course is an electronics free zone during class including laptops, tablets, and cell phones, unless you are asked to use them for class purposes. Please turn you phone off or silent during class. This also means that cell phones are not allowed during class, except when we are doing a Kahoot Survey, Poll Anywhere, using Clicker, or activity using a phone. If you must take a phone call, please leave the classroom, and return after taking the call. This is a communications class, and we will be focusing on in-person communication, group discussions, face to face communication, listening, and engaging. You are expected to be engaged in our active learning classroom as well as completing experiential project assignments outside of class. You are expected to join in class discussions, respond to questions, generate your own discussion questions, put forward ideas in conversations, and generally respond thoughtfully to course material. In a face-to-face class, you will be speaking in class nearly every class period. Speeches will be made periodically throughout the semester. Cell phones are one of the biggest distractions to communication and kindly ask that you keep it put away, out of sight and on vibrate if needed. If you are in an online course, participating means responding to discussions, commenting on peers’ ideas, asking, and answering questions.
Class and Group Discussions, Crucial and Difficult Conversations
Interpersonal Communication is just that… ‘interpersonal’ and we will delve into what it is and how it affects all aspects of our lives. We will have many dyads, triads and small group discussions which will be positive and incredible interactions as well as some that may seem to be difficult and/or crucial conversations. We will discuss all aspects of interpersonal communication and many of the topics and discussions will be about controversial topics, such as learning about the difference between being world minded and ethnocentric, as well as race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, religion, ability, and other identities and topics that most people have an opinion about. I am asking you to be open-minded and world minded and nonjudgmental. As this is a communication course, various perspectives, approaches, and opinions are encouraged when expressed in a respectful manner.
Our class discussions and group conversations may not always be easy and realize that some students have been through abuse, neglect, and have other traumas which sometimes can be triggered. We must all be kind, patient, understanding, and yet have courage to ‘speak our truth’ and accept that not everyone will agree about everything and that is just fine. Everyone comes from different backgrounds and has different viewpoints about religion, politics, gender, identity, etc. etc. Most importantly is to always be respectful and kind. We will have rich and deep discussions which will increase our understanding, increase our empathy, and learn to agree to disagree. One thing you will hear me say throughout the semester is ‘you don’t know what you don’t know’, which means that we each have a lot to learn about life and interpersonal communication and we will gain a deeper understanding of multiple
perspectives. We will learn and cultivate the ability to listen and respond constructively to the ideas and opinions of others as we endeavor to increase the ability to express your
own.
It is my goal to ensure a safe environment to learn, and speak your truth, which can be tricky and challenging as we navigate an adventure in Interpersonal Communication. You may find yourself uncomfortable or offended by views expressed by other students, in the textbook, or by me as the instructor. Phrases such as, “I know you did not mean to be offensive, but what you said bothers me because...” are effective ways of noting your discomfort and asking the class to consider your objection. It can be challenging to speak up in such moments. Doing so treats others as well-intentioned participants in the classroom community. If you do not wish to address the interaction during class, please
speak with me outside of class. If I offend you or cause you discomfort, I hope you will tell
me and let me share my perspective and collaborate with you. I commit to listening, thoughtfully, and respectfully and promise to be understanding that everyone is valued.
You may find that your views offend or discomfit others. It can be difficult to hear that you
have offended someone, but being able to respond calmly and constructively to criticism is
an important skill for learning new things and for growing and developing. It is also an
important skill for communicating across differences. An appropriate response to learning
that you have caused offense or discomfort is, “Thank you for telling me.” You may ask
questions to learn more about what the other person thinks. If you are genuinely sorry, you
may apologize. After you have heard the other person, you may decide to change how you
think or talk, or you may decide that you still think you are correct, but at least you will be
aware that some people will take offense when you express an opinion or idea.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be a quiz for each chapter of the textbook.
Course Assignments
Class Attendance & Participation 300 points
Learning Curves 200 points
Chapter Quizzes @ 50 pts 550 points
In-Class Group Discussions 300 points
In-Class Pop Quizzes/Kahoot Quizzes 150 points
Active Learning/Experiential Projects 550 points
Case Presentation 100 points
Final Active Learning/Experiential Project 100 points
TOTAL POINTS 2250 points
Experiential “Active Learning” Projects:
There are a multitude of issues going on all over our communities, state, country, and the world. Talk to your family, friends, check news outlets, newspapers, social media, local governments/organizations websites, etc. to get some inspirations. After you select your issues, you will use some of evidence that you collected from different sources to support that your selected issue is significant, urgent, and arguable. There are many topics that have been “overdone”, so consider unique and even rare topics, which some will be identified in class. The writing instructions and outline template will be uploaded on Canvas.
Case Presentation(s):
The purpose of the Case Presentation assignment is to communicate your case and persuade the relevant agents of change to act on the case. You will use information from your Case Analysis and Application to build a persuasive case suited to your audience.
You need to determine what information are the most important to be included in order to motivate your audience to take actions.
1. Consider your audience as you select evidence, appeals, structure, and language.
a. What does your audience know about the case? What do they need to know?
2. Support your case with evidence and APA cited sources.
3. Use an appropriate and clear structure of delivery.
4. Use a professional and extemporaneous speaking style.
5. Presentation Requirements:
• 4-5 minutes, follows with questions from the class
• Orally cite a minimum of 3 sources in your speech
Course Grades Will Be Determined Using the Following Scale:
A 95-100%
A- 90-94%
B+ 85-89%
B 80-84%
B- 75-79%
C+ 70-74
C 65-69%
C- 60-74%
D+ 55-59%
D 51-54%
F 0-50%
Course Schedule
DATES CHAPTERS/TOPICS ASSIGNMENTS
Week 1 Syllabus, Intro, Overview, What is Critical Thinking? Name Quiz
Week 2 Ch. 1 From Critical Thinking To Argument and Research Chapter 1 Quiz
Week 3 Ch. 2 Critical Reading Chapter 2 Quiz
Week 4 Ch. 3 Understanding Rhetorical Appeals Chapter 3 Quiz
Week 5 Career Center Presentation
Week 6 Researching Your Case Presentation & Using Sources
Week 7 Ch. 4 Identifying Procedures in Argument Chapter 4 Quiz
Week 8 Ch. 5 Visual Rhetoric: Thinking About Images as Arguments Chapter 5 Quiz
Week 9 Ch. 6 Writing an Analysis of an Argument Chapter 6 Quiz
Week 10 Ch. 7 Developing an Argument of Your Own Chapter 7 Quiz
Week 11 Toulmin Model of Critical Thinking
Week 12 Ch. 8 Using Sources Chapter 8 Quiz
Week 13 Ch. 9 A Philosophers View: The Toulmin Model Chapter 9 Quiz
Week 14 Ch. 10 A Logicians View: Deduction, Induction, and Fallacies Chapter 10 Quiz
Week 15 Ch. 11 A Psychologists View: Rogerian Argument Chapter 11 Quiz
Week 16 CASE PRESENTATIONS
Week 17 FINALS WEEK
IMPORTANT DATES: https://catalog.utahtech.edu/academiccalendar/
DATE DESCRIPTION
Jan. 6 Classes Begin
Jan. 6 Tuition & Fees Due
Jan. 9 Last day to Waitlist
Jan. 10 Last day to ADD without signature
Jan. 15 DROP/AUDIT fee begins ($10 per class)
Jan. 17 Residency Application deadline
Jan. 17 $100 Late registration/payment fee
Jan. 20 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day (no classes)
Jan. 27 Last day for refund
Jan. 27 Pell Grant Census
Jan. 27 Last day to drop without receiving a “W” grade
Feb. 3 Spring 2025 Associate's Degree Graduation Application Deadline
Feb. 3 Spring 2025 Master's Degree Graduation Application Deadline
Feb. 3 Last day to ADD / AUDIT classes
Feb 17 President’s Day Holiday (no classes)
Feb. 26 Midterm grades due
Mar. 3 Summer 2025 Bachelor's Degree Graduation Application Deadline
Mar. 3 Last day to withdraw from individual classes
Mar. 10-14 Spring Break
Mar. 12 Fall 2025 schedule available online
Mar. 17 Summer 2025 Registration open to Graduate Students/Seniors (90+ credits)
Mar. 18 Summer 2025 Registration open to Juniors (60+ credits)
Mar. 19 Summer 2025 Registration open to Sophomores (30+ credits)
Mar. 20 Summer 2025 Registration open to all students
Mar. 24 Fall 2025 Registration open to Graduate Students/Seniors (90+ credits)
Mar. 25 Fall 2025 Registration open to Juniors (60+ credits)
Mar. 26 Fall 2025 Registration open to Sophomores (30+ credits)
Mar. 27 Fall 2025 Registration open to continuing Freshmen
Mar. 31 Fall 2025 Registration open to all students
Apr. 1 Fall 2025 Bachelor's degree Graduation Application Deadline
Apr. 8 Last day for complete withdrawal from all classes
Apr. 24 Classes End
Apr. 25 Reading Day
Apr. 28-May 1 Final Exams
May 1 Associate Degree Commencement
May 2 Commencement
May 5 Final grades due, 5:00 p.m.
Description:
Chapter 1: Critical Thinking
Thinking About Thinking
Thinking as a Citizen
Obstacles to Critical Thinking
An Essay on Types of Thinking (and Rethinking)
Thinking through an Issue
Critical Thinking at Work: From a Cluster to a Short Essay
Generating Ideas: Writing as a Way of Thinking
An Essay for Generating Ideas
A Short Essay Calling for Critical Thinking
Chapter 2: Critical Reading: Getting Started
Framing Arguments
Active Reading
Charles R. Lawrence III, On Racist Speech
Summarizing and Paraphrasing
Patchwriting and Plagiarism
Strategies for Summarizing
Susan Jacoby, A First Amendment Junkie
Essays for Analysis
Chapter 3: Understanding Rhetorical Appeals
Argument and Persuasion
Persuasive Appeals
Seeing the Appeals in Real-World Events
Nonrational Appeals: Satire, Irony, Sarcasm
Does All Communication Contain Arguments?
An Example Argument and a Look at the Writer’s Rhetorical Appeals
Arguments for Analysis: Afrika Afeni Mil
Chapter 4: Identifying Procedures in Argument
The Power and Perils of Reason
Types of Reasoning
Some Procedures in Argument
Assumptions
Elizabeth Aura Mcclintock, Should Marriage Still Involve Changing a Woman’s Name?
An Example Argument and a Look at the Writer’s Strategies
Arguments for Analysis: John E. Finn, The Constitution Doesn't Have a Problem with Mask Mandates
Loren Laomina, 13 Thoughts on Repa
Chapter 5: Visual Rhetoric: Thinking about Images as Arguments
Uses of Visual Images
Seeing versus Looking: Reading Advertisements
Accommodating, Resisting, and Negotiating the Meaning of Images
Writing about Political Cartoons and Memes
An Example: A Student’s Essay Analyzing Images
Visuals as Aids to Clarity: Maps, Graphs, and Pie Charts
Using Visuals in Your Own Paper
Visual Arguments for Analysis
Chapter 6: Writing an Analysis of an Argument
Analyzing an Argument
An Argument, Its Elements, and a Student’s Analysis of the Argument
Arguments for Analysis: Jennifer Bartlett, D
Chapter 7: Developing an Argument of Your Own
Planning an Argument
Drafting and Revising an Argument
Peer Review
Chapter 8: Using Sources
Why Use Sources?
Choosing a Topic
Finding Sources
Evaluating Sources
Chapter 9: A Philosopher’s View: The Toulmin Model
Understanding the Toulmin Model
Components of the Toulmin Model
Putting the Toulmin Method to Work: Responding to an Argument
Thinking with the Toulmin Model
Chapter 10: A Logician’s View: Deduction, Induction, and Fallacies
Using Formal Logic for Critical Thinking
Deduction
Induction
Fallacies
Chapter 11: A Psychologist’s View: Rogerian Argument
Rogerian Argument: An Introduction
Lewis Oakley, Is It Time to Retire the Word “Privilege""
Chapter 12: A Literary Critic’s View: Arguing about Literature
Why Is Literature Important?
Interpreting
Judging (or Evaluating)
Theorizing
Chapter 13: A Debater’s View: Oral Presentations and Debate
Oral Presentations
Formal Debates
Chapter 14: Student Loans: Should Some Indebtedness Be Forgiven?
Analyzing a Visual: Student Loan Debt
Justin Wolfers, Forgive Student Loans?
Chapter 15: Artificial Intelligence: Should We Let Computers Decide?
Analyzing a Visual: Predictive Search
Mark Manson, I, for One, Welcome Our AI
Chapter 16: (Un)safe Spaces: Can We Tolerate Intolerant Speech on Campus?
Analyzing a Visual: Student Views on Speech
Shira Hoffer, Safe and Free: Envisioning
Chapter 17: Bitcoin: Fad or Future?
Analyzing a Visual: Bitcoin
Russell Okung, An Open Letter to the Nigerian Gov.
Chapter 18: Genetic Modification of Human Beings: Is It Acceptable?
Analyzing a Visual: Genetic Modification of Human Beings
Richard Hayes, Genetically Modified Human Beings
Chapter 19: Should We Cancel “Cancel Culture”?
Analyzing a Visual: Cancel Culture
Evan Gerstmann, Cancel Culture is Only Getting Worse
Chapter 20: A College Education: What Is Its Purpose?
Edward Conard, We Don’t Need More Humanities Majors
Christian Madsbjerg and Mikkel B. Rasmussen, We Need More Humanities Majors
John Sailer, Is Our Obsession with College Fueling a Mental Health Crisis?
Caroline Harper, HBCUs, Black Women
Chapter 21: Racial Injustice: Is the Problem Systemic?
Ibram X. Kendi, Dueling Consciousness
Marian Wright Edelman, The Cradle to Prison Pipeline
Reyna Askew and Margaret A. Walls, Diversity in the Great Outdoors: Is Everyone Welcome in America’s Public Parks and Lands?
Tressie McMillan Cottom, Know Your Whites
Heather MacDonald, The Myth of Criminal-Justice
Chapter 22: The Ethics of Appropriation: Is It OK to Copy?
Yo Zushi, What’s Mine Is Yours
K. Tempest Bradford, Cultural Appropriation Is, in Fact, Indefensible
Conor Friedersdorf, A Food Fight at Oberlin College
Kenneth Goldsmith, Uncreative Writing
Chapter 23: Online versus IRL: How Has Social Networking Changed How We Relate to One Another?
Jia Tolentino, The I in the Internet
Kristin Arola, Indigenous Interfaces
Hossein Derakhshan, How Social Media Endangers Knowledge
Josh Rose, How Social Media Is Having a Positive Impact on Our Culture
Jaron Lanier, Trolls
Chapter 24: Representation Matters: How Does Media Portray Us?
Anna Swartwood House, The Long History of How Jesus Came To Resemble a White European
Marianna Cerini, Why Women Feel Pressured to Shave
Rebecca Jennings, The $5,000 Quest for the Perfect Butt
Marilyn Greenwald, Dr. Seuss, Meet the Sanitized Sleuths Known as the Hardy Boys
Aubrey Gordon, Into Thin Air
Tracy Deonn, Every King Arthur Retelling
Chapter 25: Conspiracy Theories: Are They a Cultural Problem?
James B. Meigs, Conspiracies All the Way Down
Anne Appelbaum, The My Pillow Guy Really Could Destroy Democracy
Ariel Bogle and Jane Lee, Children Feature in COVID-19 and QAnon Conspiracy Theories
James Peterson, What’s Behind Black Conspiracism?
Ben Crair, Why Do So Many People Still
Chapter 26: What Is the Ideal Society?
John Horgan, What’s Your Utopia?
Michael Shermer, Utopia Is a Dangerous Ideal: We Should Aim for “Protopia”
Niccolò Machiavelli, From The Prince
Thomas Jefferson, The Declaration of Independence
Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Declaration of Sentiments and Resolutions
Emma Lazarus, The New Colossus
Lao Tzu, Far Indeed Is This from the Way
Ursula K. Le Guin, The Ones Who Walk
Chapter 27: How and Why Do We Construct the “Other”?
Hans Massaquoi, Destined to Witness
W. E. B. Du Bois, Of Our Spiritual Strivings
Bridget Anderson, The Politics of Pests: Immigration and the Invasive Other
John Barth, Us/Them
Jacob Riis, How the Other Half Lives (photographs)
Simone De Beauvoir, The Woman as Other
Rudyard Kipling, We and They
Emari Digiorgio, When You Are the Brown
Chapter 28: What Is Happiness?
Thoughts about Happiness, Ancient and Modern
Henry David Thoreau, Selections from Walden
Gretchen Rubin, July: Buy Some Happiness
Horace, Ode 1.11
John Martin Fischer, The Problem of Now
Epictetus, From The Handbook
Bertrand Russell, The Happy Life
The Dalai Lama and Howard C. Cutler, Inner Contentment
Daniel Gilbert, Does Fatherhood Make You Happy
Required Reading: Critical thinking and communication: The use of reason in argument (7th ed). Pearson, Inch, E. S. & Tudor K. H. (2017).
Recommended Reading: Study and Critical Thinking Skills in College, 8th Edition by Kathleen McWhorter
Foundations Multicultural/ESL, EDUC-2400, Section 40B, College of Education
Course Requirements:
There will be individual autography project, group projects, discussions, quizzes, discussions, and final take-home essays,
Description:
Orientation module: introducing major assignments to students and having students get to know each other.
Module 1: This module covers foundations and key terms of multicultural education and INTASC teaching standards and multiple contextual factors teachers should consider in lesson planning.
Module 2: This module covers multiple topics, such as race and ethnicity, gender and sexual orientation, and socioeconomic status.
Module 3: This module covers how to work with students in terms of religion, geography, and exceptionality:
Module 4: This module covers language, second language acquisition to know ways to support English Language Learners in effective ways.
Module 5: This module covers ways to create a multicultural classroom by thinking about cultural competence and culturally responsive teaching and SIOP model and Universal Design for Learning.
Module 6: This module finalizes the group project by submitting the group presentation video and evaluating each presentation.
Required Reading: The class will have required reading materials for each week
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 41B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
COURSE ASSIGNMENTS
Discussion boards
You can earn up to 200 points for your participation in discussion boards. I will be posting video lectures throughout the semester and within those presentations there will be “minute responses.” You’ll need to go to the discussions tab on Canvas, find the appropriate minute response discussion board, and submit your minute response there by the relevant date (which you will be notified of on Canvas). We’ll have ten minute Reponses, effectively making each one worth 20 points. Question: What are these discussion boards about? Answer: you’ll need to watch the video lectures to find out!!
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. You will take the exams on Canvas in an open-note format. Each exam will be 50 questions and you will have a 75-minute window to complete each exam. Therefore, the exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-400 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. Unlike the discussion boards, this will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, on Canvas for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There are multiple examples of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas.
Description:
Dates Topic(s) Readings
5/13 – 5/19 Introduction to Communication Ch. 1
Considering Self Ch. 2
Assignments due:
-Discussion board Ch 1 (9/1)
-Discussion board Ch 2 (9/15)
5/20 – 5/26 Understanding Culture Ch. 5
Listening Actively Ch. 7
Assignments due:
-Journal 1 (9/20)
-Discussion board Ch 5 (9/29)
-Discussion board Ch 7 (10/6)
5/27 – 6/2 Communicating Verbally Ch. 8
Communicating Nonverbally Ch. 9
Assignments due:
-Journal 2 (10/13)
-Discussion board Ch 8 (10/18)
-Exam #1 – Chapters 1, 2, 5, 7, & 8 (window open 10/20-10/21)
-Discussion board Ch 9 (10/29)
6/3 – 6/9 Managing Conflict and Power Ch. 10
Relationships with Romantic Partners Ch. 11
Assignments due:
-Journal 3 (11/5)
-Discussion board Ch 10 (11/9)
-Discussion board Ch 11 (11/17)
6/10 – 6/16 Relationships with Family members Ch. 12
Relationships with Friends Ch. 13
Assignments due:
-Journal 4 (11/21)
-Discussion board Ch 12 (12/1)
-Discussion board Ch 13 (12/6)
6/17 – 6/20
Assignments due:
-Final paper due 12/10
-Exam #2 – Chapters 9 – 13 (window open 12/12-12/13)
IMPOIRTANT: Several University dates (e.g., last day to add/withdraw) are not listed on this syllabus and can be found here: https://academics.utahtech.edu/academic-calendar/
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 42A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Literacy Narrative (final version) -- 15%
• Profile Essay (final version) -- 15%
• Issue-Analysis Report (final version) -- 15%
• Argument Essay (final version) 15%
• Rough Drafts and Peer Reviews -- 15%
• Writing Journal -- 20%
• Final Exam -- 5%
Description:
• Literacy Narrative: Students will examine their ideas around their own literacy process and will write a paper about how they became literate in a skill. This unit emphasizes exposition and connectives when it comes to conveying information and experience.
• Profile Essay: During this unit, students will hone their skills when it comes to absorbing and conveying important information about a person. They will also practice oral communication skills needed to interview someone in order to write a profile about them.
• Issue-Analysis Report: This is a paper that is preparatory for the Argument Essay. Students will read secondary sources and prepare an analysis that presents multiple perspectives on their topic.
• Argument Essay: In this unit students will build upon the work they did with the issue-analysis report. They will take this more general information and their neutral writing about it and transform that text into a persuasive source-supported paper. This will be the unit that will finish out the course.
Required Reading: https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home?authuser=0;
Recommended Reading: n/a
Instruct/Tech K-12, EDUC-2500, Section 40A, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Assignments
1. Course Orientation Quiz (3)
""1. Introductions Conversation (10 pts)
2. Instructional Technology Quiz (5 pts)""
""1. Educational Tech: Past, Present and Future Conversation (10 pts)
2. Explore Standards Quiz (5 pts)
3. Integrate Technology Quiz (10 pts)""
1. Best and Worst Resources Gallery (20 pts)
1: Laying Down the Law Collaboration (10 pts) 2: Classroom Observation (10 pts)
1. Resource Collection Gallery (25 pts)
""1. Image Gallery (15 pts)
2. Hour of Code (15 pts)""
""1. Video Script Gallery (10 pts)
2. Security and Safety (10 pts)""
""1. Accessibility Tools (10 pts)
2. Video Gallery (25 pts)""
""1. Social Media Collaboration (10 pts)
2. Helping Grandma (13 pts)
3. Troubleshooting (12 Pts)""
""1. Remote Learning Collaboration (10 pts)
2. Presentation (20 pts)""
""1. Quiz Gallery (25 pts)
2. Home Communication (5 pts)""
""1. LMS Portfolio Gallery (20 pts)
2. LMS Portfolio Reflection (5pts)""
""1. ONLINE COURSE SURVEY: Provide feedback regarding your experience in this course. (0 pts)
2. Final: Final Class Analysis (20 pts)""
Description:
Module 0: Course Orientation
Module 1: Introduction to Instructional Technology
Module 2: Technology Integration
Module 3: Evaluating Technology Resources
Module 4: Using Technology Appropriately
Module 5: Resource Collections
Module 6: Images
Module 7: Video Scripts
Module 8: Instructional Video
Module 9: Troubleshooting
Module 10: Instruction Presentation
Module 11: Online Assessment
Module 12: LMS Portfolio
Module 13: Conclusion Final
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Professional Autobiography (w2) 20 2%
Cover Letter 30 3%
Resumé 75 7.5%
LinkedIn Profile Set Up 25 2.5%
Memo: Propose Your Business 50 5%
International Correspondence 25 2.5%
Website Redesign (w6) 25 2.5%
Ethical Reflection (w7) 50 5%
Ethical Case Study Analysis (w8) 50 5%
Business Report Proposal (w10) 40 4%
Business Report Rough Draft (w11) 50 5%
Business Report Professional Draft (w 12) 50 5%
Business Report: Addressing Workplace Ethics
(w14) 200 20%
Multi-media Presentation (w15) 100 10%
Final reflection (w16) 50 5%
Class Discussions
150 15%
Description:
Job Market Portfolio: In this unit, students will craft a professional autobiography and will create job-market related documents such as a cover letter, résumé, and Linked In profile. The emphasis of this section is self-presentation and market awareness when it comes to business writing.
Professional Documents: In this unit, students will learn to craft common workplace documents such as memos, business proposals, and international correspondences. They will also develop focus on multi-modal editing in proposing a website redesign.
Ethical Analysis: In this unit students will engage in rigorous scrutiny toward ethical dilemmas companies have faced. They will study ethical frameworks and ethical consistency as it is related to business. They will demonstrate their knowledge through a case study analysis.
Business Report: This unit is the culminating unit of the course. Students will use the knowledge they have been building in previous units to write a report detailing an ethical dilemma faced at a real or hypothetic business and will also pose solutions to the problem. They will create a multimedia presentation in addition to the report.
Required Reading: Successful Writing at Work by Phillip Kolins; Understanding the Foundations of Ethical Reasoning Based on Critical Thinking Concepts & Tools by By Dr. Richard Paul and Dr. Linda Elder;https://hbr.org/2022/05/how-to-write-a-cover-letter-that-sounds-like-you-and-gets-noticed; https://eastohio.edu/linkedin-101/; https://hbr.org/2020/11/what-to-say-when-youre-reaching-out-to-someone-on-linkedin; https://www.mtu.edu/umc/services/websites/writing/; https://press.rebus.community/writingfordigital/chapter/the-role-of-visual-rhetoric-in-web-writing/; https://www.scu.edu/ethics/focus-areas/internet-ethics/resources/ai-comedy-and-counterculture-an-ethics-case-study/; https://www.scu.edu/ethics/focus-areas/business-ethics/resources/ikea-case-one-companys-fight-to-end-child-labor/; https://www.scu.edu/ethics/focus-areas/more-focus-areas/engineering-ethics/engineering-ethics-cases/this-land-is-your-land/; https://www.scu.edu/ethics/focus-areas/business-ethics/resources/robinhood-reddit-and-gamestop-what-happened-and-what-should-happen-next/; https://online.hbs.edu/blog/post/ethics-and-accountability-in-the-workplace; https://wisepops.com/blog/ethical-marketing; https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/10-copy-editing-tips-you-need-know-afton-brazzoni/; https://www.linkedin.com/advice/0/how-do-you-write-effectively-online-platforms; https://hbr.org/2022/07/how-to-lead-better-virtual-meetings; https://online.hbs.edu/blog/post/ethical-considerations-of-ai;
Recommended Reading: n/a
Principles of Biology I, BIOL-1610, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
DISCUSSIONS:
There will be weekly class discussions throughout the semester. Discussion topics will be based on an assigned reading, podcast, or video. For each discussion, you will be required to write a 150-word Discussion board post in response to the assigned material. Discussions are due at the end of each week.
QUIZZES:
There are chapter quizzes throughout the semester. Each quiz is worth 5 points. Quizzes are open book and are taken through Canvas. Quizzes are open to three attempts, and your score will be averaged between all three attempts. Quiz sets are due at the completion of each unit.
EXAMINATIONS:
There are five midterm exams worth 100 points and one comprehensive final exam worth 100 points. Exams are multiple choice and have 50 total questions. Material covered in lectures will be included on exams. Exams are closed book, and no notes or assistance is allowed during the exams.
Description:
Syllabus & Course Overview
The Scientific Method
Atoms
Chemical Bonds
Water & pH
Carbon
Macromolecules I
Macromolecules II
Macromolecules III
The Cell I
The Cell II
The Cell III
Exam 1
Membranes I
Membranes II
Metabolism & Enzymes I
Metabolism & Enzymes II
Cellular Respiration I
Cellular Respiration II
Cellular Respiration III
Photosynthesis I
Photosynthesis II
Cell Communication I
Cell Communication II
Exam 2
Mitosis
Cell Cycle & Cancer
Meiosis
Heredity I
Heredity II
Heredity III
Chromosomes I
Chromosomes II
DNA I
DNA II
Exam 3
Gene Expression I
Gene Expression II
Gene Regulation I
Gene Reulation II
Viruses
Biotechnology I
Biotechnology II
Biotechnology III
Genome Evolution I
Genome Evolution II
Exam 4
Natural Selection I
Natural Selection II
Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium
Evolution of Populations
Origin of Species
History of Life
Ecology & The Biosphere I
Ecology & The Biosphere II
Population Ecology I
Population Ecology II
Community Ecology I
Community Ecology II
Ecosystems
Exam 5
Final Exam Due - Sunday 8/3
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Urry, Cain, Wasserman, Minorsky, Reece (2015) Campbell Biology, 11th Edition. Pearson. (ISBN-10: 0134093410, ISBN-13:9780134093413)
MFT Theories II, MFT-6340, Section 01A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Model in Action Papers (125 pts total):
Each week, apply one of five selected theories to a provided case (Frank and his family) by writing a 2–3 page narrative on how you’d use that model in therapy, including your reasoning, interventions, and goals.
Model Presentation (100 pts):
Deliver a one-hour class presentation on a selected therapy model, covering its core elements, a case illustration, hands-on skill practice, and a written case conceptualization and treatment plan using the model’s concepts.
MFT Theory Portfolio (50 pts):
Complete thorough theory charts for four specific models (IFS, ACT, Attachment-Based, and Medical Family Therapy) using a provided format to demonstrate understanding of each.
Theory of Change Paper (200 pts):
Write a paper articulating your personal theory of change by integrating 2–3 therapy models, addressing how problems develop, how change occurs, therapeutic goals and interventions, and your role as a therapist; includes a mid-semester draft and final version.
Practice Exam (100 pts):
Take and upload proof of completion for the official MFT practice exam ($70), serving as a benchmark for your readiness, though passing is not expected.
Theory Research Summaries (60 pts):
Find and summarize four peer-reviewed articles on theories of your choice, explaining how each aligns with or differs from your personal theory of change.
Description:
Week 1: Introduction & Presentation Sign-up, Dialectical Behavioral Therapy
This week will cover an introduction to the course and Dialectical Behavioral Therapy and focus on its application to MFT.
Week 2: Internal Family Systems
This week will cover Internal Family Systems theory and focus on its application to MFT.
Week 3: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy
This week will cover Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and focus on its application to MFT.
Week 4: Attachment Based Family Therapy
This week will cover Attachment Based Family Therapy and focus on its application to MFT.
Week 5: Socio-Emotional Relationship Therapy
This week will cover Socio-Emotional Relationship Therapy and focus on its application to MFT.
Week 6: Theory Reviews
Review of all theories discussed in the course to prepare for final assessments.
Required Reading: Miller, R. B., & Seedall, R. B. (Eds.). (2020). The Handbook of Systemic Family Therapy, The Profession of Systemic Family Therapy. Wiley-Blackwell.; Metcalf, L. (2011). Marriage and family therapy: A practice-oriented approach. Springer Publishing Company, Incorporated.
Recommended Reading: Robbins, M., Sexton, T., & Weeks, G. (2003). Handbook of family therapy : The science and practice of working with families and couples. Taylor & Francis Group.
Critical Thinking & Communicat, COMM-1270, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
COURSE ASSIGNMENTS
Icebreaker Assignment
Let’s take a few moments and get to know each other. Simply respond to the survey and post your answers on the Discussion Board (DB). This assignment is worth 25 points.
Team Debate Assignment
The class will be divided into 5 groups, each team will work together to provide discussion posts that follow specific steps in the Toddler and Tiera debate. All details including the required video are located under the modules link on Canvas.This assignment will be worth 100 points.
Chapter(s) summary assignments
Most weeks I will ask you to summarize at least two chapters. Each chapter summary should be a minimum of 250 words. (Make sure your summary is IN YOUR OWN WORDS. Feel free to apply your real world experiences.
Debate (Discussion Board) DB Questions
You will have a total of 5 weekly (DB) discussion board assignments (one for each week of this semester). Each week the discussion board question (DB) will address one argument or debate that is found in the relevant chapter reading. This assignment can be found under the Discussions link and/or course modules. You can choose either side of the debate, but you must create one post stating your foundational thesis of argument and include at least one outside source that constitutes relevant research to support your argument. Next include two (minimum) posts with at least 2 different peers.
Each weekly round of DB debate posts should be a minimum of 250 words and will be worth 25 points. You are welcome to use personal testimonies to make your point, however your argument must meet academic standards for writing argumentative essays. (This means at least one APA citation per post)
Annotated Bibliography
To help you prepare for your final essay you will be required to complete one annotated bibliography , listing at least 6 sources with a 1 paragraph summary for each source. This paper will be worth 50 points.
*Final Exam + Essay
Our semester will conclude with you submitting a final argumentative essay meaning a comprehensive piece of writing that presents a well-supported argument on a specific topic.(You may choose any current event subject to my approval) This paper will be worth 50 points.
*Final Exam will consist of 25 multiple choice &T/F questions. (Open book
Grading: Students will be regularly updated about their grade in the course via Canvas, and final grades will be submitted to Utah Tech when the semester ends. The course grading scale is as follows:
A: 93-100%
A-: 90-92%
B+: 87-89%
B: 83-86%
B-: 80-82%
C+: 77-79%
C: 73-76%
C-: 70-72%
D+: 67-69% F: <60%
D: 63-66%
D-: 60-62%
Description:
Team Debate Assignment: Students will have the opportunity to apply effective and appropriate written and oral communication skills when exposed to intercultural settings, and cross-cultural environments to achieve a cultural sensitivity, as well as to navigate and overcome potential communication differences.
Chapter Summaries: Students will Identify and evaluate ethical communication in personal, professional, and societal contexts.
Debate Discussion Board (DDB): Students will have the opportunity to illustrate how communication concepts and theories are used to understand communication behaviors in a variety of contexts, including small groups, organizations, interpersonal and professional relationships, and public discourse.
Annotated Bibliography: Students will have an opportunity to strengthen research skills using APA format (required in all Communicaiton essays). Additionally, an annotated bibliography offers several benefits, primarily by promoting deeper engagement with sources and enhancing research organization.
Final Exam/Final Essay: Students will have the opportunity to synthesize and apply communication theory and skills to promoting critical thinking, improving communication and writing skills, enhancing research abilities, and fostering knowledge retention. It also provides a platform for students to express their unique perspectives and consolidate their understanding of course material.
Required Reading: Barnet, S., Bedau, H., & O'Hara, J. (2022). From Critical Thinking to Argument (7th ed.). Macmillan Higher Education. https://online.vitalsource.com/books/9781319485863
Recommended Reading: COMM 1270-Syllabus and American Psychological Association (APA) Citation source at OWL // Purdue Writing Lab https://owl.purdue.edu
Health Law & Ethics, HLTH-4400, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Learning Activities Weeks 1-6
Online Class Discussions weeks 1,3,5,6
Assignments Weeks 1,2,4,5
Projects Week 2,3,4,6
Description:
Week 1: Overview of Law and Ethics - This will focus on learning about law and ethics, privacy and infectious disease reporting, and HIPAA.
Week 2: Patient Rights and Responsibilities - This covers patient rights, risk management, and applies risk management to a negligence situation.
Week 3: Resources and Processes to Resolve Legal/Ethical Dilemmas. This will discuss resource allocation and shortages, and simulate an Ethics Committee to discuss and resolve bioethical issues based on the law and ethics.
Week 4: Provider Rights and Responsibilities. This will focus on risk management and compliance responses to difficult provider problems, informed consent and credentialing, and you will interview a health care manager.
Week 5: Employment Rights and Responsibilities. This will focus on employment laws, ethics policies and guidelines and strategies to manage employment risk through interactive scenarios and discussions and assignments.
Week 6: Legal and Ethical Compliance Strategies. This will provide an overview of compliance issues and strategies and you will have a chance to present a risk management proposal to reduce risk and encourage compliance when health care legal and ethical issues arise.
Required Reading: ""Legal and Ethical Issues for Healthcare Professionals 6th Ed. textbook bundle by George Pozgar. ISBN: 9781284298475 for Utah Tech University at Utah Tech Custom Bundle Link https://checkout.jblearning.com/cart/Default.aspx?bc=29847-5
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 01A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Learning Objectives
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Identify, explain, and demonstrate interpersonal communication theories, models, and
processes.
2. Develop and apply critical thinking and analytical skills in interpersonal communication
contexts.
3. Illustrate how interpersonal communication theories can be used to understand behavior
across a bevy of contexts, relationships, and cultures.
4. Identify, synthesize, and apply the various theories and principles of interpersonal
communication both in and out of the classroom.
5. Expand knowledge and skills in developing a culturally sensitive and empathetic
approach to numerous interpersonal relationships.
6. INCLUSIVE ACCESS: Sections of this course may be designated as Inclusive Access
with a fee that will be charged to your student account. Inclusive Access is an electronic
interactive software platform developed for students to receive additional instruction,
testing, and collaboration for a course of study in place of a physical textbook. With
Inclusive Access courses, students DO NOT NEED a physical textbook. See Fees Tab for
the fee amount associated with each individual section.
ALIGNMENT MAP OF CLOs, PLOs, ELOs and Course Assignments
Communication Department PLOs:
1. Write about and apply the tenets of communication theories, concepts, models, and
perspectives that span the breath of the discipline
2. Evaluate effective and appropriate written and oral communication in interpersonal,
intercultural, organizational, public, and online contexts
3. Demonstrate critical thinking and reasoning in relational, mediated and cultural
interactions to promote and improve communication effectiveness
4. Differentiate methods of communication research by critiquing existing scholarly
research and producing individual scholarly writings
5. Generate communication activities that prioritize social responsibility and ethical
awareness in a variety of contexts
Utah Tech University ELOs:
1. Broad Knowledge of the Liberal Arts & Sciences
Students will examine the world and its people from various points of view. They will learn
about ideas and beliefs that have guided human beings and shaped civilization for thousands of
years.
2. Critical Thinking
Students will gain the ability to use knowledge, claims of evidence, and content to reason
ethically and reach conclusions, as well as to innovate in imaginative ways. These steps are
equally applicable to different kinds of problems such as scientific theory development and
testing, ethical problem solving, and innovation.
3. Effective Communication
Students will learn to communicate effectively. Communication is a process by which we assign
and convey meaning in an attempt to create shared understanding. Human communication
facilitates insight, collaboration, the exchange of ideas, and the progress of culture.
4. Information Literacy Skills
Students will develop their information literacy skills, including an understanding of the nature,
organization, and methods of access and evaluation of both electronic and traditional resources.
5. Quantitative Reasoning
Students will analyze and communicate appropriately with mathematical and symbolic concepts.
They will critically evaluate the quantitative and symbolic information used to represent and
draw inference regarding problems
6. Diversity and Globalization
Students will study groups, cultures, and societies as they interact and challenge each other. They
will be encouraged to reflect critically and consciously in order to gain insight into how cultural
identities and experiences shape individual perspectives of the world and influence interaction
with people from different backgrounds.
7. Responsibilities of Citizenship
Students will critically explore, evaluate, and reflect upon their own lives, careers, and interests
in relation to the political process and the general welfare of society as a whole.
Course Learning Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
Course Assignments &
Assessments
ELO PLO
Identify and explain the elements of effective,
appropriate, and ethical interpersonal communication.
Examinations and Minute
responses
1, 4, 5, 1, 3, 5
Demonstrate critical thinking and analytical skills as
applied to interpersonal communication.
Activities and Advice
article
2, 4, 7 2, 4
Illustrate how interpersonal communication theories can
be used to understand behavior across a bevy of
contexts, relationships, and cultures.
Activities and minute
responses
1, 3, 5, 6 1, 3
Identify, synthesize, and apply the various theories and
principles of interpersonal communication both in and
out of the classroom.
Advice article 1, 2, 4, 2, 3
Expand knowledge and skills in developing a culturally
sensitive and empathetic approach to numerous
interpersonal relationships.
Exams and advice article 3, 6, 7 1, 4
COURSE EXPECTATIONS
What you can expect from me
• You can always expect me to give my best! I want to help you learn to be a better
communicator and understand how it affects all aspects of your life. If you have
questions, I am open to meeting after class, using email, or phone. I will always be
available to discuss assignments prior to the due date. Be proactive and take charge of
your education and communication with me and I will do all I can to help you be
successful. It is always best to communicate about issues BEFORE they become a
problem.
• You can always expect prompt feedback. I try to have grades updated weekly but no
longer than two depending on the assignment and time during the semester. If for any
reason I expect my grading process to take longer than two weeks, you can expect the
due date of the assignment to be pushed back. If it takes me that long to lay eyes on your
paper, you deserve more time to perfect it.
• I will come prepared for each class and expect that you will come prepared to participate,
as attendance and participation is one third of your grade. We will not only learn the
content, but we will also have ‘active learning’ and experiential activities every day. I
will take attendance on canvas every class.
• With attendance and participation, a full one third of your grade, it is important to
understand that electronics devices will not be part of our classes except when using
Kahoot or taking a survey, etc.
• I am excited about this semester and will come prepared to have a good experience every
day. I love teaching and love the learning process, especially in communication. I will do
all I can to help you learn, have fun, and get the grade that you want and deserve.
What I expect from you
• Because I take teaching so seriously, I expect you to take learning seriously as well. To
that end, I expect you all to do the readings independently, and without my explicit
instruction. On average, a chapter is about 30 pages. If you read just 5-10 pages a day you
can knock the readings out with little effort. You will have assignments that will help you
delve into the curriculum and textbook.
• I expect you to attend class as you get points for attendance and participation. Be aware
that if you miss a class, you will miss out on the points for both attendance and
participation as well as miss out on the learning for that day. I hope you will ‘want’ to
come because it is a fun learning environment.
• I expect you to respect each other as well as myself. This means addressing your fellow
classmates (and me) by name, using formal greetings, and proofreading all assignments
and discussions before submitting them. There will be MANY things to talk about in this
class, but we need to make sure everyone who wishes to speak gets to share and
participate.
COURSE POLICIES
Attendance
Attendance and participation is a large part of your grade and will impact your grade if you do
not attend. You are an adult and expect that you will manage your life and schedule to ‘show up’
for class. Importantly, there will be many graded activities in class which you will need to be
present to get the points. My goal as your instructor is for you to want to come to class because
of the learning milieu and fun learning environment. If you miss a class for illness, etc. you can
make up one class with a one-page paper on the chapter we are in that week with something
salient about the subject and how it pertains to you.
Late Assignments
The schedule for the semester is listed on canvas with due dates. I space assignments throughout
the semester so that you have sufficient time each week to complete assignments. Students who
fail to submit assignments on time may receive a 25% deduction. Any assignment submitted one
week after the assigned due date may not be accepted. I understand that sometimes life gets in
the way of school and vice versa, so if there is an emergency you should contact me in order to
receive extra time to finish assignments. Don’t wait until the day the assignment is due to start as
most students don’t do as well who procrastinate.
Missed Activities/MRs
There will be many in-class discussions and activities throughout the semester which include
points for many of them. Completion of each activity (i.e., participating in AND turning in the
necessary paperwork) will earn you points toward your final grade. Half of life is ‘showing up’
and in essence, I’m giving you credit for ‘showing up’. This means that if you ‘show up’ and
participate you will do well and if you don’t, it will impact your grade.
Format Requirements for Assignments
Your written assignments must be typed in 12-point Times New Roman font, double-spaced,
with one-inch margins. This policy is necessary to ensure fairness. If one student uses a much
larger type and wider margins than another student, the latter student will obviously be able to fit
more material in the paper (and probably do better). Please keep in mind that correct spelling,
punctuation, and grammar are expected. FYI – If you use 1.5 spacing, a different font, or have
changed your margins I will be able to tell with very little effort. All documents should be
submitted, through canvas using a .doc or .docx file. This is to ensure uniformity. Please note
that no other forms of document will be accepted and all non .doc documents will not be
graded and treated as late until properly submitted. NO EXECPTIONS.
MUST KNOW INFO
DRC Accommodations (Americans with Disabilities Act)
The University of Utah seeks to provide equal access to its programs, services, and activities for
people with disabilities. If you will need accommodations in this class, reasonable prior notice
needs to be given to the Center for Disability Services, 162 Olpin Union Building, (801) 581-
5020. CDS will work with you and the instructor to make arrangements for accommodations. All
written information in this course can be made available in an alternative format with prior
notification to the Center for Disability Services.
Title IX Info
Utah Tech University affirms its commitment to the promotion of fairness and success in all
aspects of the educational institution. Harassment and discrimination – including sex/gender
discrimination, gender identity, gender expression, sexual harassment, sexual misconduct,
gender-based violence, dating violence, domestic violence, stalking, pregnancy or parental,
family or marital status and or retaliation – not only disrupts our commitment to maintaining an
environment in which every member of the University community is treated with respect and
dignity, but may also violate University policy and federal, state, and/or local law.
• Should you or someone you know experience behavior that is coercive, discriminatory,
harassing, and or sexually violent in nature, or if you or someone you know has questions
about their rights and options regarding such behavior, you are encouraged to contact:
Hazel Sainsbury, Director of Equity Compliance, Title IX Coordinator: 435-652-
7747 (ext. 7747) hazel.sainsbury@utahtech.edu ; titleix@utahtech.edu
• Incidents may also be reported directly to law enforcement, either separately or in
conjunction with any report made to the University’s Title IX Coordinator, and the
University will aid in making contact if requested. Utah Tech University Police: 435-
275-4300 or by calling 911.
• Maintaining a safe and successful University community is a shared responsibility. For
more information on how Title IX protections can benefit you and help us keep a
productive campus environment, visit titleix.utahtech.edu to learn more.
The Importance of email
You are required to frequently check your student email account. Important class and
university information will be sent to your email account, including UTU bills, financial
aid/scholarship notices, notices of cancelled classes, reminders of important dates and
deadlines, and other information critical to your success at UTU and in your courses. To
access your email account, visit https://login.utahtech.edu/Your email username is your ID
(e.g. D00111111) If you have forgotten your PIN, visit my.utahtech.edu and click the Forgot
Pin button.
Important Links
• Disability Resource Center – drcenter.utahtech.edu
• IT Help Desk - utahtech.edu/helpdesk
• Library - library.utahtech.edu
• Testing Center - testing.utahtech.edu
• Tutoring Center - tutoring.utahtech.edu
• Writing Center - writingcenter.utahtech.edu
Academic Integrity
As part of your attendance here at UT it is your responsibility to conduct yourself as a
mature, reasonable adult. This means adhering to the instructions that are outlined on this
syllabus, respecting your fellow classmates as well as your instructor, and going above and
beyond to ensure that your assignment submissions are free of plagiarism and/or academic
dishonesty of any kind. For a full explanation of student rights and academic policies,
please see the following link: https://catalog.utahtech.edu/codeofstudentrightsresponsibilities/
COURSE ASSIGNMENTS
Participation/Activity grade
You will receive points for each day you attend throughout the semester as well as points for
group discussions and participation. Some additional points will be earned through
participation in in-class activities. There are six ‘experiential activities” which will require
your participation outside of the classroom, and you will love them. You are required to turn
in all paperwork related to the in class ‘experiential and active learning projects’ by the end
of the class period or by due date in canvas.
Technology Use in the Classroom
This course is an electronics free zone during class including laptops, tablets, and cell phones,
unless you are asked to use them for class purposes. This means that they are not allowed
during class, except when we are doing a Kahoot Survey, Poll, using Clicker, or activity using
electronics. If you must take a phone call, please leave the classroom, and return after taking
the call. This is a communications class, and we will be focusing on in-person
communication, group discussions, face to face communication, listening, and engaging. You
are expected to be engaged in our active learning classroom as well as completing
experiential project assignments outside of class. You are expected to join in class
discussions, respond to questions, generate your own discussion questions, put forward ideas
in conversations, and generally respond thoughtfully to course material. In a face-to-face
class, you will be speaking in class nearly every class period. Speeches will be made
periodically throughout the semester. Cell phones are one of the biggest distractions to
communication and kindly ask that you keep it put away, out of sight and on vibrate if
needed. If you are in an online course, participating means responding to discussions,
commenting on peers’ ideas, asking, and answering questions.
Class and Group Discussions and Difficult Conversations
Interpersonal Communication is just that... ‘interpersonal’ and we will delve into what it is
and how it affects all aspects of our lives. We will have many dyads, triads and small group
discussions which will be positive and incredible interactions as well as some that may seem
to be difficult and/or crucial conversations. We will discuss all aspects of interpersonal
communication and many of the topics and discussions will be about controversial topics,
such as learning about the difference between being world minded and ethnocentric, as well
as race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, religion, ability, and other identities and topics
that most people have an opinion about. I am asking you to be open-minded and world
minded and nonjudgmental. As this is a communication course, various perspectives,
approaches, and opinions are encouraged when expressed in a respectful manner.
Our class discussions and group conversations may not always be easy and realize that some
students have been through abuse, neglect, and have other traumas which sometimes can be
triggered. We must all be kind, patient, understanding, and yet have courage to ‘speak our
truth’ and accept that not everyone will agree about everything and that is just fine. Everyone
comes from different backgrounds and has different viewpoints about religion, politics,
gender, identity, etc. etc. Most importantly is to always be respectful and kind. We will have
rich and deep discussions which will increase our understanding, increase our empathy, and
learn to agree to disagree. One thing you will hear me say throughout the semester is ‘you
don’t know what you don’t know’, which means that we each have a lot to learn about life
and interpersonal communication and we will gain a deeper understanding of multiple
perspectives. We will learn and cultivate the ability to listen and respond constructively to the
ideas and opinions of others as we endeavor to increase the ability to express your
own.
It is my goal to ensure a safe environment to learn, and speak your truth, which can be tricky
and challenging as we navigate an adventure in Interpersonal Communication. You may find
yourself uncomfortable or offended by views expressed by other students, in the textbook, or
by me as the instructor. Phrases such as, “I know you did not mean to be offensive, but what
you said bothers me because...” are effective ways of noting your discomfort and asking the
class to consider your objection. It can be challenging to speak up in such moments. Doing so
treats others as well-intentioned participants in the classroom community. If you do not wish
to address the interaction during class, please
speak with me outside of class. If I offend you or cause you discomfort, I hope you will tell
me and let me share my perspective and collaborate with you. I commit to listening,
thoughtfully, and respectfully and promise to be understanding that everyone is valued.
You may find that your views offend or discomfit others. It can be difficult to hear that you
have offended someone, but being able to respond calmly and constructively to criticism is
an important skill for learning new things and for growing and developing. It is also an
important skill for communicating across differences. An appropriate response to learning
that you have caused offense or discomfort is, “Thank you for telling me.” You may ask
questions to learn more about what the other person thinks. If you are genuinely sorry, you
may apologize. After you have heard the other person, you may decide to change how you
think or talk, or you may decide that you still think you are correct, but at least you will be
aware that some people will take offense when you express an opinion or idea.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class
lecture. There will be a quiz for each chapter of the textbook.
Journals
Throughout the semester you will write a journal entry about each chapter, and you will share
what you have learned at the end of the semester in a group or to the entire class.
GRADE BREAKDOWN
Attendance & Active Participation 300 pts.
Active Learning Projects 14@50 pts 700 pts.
Chapter Quizzes 14@25 pts 350 pts.
Learning Curve Assignments 14@25 pts 350 pts.
Achieve Journal Entries 14@15 pts 165 pts.
Achieve Surveys 5@15 pts 75 pts.
In Class Discussions/Projects 7@25 pts 175 pts.
Career Center Experience 50 pts
Final Active Learning-Experiential Project 100 pts.
Total Points Possible: 2265 pts.
GRADING SCALE BY %
94-100 A 84-86 B 74-76 C 64-70 D
90-94 A- 80-84 B- 70-74 C- 60-64 D-
87-90 B+ 77-80 C+ 67-70 D+ 0-59 F
COURSE SCHEDULE *Due dates in Canvas
WEEK Topic(s) Modules & Reading
1 Introductions & Introduction to Communication Ch. 1
2 Considering the Self Ch. 2
3 Perceiving Others Ch. 3
4 Experiencing & Expressing Emotions Ch. 4
5 Understanding Culture Ch. 5
6 Understanding Gender Ch. 6
7 Listening Actively Ch. 7
8 Communicating Verbally Ch. 8
9 Communicating Nonverbally Ch. 9
10 Managing Conflict and Power Ch. 10
11 Relationships with Romantic Partners Ch. 11
12 Relationships with Family Members Ch. 12
13 Relationships with Friends Ch. 13
14 Relationships in the Workplace Ch. 14
15 FINALS WEEK
IMPORTANT DATES: https://catalog.utahtech.edu/academiccalendar/
DATE DESCRIPTION
Jan. 6 Classes Begin
Jan. 6 Tuition & Fees Due
Jan. 9 Last day to Waitlist
Jan. 10 Last day to ADD without signature
Jan. 15 DROP/AUDIT fee begins ($10 per class)
Jan. 17 Residency Application deadline
Jan. 17 $100 Late registration/payment fee
Jan. 20 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day (no classes)
Jan. 27 Last day for refund
Jan. 27 Pell Grant Census
Jan. 27 Last day to drop without receiving a “W” grade
Feb. 3 Spring 2025 Associate's Degree Graduation Application Deadline
Feb. 3 Spring 2025 Master's Degree Graduation Application Deadline
Feb. 3 Last day to ADD / AUDIT classes
Feb 17 President’s Day Holiday (no classes)
Feb. 26 Midterm grades due
Mar. 3 Summer 2025 Bachelor's Degree Graduation Application Deadline
Mar. 3 Last day to withdraw from individual classes
Mar. 10-14 Spring Break
Mar. 12 Fall 2025 schedule available online
Mar. 17 Summer 2025 Registration open to Graduate Students/Seniors (90+ credits)
Description:
Chapter One: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
What Is Communication?
What Is Interpersonal Communication?
What is Interpersonal Communication Competence?
Issues in Interpersonal Communication
The Journey Ahead
Chapter 1 Review
Chapter 2 Considering Self
The Components of Self
The Sources of Self
Communicating Your Self
The Social Media Self
Improving Your Self
Chapter 2 Review
Chapter 3 Perceiving Others
Perception as a Process
Influences on Perception
Forming Impressions of Others
Improving Your Perception
Practicing Responsible Perception
Chapter 3 Review
Chapter 4 Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
The Nature of Emotion
Forces Shaping Emotion
Managing Your Emotional Experience and Expression
Emotional Challenges
Living a Happy Emotional Life
Chapter 4 Review
Chapter 5 Understanding Culture
Understanding Culture
Cultural Influences on Communication
Creating Intercultural Competence
Dismantling Divisions
Chapter 5 Review
Chapter 6 Understanding Gender
Understanding Gender
Doing Gender
Considering Gender Roles
Gender and Communication
Gender and Relationships
Moving Beyond Gender Stereotypes
Chapter 6 Review
Chapter 7 Listening Actively
Listening: A Five-Step Process
The Five Functions of Listening
Understanding Listening Styles
Improving Listening Competence
The Gift of Active Listening
Chapter 7 Review
Chapter 8 Communicating Verbally
Describing Verbal Communication
Functions of Verbal Communication
Cooperative Verbal Communication
Barriers to Cooperative Verbal Communication
The Power of Verbal Communication
Chapter 8 Review
Chapter 9 Communicating Nonverbally
Describing Nonverbal Communication
Nonverbal Communication Codes
Functions of Nonverbal Communication
Competently Managing Your Nonverbal Communication
Chapter 9 Review
Chapter 10 Managing Conflict and Power
Conflict and Interpersonal Communication
Power and Conflict
Handling Conflict
Conflict Endings
Challenges to Handling Conflict
Managing Conflict and Power
Chapter 10 Review
Chapter 11 Relationships with Romantic Partners
Defining Romantic Relationships
Romantic Attraction
Relationship Development and Deterioration
Maintaining Romantic Relationships
Romantic Relationship Challenges
The Hard Work of Successful Love
Chapter 11 Review
Chapter 12 Relationships with Family Members
Defining Family
Communicating in Families
Maintaining Family Relationships
Family Relationship Challenges
The Primacy of Family
Chapter 12 Review
Chapter 13 Relationships with Friends
The Nature of Friendship
Types of Friendships
Maintaining Friendships
Friendship Challenges
The Importance of Friends
Chapter 13 Review
Chapter 14 Relationships in the Workplace
The Nature of Workplace Relationships
Peer Relationships
Mixed-Status Relationships
Challenges to Workplace Relationships
Workplace Relationships and Human Happiness
Chapter 14 Review
Glossary
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2019). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 5th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA.
Recommended Reading: The 5 Love Languages, The People Code
Physics/Scientists Engineers I, PHYS-2210, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Poster project (10% of final grade)
6 Unit Exams (60% of final grade)
Final Exam (10% of final grade)
Homework from 14 chapters covered in class (15% of final grade)
Reading Verification (5% of final grade)
Description:
Ch 1: 1-6 Motion Diagrams = Introduces 1D motion and teaches the drawing of motion diagrams for objects moving in one dimension.
Ch 1: 7-8 Problem Solving = Teaches general problem solving strategies used in physics. Also explains SI units and significant figures.
Ch 2: 1-3 Introduction with Velocity = Discussion of speed and velocity. Shows examples of multiple objects on a single position-vs-time graph.
Ch 2: 4-5 Position from Velocity = Refresh derivatives and integrals. Using graphical calculus to graph position or velocity if the other graph is given.
Ch 2: 6-7 Kinematic Equation = Derive kinematic equations for objects with a constant acceleration.
Ch 3: 1-4 Vectors = Refresh on vector addition and subtraction
Ch 4: 1-2 Introduction to 2D Motion = Discussion of relationships between position and velocity in 2D motion. Specifically focusing when acceleration is fixes in one direction (usually down).
Ch 4: 3 Relative Motion = Introduction to Galilean velocity transformations with application to problems.
Ch 4: 4-6 Circular Motion = Introduction of circular motion and applying kinematic equation to circular motion.
Ch 5: 1-5 Identifying Forces = Introduction to forces by learning to identify forces on a single object.
Ch 5: 6-7 Newton's Second Law = Introduction to Newton's 2nd Law with applications to problems.
Ch 6: 1-3 Equilibrium of Not = Introduction to static and dynamic equilibrium and how to determine if the object is in equilibrium or not.
Ch 6: 4-5 Analysis of Motion with Forces = Full mathematical analysis of force related problems with objects in equilibrium and not in equilibrium. Also introduces friction.
Ch 6: 6 Example problems = Showing full work on force related problems.
Ch 7: 1-3 Force Interaction Diagram = Helping to identify forces on multiple objects within a system.
Ch 7: 4-5 Multi-Object Systems Solved = Introduces systems with pulleys. Solves several examples of Newton's Laws in these systems.
Ch 8: 1 Dynamics in Two Dimensions = Described the two-dimensional analysis with constant linear forces.
Ch 8: 2-3 Horizontal Circular Motion = Revisit of circular motion with applications of forces added. Focus on horizontal circular motion and orbital motion.
Ch 8: 4-5 Vertical Circular Motion = Discussion of vertical circular motion.
Ch 9: 1-3 Introduction to Work = Introduction to energy by showing that forces do work.
Ch 9: 4 Dot Products and Springs = Discussion and teaching vector dot products and how this helps with work. Introduces the non-constant force from springs.
Ch 9: 5-6 Work Problems and Power = Examples of work/energy problems. Also introduction to power as the change in energy per time.
Ch 10: 1-4 Conservation of Energy = Introduction to potential energy and discussions of conservation of energy.
Ch 10: 5-8 Energy Diagrams = Discussions showing relationship between potential energy graphs and forces.
Ch 11: 1-3 Impulse and Momentum = Introduction of impulse and momentum as another application of forces to help solve for changes in motion of a particle.
Ch 11: 4-6 Conservation of Momentum = In isolated systems, momentum is conserved. This lecture described the process and gives several examples.
Ch 12: 1-4 Center of Mass = Introduces center of mass calculations and why we often treat particles as points.
Ch 12: 5-7 Moment of Inertia and Torque = Calculations of the rotational moment of inertia with applications to forces causing objects to spin, torque.
Ch 12: 8-9 Static Torque = Analysis of systems that do not move but need more than simple force analysis. Torque applications do apply to non-rotating systems.
Ch 12: 10-11 Angular Momentum = Discussion of angular momentum for both isolated systems and interactive systems.
Ch 13: 1-3 History of Gravity = Discussion of force of gravity on planetary scales. Focuses on Galileo and Newton and their contributions to the topic.
Ch 13: 4-6 Gravity Potential Energy = With a new equation for gravitational force, we have a new gravitational potential energy. This lecture shows examples of how to apply this energy in a ""large"" system of planets or stars.
Ch 15: 1-2 Simple Harmonic Motion = Introduction to simple harmonic motion and forces that cause this motion.
Ch 15: 3-6 Examples of Oscillations = Derives the equations for simple harmonic motion.
Ch 15: 7-8 Damped Oscillations = Discussions around damped systems and how to analyze the specific system of a lightly damped oscillating system.
Required Reading: Physics for Scientist and Engineers, 5th Edition, by Randall D. Knight
Recommended Reading: N/A
Phys/Scientists Engineer I Lab, PHYS-2215, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Course Description
Lab portion of PHYS 2210.
Course Purpose
To play in VR while completing physics related tasks.
Final Grade Breakdown
Each Lab is weighted equally with the final grade being the best 11 of the 12 Labs. Each Lab contains the following:
1. Book problems (20%)
2. Prelab Quiz (20%)
3. VR Lab Experience and Post-lab Writeup (40%)
4. Post-lab Quiz (20%)
Lab Expectations:
The schedule of labs is designed to spread out the labs throughout the semester. It is hoped that you will complete the required lecture material before attempting each lab. Labs will be done in groups, with the ideal being a group of 2. There will be a maximum of one group of 3 if an odd number of students are in the class. You will be assigned you lab partner. Check the page on Canvas of ""Lab Partners"" to find your partners name and your assigned VR room number. During the first week of the semester, you will need to coordinate with your lab partner the best time to complete your VR labs. You should reserve a minimum of 2 consecutive hours to complete the VR parts of these labs. There are tasks to be done before you enter the VR lab and tasks to be done after the VR experience.
Book Problems (20% of Each Lab)
Two book problems are assigned for each lab. These problems are chosen specifically to help you practice the physics concepts related to that particular lab. When a final answer is expected, you need to show your work and box the final answers. Units are also crucial on all final answers.
Prelab Quiz (20% of Each Lab)
Before entering the VR lab, you should take the prelab quiz. This is meant to help you become familiar with the environment of the VR lab and help you prepare for the lab itself. There will be images of the important unique areas of the lab as well as derivation of some equations you may need in that particular lab. This quiz can be taken as many times as needed to get all the answers correct.
VR Lab Experience and Post-Lab Writeup (40% of Each Lab)
The bulk of each Lab grade is the experience you will have in VR completing the tasks assigned you. To show the work you have done, you will be instructed to take pictures, or screenshots, of specific work done. All Labs have a Post-lab Writeup that needs to be completed and submitted after the lab work is done. Occasionally, this Post-lab Writeup will include additional questions or problems that you must complete to show mastery of the physics concepts. The complete 40% is split between the VR experience and the Post-lab Writeup with each lab being split slightly different from other labs.
NOTE: If you need help completing a lab while you are in the VR experience, take a picture of what you have done so far and email your instructor. Your instructor will get back to you within the next business day. If possible, the instructor can join you in the VR experience and help you overcome the problem. With this in mind, it is not recommended to complete the labs too close to their due times. If you and/or your lab partners would like further exploration of the physics concepts, room SET 410 will have the face-to-face lab from that week set up. This will be every Friday from 9:00am - 11:50am in which a lab is due.
Post-lab Quiz (20% of Each Lab)
Once you have submitted all parts of the lab, including the Post-lab Writeup, the final task is to take the Post-lab Quiz. These are questions related to the physics concepts studied in the lab. This is meant to be done ""closed book"" with only scratch paper and your calculator for help.
DUE DATES
It is anticipated that you complete one lab per week. The due dates (on Sundays) are the absolute latest that the lab material can be turned in. You are encouraged to complete the labs as soon as possible. Each lab will inform you how far along in the book you need to be familiar with to complete that particular lab. Once the due date passes, all labs will be grades. There will be no accepting of screenshots or other work after the due dates for the labs.
Description:
Course Learning Outcomes
By the end of this course, students will be able to...
1.) Demonstrate an understanding of motion by setting up and solving a variety of kinematic problems = Labs 1-3
2.) Apply Newton's laws of motion to a variety of problems involving physical systems = Labs 4-6
3.) Explain what it means for a quantity to be conserved, and can apply conservation laws to solve problems
involving physical systems = Lab 7-8
4.) Apply kinematics, dynamics, and conservation laws to solve problems involving rotational motion = Lab 9-10
5.) Derive and apply the equations of motion to a variety of problems involving oscillatory motion = Lab 11
GE Learning Outcomes
1. Critical Thinking
2. Quantitative Reasoning
Institutional Learning Outcomes (ILO)
The Institutional learning outcomes include skills, knowledge, innovation, responsibility, and G.R.I.T.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Ethical frameworks and lenses, professional promotion project, trade journal project short-form reports, entrepreneur project, semester signature project: ethical dilemma long-form report.
Description:
Ethics 30% of grade. Students learn about ethical frameworks, professional ethical organizations, and ethical lenses through which to apply ethical behavior in a professional context.
Professional Promotion Project 20% of grade. Students prepare a professional portfolio that will help them to secure an internship or entry-level professional position upon graduation.
Entrepreneur Project 20% of grade. Students create a fictional corporation, articulate mission, values, and goals, and apply ethical foundations in professional contexts.
Trade Journals 10% of grade. Students learn the value of access to professional trade journal publications which are written for industry professionals for industry professionals.
Ethical Dilemma Project 20% of grade. An ethical dilemma is presented to the student that applies to that student’s fictional corporation. The dilemma is created by the professor for each individual student. The student researches solutions and writes a long-form report analyzing potential solutions and applying a chosen solution all the while ensuring ethical lenses are applied.
Total 100%
Required Reading: Required Reading Material: All weekly modules and all assignments have link to supplemental reading materials. Start Here Module Welcome to ENGL3010 Writing at Work, Concise 4th Edition, PDF, OER (readings each week shown in weekly overview) Meet Your Professor Basics of APA Tutorial APA Publication Manual Purdue OWL APA Resources Week 1 Overview Ethical Frameworks and Ethical Lenses assignment, lecture content, and links to supplemental reading at Markkula Center for Applied Ethics Care Ethics assignment, lecture content, and links to supplemental reading at Markkula Center for Applied Ethics Common Good Ethical Lens, lecture content, and links to supplemental reading at Markkula Center for Applied Ethics Professional Organizations assignment, independent research and writing Job or Internship Posting assignment instructions, independent research and writing Week 2 Overview Professional Promotion Project assignment, lecture content, brainstorming, research findings Rights Lens assignment, lecture content, and links to supplemental reading at Markkula Center for Applied Ethics Virtue Lens assignment, lecture content, and links to supplemental reading at Markkula Center for Applied Ethics Bias and Conflict of Interest Lenses assignment, lecture content, and links to supplemental reading at Markkula Center for Applied Ethics Elevator Pitch assignment, independent research and writing Week 3 Overview Trade Journal Project lecture content link Trade Journal Summary 1 assignment, lecture content, independent research and writing Justice Lens assignment, lecture content, and links to supplemental reading at Markkula Center for Applied Ethics Utilitarian Lens assignment, lecture content, and links to supplemental reading at Markkula Center for Applied Ethics Entrepreneur Pitch Memo assignment lecture, research and writing Resume assignment lecture, independent research and writing Week 4 Overview Trade Journal Summary 2 assignment, independent research and writing Character education assignment, lecture content, and links to supplemental reading at Markkula Center for Applied Ethics Business Letterhead Mock-up assignment, lecture, and links to mock-up samples Forbes Article on Mission, Value Statements Taglines and Logos Mission, ethics, goals and objectives, and strategy memo assignment lecture, research and writing Cover letter assignment, lecture, research and writing Week 5 Overview Trade Journal Summary 3 assignment, independent research and writing LinkedIn Profile assignment, lecture, research and writing Semester Signature Writing Assignment: Ethical Dilemma Long-Form Report assignment lecture, research and writing Week 6 Overview Semester Signature Writing Assignment: Ethical Dilemma Long-Form Report assignment lecture, research and writing
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology I Lab, BIOL-1615, Section 01A, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
get to know you assignment
prelab 2-11,13
lab participation 1-11,13
lab summaries 1-11,13
final exam
Description:
module 1 introduction to lab procedure, lab safety, microscopes, and stereoscopes
module 2 introduction to the scientific method, levels of certainty, and project design
module 3 introduction to PCR and DNA
module 4 introduction to dichotomous keys, natural science museums, and organism classification
module 5 introduction to solution types, diffusion, and osmosis
module 6 introduction to enzymes and their effects on reactions
module 7 introduction to the process of cellular respiration and its products
module 8 introduction to photosynthesis and fermentation and their products
module 9 introduction to mitosis, meiosis, and organismic reproduction *may contain sensitive material-slides of reproductive organs are viewed, but there is no viewing of genitalia*
module 10 using PCR products from lab 3 to look at mendelian genetics and DNA electrophoresis
module 11 transforming bacteria with pGLO plasmid
module 13 studying evolution and relationships through time with SDS PAGE and proteins
Required Reading: Lab Manual provided in Canvas
Recommended Reading: n/a
American Lit After 1865, ENGL-2410, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Module 1 (June 24-July 6)
Assignments-Discussion Post 1, Discussion Post 2 Live Discussion 1 via Zoom, Weekly Research Update 1 (Online MLA Quiz), Module 1 Completion Exercises
Module 2 (July 7-20)
Assignments-Discussion Post 3, Weekly Research Update 2 (Source Citation), Live Discussion 2 via Zoom, Live Discussion 3 via Zoom, Weekly Research Update 3 (Quotation From a Source), Research Paper Idea, Module 2 Completion Exercises.
Module 3 (July 21-Aug. 2)
Assignments-Source List and Thesis Statement, Live Discussion 4 via Zoom, Rough Draft, Module 3 Completion Exercises, Live Discussion 5 via Zoom, Discussion Post 4, Final Draft of Research Paper, Final Exam available in Utah Tech Testing Center Monday, July 28 at 9:00 am-Friday, Aug. 1 at 11:59 pm
Live Discussion Schedule:
Five live Zoom discussions will take place during the semester; students will be required to attend and participate in 2 of these discussions.
• Discussion 1-Nineteenth Century American Literature:
• Discussion 2-Modernism in American literature:
• Discussion 3-Modernist American Poetry:
• Discussion 4-Susan Glaspell's Trifles:
• Discussion 5-The Poetry of Elizabeth Bishop:
Description:
In Module 1 we will cover American literature from roughly 1865 to 1890. The focus of this module will be on poetry and local color writing.
In Module 2 we will cover American literature from roughly 1890 to 1945. The focus of this module will be on naturalism, the Harlem Renaissance, and modernist poetry.
In Module 3 we will cover American literature from roughly 1945 to the present. The focus of this module will be specifically on the poetry of Elizabeth Bishop and Robert Lowell.
Required Reading: Module 1 (June 24-July 6) Readings-Headnote on Walt Whitman, “The Wound-Dresser”; Headnote on Emily Dickinson, poem 207 “I taste a liquor never brewed—”, poem 479 “Because I could not stop for Death—”, poem 620 ""Much Madness is divinest Sense"", poem 656 ""I Started early--Took my Dog""; Headnote on Mark Twain, “The Notorious Jumping Frog of Calaveras County”, “Race and the Ending of Adventures of Huckleberry Finn”, “From Introduction to Adventures of Huckleberry Finn” by Toni Morrison; Headnote on Ambrose Bierce, “An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge”; Headnote on Mary E. Wilkins Freeman, “The Revolt of 'Mother'” ; Headnote on Charles W. Chesnutt, “Po' Sandy” Module 2 (July 7-20) Readings-Headnote on Stephen Crane, “The Open Boat”; Headnote on Zitkala Sa (Gertrude Simmons Bonnin), “From Impressions of an Indian Childhood”, “The Soft-Hearted Sioux”; Headnote on Willa Cather, “The Sculptor’s Funeral”; Headnote on Susan Glaspell, “Trifles”; Headnote on Robert Frost, “Mending Wall”, ""The Road Not Taken"", and “Design”; Headnote on William Carlos Williams, “The Young Housewife”, “from Spring and All”; Headnote on Claude McKay, “The Harlem Dancer”, “Harlem Shadows, “The Lynching” Module 3 (July 21-Aug. 2) Readings-Section of The Norton Anthology of American Literature ""The Poetry of Elizabeth Bishop and Robert Lowell""
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 01A, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
EXAMS (6): 100 points each. Exam material will come from the text and lecture.
HOMEWORK (12): 20 points each. Homework assignment questions may include essay, short-answer, problem-solving, diagrams, or drawings.
FIELD TRIP (1): 100 points. Visit a state or national park or monument. Take notes on observations of the natural phenomenon in the area. These notes should include the location, date, time, weather, geology, biology, environmental factors, and everything you see, hear, and smell. Take digital photos of the area and the things that you see. Use the notes, photos, and other materials, to create a THREE-FOLD pamphlet, 3 columns, on 8.5” X 11” LANDSCAPE format.
SERVICE PROJECT (1): 100 points. You will need to perform 2 HOURS of service in the community. Please find something to do, like trash clean up in a local park, on a trail, or on a roadway, helping someone, a neighbor, or other elderly, or person with special needs, weeding or other yard work, painting, organizing, filing, etc. If you cannot think of something, you may call your city offices, or other local organization, to see if there is something you could do.
ABSTRACTED BIBLIOGRAPHY (1): 100 points. Construct an abstracted bibliography on a biological topic from your lecture notes, that is APPROVED by the instructor. The abstracted bibliography must be formatted like a typical scientific bibliography, with the exception that a short abstract about each reference will follow each reference. Use the CSE citation format. This assignment must be 2 pages, NO LONGER, NO SHORTER, with 3 abstracted references on each page. Each of the 6 abstracts must be, at least, a 6-8 line in length, summary of 3 scientific journals articles, and 3 books, periodicals, internet sources, magazines, or videos. Please see the CSE Style Name-Year Citation Instructions posted in Assignments on CANVAS.
Description:
The Scientific Method and Introduction to Biology
Inorganic Chemistry
Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry
The Microscope, The Cell, and Prokaryotic Cells
Eukaryotic Cells
Bioenergetics, Photosynthesis, and Cellular Respiration
Replication, Transcription, and Translation
Chromosome Structure and Cell Reproduction: Somatic and Sex Cells
Mendelian Genetics and Inheritance
Viruses, Bacteria, Archaeans, Slime Molds, Algae, Protozoans, Fungi, and Lichens
Plants: Nonvascular and Vascular Plants
Animals: Invertebrates and Vertebrates
Evolutionary History
Evolutionary Theory
Supportive Evidence and Geologic Time
Basic Ecology, The Biosphere, and Biomes
Population, Communities, and Ecosystems
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology I, BIOL-1610, Section 01A, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
EXAMS (7): 100 points each. Exam material will come from the text and lecture.
HOMEWORK (14): 20 points each. Homework assignment questions may include essay, short-answer, problem-solving, diagrams, or drawings.
FIELD TRIP (1): 100 points. Visit a state or national park or monument. Take notes on observations of the natural phenomenon in the area. These notes should include the location, date, time, weather, geology, biology, environmental factors, and everything you see, hear, and smell. Take digital photos of the area and the things that you see. Use the notes, photos, and other materials, to create a THREE-FOLD pamphlet, 3 columns, on 8.5” X 11” LANDSCAPE format.
SERVICE PROJECT (1): 100 points. You will need to perform 2 HOURS of service in the community. Please find something to do, like trash clean up in a local park, on a trail, or on a roadway, helping someone, a neighbor, or other elderly, or person with special needs, weeding or other yard work, painting, organizing, filing, etc. If you cannot think of something, you may call your city offices, or other local organization, to see if there is something you could do.
ABSTRACTED BIBLIOGRAPHY (1): 100 points. Construct an abstracted bibliography on a biological topic from your lecture notes, that is APPROVED by the instructor. An abstracted bibliography must be formatted similar to a typical scientific bibliography, with the exception that a short abstract about each reference will follow each reference. Use the CSE citation format. This assignment must be 2 pages, NO LONGER, NO SHORTER, with 3 abstracted references on each page Each of the 6 abstracts must be, at least, a 6-8 line in length, summary of 6 scientific journal articles. Please see the CSE Style Name-Year Citation Instructions posted in Assignments on CANVAS. Please see the CSE Style Name-Year Citation Instructions posted in Assignments on CANVAS.
Description:
Introduction to the Class, Syllabus Review, The Scientific Method, and Introduction to Biology
Inorganic Chemistry
Organic Chemistry
Biochemistry
The Microscope and The Cell
Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Cells
Cell Components
Bioenergetics
Photosynthesis and Cellular Respiration
Replication
Transcription and Translation
Biotechnology and Bioethics
Chromosome Structure
Cell Reproduction: Somatic Cells and Sex Cells
Mendelian Genetics and Inheritance
Basic Phylogeny and Systematics
Evolutionary History and Theory
Supportive Evidence
Geologic Time
Basic Ecology
The Biosphere and Biomes
Populations
Communities and Ecosystems
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
In addition to the weekly Studio Art projects(40%) there is a Final Paper(%10) in the final week of the term.
Description:
Module #1 The Divided Mind
Learn the nature of the human brain and how that relates to creativity.
Module #2 Why is Art Important?
This module speaks to some questions about the utility of art.
Module #3 The Elements and Principles of Design
In this module we will discuss the formal names and terms for the nuts and bolts of how the visual arts work.
Module #4 World Tour: Prehistory
This module is an introduction to some of the earliest art humans have created.
Module #5 World Tour: Japan
You'll be taking a look at the cultural context of painting in Japan, and you'll be learning a lot about how different modes of perception were in ancient Japan than they were in Europe.
Module #6 World Tour: Ghana
You'll be taking a look at the cultural context of Ghanaian Kente cloth, and you'll be learning about its cultural significance. You will also begin to learn about the art of ceramics.
Module #7 World Tour Italy & Iran
You'll be taking a look at the cultural context of the Italian Renaissance, an important art movement that swept through Europe and ended up becoming the foundation for much of the art of the Western world up until the present day. You'll also be taking a look at the cultural context of the development of mosques in Iran, and at the end of the module, trying your hand at creating a tessellation.
Module #8 Impressionism
Become familiar with the cultural context involved in Impressionism. Understand how technology influenced Impressionist painting.
Module #9 Vincent Van Gogh & Post Impressionism
We will look at several examples of Post-Impressionism and will then specifically focus on one Post-Impressionist artist, Vincent van Gogh.
Module #10 Dada, Cubism, Surrealism & Abstraction
Understand how Dada, cubism, and surrealism reflected technological, cultural, and emotional contexts of the early 20th century. We will also discuss abstraction in art, a way of making images that don't refer to something concrete in the visible world.
Module #11 Abstract Expressionism & Contemporary Art
In this module we will discuss abstract expressionism, an art movement centered in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s. We will also discuss a range of artwork being created in recent years.
Module #12 Final Papers and Exam
Research an artist or art movement from class. Understand that artist or art movement in its cultural context.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health & Disease, HLTH-2010, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
.Final Exam
Description:
1.1 Defining Health
In this section, you will spend one week learning about the medical and wellness models of health through reading and discussion. You will also define health and lifestyle disease, as well as learn basic theoretical concepts about behavior change theory.
1.2 Maintaining Wellness
In this section, you will spend one week learning about mind and body wellness and how the aging process influences health. This section will be the first step in developing a foundation that will improve your understanding of mental and physical health.
1.3 Mental Health
In this section, you will spend one week in which mental health is emphasized. This includes a focus on how to manage stress and coping strategies for thoughts and emotions. This section will expand your foundation of knowledge of mental and physical health.
2.1 Nutrition & Weight Management
In this section, you will spend one week learning about proper nutrition and how to manage a healthy weight. An emphasis will be placed on your personal nutrition and health status. Additional information will be provided on body image and eating disorders. This section will continue to expand your foundation of knowledge of mental and physical health.
2.2 Physical Activity
In this section, you will spend one week learning about the importance of physical activity in maintaining mental and physical health. You will learn about components of physical activity and how to integrate physical activity into your chosen lifestyle. This section will allow you to see the connection between Mental and Physical Health.
2.3 Unintentional and Intentional Injuries
This section will introduce you to both unintentional injuries (accidents) and intentional injuries. You will explore the increasing presence of violence within our society. A focus will be placed on prevention methods and efforts to reduce accidents, injuries, violence, and special emphasis will be placed on preventing intimate partner violence.
2.4 Healthy Sexuality
This section will discuss various reasons for fertility control as well as methods of contraception. Sexually transmitted diseases will be outlined as an introduction to Module 3 which focuses on Immunity and Infection.
3.1 Infections and Immunity
In this section will learn about the most common infectious diseases and describe their history, etiology, and prevalence, symptoms, recommend basic treatment for each disease, and design disease prevention plans across the lifespan.
3.2 Cardiovascular Disease
In this section will learn about the most common cardiovascular diseases and describe their history, etiology, and prevalence, symptoms, recommend basic treatment for each disease, and design disease prevention plans across the lifespan.
3.3 Cancer
In this section will learn about the most common cancers and describe their history, etiology, and prevalence, symptoms, recommend basic treatment for each disease, and design disease prevention plans across the lifespan.
3.4 Heredity and Disease
In this section will learn about the most common inherited diseases and describe their history, etiology, and prevalence, symptoms, recommend basic treatment for each disease, and design disease prevention plans across the lifespan.
3.5 Using Drugs Responsibly
In this section, students will learn about drugs and medication. The focus is placed upon the different types of drugs and common challenges, such as misuse, abuse, and addiction. The information in this section concludes with methods of reducing drug use.
3.5 Psychoactive Drugs
In this section students will learn about psychoactive drug use in the United States including alcohol, tobacco, marijuana, and caffeine. This will include a look at the mental and physical effects of the use of these substances. Treatment options will also be discussed.
4.1 Health Care Decisions
In this section, students will learn about making decisions within the health care environment that improve health. This will include traditional and non-traditional methods of treating illness and disease.
4.2 Healthy Environment
In this section, students will learn about environmental factors that influence health. Emphasis will be placed on improving environmental conditions that include air pollution, carbon footprints, water pollution, land pollution, and noise pollution.
Required Reading: Edlin, G. & Golanty, E. (2023). Health & Wellness, 14th edition. Burlington, MA: Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Recommended Reading: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Links to an external site.. : Healthy People provides science-based, 10-year national objectives for improving the health of all Americans. National Commission for Health Education Credentialing. Links to an external site. : The mission of NCHEC is to enhance the professional practice of Health Education by promoting and sustaining a credentialed body of Health Education Specialists. National Center for Health Statistics. Links to an external site. : The National Center for Health Statistics is a principal agency of the U.S. Federal Statistical System which provides statistical information to guide actions and policies to improve the health of the American people.. National Health Information Center. Links to an external site. : NHIC supports public health education and promotion by maintaining a calendar of National Health Observances. Alzheimer’s Disease and Related Disorders Foundation. Links to an external site. : The Alzheimer's Association is the leading voluntary health organization in Alzheimer's care, support and research. American Association of Retired Persons (AARP). Links to an external site. : AARP is a United States-based interest group whose stated mission is ""to empower people to choose how they live as they age."". American Psychosomatic Society. Links to an external site. : The APS mission is to advance and integrate the scientific study of biological, psychological, behavioral and social factors in health and disease. American Society of Clinical Hypnosis. Links to an external site. : ASCH offers professional hypnosis training workshops, certification, and networking opportunities that can enhance both professional and personal lives. The Association for Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback, Inc. Links to an external site. : It is the mission of AAPB to promote and represent the science and practice of self-regulation to enhance health and performance. It is the association’s vision to integrate self-regulation into everyday life. National Hospice and Palliative Care Organization. Links to an external site. : The organization is committed to improving end-of-life care and expanding access to hospice care with the goal of profoundly enhancing quality of life for people dying in America and their loved ones.. National Council on Aging. Links to an external site. : Their goal is to improve the health and economic security of 10 million older adults by 2020. Check out these other optional resources: American Institute of Stress. Links to an external site.: The mission of AIS is to improve the health of the community and the world by setting the standard of excellence of stress management in education, research, clinical care and the workplace. American Association of Suicidology. Links to an external site.: Their mission is to promote the understanding and prevention of suicide and support those who have been affected by it. Anchoring Tutorial. : Links to an external site.An online tutorial on how to quiet your mind, facilitated by Eric Golanty, PhD, coauthor of Health & Wellness, and Professor of Health at Las Positas College. Brain & Behavior Research Foundation. Links to an external site.: The Brain & Behavior Research Foundation is committed to alleviating the suffering caused by mental illness by awarding grants that will lead to advances and breakthroughs in scientific research. Building Resilience Links to an external site. : The United Way of Utah County has an excellent resource on building resilience called Everyday Strong. A must ""listen to"" for future parents, parents, grandparents (okay, all of us)! Option B Links to an external site.is an organization that helps people who are navigating hardship to find a way forward. MedlinePlus. Links to an external site. : Stress resources from the U.S. National Library of Medicine. National Mental Health Consumers’ Self-Help Clearinghouse. Links to an external site. : Clearinghouse is a peer-run national technical assistance and resource center that fosters recovery, self-determination, and community inclusion. National Institute of Mental Health. Links to an external site. : NIMH is the lead federal agency for research on mental disorders. You will need the USDA website below to complete your 2.1 Assignment. DRI Calculator for Healthcare Professionals (usda.gov) Links to an external site.: Because dietary recommendations are highly personalized, check out this calculator for your personal Dietary Reference Intake. Check out these other optional resources: Center for Eating Disorders at Sheppard Pratt. Links to an external site. : The Center for Eating Disorders provides treatment for adults, adolescents and children with complex eating disorders. Food and Nutrition Board. Links to an external site. : The National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine has a long history of examining the nation’s nutritional well-being and providing sound and providing guidance to policy makers and the public about the application of nutrition and food sciences to improve human health. National Association of Anorexia Nervosa and Associated Disorders. Links to an external site. : The National Association of Anorexia Nervosa and Associated Disorders is the oldest organization aimed at fighting eating disorders in the United States. National Eating Disorders Association. Links to an external site. : NEDA supports individuals and families affected by eating disorders, and serves as a catalyst for prevention, cures and access to quality care. USDA Center for Nutrition Policy and Promotion Links to an external site.. Links to an external site. : The FNS Center for Nutrition Policy and Promotion works to improve the health and well-being of Americans by developing and promoting dietary guidance that links scientific research to the nutrition needs of consumers. Vegetarian Resource Group. Links to an external site. : VRG is a non-profit organization dedicated to educating the public on vegetarianism and veganism and the interrelated issues of health, nutrition, ecology, ethics, and world hunger. Weight Watchers International, Inc. Links to an external site. : An American company that offers various products and services to assist in healthy habits, including weight loss and maintenance, fitness, and mindset. IDEA: The Association for Fitness Professionals. Links to an external site. : IDEA Health & Fitness Association is the world’s leading organization of fitness and wellness professionals including personal trainers, group fitness instructors, fitness directors and fitness business owners. President’s Council on Sports, Fitness & Nutrition. Links to an external site. : The President's Council's mission is to increase sports participation among youth of all backgrounds and abilities and to promote healthy and active lifestyles for all Americans. Yoga Alliance. Links to an external site. : Yoga Alliance is the largest nonprofit association representing the yoga community. American Red Cross. Links to an external site. : Everything from providing relief and support to those in crisis, to helping you be prepared to respond in emergencies. Child Help. Links to an external site. : They are committed to helping victims of child abuse. The Genesis Foundation for Children. Links to an external site. : It is their mission to help children with genetic disorders, rare diseases, and disabilities reach their full potential and lead happy, productive lives. National Coalition Against Domestic Violence (NCADV). Links to an external site. : Their mission is to lead, mobilize and raise our voices to support efforts that demand a change of conditions that lead to domestic violence such as patriarchy, privilege, racism, sexism, and classism. National Safety Council. Links to an external site. : The National Safety Council is a nonprofit organization with the mission of eliminating preventable deaths at work, in homes and communities, and on the road through leadership, research, education and advocacy. National Sexual Violence Resource Center. Links to an external site. : The NSVRC is the leading nonprofit in providing information and tools to prevent and respond to sexual violence. Links to an external site. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Links to an external site. : Created to assure safe and healthful working conditions for working men and women by setting and enforcing standards and by providing training, outreach, education and assistance. American Sexual Health Association. Links to an external site. : They promote the sexual health of individuals, families and communities by advocating sound policies and practices and educating the public, professionals and policy makers, in order to foster healthy sexual behaviors and relationships and prevent adverse health outcomes. Links to an external site. Planned Parenthood Links to an external site. provides information about various methods of birth control. You can also find a health center near you, like this one in St. George: Birth Control & STD Testing - Saint George, UT (plannedparenthood.org) Links to an external site. The Booth Wellness Center Links to an external site. also offers STI testing and physicals, like well-woman checks. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Division of STDs. Links to an external site. : As the nation’s health protection agency, CDC saves lives and protects people from health threats. HIVInsite. Links to an external site. : HIV InSite was the original project of the UCSF Center for HIV Information. Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS. Links to an external site. : UNAIDS is working towards stopping new HIV infections, ensuring that everyone living with HIV has access to HIV treatment, protecting and promoting human rights and producing data for decision-making. American Lyme Disease Foundation. Links to an external site. : The American Lyme Disease Foundation (ALDF) is dedicated to the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of Lyme disease which, in the U.S., has been defined historically as a tick-borne bacterial infection caused by the spirochete, Borrelia burgdorferi sensu stricto. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Links to an external site. : CDC increases the health security of our nation. National Multiple Sclerosis Society Links to an external site.. : The National MS Society's vision is ""A World Free of MS."" American Sexual Health Association (ASHA). Links to an external site. : The American Sexual Health Association promotes the sexual health of individuals, families and communities by advocating sound policies and practices and educating the public, professionals and policy makers. Links to an external site. National Vaccine Information Center. Links to an external site. : The non-profit NVIC is an independent clearinghouse for information on diseases and vaccine science, policy, law and the ethical principle of informed consent. American Heart Association. Links to an external site. : The AHA has grown into the nation’s oldest and largest voluntary organization dedicated to fighting heart disease and stroke. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. Links to an external site. : The NHLBI's Strategic Vision rests on four mission-driven goals that will benefit from sustained Institute focus. Eight objectives organize the 132 Research Priorities. Links to an external site. Huntsman Cancer Institute Links to an external site.: Resources for patients and families in Utah. American Cancer Society. Links to an external site. : The American Cancer Society is on a mission to free the world from cancer. Cancer Connection. Links to an external site. : Cancer Connection offers a haven where people living with cancer, their families and their caregivers can learn how to cope with their changed lives and bodies and emotional turmoil by sharing strategies and resources. National Cancer Institute. Links to an external site. : The NCI is the federal government's principal agency for cancer research and training. Newborn Screening in Utah Links to an external site.: This source provides information for families and healthcare professionals regarding the newborn screenings available in the state of Utah. The Genesis Foundation for Children Links to an external site.. : The mission of The Genesis Foundation for Children is to provide funding for the diagnosis and compassionate, coordinated care of children born with physical, intellectual, and genetic disorders, and to aid them in achieving their full potential. Links to an external site. March of Dimes. Links to an external site. : March of Dimes leads the fight for the health of all moms and babies. National Down Syndrome Society. Links to an external site. : The National Down Syndrome Society is the leading human rights organization for all individuals with Down syndrome. Center on Addiction. Links to an external site. : They are on a mission to transform how our nation addresses addiction. National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA). Links to an external site. : On a mission to advance science on the causes and consequences of drug use and addiction and to apply that knowledge to improve individual and public health. Phoenix House. Links to an external site. : Helping individuals rediscover their strength through effective substance use disorder treatment. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Links to an external site. : The Food and Drug Administration is responsible for protecting the public health by ensuring the safety, efficacy, and security of human and veterinary drugs, biological products, and medical devices. Action on Smoking and Health (ASH). Links to an external site. : Since 1967, they've been defying the odds and pushing back against Big Tobacco, leading to a reduced death toll from tobacco. Al-Anon Family Groups. Links to an external site. : Al-Anon members are people, just like you, who are worried about someone with a drinking problem. Alcoholics Anonymous. Links to an external site. : The General Service Office in New York serves the A.A. groups as a clearinghouse and exchange point for the wealth of A.A. experience accumulated over the years, coordinates a wide array of activities and services, and oversees A.A. Conference-approved literature and service materials. American Lung Association. Links to an external site. : The American Lung Association is the leading organization working to save lives by improving lung health and preventing lung disease, through research, education and advocacy. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA). Links to an external site. : The NIAAA is one of the 27 institutes and centers that comprise the National Institutes of Health (NIH). SmokeFree. Links to an external site. : The National Cancer Institute (NCI) created Smokefree.gov to help you or someone you care about quit smoking. Students Against Destructive Decisions (SADD). Links to an external site. : SADD’s mission is to empower young people to successfully confront the risks and pressures that challenge them throughout their daily lives. The Center for Consumer Information & Insurance Oversight (CCIIO). Links to an external site. : The Center for Consumer Information and Insurance Oversight (CCIIO) is charged with helping implement many reforms of the Affordable Care Act, the historic health reform bill that was signed into law March 23, 2010. Links to an external site. National Council Against Health Fraud, Inc.. Links to an external site. : NCAHF was a private nonprofit, voluntary health agency that focused upon health misinformation, fraud, and quackery as public health problems. National Center for Complementary and Integrative Medicine. Links to an external site. : The NCCIH is the Federal Government’s lead agency for scientific research on the diverse medical and health care systems, practices, and products that are not generally considered part of conventional medicine. The Patient Care Partnership. Links to an external site. : Replacing the AHA's Patients' Bill of Rights, this plain language brochure informs patients about what they should expect during their hospital stay with regard to their rights and responsibilities. UT-EPHT - Utah Environmental Public Health Tracking Network Links to an external site. this is an excellent local website that can provide environmental health data on a variety of topics. This site can be useful in your academic life as you take classes related to environmental health, or your personal life as you choose to eat in particular restaurants, investigate where to live based on radon, air quality, mold, and climate. Home - Utah Department of Environmental Quality Links to an external site. provides information about air quality, radon, and water in the state of Utah. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Links to an external site. : Their mission is to protect human health and the environment. Links to an external site. EPA Hazardous Waste Hotline Links to an external site. . : Report a possible violation of environmental laws and regulations. National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS). Links to an external site. : The National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) is expanding and accelerating its contributions to scientific knowledge of human health and the environment, and to the health and well-being of people everywhere.
Capstone I, UXD-6600, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements
The following are the major grade-earning assignments for UXD 6600: Capstone I:
Project Proposal: Define the UX problem space, audience, project goals, and industry relevance.
Project Charter & Timeline: Establish scope, milestones, team roles (if applicable), tools, and schedule.
Research & Discovery Summary: Conduct competitive analysis, identify user personas, and draft user flows.
Midterm Presentation: Present project concept, charter, research findings, and early wireframes to the class.
Initial Prototype: Create and submit low- to mid-fidelity interactive wireframes with rationale for design choices.
Capstone Review Panel Presentation: Present work-in-progress to a panel of faculty and industry professionals for critique.
Peer Feedback Participation: Provide constructive feedback in peer reviews and critique sessions.
Description:
Week 1: Course Kickoff
Introduces course goals, expectations, and capstone project parameters.
Week 2: Project Ideation
Students explore project ideas and receive feedback from peers and the instructor.
Week 3: Proposal Workshop
Students refine and submit a formal capstone project proposal.
Week 4: UX Strategy
Focuses on defining project goals and conducting competitive UX analysis.
Week 5: Research Methods
Students develop personas and gather user insights through interviews and observation.
Week 6: Charter & Timeline
Submission of project roadmap including deliverables, tools, and scheduling.
Week 7: Midpoint Check-in
Internal critique and preparation for formal midterm presentation.
Week 8: Midterm Panel
Presentation of project progress and feedback from a faculty/industry panel.
Week 9: Wireframing & Flows
Students begin translating ideas into interface wireframes and user flows.
Week 10: Prototyping I
Build initial low-fidelity prototypes of the capstone interface.
Week 11: Feedback + Iteration
Students engage in peer critiques and iterate on design based on feedback.
Week 12: Prototyping II
Refine interactive prototypes with improved layout and usability considerations.
Week 13: Presentation Strategy
Prepare storytelling slides and structure for the final panel presentation.
Week 14: Final Presentations
Final delivery and reflection in front of a capstone panel.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Social Problems, SOC-1020, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Brief Research Paper
In this writing assignment, you will research one social problem of interest to you. You will also research at least one policy solution that seeks to address this problem and include it in your paper.
The paper should be 3-5 pages excluding the title page and references. Papers should be formatted in either the APA or ASA styles (no abstract is needed). Visit https://owl.purdue.edu/Links to an external site. for style guides on these formatting styles. Your paper should contain separate title and reference pages.
Discussions
There will be 2 discussions each week except for the last week related to the topics covered in each module. These discussions will require you to read an article, watch a video, or complete a short research assignment then participate in a discussion with your classmates. Please read the discussion instructions carefully so you understand each assignment. Each discussion will be worth 10 points and there will be 11 discussions. I will drop your lowest score or you can choose to skip one discussion with no penalty (total points 100).
Quizzes
You will take 2 quizzes each week except for the last week when there will only be one. These quizzes are based on the readings and lectures. There will be 11 quizzes. Each quiz will be worth 10 points. You may take each quiz up to 2 times. I will drop your lowest score or you can choose to skip one quiz with no penalty (Total: 100 points).
Description:
Topic: Sociology & the Study of Social Problems
Reading: Chapter 1
Topics: Poverty and Racial Inequality
Readings: Chapters 2 & 3
Topics: Aging and Families
Readings: Chapters 6 & 10
Topics: Education and the Economy
Readings: Chapters 11 & 12
Topics: Health and Medicine & Substance Use and Abuse
Reading: Chapters 13 & 7
Topic: Crime and Criminal Justice
Reading: Chapter 8
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Social Problems: Continuity and Change (OER online textbook)
Intro to Sociology, SOC-1010, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Inquizitives
Each chapter of our textbook has a quiz connected to it. These quizzes are gamified, meaning you can change the number of points that questions are worth depending on how confident you are with your knowledge of that content area. These quizzes are designed to deepen your understanding of the concepts and theories presented in these chapters. The great part about these quizzes is that you can redo them over and over until you reach your desired score!
Inquizitives are due on the date of the exam for that group of chapters. For instance, Inquizitives 1-5 are due on the day we take Exam #1; 6-10 are due on the day we take Exam #2; and the rest on the day we take Exam #3. In addition, these are not ""one and done"" quizzes. You can revisit them whenever you want to raise your score before the due date.
'Inequality in the News' Analysis Paper:
Locate and analyze a recent article (2020 or newer) from The New York Times or Washington Post that discusses any aspect of stratification and inequality, locally or globally. Then, write a 3-4-page paper that does the following:
• Briefly sums up the article
• Discusses how information in the article can be analyzed with three concepts drawn from course material on stratification and inequality. This includes readings and power points on Stratification and Inequality, and corresponding class discussions.
• Provides title and references pages using APA or MLA style
Data Workshops:
I want you not only to read and learn about sociology but get out there and actually apply what you're learning! To this end, we will be doing a number of the Data Workshops (DW) included in ""The Real World"" textbook along with a few of my design. These activities allow you to take concepts and methods you are reading about and put them into action. Each DW contains two parts: an analysis you do on your own and post to a discussion board, and your replies to two classmates. I will drop your two lowest scores or you may choose to skip 2 DWs without penalty. There are no data workshops due during exam weeks.
Exams:
There will be TWO exams during the semester. Questions will be drawn from readings and lectures and will be multiple-choice, T/F, and short answer. Each exam is worth 100 points and contains 30-40 questions. Exams are open-note but not open book.
Description:
Ch 1: Sociology and the Real World
Ch 2: Studying Social Life
Ch 3: Culture
Ch 4: Socialization, Interaction, and the Self
Ch 5: Separate and Together: Life in Groups
Ch 6: Deviance
Ch 7: Social Class
Ch 8: Race/Ethnicity
Ch 9: Gender and Sexuality
Ch 10: Politics, Education & Religion
Ch 12: Life at Home: Families and Relationships
Ch 14: Health and Illness
Required Reading: The Real World, 8th edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
AT Clin Skills, MAT-6150, Section 01B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Practical Exams, Written exams, attendance, other assignments.
Description:
Unit 1: Ankle/ Foot & Access to care/ Patient Preferences: This unit discusses taping and bracing techniques for the foot and ankle. It also discusses the concepts of Access to Care and Patient Preferences from Pickers Principles for Patient Centered Care.
Unit 2: Lower Leg/ Knee & Patient Interviewing: This unit discusses taping and bracing techniques for the lower leg and knee. It also discusses patient centered interviewing, a core component of Pickers Principles for Patient Centered Care.
Unit 3: Pelvis/ Thigh & Coordination/ Integration of Care and Continuity/ Transition of care. This unit discusses taping and bracing principals for the thigh and hip. It also discusses Coordination and Integration of Care as well as Continuity and Transition of care, from Pickers Principles for Patient Centered Care.
Unit 4: Spine/ Thorax/ Head & Information and Education: This unit discusses taping and bracing techniques for the Spine/ Thorax/ Head. It also discusses Information and Education, from Pickers Principles for Patient Centered Care.
Unit 5: Shoulder/ Elbow & Emotional Support: This unit discusses taping and bracing techniques for the Shoulder/ Elbow. It also discusses Emotional Support, from Pickers Principles for Patient Centered Care.
Unit 6: Wrist/ Hand & Social Support: This unit discusses taping and bracing techniques for the Wrist/ Hand. It also discusses Social Support, from Pickers Principles for Patient Centered Care.
Required Reading: ATu Clinical Pattern Recognition
Recommended Reading: n/a
NREMT Registry and Testing, EMS-2801, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Final Grade Breakdown
1. Assignments and Projects‐ 40%
2. Discussions‐ 30%
3. Quizzes and Tests‐ 30%
Course Assignments
Achievement of this outcome is measured through:
Week 2 Quiz
Week 3 Quiz
Week 4 Quiz
Week 5 Quiz
Week 6 Quiz
Week 7 Quiz
Week 8 Quiz
Week 9 Quiz
Week 10 Quiz
Fisdap Comprehensive Exam 5
Cardiology Study Week 1
Trauma Assessment-Test
Static Cardiology-Practice
Pediatric Scenario Week 2 (A)
Pediatric Scenario Week 2 (B)
Oral Station-Practice
Static Cardiology-Test
Cardiology Study Week 3
Adult Scenario Week 3 (A)
Adult Scenario Week 3 (B)
Oral Station (Test)
Dynamic Cardiology (Practice)
Pediatric Scenario Week 4 (A)
Pediatric Scenario Week 4 (B)
Med Administration Week 1
Med Math
Hare Traction-Pass-off
Description:
Course Learning Outcomes
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
Differentiate assessment findings of critical and stable trauma patients across the lifespan.
(Aligns with PLO 1, 3, and 4)
Distinguish between the need for basic and advanced life support and use assessment-based management in making transport decisions.
(Aligns with PLO 1, 3, and 4)
Integrate critical decision-making skills with the patient's holistic needs in determining appropriate interventions.
(Aligns with PLO 1, 3, and 4)
Justify treatment decisions using evidence-based practice.
(Aligns with PLO 1, 3, 4, and 5)
Modify treatment plans based on changes in the patient's condition.
(Aligns with PLO 1, 3, and 4)
Required Reading: Nancy Caroline's Emergency Care in the Streets‐ 8th Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
NREMT Registry and Testing, EMS-2801, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Final Grade Breakdown
1. Assignments and Projects‐ 40%
2. Discussions‐ 30%
3. Quizzes and Tests‐ 30%
Course Assignments
Achievement of this outcome is measured through:
Week 2 Quiz
Week 3 Quiz
Week 4 Quiz
Week 5 Quiz
Week 6 Quiz
Week 7 Quiz
Week 8 Quiz
Week 9 Quiz
Week 10 Quiz
Fisdap Comprehensive Exam 5
Cardiology Study Week 1
Trauma Assessment-Test
Static Cardiology-Practice
Pediatric Scenario Week 2 (A)
Pediatric Scenario Week 2 (B)
Oral Station-Practice
Static Cardiology-Test
Cardiology Study Week 3
Adult Scenario Week 3 (A)
Adult Scenario Week 3 (B)
Oral Station (Test)
Dynamic Cardiology (Practice)
Pediatric Scenario Week 4 (A)
Pediatric Scenario Week 4 (B)
Med Administration Week 1
Med Math
Hare Traction-Pass-off
Description:
Course Learning Outcomes
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
Differentiate assessment findings of critical and stable trauma patients across the lifespan.
(Aligns with PLO 1, 3, and 4)
Distinguish between the need for basic and advanced life support and use assessment-based management in making transport decisions.
(Aligns with PLO 1, 3, and 4)
Integrate critical decision-making skills with the patient's holistic needs in determining appropriate interventions.
(Aligns with PLO 1, 3, and 4)
Justify treatment decisions using evidence-based practice.
(Aligns with PLO 1, 3, 4, and 5)
Modify treatment plans based on changes in the patient's condition.
(Aligns with PLO 1, 3, and 4)
Required Reading: Nancy Caroline's Emergency Care in the Streets‐ 8th Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Clin Anatomy, MAT-6100, Section 01B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Practical Exams, Written Exams, Attendance, Quizzes, Other Assignments
Description:
Unit 1: Leg and Foot: Identify, palpate, and describe the skeletal anatomy of the leg and foot including the ankle and other joints. Identify, palpate, and describe muscular anatomy of the leg and foot. Demonstrate a basic understanding of the biomechanics of the ankle and foot. Describe the anatomical movement of the lower leg and foot.
Unit 2: Knee and Patellofemoral: Identify, palpate, and describe the skeletal anatomy of the knee. Identify, palpate, and describe muscular anatomy of the knee. demonstrate a basic understanding of the biomechanics of the knee. Describe the anatomical movement of the knee.
Unit 3: Pelvis and Thigh: Identify, palpate, and describe the skeletal anatomy of the Pelvis and Thigh. Identify, palpate, and describe muscular anatomy of the Pelvis and Thigh. demonstrate a basic understanding of the biomechanics of the Pelvis and Thigh. Describe the anatomical movement of the Pelvis and Thigh.
Unit 4: Spine, Thorax, Neck, and Head: Identify, palpate, and describe the skeletal anatomy of the Spine, Thorax, Neck, and Head. Identify, palpate, and describe muscular anatomy of the Spine, Thorax, Neck, and Head. demonstrate a basic understanding of the biomechanics of the Spine, Thorax, Neck, and Head. Describe the anatomical movement of the Spine, Thorax, Neck, and Head.
Unit 5: Shoulder and Arm: Identify, palpate, and describe the skeletal anatomy of the Shoulder and Arm. Identify, palpate, and describe muscular anatomy of the Shoulder and Arm. demonstrate a basic understanding of the biomechanics of the Shoulder and Arm. Describe the anatomical movement of the Shoulder and Arm.
Unit 6: Forearm and Hand: Identify, palpate, and describe the skeletal anatomy of the Forearm and Hand. Identify, palpate, and describe muscular anatomy of the Forearm and Hand. demonstrate a basic understanding of the biomechanics of the Forearm and Hand. Describe the anatomical movement of the Forearm and Hand.
Required Reading: Trail Guide to the Body 6th Edition by Andrew Biel. ISBN: 9780998785066 Trail Guide to Movement 2nd Edition by Andrew Biel. ISBN: 978-0-9914666-2-7
Recommended Reading: Available Companion Apps: 15$ each, be sure to read reviews before purchasing (Optional) Anatomy Mapp (Optional) Palpation Mapp
Int Clin Exp III, MAT-6003, Section 01B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Clinical Assignment Grade, Simulations, Class Assignments
Description:
CLO 1. Demonstrate the ability to interact with other medical and health care personnel.
CLO 2. Apply knowledge, skills, and abilities, learned previously in the classroom, in a practical setting.
CLO 3. Gain increasing amounts of clinically supervised experiences leading to autonomous clinical practice upon graduation.
Required Reading: n/a
Recommended Reading: n/a
Paramedic Clinical III, EMS-2820, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Final Grade Breakdown
Assignments and Projects – 40%
Discussions – 30%
Quizzes and Tests – 30%
Assignment Descriptions
Document skills performed or observed: Medications, IVs, Live Intubation, Ventilations, and Endotracheal Intubation
Description:
Course Learning Outcomes
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
Differentiate assessment findings of neurologic patients with those found in normal human physiology.
[PLO 1] Formulate a treatment plan for all patient populations using knowledge of pathophysiology and assessment-based management.
Compare neurological assessment details in acute versus chronic pathophysiology.
[PLO 1] Formulate a treatment plan for all patient populations using knowledge of pathophysiology and assessment-based management.
Administer 12-lead EKGs to patients in the acute setting.
[PLO 3] Integrate evidence-based practices and critical decision making to safely perform psychomotor skills for patients across the lifespan.
[PLO 5] Illustrate professional paramedic roles and responsibilities through demonstration of ethical principles and moral responsibilities.
Required Reading: Nancy Caroline's Emergency Care in the Streets‐ 8th Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fnd Clin AT Care III, MAT-6203, Section 01B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Clinical Assignment Grade, Simulations, Class Assignments
Description:
CLO 1. Demonstrate how to develop a therapeutic relationship supporting patient's rights, dignity, autonomy, and cultural preferences using the athletic trainer's knowledge, skills, attitudes, and experiences to facilitate dynamic, goal-oriented care individually designed to meet the needs of patients and families when performing basic athletic training skills.
CLO 3. Begin to utilize their own cognition skills and ability to work with others when performing basic Athletic Training skills.
CLO 4. Demonstrate the skills necessary to maintain therapeutic communication with patients and families as well as other members of the health care team by utilizing informatics, verbal, and non-verbal means when performing basic athletic training skills.
CLO 5. Identify how diverse cultural, ethnic, and social backgrounds function as sources of patient and family values and how to provide basic
CLO 6. Exhibit the ethical and legal parameters to ensure adherence to standards of athletic training practice, health policy, and quality improvement measures while performing basic athletic training skills.
Required Reading: n/a
Recommended Reading: n/a
Paramedic Field III, EMS-2850, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Final Grade Breakdown
Assignments and Projects – 40%
Discussions – 30%
Quizzes and Tests – 30%
Assignment Descriptions
Write a patient care report including all the skills that were performed or observed and an effective patient narrative along with a thorough patient assessment.
Meet monthly with the field coordinator to discuss progress, charting, and overall field experience.
Description:
Course Learning Outcomes
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
Demonstrate a comprehensive patient assessment including detailed physical exam and patient history.
[PLO 1] Formulate a treatment plan for all patient populations using knowledge of pathophysiology and assessment-based management.
[PLO 5] Illustrate professional paramedic roles and responsibilities through demonstration of ethical principles and moral responsibilities.
Devise a patient care plan based on assessment findings.
[PLO 1] Formulate a treatment plan for all patient populations using knowledge of pathophysiology and assessment-based management.
[PLO 5] Illustrate professional paramedic roles and responsibilities through demonstration of ethical principles and moral responsibilities.
Distinguish the need for basic versus advanced airway interventions.
[PLO 1] Formulate a treatment plan for all patient populations using knowledge of pathophysiology and assessment-based management.
[PLO 5] Illustrate professional paramedic roles and responsibilities through demonstration of ethical principles and moral responsibilities.
Recommend specific basic and advanced life support interventions in the trauma patient.
[PLO 1] Formulate a treatment plan for all patient populations using knowledge of pathophysiology and assessment-based management.
[PLO 5] Illustrate professional paramedic roles and responsibilities through demonstration of ethical principles and moral responsibilities.
Order appropriate pharmacologic interventions based on patient presentation and assessment findings.
[PLO 1] Formulate a treatment plan for all patient populations using knowledge of pathophysiology and assessment-based management.
[PLO 5] Illustrate professional paramedic roles and responsibilities through demonstration of ethical principles and moral responsibilities.
Required Reading: Nancy Caroline's Emergency Care in the Streets‐ 8th Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Chapter Quizzes. Exams.
Description:
Chapter 1. Introducing interpersonal.
Chapter 2. Perception.
Chapter 6. Verbal communication.
Chapter 7. Nonverbal communication.
Chapter 10. Conflict.
Chapter 11. Romantic.
Chapter 12. Family.
Chapter 13. Friends.
Required Reading: McCornack & Morrison (2022). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication (6th ed.).
Recommended Reading: N/A
Family Communication, COMM-3120, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Quizzes. Exams. Used to have more active learning material, but due to class size extensions of which we, as a faculty, have expressed continued concern and impediment on our ability to effectively teach our courses, have had to reduce such assignments to effectively turn grades around in line with policy.
Description:
Chapter 1. The idea of family.
Chapter 2. Family communication.
Chapter 3. Family communication theories.
Chapter 4. Roles.
Chapter 5. Maintenance.
Chapter 9. Conflict.
Chapter 10. Family life transitions.
Chapter 11. Unexpected stress.
Required Reading: Galvin, K. M., Braithwaite, D. O., Schrodt, P., & Bylund, C. L. (2019). Family communication: Cohesion and change (10th ed.).
Recommended Reading: N/A
Paramedic Capstone, EMS-2950, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Final Grade Breakdown
1. Assignments and Projects‐ 40%
2. Discussions‐ 30%
3. Quizzes and Tests‐ 30%
Assignment Descriptions
Act as a competent and effective EMT Advanced.
Lead all calls as the Team Leader with one (1) to two (2) prompts or less.
Focus on leadership, not skills — skills are a secondary focus.
No more than two (2) consecutive fails as Team Leader.
Write a patient care report with all skills that were performed or observed, including an effective patient narrative and patient assessment.
Description:
Course Learning Outcomes
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
Demonstrate a comprehensive patient assessment including detailed physical exam and patient history.
[PLO 1] Formulate a treatment plan for all patient populations using knowledge of pathophysiology and assessment-based management.
[PLO 5] Illustrate professional paramedic roles and responsibilities through demonstration of ethical principles and moral responsibilities.
Devise a patient care plan based on assessment findings.
[PLO 1] Formulate a treatment plan for all patient populations using knowledge of pathophysiology and assessment-based management.
[PLO 5] Illustrate professional paramedic roles and responsibilities through demonstration of ethical principles and moral responsibilities.
Distinguish the need for basic versus advanced airway interventions.
[PLO 1] Formulate a treatment plan for all patient populations using knowledge of pathophysiology and assessment-based management.
[PLO 5] Illustrate professional paramedic roles and responsibilities through demonstration of ethical principles and moral responsibilities.
Recommend specific basic and advanced life support interventions in the trauma patient.
[PLO 1] Formulate a treatment plan for all patient populations using knowledge of pathophysiology and assessment-based management.
[PLO 5] Illustrate professional paramedic roles and responsibilities through demonstration of ethical principles and moral responsibilities.
Order appropriate pharmacologic interventions based on patient presentation and assessment findings.
[PLO 1] Formulate a treatment plan for all patient populations using knowledge of pathophysiology and assessment-based management.
[PLO 5] Illustrate professional paramedic roles and responsibilities through demonstration of ethical principles and moral responsibilities.
Required Reading: Nancy Caroline's Emergency Care in the Streets‐ 8th Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Medical Terminology, HLOC-1000, Section 40B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
EXAMS & GRADING
1. Interactive Discussions (15% weight of final grade)
2. MLL Assignments (45% weight of final grade)
3. Quizzes & Exams (40% weight of final grade)
MAJOR ASSIGNMENTS
This course has a midterm and a final. You are required to take them on the scheduled dates. Active participation and engagement will serve as your study guide.
DISCUSSION GRADING
In order to get 100% on your discussion grades, you are expected to follow the grading rubric. See each individual grading rubric for detail on points.
Description:
STRUCTURE AND SCHEDULE
The course has been structured into 7 instructional modules. Each module represents two weeks’ worth of coursework for the full semester schedule. Modules begin with an overview of the week's objectives and tasks. The modules also contain the instructional pages, discussions, assignments, and quizzes. Please make sure to view and complete each module in its entirety.
Week 1 and 2 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify the word root and primary meaning of selected medical terms.
· Identify the origin and root.
· Decipher terms that seem similar.
· Identify the suffix.
· Link word roots and combine forms with suffixes.
· Define common prefixes used in medical terminology.
Module 1
Week 3 and 4 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Define and identify the terms used in the organization and structure of the body
· Identify the major organs of the integumentary system, their structure and function
· Identify and define common medical terms related to the digestive system
Module 2
Week 5 and 6 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the respiratory system
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the cardiovascular system
Module 3
Week 7 and 8 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the respiratory system
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the cardiovascular system
Module 4
Week 9 and 10 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the blood, lymph, and immune systems
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the musculoskeletal system.
Module 5
Week 11 and 12 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the urinary system
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the female reproductive system
Module 6
Week 13 and 14 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the male reproductive system
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the endocrine system
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the nervous system
Module 7
Week 15 and 16 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify and define key anatomical and physiological terms specific to the nervous system
· Identify and define key anatomical and physiological terms specific to the eyes and ears
Required Reading: Wedding, Barbara Gylys, Mary E. Medical Terminology Systems, Updated 8th edition. Available from: FADavis, (8th Edition). F. A. Davis Company, 2023.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Medical Terminology, HLOC-1000, Section 42A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
MAJOR ASSIGNMENTS
This course has a midterm and a final. You are required to take them on the scheduled dates. Active participation and engagement will serve as your study guide.
DISCUSSION GRADING
In order to get 100% on your discussion grades, you are expected to follow the grading rubric. See each individual grading rubric for detail on points.
Description:
STRUCTURE AND SCHEDULE
The course has been structured into 7 instructional modules. Each module represents two weeks’ worth of coursework for the full semester schedule. Modules begin with an overview of the week's objectives and tasks. The modules also contain the instructional pages, discussions, assignments, and quizzes. Please make sure to view and complete each module in its entirety.
Week 1 and 2 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify the word root and primary meaning of selected medical terms.
· Identify the origin and root.
· Decipher terms that seem similar.
· Identify the suffix.
· Link word roots and combine forms with suffixes.
· Define common prefixes used in medical terminology.
Module 1
Week 3 and 4 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Define and identify the terms used in the organization and structure of the body
· Identify the major organs of the integumentary system, their structure and function
· Identify and define common medical terms related to the digestive system
Module 2
Week 5 and 6 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the respiratory system
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the cardiovascular system
Module 3
Week 7 and 8 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the respiratory system
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the cardiovascular system
Module 4
Week 9 and 10 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the blood, lymph, and immune systems
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the musculoskeletal system.
Module 5
Week 11 and 12 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the urinary system
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the female reproductive system
Module 6
Week 13 and 14 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the male reproductive system
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the endocrine system
· Identify and define selected medical terms for diseases, conditions, and procedures specific to the nervous system
Module 7
Week 15 and 16 Students will use the interactive learning activities to achieve the following
· Identify and define key anatomical and physiological terms specific to the nervous system
· Identify and define key anatomical and physiological terms specific to the eyes and ears
Required Reading: Wedding, Barbara Gylys, Mary E. Medical Terminology Systems, Updated 8th edition. Available from: FADavis, (8th Edition). F. A. Davis Company, 2023.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Physical Therapy, PTA-1010, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
EVALUATION METHODS
Final course reflection 20%
Career Profile and Discussion 30%
SOAP/HIPAA Quizzes 20%
Learning Activities 20%
Terms Quizzes 10%
Evaluation Procedures
Major Assignments:
Ethics Project: Create an instructional media piece to explain the purpose and intent of the APTA standards. Do not explain what the standards are—only why they are important.
Career Profile: Research a specialty area within the PTA field. Complete a profile worksheet and share it with your peers. Participate in a discussion where you’ll review others’ profiles and consider your interest in pursuing that specialty.
Reflection Paper: This culminating assignment requires you to reflect on your learning and future intentions regarding PTA work. It is a significant part of your grade—be sure to dedicate sufficient time and effort.
Description:
Structure and Schedule
This course is divided into six instructional modules:
Module 1: The Physical Therapy Team
Module 2: Ethics and Practice
Module 3: HIPAA
Module 4: SOAP Notes / Documentation
Module 5: Career Studies
Module 6: Course Reflections
Course Objectives
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
Define physical therapy and discuss its relevance to patient care.
Explain the historical development of physical therapy.
Identify healthcare team members and their roles.
Define the role of the PTA in providing interventions.
Describe the phases of physical therapy care from intake to discharge.
Define major rehabilitation venues (e.g., outpatient, acute) where PTAs work.
List components of the medical record.
Define productivity.
Discuss time-management strategies.
Discuss how dress and personal behaviors affect patient/client responses.
Explain verbal and non-verbal communication strategies in healthcare.
Discuss the state practice act as it relates to PTs, PTAs, and support personnel.
List common physical therapy equipment.
Identify the PTA’s professional accountability.
Describe situations requiring PTAs to assume responsibility for treatment or refusal.
Explain the intent of the Standards of Ethical Conduct and the Guide for Conduct for PTAs.
Describe qualities of a successful healthcare provider.
Explain “fit” in choosing a career in healthcare.
Develop a career development plan.
Select educational offerings for career enhancement.
Compare and evaluate educational opportunities.
Describe the value of mentoring in career development.
Discuss the role of APTA in professional growth.
Identify stressors in personal/work life and their potential impact on patient care.
Define HIPAA and its relevance to the rehab team.
Identify consequences of confidentiality violations.
Explain personal responsibility under HIPAA.
Use and define common medical terminology and abbreviations in PT.
Describe cultural sensitivity in healthcare and physical therapy.
Identify underserved populations in need of physical therapy.
Recognize and address bias and stereotyping in diverse settings.
Explain your role in ensuring quality care for diverse populations.
Discuss customer service practices in healthcare organizations.
Discuss physical therapy specialty areas.
Identify common conditions treated in PT and associated interventions.
Identify key components of SOAP note documentation.
Discuss the role of APTA in the profession.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Clinical Practicum, PTA-2605, Section 01A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Evaluation Method and Procedures:
CI evaluation using CPI
You are required to check your UT email account frequently minimum of 3 times per week.
You are required to frequently check your Utah Tech email account as important class and university information will be sent to this account, including bills, financial aid/scholarship notices, notices of canceled classes, reminders of important dates and deadlines, course information, and other information critical to your success at UT. To access your Utah Tech email account, visit mail.utahtech.edu. Your email account username is Digital-ID@utahtech.edu (e.g. D12345678@utahtech.edu). If you don’t know or have forgotten your Digital-ID or password, please visit changepassword.utahtech.edu.
Description:
Class Schedule:
Week 1 Orientation to clinical site/determined by Clinical Instructor (CI), journal entry, goals
Week 2 Journal entry, clinical experiences determined by CI
Week 3 Journal entry, clinical experiences determined by CI, In-Service Presentation with audience evaluation forms, CPI and clinical notebook requirements
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Clinical Education III, RADT-1240, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Evaluations:
Competencies 30%
Professional Development Evaluations 20%
Comprehensive Test 25%
Technique Chart/Research Paper 15%
Reflective Essay/Discussion posts 10%
14 Competencies plus 5 re-checks= 100%
One less Competency/re-check= 90%
Two less Competencies/re-check= 80%
Three less Competencies/re-check= 70%
Four less Competencies/re-check= 60%
Description:
Students perform clinical hours in an Imaging Department and perform radiography exams under the supervision of a Radiologic Technologist. This course is designated as an Active Learning Professional Practice (ALPP) course. This course allows students to explore and apply content learned in the course in a professional experience away from the classroom.
Required Reading: Bontrager, K.L. & Lampignano, J. P. (2020) Textbook of radiographic positioning and related anatomy, (10th ed 14.). Bontrager, K.L & Lampignano, J. P. (2020) 10th ed Radiographic positioning and related anatomy workbook and laboratory manual, (10th ed. 14), Vol. 1 & 2. Bontrager’s Handbook of Radiographic Positioning and Techniques 10th ed.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Clinical Education V, RADT-3240, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Time Table of Assignments:
IPE Discussion Post – TBA
Goals Worksheet – Complete on Canvas by May 16
1st SPDE Evaluation – July 17
Final Reflection Paper – July 7
Final Image Presentation – Due to Instructor (ALL), Present July 18 at 12:00 PM in the classroom
Upload to Canvas by 9:00 AM on July 18
2nd SPDE Evaluation – July 17
RadTechBootCamp – See Canvas
All competency logs and time sheets in Trajecsys – July 18
Method of Evaluation:
The final grade will be based on the following:
Five Terminal Competencies and 56 others – 40%
Professional Development Evaluations – 20%
RadTechBootCamp – 5%
Final Image Presentation & Reflection Paper – 30%
Goals Worksheet – 5%
Total: 100%
Description:
Students perform clinical hours in an Imaging Department and perform radiography exams under the supervision of a Radiologic Technologist. This course is designated as an Active Learning Professional Practice (ALPP) course. This course allows students to explore and apply content learned in the course in a professional experience away from the classroom.
Required Reading: Textbook of Radiographic Positioning and Related Anatomy, 10th edition, Bontrager & Lampignano Handbook of Radiographic Positioning and Techniques 10th Edition, Bontrager & Lampignano
Recommended Reading: Radiographic Positioning and Related Anatomy Workbook and Laboratory Manual, 10th Edition, Bontrager & Lampignano
Intro Mechanical Ventilation, RESP-2300, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Grading Breakdown:
4 Exams (including a comprehensive final) – 20% each = 80%
Assignments and Quizzes – 20%
Total = 100%
Description:
Class Schedule:
Week 1
CH 1/2: Ventilator Basics, Pulmonary Compliance, and Airway Resistance
CH 3: Breath Delivery
Week 2
CH 5: Vent Mode – Volume Control
CH 6: Initial Settings
CH 9: Graphics
Volume Control continued (CH 5, 6, 9)
Week 3
Vent Mode: Pressure Control (CH 5, 6, 9)
Pressure Control continued (CH 5, 6, 9)
Week 4
Review
Exam 1 – June 5
Week 5
Volume Control + Pressure Regulated Volume Control (CH 5, 6, 9)
Pressure Support (CH 5, 6, 9)
Week 6
Vent Mode: Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation (CH 5, 6, 9)
Exam 2 – June 19
Week 7
CH 20: Ventilator Weaning
CH 9/18: Ventilator Troubleshooting and Waveforms
Week 8
CH 7: Final Set-Up Considerations and Lung Protective Strategy
Exam 3 – July 3
Week 9
Finals Review
Final Exam – July 10
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Pilbeam’s Mechanical Ventilation. 7th or 8th Edition, J.M. Cairo
Adult Mech Ventilation Lab, RESP-2301, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Grading Criteria:
Attendance and Participation – 50%
Quizzes – 10%
Hands-On Midterm – 20%
Comprehensive Hands-On Final – 20%
Total = 100%
Description:
Weekly Schedule:
Week 1
Ventilator Set-Up / Circuit / Initiation
Week 2
Volume Control Ventilation
Week 3
Pressure Control Ventilation
Week 4
Midterm Exam: June 4 & June 6
Week 5
Volume Control + Pressure Regulated Volume Control
Week 6
Pressure Support Ventilation
Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation
Week 7
Ventilator Waveforms and Troubleshooting
Week 8
Finals Review
Week 9
Final Exam
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Adult Mech Ventilation Lab, RESP-2301, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Grading Criteria:
Attendance and Participation – 50%
Quizzes – 10%
Hands-On Midterm – 20%
Comprehensive Hands-On Final – 20%
Total = 100%
Description:
Weekly Schedule:
Week 1
Ventilator Set-Up / Circuit / Initiation
Week 2
Volume Control Ventilation
Week 3
Pressure Control Ventilation
Week 4
Midterm Exam: June 4 & June 6
Week 5
Volume Control + Pressure Regulated Volume Control
Week 6
Pressure Support Ventilation
Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation
Week 7
Ventilator Waveforms and Troubleshooting
Week 8
Finals Review
Week 9
Final Exam
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Clinical Practice II, RESP-3775, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Grading Criteria
Category Weight
180 Clinical Hours (Required) 40%
- Documented by preceptor evaluations (1 per shift)
- Must include 1 PFT and University of Utah rotation
- Max 36 hours/week
Clinical Performance 20%
- Assessed using preceptor feedback:
5/5 = 100%, 4/5 = 90%, 3/5 = 80%, 2/5 = 70%, 1/5 = 60%
Competencies (13 total) 20%
- Includes 4 hours of physician interaction and 3 ABGs
Vent Worksheets (8 total) 20%
Total 100%
Description:
Clinical Expectations:
Signed preceptor evaluations and end-of-shift summaries must be submitted for each shift.
Students must attend all required hours and be punctual.
Maintain professionalism, respect for clinical preceptors, and openness to feedback.
Understand the student role, including:
Accepting limitations and constructive criticism
Seeking advice when unsure
Demonstrating respect and a non-confrontational attitude
Violation of professional conduct may result in a grade reduction or failure of the course.
Students must adhere to all facility rules as outlined in the clinical handbook.
Required Competencies:
Critical Care / ICU
Tracheostomy Care
Extubation (Adult)
Set Up Mechanical Ventilation
Routine Ventilator Check
Routine Parameter Changes
In-Line ETT Suction
Spontaneous Breathing Trial
Vent Weaning
Bronchoscopy Assisting
Manual Ventilation During Transport
Hemodynamic Monitoring
VAP Prevention
Diagnostic Care / PFT Lab
Observation of the following:
Body Plethysmography
CO Diffusion Study
Electrocardiography
Metabolic Assessment
Nitrogen Washout
Stress Test
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Clinical Practice II, RESP-3775, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Grading Criteria
Category Weight
180 Clinical Hours (Required) 40%
- Documented by preceptor evaluations (1 per shift)
- Must include 1 PFT and University of Utah rotation
- Max 36 hours/week
Clinical Performance 20%
- Assessed using preceptor feedback:
5/5 = 100%, 4/5 = 90%, 3/5 = 80%, 2/5 = 70%, 1/5 = 60%
Competencies (13 total) 20%
- Includes 4 hours of physician interaction and 3 ABGs
Vent Worksheets (8 total) 20%
Total 100%
Description:
Clinical Expectations:
Signed preceptor evaluations and end-of-shift summaries must be submitted for each shift.
Students must attend all required hours and be punctual.
Maintain professionalism, respect for clinical preceptors, and openness to feedback.
Understand the student role, including:
Accepting limitations and constructive criticism
Seeking advice when unsure
Demonstrating respect and a non-confrontational attitude
Violation of professional conduct may result in a grade reduction or failure of the course.
Students must adhere to all facility rules as outlined in the clinical handbook.
Required Competencies:
Critical Care / ICU
Tracheostomy Care
Extubation (Adult)
Set Up Mechanical Ventilation
Routine Ventilator Check
Routine Parameter Changes
In-Line ETT Suction
Spontaneous Breathing Trial
Vent Weaning
Bronchoscopy Assisting
Manual Ventilation During Transport
Hemodynamic Monitoring
VAP Prevention
Diagnostic Care / PFT Lab
Observation of the following:
Body Plethysmography
CO Diffusion Study
Electrocardiography
Metabolic Assessment
Nitrogen Washout
Stress Test
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Critical Care/ACLS, RESP-3005, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Grading Criteria
Component Weight
Unit Exams (3 x 10%) 30%
ACLS Exam 10%
Final Exam 15%
Assignments (in-class, take-home, clinical site) 15%
Discussions (Canvas) 15%
Case Studies 15%
Total 100%
Description:
Course Schedule
Date Topic
May 13 (Tues) Advanced Pharmacology / Radiology / Sepsis
May 15 (Thurs) Sepsis / Shock
May 20 (Tues) Neurologic / Asthma / COPD
May 22 (Thurs) Unit I Review
May 27 (Tues) Unit I Exam
May 29 (Thurs) Acute Respiratory Failure / Lung Cancer / Drug OD
June 3 (Tues) Burn Inhalation Injuries
June 5 (Thurs) Trauma
June 10 (Tues) Unit II Review
June 12 (Thurs) Unit II Exam
June 17 (Tues) Cardiac Issues
June 19 (Thurs) ACLS
June 24 (Tues) Unit III Review
June 26 (Thurs) Unit III Exam
July 1 (Tues) Comprehensive Review
July 3 (Thurs) No Class
July 8 (Tues) Comprehensive Final
July 10 (Thurs) Finals Week
Required Reading: Respiratory Critical Care, Chang, White, Waugh, & Restrepo
Recommended Reading: 1. Respiratory Care: Principles and Practice, Hess, MacIntyre, Galvin, & Mishoe 2. Rau’s Respiratory Care Pharmacology, Gardenhire 3. ECG Interpretation Made Incredibly Easy! Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins 4. Gould’s Pathophysiology for the Health Professions, VanMeter & Hubert
Advanced Mechanical Vent, RESP-3310, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Grading Criteria
Category Weight
Weekly Reflections 8%
Quizzes 40%
Papers and Assignments 40%
Discussions 10%
Feedback Survey 2%
Total 100%
Description:
Course Overview
Module 1: Patient/Ventilator Interaction
Students will evaluate patient-ventilator synchrony using ventilator graphics as a diagnostic tool. They will make appropriate recommendations for ventilator settings based on waveform interpretations. This module includes a quiz on ventilator waveforms and a written reflection.
Module 2: Ventilation as Treatment, Supportive Therapy, or Source of Complications
Students will explore the pulmonary and extrapulmonary effects of positive pressure ventilation. Emphasis will be placed on understanding the causes and prevention of Ventilator-Associated Pneumonia (VAP). Assignments include a quiz on VAP, a paper on the effects of positive pressure ventilation, and a reflection.
Module 3: Vent Management in ARDS and COPD, and Vent Weaning
Students will compare mechanical ventilation setups for patients with COPD versus ARDS. They will also review and recommend ventilator weaning strategies. This module features a quiz on weaning, a comparative paper on COPD and ARDS ventilation management, and a reflection.
Module 4: Lung Recruitment Techniques
Students will learn about recruitment maneuvers—covering their indications, contraindications, side effects, goals, and execution. Assignments include a quiz, a paper detailing a recruitment maneuver protocol, and a reflection.
Module 5: Advances in Mechanical Ventilation and ECMO
This module introduces APRV (Airway Pressure Release Ventilation) and ECMO (Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation), including their clinical uses and considerations. Students will complete a quiz on APRV, a discussion assignment about ECMO, a protocol paper on APRV, and a reflection.
Module 6: Ventilation in Palliative Care
Students will explore long-term mechanical ventilation in palliative settings, focusing on goals, complications, and appropriate therapeutic uses. This final module includes a discussion assignment and a reflection.
Required Reading: Pilbeam's Mechanical Ventilation 8th Edition, Cairo & Pilbeam, Mosby, 2023
Recommended Reading: N/A
Advanced Management of Resp, RESP-4230, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Grading Criteria – RESP 4230
Unit Exams – 30% (10% each × 3 exams)
Case Management Assignment – 10%
Evidence-Based Protocol – 10%
Case Studies – 30%
Final Exam – 20%
Total: 100%
Description:
Course Outline
Week 1: May 12–18
Chapter 6: Case Management: Foundations – Reflection
Chapter 7: The Respiratory Therapist as Case Manager – Reflection & Discussion
Chapter 8: Home Respiratory Support – Reflection
Week 2: May 17–25
Chapter 9: RT as Care Transition Coordinator/Navigator – Reflection & Discussion
Chapter 10: Motivational Interviewing: An Introduction – Reflection
Chapter 11: Health Behavior Theory: An Overview – Reflection
Week 3: May 24–June 1
Chapter 12: The Common-Sense Model: An Overview – Reflection
Chapter 13: RT as Self-Management Trainer – Reflection & Discussion
Begin: Evidence-Based Protocol
Week 4: May 31–June 8
Midterm Exam
Chapter 1: Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease: An Overview – Reflection
Chapter 2: Asthma: An Overview – Reflection & Discussion
Week 5: June 7–15
Chapter 3: Bronchiectasis: An Overview – Reflection
Chapter 4: Interstitial Lung Disease: An Overview – Reflection & Discussion
Chapter 5: Pulmonary Hypertension: An Overview – Reflection
Week 6: June 14–20
Submit: Respiratory Care Plan
Final Exam
Required Reading: The Respiratory Therapist as Disease Manager, 1st Edition, Leen, H., Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2021
Recommended Reading: N/A
Advanced Management of Resp, RESP-4230, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Grading Criteria – RESP 4230
Unit Exams – 30% (10% each × 3 exams)
Case Management Assignment – 10%
Evidence-Based Protocol – 10%
Case Studies – 30%
Final Exam – 20%
Total: 100%
Description:
Course Outline
Week 1: May 12–18
Chapter 6: Case Management: Foundations – Reflection
Chapter 7: The Respiratory Therapist as Case Manager – Reflection & Discussion
Chapter 8: Home Respiratory Support – Reflection
Week 2: May 17–25
Chapter 9: RT as Care Transition Coordinator/Navigator – Reflection & Discussion
Chapter 10: Motivational Interviewing: An Introduction – Reflection
Chapter 11: Health Behavior Theory: An Overview – Reflection
Week 3: May 24–June 1
Chapter 12: The Common-Sense Model: An Overview – Reflection
Chapter 13: RT as Self-Management Trainer – Reflection & Discussion
Begin: Evidence-Based Protocol
Week 4: May 31–June 8
Midterm Exam
Chapter 1: Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease: An Overview – Reflection
Chapter 2: Asthma: An Overview – Reflection & Discussion
Week 5: June 7–15
Chapter 3: Bronchiectasis: An Overview – Reflection
Chapter 4: Interstitial Lung Disease: An Overview – Reflection & Discussion
Chapter 5: Pulmonary Hypertension: An Overview – Reflection
Week 6: June 14–20
Submit: Respiratory Care Plan
Final Exam
Required Reading: The Respiratory Therapist as Disease Manager, 1st Edition, Leen, H., Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2021
Recommended Reading: N/A
Current Respiratory Topics, RESP-4300, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Grading Criteria
Papers – 55%
Discussions/Blogs – 42%
Weekly Feedback Surveys – 3%
Total: 100%
Description:
Course Overview
Module 1: Why Current Topics Matter
Students will explore the importance of lifelong learning in healthcare.
They will summarize a current topic in respiratory care that interests them and critique outdated policies or procedures.
Assignments:
Discussion – 24 points
Paper – 32 points
Module 2: Best Practices
Students will research various sources on healthcare best practices.
They’ll summarize a clinical practice guideline, connect it to real-world experience, and reflect on any existing gaps.
Assignments:
Discussion – 24 points
Paper – 31 points
Module 3: Ethics
Students will study the ethical standards of respiratory therapy and relate them to the AARC's Statement of Ethics and their own experience.
They will analyze an ethical dilemma.
Assignments:
Discussion – 24 points
Blog – 24 points
Module 4: Diversity and Cultural Competence
Focuses on cultural competence in healthcare.
Students will either complete a role-play interview and reflect, or write a paper analyzing a trend in cultural competence.
Assignment:
Paper – 30 points
Module 5: Advances in Respiratory Care & Current Research
Students will research recent advances and their impact on patient outcomes.
They’ll create an annotated bibliography to prepare for their final paper.
Assignments:
Discussion – 24 points
Paper (Annotated Bibliography) – 37 points
Module 6: Current Research Paper
Students will synthesize their research into a comprehensive final paper.
Assignment:
Paper – 42 points
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Information Management, NURS-6300, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
1.2 Linked-In Account Share with Instructor
1.3a Technology Skills Pre-Self Assessment
1.3b Self Assessment Summary & Goals
2.4 My Institution’s Emergency Continuity Plan
4.3 Interpreting Data Using Spreadsheets & Dashboards
5.6 EHR Systems Recommendation
10.3 ChatGTP Case Study
12.2 Technology Skills Post Self-Assessment
Description:
1 Introduction to Information Management and Healthcare Technology
The role of registered nurses, future nursing leaders and/or nursing educators in relation to information management and healthcare technology is explained. Learners introduce themselves, complete a technology-skills self-assessment & set course technology goals.
2 Security Breaches, Malware Attacks, and Emergency Continuity Plans
Even though the technology is amazing, it can also contribute to over-diagnosis and over-treatment, financial toxicity, user error, and cyber threats. Learners explore the short and long-term impact of cyber attacks and recommend strategies to support an emergency continuity plan.
3 The Internet of Things (IoT)
Emerging technologies are transforming the healthcare industry, and it is essential for online masters of nursing learners studying information management and healthcare technology to understand their significance. This module will explore The Internet of Things (IoT) and Interconnectivity / Interoperability.
4 Data Analytics to Drive Decisions
Learners learn to use some of the tools of data analytics and interpret health care data from an Excel spreadsheet using graphs, charts, tables and dashboards.
5 Electronic Health Records
Dives deeply into the behind-the-scenes decision-making regarding electronic health records. Learners will explore different types of EHRs, the benefits and cons of their use, implementation, and selection decisions, and consider ways to use the data entered into the EHR to help answer clinical questions and improve patient outcomes.
6 Monitoring & Patient Care Decisions (Provider’s Perspective)
Explores how healthcare technology is used to monitor patient’s status and make evidence-based clinical decisions, improve workflow inefficiencies, and decrease caregiver cognitive burden. Also, learners begin the Technology Solutions (TS) assignment where they are given two weeks to complete 6.34 Finding an Issue.
7 Telehealth/Telemedicine
Addresses the significance of telehealth/telemedicine in modern healthcare. Learners consider the different types of telehealth services, the benefits and limitations of telehealth, and the challenges and opportunities related to telehealth implementation; all to support strategies to improve patient access and enhance the quality of care.
8 Patient Access to Personal Health Information, Health Literacy & Digital Inclusion (Patient’s Perspective) Uncover the issues related to healthcare technology from the patient’s perspective, including patient access to personal health information, medical scheduling platforms, health literacy, and digital inclusion. Learners learn about the benefits, drawbacks, and unanticipated consequences of technologies and potential barriers, and propose strategies for implementation of new monitoring technology in support of both patients and healthcare providers.
9 Using Technology for Education & Training
Learners explore various technologies (virtual reality, interactive games, case studies, or other innovative tools) that can be incorporated into education and training to create dynamic and interactive learning experiences that enhance knowledge acquisition, critical thinking, and clinical skills development. The Technology Solutions (TS) assignment continues where possible technology solutions are compared and contrasted.
10 Artificial Intelligence / Chat GPT
Examine the benefit, challenges, and ethical considerations related to AI in healthcare and nursing education, focusing on using Chat GPT and Gemini. By the end of the module, learners will have a better understanding of how they can leverage AI technology to assist nursing educators and improve patient outcomes and healthcare delivery.
11 Advancing Nursing Practice & Health Care Technology
Learners establish goals and create an implementation plan related to life-long professional development. Learners will explore professional nursing organizations they could join to support their continued growth, including cultivating leadership skills, trying new things, gaining new skills, staying current in practice, and staying up to date on current issues and opportunities. The Technology Solutions (TS) assignment is completed with a video recording and peer feedback.
12 Wrap-up and Reflection
Reflect on personal learning, and growth related to information management and healthcare technology, while addressing the five end-of-course student learning outcomes. Additionally, learners complete a technology-skills post self-assessment, and complete the UT Course Evaluation Survey.
Required Reading: Online EBooks Accessible through UT Library: ● Hardy, L. (2020). Fast Facts Health Informatics. https://www-r2library-com.libproxy.utahtech.edu/resource/title/0826142257 ● McGonigle, D. & Mastrian, K. (2022). Nursing Informatics and the Foundation of Knowledge. Jones & Bartlet Learning. https://login.libproxy.utahtech.edu/login?url=https://www.r2library.com/Resource/Title/128422046X . ● Kudyba, S. P. (2021). Healthcare Informatics Strategies for the Digital Era. Auerbach Publications. https://discovery-ebsco-com.libproxy.utahtech.edu/c/5pbjd6/details/bcdinza35j?q=Kudyba ● Perakslis, E. D. & Stanley, M. (2021). Digital Health. Oxford University Press. https://research-ebsco-com.libproxy.utahtech.edu/linkprocessor/plink?id=6c4312a6-c9f2-35a1-a572-c80d4ebb9740 Must Purchase: ● American Psychological Association (2019). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington DC: American Psychological Association.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sec Educ Theatre Methods, THEA-4700, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Assignment 4-1: Curriculum Map – 75 pts
Assignment 4-1: Curriculum Map (duplicate listing) – 50 pts
Assignment 3-1: Model Cornerstone Assessment – 50 pts
Assignment 1-1: First Day Script – 50 pts
Assignment 2-1: Classroom Rules – 50 pts
Assignment, 6-1: Module 5 Reflection on Scenario – 50 pts
Assignment 6-5: Technical Considerations – 50 pts
Assignment 6-6: Auditions – 50 pts
Assignment 5 -5: Technical Considerations – 50 pts
Assignment 5-6: Auditions – 50 pts
Assignment 5-6: Production Schedule – 50 pts
Description:
Module 1: The First Days of School
Articulate a philosophy of teaching theatre and artistry that will guide future practice. Identify and create materials and resources that support the teaching of theatre.
Module 2: Classroom Management and Rules
Articulate a philosophy of teaching theatre and artistry that will guide future practice. Select and justify the use of a variety of teaching strategies. Identify and create materials and resources that support the teaching of theatre.
Module 3: Assessment: What Do They Know
Assessment in a Theatre classroom is crucial for understanding students' progress and fostering their growth. Evaluating students' knowledge in theater education involves using both formative and summative assessments during drama creation and live performances.
Module 4: Theatre Core Arts Standards and Curriculum Mapping
Explores how theatre standards and curriculum mapping complement what we learned about assessment in Module 3. By understanding and applying the National Arts Core Standards, educators can better assess student progress and tailor instruction to meet learning objectives.
Module 5 From Page to Stage: A Module/Unit for Putting Up a Show
A Module/Unit for the Whole Theatre Experience, a comprehensive resource dedicated to guiding theatre teachers through the process of staging a successful theatrical production.
Module 6: Almost Everything You Need to Know About Being a Theatre Teacher (that you didn't learn in your education classes).
This module serves as a basic starting guide, offering invaluable insights, strategies, and resources tailored specifically to the dynamic role of becoming your best version of a theatre teacher.
Required Reading: Ames, Raina S. The High School Theatre Teacher's Survival Guide. 1st ed., Routledge, 2005. Rome, Chip, and Zoë Dillard. Real-World Theatre Education: A Teacher's Guide to Growing a Theatre Education Program. Educational Stages, 2015.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Studio/Art Assignments (Weekly | 20%)
Hands-on creative projects that apply the elements and principles of design using a variety of materials and techniques.
Likely assignments include:
Drawing exercises (line, shape, texture with 2H pencils)
Acrylic painting (color mixing, composition)
Collage project (cut paper and mixed media using old magazines)
Sculpture using air-dry clay
Group project focused on collaborative design problem-solving
Media exploration activities (watercolor, mixed techniques)
Written Reflections (Weekly | 20%)
Short reflective or analytical writings responding to readings, videos, or class discussions.
Examples by module:
Module 1: Reflection – The Divided Mind
Module 2: Reflection – Why Is Art Important?
Module 3: Reflection – What Inspires Creativity?
Module 4: Elements & Principles worksheet or written explanation
Module 5: Reflection – African Ceramics and symbolism
Module 6: Reflection – Prehistoric art and early expression
Module 7: Reflection – Art of Iran and Islamic design
Module 8: Reflection – East Asian aesthetics (China & Japan)
Module 9: Reflection – Renaissance innovations in Italy
Module 10: Reflection – Impressionist art and visual storytelling
Module 11: Reflection – Dada, Cubism, and Surrealist thought
Module 12: Reflection – Abstract art and non-representational form
Module 13: Reflection – Contemporary art and social context
Readings and Video Modules (Weekly)
Pre-class assignments designed to prepare students for discussion and studio work.
Textbook chapters (Inclusive Access)
Assigned videos (e.g., from the MoMA, MET, or course library)
Online museum tours and visual lectures
Embedded media and slide content on Canvas
Quizzes (Weekly | 10%)
Short quizzes designed to reinforce key course concepts.
Topics may include:
Art terminology and vocabulary
The elements and principles of design
Key periods and movements in art history
Artist and artwork identification
Concepts of creativity, abstraction, and interpretation
In-Class Individual Presentation (Once per Semester | 10%)
5-minute presentation on a selected artist or artwork
Visual component required (e.g., slides or poster)
Includes research, analysis, and verbal communication
Scheduled during mid-to-late semester (Modules 11–13)
Final Project – Research Paper (End of Semester | 15%)
A written paper synthesizing course content, art analysis, and research
Includes references to art history, movements, and critical reflection
May include image identification section as part of the final assessment
Typically 3–5 pages in length
Collaborative and Class Activities (Ongoing | Tied to Participation Grade)
In-class group discussions
Peer critiques of student work
Collaborative design tasks
Interactive activities based on course content
Participation in design-thinking exercises
Attendance and Participation (Daily | 25%)
Attendance is required; the 8th unexcused absence results in course failure
Includes:
Being present and punctual
Actively participating in class discussions
Contributing to group and studio activities
Completing required in-class tasks and critiques
Assignments Tied to Course Learning Outcomes
(Some may overlap with other categories)
Identifying Elements assignment: Shape, Line, Texture
Reflection: Art of Japan (Module 8)
Reflection: Artistic Inspiration (Module 3)
Individual Presentation (Modules 11–13)
Final Image Identification (Final exam period)
Description:
Module 1: The Divided Mind
Explore the dual nature of perception in art—logic vs. emotion. This module introduces how humans perceive and create meaning in visual experiences through both analytical and emotional lenses.
Module 2: Why is Art Important?
Discuss the societal, cultural, and personal roles of art. Students examine how art reflects human experiences, influences culture, and shapes communities across time.
Module 3: Creativity
Unpack the concept of creativity and its function in the visual arts. Learn where ideas come from, how artists problem-solve, and what fuels artistic innovation.
Module 4: The Elements and Principles of Design
Learn the foundational building blocks of visual art, including line, shape, color, texture, balance, contrast, and rhythm. Studio activities accompany this lecture to put concepts into practice.
Module 5: World Tour – Africa
Survey traditional and contemporary African art. Explore symbolism, ritual use, materials, and the rich diversity of aesthetic approaches across the continent.
Module 6: World Tour – Prehistory
Dive into prehistoric cave art, sculpture, and early architecture. Consider what ancient artworks reveal about early human cognition, belief systems, and daily life.
Module 7: World Tour – Iran
Examine Persian art from ancient to modern times. Topics include Islamic architecture, calligraphy, decorative arts, and their historical and spiritual significance.
Module 8: World Tour – China and Japan
Study the artistic traditions of East Asia. Focus on ink painting, ceramics, gardens, Buddhist influence, and the cultural philosophies behind Chinese and Japanese aesthetics.
Module 9: World Tour – Italy
From Roman sculpture to the Renaissance masters, explore Italy’s deep art history. Understand how Italian art helped shape Western art traditions.
Module 10: Impressionism
Discover the groundbreaking shift to modern art with Monet, Degas, and others. Learn how artists broke from tradition to capture light, movement, and everyday life.
Module 11: Dada, Cubism, Surrealism
Analyze early 20th-century avant-garde movements. Topics include Picasso’s deconstruction of form, Dada’s protest art, and Surrealism’s dreamscapes.
Module 12: Abstraction
Trace the evolution from representation to pure abstraction. Look at artists like Kandinsky and Pollock and how abstraction aims to express ideas beyond physical reality.
Module 13: Contemporary Art
Discuss the diverse practices of contemporary artists globally. Topics include conceptual art, installation, new media, identity, politics, and the digital age.
Module 14: Final Papers and Exam
Wrap-up and reflection. Students share final thoughts, submit their final projects, and review key concepts through image identification and class discussion.
List of Graded Assignments for the Course
Required Reading: n/a
Recommended Reading: n/a
American Government, POLS-1100, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
This course is COMPLETELY online. Please read and re-read the weekly instructions as I could announce new topics and other tenets periodically. Please read the weekly assigned material as this will help you learn better. Information needed for the discussions, quizzes and exams will be attained reading the assigned material and actively taking part in all course related online activities. To prepare for discussions, quizzes and exams make sure you review reading material and course related online activities. Grades will be available online. Discussions, quizzes, exams, exam study-guides and non-textbook readings will be available on the course Canvas website prominently displayed in weekly modules and or in the Files tab on the left side of homepage / course content page.
In addition to weekly readings and discussions, there will be three exams. Quizzes and discussions will take place nearly every week. Grades will be determined by the following:
Exam 1 – 100 points
Exam 2 – 100 points
Exam 3 – 100 points
Three Class Discussions ‐ 60 points, 20 points per-discussion
Six Quizzes – 120 points, 20 points per-quiz
Description:
Section 1 Subjects: Chapters 1 – 5.
Section 1 discusses the founding and its influencers such as, John Locke, John Winthrop and William Penn, the Magna Carta, the Mayflower Compact and the Iroquois Constitution. Section 1 also discusses documents such as the Article of Confederation, the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. Students will also learn about the creation and utilization of Federalism as well as its positives and negatives.
Section 2 Subjects: Chapters 6 – 10
In this section students will learn how public opinion is formed and how the media affects opinion creation and/or manipulation. Section 2 also discusses the role of interest groups and the importance of money in elections. Students will further gain a comprehensive knowledge of the duties and inner workings legislative branch of Congress.
Section 3 Subjects: Chapters 11 – 15
Section 3 comprehensively discusses the executive and judicial branches of Congress. Students will also gain an understanding of domestic and foreign policy creation and the role the bureaucracy plays in the creation of and the carrying out of policy.
Required Reading: We The People
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 40B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
English 2010
Intermediate Writing
Summer Session
English 2010 Summer Session
Required Texts & Materials
1. Nicotra, Jodie. Becoming Rhetorical: Analyzing and Composing in a Multimedia World. ISBN# 9781305956773 (the chapters we’ll be reading are uploaded into Canvas)
This class incorporates Cengage Inclusive Access: You have already paid for the course materials through your student fees. There is nothing else to purchase.
Course Catalog Description
Partially fulfills General Education English requirement. Provides opportunities to analyze and write academic papers, including the research-supported essay, through writing and revising a number of essays. Other activities, such as portfolios, library research, and tests may be used to help students improve their writing of advanced-level papers. Successful students will demonstrate competence in the use of standard written English, in analyzing texts, in correctly paraphrasing, summarizing and quoting source material, and in appropriately citing the work of others. Prerequisite: ENGL 1010 (Grade C or higher); AND LIB 1010 (can be concurrently enrolled). FA, SP, SU
Overall English Department Mission & Emphasis Statements
The English Department at Utah Tech University strives to instill in students an appreciation for the centrality of language and literature in human culture, particularly their function in social, historical, and political contexts. Students who major in English master skills in analyzing and evaluating texts and other media, as well as learning how to produce focused critical essays. As a subset to the English Department, the Composition Program seeks to fulfill the mission of both the department and the overall university GE mission. In particular, the program wants to strengthen students’ skills and confidence in writing and critical thinking. It also seeks to increase students’ written fluency and help them better formulate and organize ideas into focused, developed, articulate, and persuasive essays.
Course Learning Outcomes for English 2010
English Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs)
1. Critical Strategies: Apply critical terms, theoretical concepts, and interpretative strategies in the study of the English language with its written and visual texts.
2. Cultural and Ideological Awareness: Identify and examine the ideologies and core cultural beliefs present in multiple genres, forms, and modes.
3. Collaborative Learning: Analyze and evaluate texts, apply research methods, and produce scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing through varying collaborative activities.
4. Research & Information Literacy: Conduct advanced research and produce scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing for potential publication or formal presentation that exhibits sound rhetorical structure and source integration.
5. Professional Development: Prepare for employment by developing and demonstrating skills in critical thinking and sophistication in scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs)
CLO Course Assignments & Assessments PLO
After successful completion of ENGL 2010, students will be able to:
1. Evaluate evidence and logic—including the identification of underlying assumptions, biases, and fallacies—in various texts. • Research Paper
• Weekly Readings 1, 2, 4, 5
2. Apply relevant, convincing, and effective evidence and logic in a variety of oral and written interactions. • All Formal Essays
• Oral Presentations 1, 2, 4, 5
3. Engage in the process of collaborative learning as it relates to reading and writing. • Peer-review Workshops
• Informal in-class projects 1, 3, 4
4. Compose an essay with a precise thesis statement that controls the selection, structure, and presentation of material. • All Formal Essays and informal writing
• Oral Presentations 1, 4, 5
5. Create competent essays and paragraphs through the writing process using standard written English. • All Formal Essays 1, 3, 4, 5
6. Incorporate research into essays, annotated bibliogriaphies, research papers, and/or presentations through adequate quotation, paraphrasing and summarizing. • Research Essay
• Annotated bibliography
• Oral presentations 4, 5
7. Explain and avoid plagiarism. • All formal and informal writing 4, 5
Attendance Policy
Maintaining attendance records in an online class is much different from a face-to-face (f2f) class, obviously. Virtual attendance is mandatory. When I determine attendance, I look at two elements:
1. Time spent logged into the class. 2. Posting original posts and replies in discussion threads. Combined with the other requirements of the class, these elements constitute attending class in an online environment. If you do not log into class or post in the Week 1 Discussion Thread, you will be dropped from this class after the first week of class.
Late Assignments
The due dates are all clearly marked, and it is very important that you turn your assignments in on time. However, writing is not always an easy process. If you are struggling with an assignment, contact me BEFORE the due date so we can discuss issues you may be having with your writing: we can negotiate due dates BEFORE assignments are due. However, if you do not contact me prior to the due date, penalties for late work will be enforced. For every day that your paper is late, you lose points off the final grade of that assignment: 1 day late=minus 15 points; 2 days late=minus 25 points; 3 – 4 days late=minus 50 points; 5 days late=0. No work will be accepted more than five days after the original due date unless you have made prior arrangements with me.
Grades
Grading Scale: A = 94-100; A- = 90-93; B+ = 87-89; B = 84-86; B- = 80-83; C+ = 76-79; C = 70-75;
D+ = 67-69; D = 64-66; D- = 60-63; F = 59 and below
1. Long Research Essay (30% of final grade): 10 – 12 pages
In English 2010, we will focus on writing a sustained argumentative essay that incorporates at least 7 sources. Your topic should encourage a civic debate (please note that the professor must approve your topic and reserves the right to tell you to choose a different topic). At least 4 of your sources must come from either library print sources or library online databases, as opposed to Internet web sites (web pages of organizations or private individuals). This must be an original research project: it cannot be derived from an essay in a previous class.
2. Analysis Essays (30% of final grade)
A. Rhetorical Analysis of Yourself: 2 ½ – 3 pages
This assignment asks you to critically analyze the rhetorical effects of at least one of the following modes of self-presentation: appearance (clothes, body art, etc.), living space (décor, furniture, etc.), social media activity, where you shop and the products you buy, your behavior in different social groups (family, friends, etc.). This essay should be 2 ½ to 3 pages long.
B. Rhetorical Analysis of a Written Text: 2 ½ – 3 pages
Chapter 3 of Becoming Rhetorical discusses how to analyze the rhetorical moves of a written text. You will find a ""written"" text: It can be an essay that you find online, or it can be a hard copy of an essay in a newspaper or magazine, etc. Your source can be a source you use in your long research essay. Whatever source you choose to analyze, it should be long enough to provide a full rhetorical analysis of that source. Read the piece, then analyze its rhetorical moves. This analysis should be approximately 2 ½ - 3 pages, using the guidelines found on Canvas.
3. Assignments (10% of final grade)
Active and meaningful participation is required. Active and meaningful participation means that you are invested in the class, your work, and your writing. You are expected to complete all assigned tasks.
4. Discussions: Original Posts (OP) and Replies (R) (20% of final grade)
Each week, I will post several questions related to our reading and writing assignments for that week. Some weeks there may be only one discussion thread: Some weeks there may be two discussion threads. You are required to post an original response to these questions. You are also required to reply to TWO other original posts made by your peers in class. For each discussion thread, you will post at least three times. These are minimum requirements; feel free to post more often. Your original post (OP) equals 50% of the grade for that discussion thread: each reply (RP1 & RP2) equal 25% of the grade for that discussion thread. Thus, your grade for each discussion thread could range from 100% (OP+RP1+RP2), to 75%, to 50%, to 0%.
Guidelines for Original Posts and Replies:
1. Use proper “netiquette”: This means write in complete sentences, do not write in all caps (AS THAT MEANS YOU ARE SHOUTING), and use capital letters to begin sentences.
2. Break responses into short paragraph chunks to assist others in reading.
3. Be polite. Words often sound much harsher online than they would in person.
4. NO FLAMING: Students who ""flame"" (name-calling, harassing posts, cyber-bullying, etc.) others will be banned from the discussion forums and dropped from the class.
How to post successfully and how to get your peers to read your posts:
1. Think of the assignment in terms of a dialogue, not a writing exercise. Engage in a discussion about the texts and issues of the course materials.
2. Elaborate one single idea and try to keep your message to one paragraph (150-200 words). Texts longer than 150-200 words are harder to follow on screen. Better-formulated, grammatically correct, clear posts attract more attention (from both instructor and peers).
3. Avoid postings that are limited to 'I agree' or 'great idea', etc. If you agree (or disagree) with a post, then say why you agree by supporting your statement with concepts from the readings or by bringing in a related example or experience.
4. Avoid responses that offer only right or wrong perspectives and ignore other possible answers; pose open-ended questions that invite dialogue.
5. Avoid responses that are inflammatory or offensive to colleagues in the class. Before you post a response, ask yourself, “Is this post offensive? Might it offend someone in the class?” If your answer is either “Yes!” or “Perhaps,” you should revise your discussion.
6. Cite and/or provide links to help you readers associate and/or find the source you are quoting: These might be links to relevant YouTube videos, webpages, blogs, etc.
7. After you have posted, check to see if anybody has responded to you and keep the dialogue going.
Evaluation criteria for facilitating an online/class discussion (Or How I will grade each post):
1. Verbiage: Is the entry grammatically correct and appropriate? (Yes, I do look at this because articulation is important in scholarly discussions--this is not an AOL chat room.)
2. Clarity: Is the entry concise and understandable?
3. Detail: Is the entry specific and sufficiently explained? Does the author make reference to the readings and/or provide other sources?
4. Logic: Does the entry draw legitimate connections, inferences, and conclusions?
5. Relevance: Is the entry germane to the issue?
6. Originality: Does the entry add new insight to the discussion? (This also applies when responding to colleagues' posts: ""I agree"" or ""good point"" are supportive, but not substantive responses).
7. Reflectivity: Does the entry exhibit careful contemplation? (Vague, marginal posts do not reflect critical review of the course material or critical thinking.)
Academic Honesty/Integrity Policy
All standards of academic honesty covered in the “Student Rights and Responsibilities Code” in the Utah Tech University Student Catalogue will be enforced. Academic dishonesty in any form will not be tolerated at Utah Tech University, including but not limited to plagiarism on written assignments, submitting someone else’s work as your own, and cheating on exams or quizzes. Teachers at Utah Tech University may discipline students proven guilty of academic dishonesty by:
a. Giving a failing grade on the specific assignment where dishonesty occurred,
b. Failing the student in the entire course,
c. Immediately dismissing and removing the student from the course, and/or
d. Referring the student to Student Affairs, a committee which may reprimand, place on probation, suspend, and/or expel the student.
Plagiarism is a serious violation of the Academic Honesty Code and will be punished accordingly.
The Utah Tech University Research Paper Guide defines plagiarism as “an act of willfully or carelessly attempting to pass off as one’s own work the words [or ideas] of someone else” (6). We will review and discuss proper MLA citation throughout the semester, and you will be responsible to using this documentation style properly. I will check all of your written work very carefully for plagiarism, and if I find intentional plagiarism, the consequences will be severe: FIRST OFFENSE: an “F” on the paper with no chance to revise or make it up. SECOND OFFENSE: “F” for the course and possible disciplinary action from Utah Tech University.
Tentative Schedule
This schedule is subject to change. Check the “SYLLABUS” page on Canvas daily. It is YOUR responsibility to know due dates and assignments.
Week 1
Introduction to the class
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Becoming Rhetorical “Introduction” + Chp. 1
Syllabus Agreement
Rhetorical Analysis of Self
Week 2
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
What can a news story teach us about rhetoric
Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 2-3
Rhetorical Analysis of Written Text
Week 3
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Topic Generation for Long Research Essay
Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 6-7
Week 4
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Becoming Rhetorical Chp. 11
Proposal for Long Research Essay
Week 5
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 12-13
Formal Outline OR Rough Draft of Long Research Essay
Week 6
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Long Research Essay due
Final Exam
Description:
English 2010
Intermediate Writing
Summer Session
English 2010 Summer Session
Required Texts & Materials
1. Nicotra, Jodie. Becoming Rhetorical: Analyzing and Composing in a Multimedia World. ISBN# 9781305956773 (the chapters we’ll be reading are uploaded into Canvas)
This class incorporates Cengage Inclusive Access: You have already paid for the course materials through your student fees. There is nothing else to purchase.
Course Catalog Description
Partially fulfills General Education English requirement. Provides opportunities to analyze and write academic papers, including the research-supported essay, through writing and revising a number of essays. Other activities, such as portfolios, library research, and tests may be used to help students improve their writing of advanced-level papers. Successful students will demonstrate competence in the use of standard written English, in analyzing texts, in correctly paraphrasing, summarizing and quoting source material, and in appropriately citing the work of others. Prerequisite: ENGL 1010 (Grade C or higher); AND LIB 1010 (can be concurrently enrolled). FA, SP, SU
Overall English Department Mission & Emphasis Statements
The English Department at Utah Tech University strives to instill in students an appreciation for the centrality of language and literature in human culture, particularly their function in social, historical, and political contexts. Students who major in English master skills in analyzing and evaluating texts and other media, as well as learning how to produce focused critical essays. As a subset to the English Department, the Composition Program seeks to fulfill the mission of both the department and the overall university GE mission. In particular, the program wants to strengthen students’ skills and confidence in writing and critical thinking. It also seeks to increase students’ written fluency and help them better formulate and organize ideas into focused, developed, articulate, and persuasive essays.
Course Learning Outcomes for English 2010
English Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs)
1. Critical Strategies: Apply critical terms, theoretical concepts, and interpretative strategies in the study of the English language with its written and visual texts.
2. Cultural and Ideological Awareness: Identify and examine the ideologies and core cultural beliefs present in multiple genres, forms, and modes.
3. Collaborative Learning: Analyze and evaluate texts, apply research methods, and produce scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing through varying collaborative activities.
4. Research & Information Literacy: Conduct advanced research and produce scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing for potential publication or formal presentation that exhibits sound rhetorical structure and source integration.
5. Professional Development: Prepare for employment by developing and demonstrating skills in critical thinking and sophistication in scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs)
CLO Course Assignments & Assessments PLO
After successful completion of ENGL 2010, students will be able to:
1. Evaluate evidence and logic—including the identification of underlying assumptions, biases, and fallacies—in various texts. • Research Paper
• Weekly Readings 1, 2, 4, 5
2. Apply relevant, convincing, and effective evidence and logic in a variety of oral and written interactions. • All Formal Essays
• Oral Presentations 1, 2, 4, 5
3. Engage in the process of collaborative learning as it relates to reading and writing. • Peer-review Workshops
• Informal in-class projects 1, 3, 4
4. Compose an essay with a precise thesis statement that controls the selection, structure, and presentation of material. • All Formal Essays and informal writing
• Oral Presentations 1, 4, 5
5. Create competent essays and paragraphs through the writing process using standard written English. • All Formal Essays 1, 3, 4, 5
6. Incorporate research into essays, annotated bibliogriaphies, research papers, and/or presentations through adequate quotation, paraphrasing and summarizing. • Research Essay
• Annotated bibliography
• Oral presentations 4, 5
7. Explain and avoid plagiarism. • All formal and informal writing 4, 5
Attendance Policy
Maintaining attendance records in an online class is much different from a face-to-face (f2f) class, obviously. Virtual attendance is mandatory. When I determine attendance, I look at two elements:
1. Time spent logged into the class. 2. Posting original posts and replies in discussion threads. Combined with the other requirements of the class, these elements constitute attending class in an online environment. If you do not log into class or post in the Week 1 Discussion Thread, you will be dropped from this class after the first week of class.
Late Assignments
The due dates are all clearly marked, and it is very important that you turn your assignments in on time. However, writing is not always an easy process. If you are struggling with an assignment, contact me BEFORE the due date so we can discuss issues you may be having with your writing: we can negotiate due dates BEFORE assignments are due. However, if you do not contact me prior to the due date, penalties for late work will be enforced. For every day that your paper is late, you lose points off the final grade of that assignment: 1 day late=minus 15 points; 2 days late=minus 25 points; 3 – 4 days late=minus 50 points; 5 days late=0. No work will be accepted more than five days after the original due date unless you have made prior arrangements with me.
Grades
Grading Scale: A = 94-100; A- = 90-93; B+ = 87-89; B = 84-86; B- = 80-83; C+ = 76-79; C = 70-75;
D+ = 67-69; D = 64-66; D- = 60-63; F = 59 and below
1. Long Research Essay (30% of final grade): 10 – 12 pages
In English 2010, we will focus on writing a sustained argumentative essay that incorporates at least 7 sources. Your topic should encourage a civic debate (please note that the professor must approve your topic and reserves the right to tell you to choose a different topic). At least 4 of your sources must come from either library print sources or library online databases, as opposed to Internet web sites (web pages of organizations or private individuals). This must be an original research project: it cannot be derived from an essay in a previous class.
2. Analysis Essays (30% of final grade)
A. Rhetorical Analysis of Yourself: 2 ½ – 3 pages
This assignment asks you to critically analyze the rhetorical effects of at least one of the following modes of self-presentation: appearance (clothes, body art, etc.), living space (décor, furniture, etc.), social media activity, where you shop and the products you buy, your behavior in different social groups (family, friends, etc.). This essay should be 2 ½ to 3 pages long.
B. Rhetorical Analysis of a Written Text: 2 ½ – 3 pages
Chapter 3 of Becoming Rhetorical discusses how to analyze the rhetorical moves of a written text. You will find a ""written"" text: It can be an essay that you find online, or it can be a hard copy of an essay in a newspaper or magazine, etc. Your source can be a source you use in your long research essay. Whatever source you choose to analyze, it should be long enough to provide a full rhetorical analysis of that source. Read the piece, then analyze its rhetorical moves. This analysis should be approximately 2 ½ - 3 pages, using the guidelines found on Canvas.
3. Assignments (10% of final grade)
Active and meaningful participation is required. Active and meaningful participation means that you are invested in the class, your work, and your writing. You are expected to complete all assigned tasks.
4. Discussions: Original Posts (OP) and Replies (R) (20% of final grade)
Each week, I will post several questions related to our reading and writing assignments for that week. Some weeks there may be only one discussion thread: Some weeks there may be two discussion threads. You are required to post an original response to these questions. You are also required to reply to TWO other original posts made by your peers in class. For each discussion thread, you will post at least three times. These are minimum requirements; feel free to post more often. Your original post (OP) equals 50% of the grade for that discussion thread: each reply (RP1 & RP2) equal 25% of the grade for that discussion thread. Thus, your grade for each discussion thread could range from 100% (OP+RP1+RP2), to 75%, to 50%, to 0%.
Guidelines for Original Posts and Replies:
1. Use proper “netiquette”: This means write in complete sentences, do not write in all caps (AS THAT MEANS YOU ARE SHOUTING), and use capital letters to begin sentences.
2. Break responses into short paragraph chunks to assist others in reading.
3. Be polite. Words often sound much harsher online than they would in person.
4. NO FLAMING: Students who ""flame"" (name-calling, harassing posts, cyber-bullying, etc.) others will be banned from the discussion forums and dropped from the class.
How to post successfully and how to get your peers to read your posts:
1. Think of the assignment in terms of a dialogue, not a writing exercise. Engage in a discussion about the texts and issues of the course materials.
2. Elaborate one single idea and try to keep your message to one paragraph (150-200 words). Texts longer than 150-200 words are harder to follow on screen. Better-formulated, grammatically correct, clear posts attract more attention (from both instructor and peers).
3. Avoid postings that are limited to 'I agree' or 'great idea', etc. If you agree (or disagree) with a post, then say why you agree by supporting your statement with concepts from the readings or by bringing in a related example or experience.
4. Avoid responses that offer only right or wrong perspectives and ignore other possible answers; pose open-ended questions that invite dialogue.
5. Avoid responses that are inflammatory or offensive to colleagues in the class. Before you post a response, ask yourself, “Is this post offensive? Might it offend someone in the class?” If your answer is either “Yes!” or “Perhaps,” you should revise your discussion.
6. Cite and/or provide links to help you readers associate and/or find the source you are quoting: These might be links to relevant YouTube videos, webpages, blogs, etc.
7. After you have posted, check to see if anybody has responded to you and keep the dialogue going.
Evaluation criteria for facilitating an online/class discussion (Or How I will grade each post):
1. Verbiage: Is the entry grammatically correct and appropriate? (Yes, I do look at this because articulation is important in scholarly discussions--this is not an AOL chat room.)
2. Clarity: Is the entry concise and understandable?
3. Detail: Is the entry specific and sufficiently explained? Does the author make reference to the readings and/or provide other sources?
4. Logic: Does the entry draw legitimate connections, inferences, and conclusions?
5. Relevance: Is the entry germane to the issue?
6. Originality: Does the entry add new insight to the discussion? (This also applies when responding to colleagues' posts: ""I agree"" or ""good point"" are supportive, but not substantive responses).
7. Reflectivity: Does the entry exhibit careful contemplation? (Vague, marginal posts do not reflect critical review of the course material or critical thinking.)
Academic Honesty/Integrity Policy
All standards of academic honesty covered in the “Student Rights and Responsibilities Code” in the Utah Tech University Student Catalogue will be enforced. Academic dishonesty in any form will not be tolerated at Utah Tech University, including but not limited to plagiarism on written assignments, submitting someone else’s work as your own, and cheating on exams or quizzes. Teachers at Utah Tech University may discipline students proven guilty of academic dishonesty by:
a. Giving a failing grade on the specific assignment where dishonesty occurred,
b. Failing the student in the entire course,
c. Immediately dismissing and removing the student from the course, and/or
d. Referring the student to Student Affairs, a committee which may reprimand, place on probation, suspend, and/or expel the student.
Plagiarism is a serious violation of the Academic Honesty Code and will be punished accordingly.
The Utah Tech University Research Paper Guide defines plagiarism as “an act of willfully or carelessly attempting to pass off as one’s own work the words [or ideas] of someone else” (6). We will review and discuss proper MLA citation throughout the semester, and you will be responsible to using this documentation style properly. I will check all of your written work very carefully for plagiarism, and if I find intentional plagiarism, the consequences will be severe: FIRST OFFENSE: an “F” on the paper with no chance to revise or make it up. SECOND OFFENSE: “F” for the course and possible disciplinary action from Utah Tech University.
Tentative Schedule
This schedule is subject to change. Check the “SYLLABUS” page on Canvas daily. It is YOUR responsibility to know due dates and assignments.
Week 1
Introduction to the class
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Becoming Rhetorical “Introduction” + Chp. 1
Syllabus Agreement
Rhetorical Analysis of Self
Week 2
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
What can a news story teach us about rhetoric
Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 2-3
Rhetorical Analysis of Written Text
Week 3
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Topic Generation for Long Research Essay
Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 6-7
Week 4
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Becoming Rhetorical Chp. 11
Proposal for Long Research Essay
Week 5
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 12-13
Formal Outline OR Rough Draft of Long Research Essay
Week 6
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Long Research Essay due
Final Exam
Required Reading: English 2010 Intermediate Writing Summer Session English 2010 Summer Session Required Texts & Materials 1. Nicotra, Jodie. Becoming Rhetorical: Analyzing and Composing in a Multimedia World. ISBN# 9781305956773 (the chapters we’ll be reading are uploaded into Canvas) This class incorporates Cengage Inclusive Access: You have already paid for the course materials through your student fees. There is nothing else to purchase. Course Catalog Description Partially fulfills General Education English requirement. Provides opportunities to analyze and write academic papers, including the research-supported essay, through writing and revising a number of essays. Other activities, such as portfolios, library research, and tests may be used to help students improve their writing of advanced-level papers. Successful students will demonstrate competence in the use of standard written English, in analyzing texts, in correctly paraphrasing, summarizing and quoting source material, and in appropriately citing the work of others. Prerequisite: ENGL 1010 (Grade C or higher); AND LIB 1010 (can be concurrently enrolled). FA, SP, SU Overall English Department Mission & Emphasis Statements The English Department at Utah Tech University strives to instill in students an appreciation for the centrality of language and literature in human culture, particularly their function in social, historical, and political contexts. Students who major in English master skills in analyzing and evaluating texts and other media, as well as learning how to produce focused critical essays. As a subset to the English Department, the Composition Program seeks to fulfill the mission of both the department and the overall university GE mission. In particular, the program wants to strengthen students’ skills and confidence in writing and critical thinking. It also seeks to increase students’ written fluency and help them better formulate and organize ideas into focused, developed, articulate, and persuasive essays. Course Learning Outcomes for English 2010 English Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) 1. Critical Strategies: Apply critical terms, theoretical concepts, and interpretative strategies in the study of the English language with its written and visual texts. 2. Cultural and Ideological Awareness: Identify and examine the ideologies and core cultural beliefs present in multiple genres, forms, and modes. 3. Collaborative Learning: Analyze and evaluate texts, apply research methods, and produce scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing through varying collaborative activities. 4. Research & Information Literacy: Conduct advanced research and produce scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing for potential publication or formal presentation that exhibits sound rhetorical structure and source integration. 5. Professional Development: Prepare for employment by developing and demonstrating skills in critical thinking and sophistication in scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing. Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs) CLO Course Assignments & Assessments PLO After successful completion of ENGL 2010, students will be able to: 1. Evaluate evidence and logic—including the identification of underlying assumptions, biases, and fallacies—in various texts. • Research Paper • Weekly Readings 1, 2, 4, 5 2. Apply relevant, convincing, and effective evidence and logic in a variety of oral and written interactions. • All Formal Essays • Oral Presentations 1, 2, 4, 5 3. Engage in the process of collaborative learning as it relates to reading and writing. • Peer-review Workshops • Informal in-class projects 1, 3, 4 4. Compose an essay with a precise thesis statement that controls the selection, structure, and presentation of material. • All Formal Essays and informal writing • Oral Presentations 1, 4, 5 5. Create competent essays and paragraphs through the writing process using standard written English. • All Formal Essays 1, 3, 4, 5 6. Incorporate research into essays, annotated bibliogriaphies, research papers, and/or presentations through adequate quotation, paraphrasing and summarizing. • Research Essay • Annotated bibliography • Oral presentations 4, 5 7. Explain and avoid plagiarism. • All formal and informal writing 4, 5 Attendance Policy Maintaining attendance records in an online class is much different from a face-to-face (f2f) class, obviously. Virtual attendance is mandatory. When I determine attendance, I look at two elements: 1. Time spent logged into the class. 2. Posting original posts and replies in discussion threads. Combined with the other requirements of the class, these elements constitute attending class in an online environment. If you do not log into class or post in the Week 1 Discussion Thread, you will be dropped from this class after the first week of class. Late Assignments The due dates are all clearly marked, and it is very important that you turn your assignments in on time. However, writing is not always an easy process. If you are struggling with an assignment, contact me BEFORE the due date so we can discuss issues you may be having with your writing: we can negotiate due dates BEFORE assignments are due. However, if you do not contact me prior to the due date, penalties for late work will be enforced. For every day that your paper is late, you lose points off the final grade of that assignment: 1 day late=minus 15 points; 2 days late=minus 25 points; 3 – 4 days late=minus 50 points; 5 days late=0. No work will be accepted more than five days after the original due date unless you have made prior arrangements with me. Grades Grading Scale: A = 94-100; A- = 90-93; B+ = 87-89; B = 84-86; B- = 80-83; C+ = 76-79; C = 70-75; D+ = 67-69; D = 64-66; D- = 60-63; F = 59 and below 1. Long Research Essay (30% of final grade): 10 – 12 pages In English 2010, we will focus on writing a sustained argumentative essay that incorporates at least 7 sources. Your topic should encourage a civic debate (please note that the professor must approve your topic and reserves the right to tell you to choose a different topic). At least 4 of your sources must come from either library print sources or library online databases, as opposed to Internet web sites (web pages of organizations or private individuals). This must be an original research project: it cannot be derived from an essay in a previous class. 2. Analysis Essays (30% of final grade) A. Rhetorical Analysis of Yourself: 2 ½ – 3 pages This assignment asks you to critically analyze the rhetorical effects of at least one of the following modes of self-presentation: appearance (clothes, body art, etc.), living space (décor, furniture, etc.), social media activity, where you shop and the products you buy, your behavior in different social groups (family, friends, etc.). This essay should be 2 ½ to 3 pages long. B. Rhetorical Analysis of a Written Text: 2 ½ – 3 pages Chapter 3 of Becoming Rhetorical discusses how to analyze the rhetorical moves of a written text. You will find a ""written"" text: It can be an essay that you find online, or it can be a hard copy of an essay in a newspaper or magazine, etc. Your source can be a source you use in your long research essay. Whatever source you choose to analyze, it should be long enough to provide a full rhetorical analysis of that source. Read the piece, then analyze its rhetorical moves. This analysis should be approximately 2 ½ - 3 pages, using the guidelines found on Canvas. 3. Assignments (10% of final grade) Active and meaningful participation is required. Active and meaningful participation means that you are invested in the class, your work, and your writing. You are expected to complete all assigned tasks. 4. Discussions: Original Posts (OP) and Replies (R) (20% of final grade) Each week, I will post several questions related to our reading and writing assignments for that week. Some weeks there may be only one discussion thread: Some weeks there may be two discussion threads. You are required to post an original response to these questions. You are also required to reply to TWO other original posts made by your peers in class. For each discussion thread, you will post at least three times. These are minimum requirements; feel free to post more often. Your original post (OP) equals 50% of the grade for that discussion thread: each reply (RP1 & RP2) equal 25% of the grade for that discussion thread. Thus, your grade for each discussion thread could range from 100% (OP+RP1+RP2), to 75%, to 50%, to 0%. Guidelines for Original Posts and Replies: 1. Use proper “netiquette”: This means write in complete sentences, do not write in all caps (AS THAT MEANS YOU ARE SHOUTING), and use capital letters to begin sentences. 2. Break responses into short paragraph chunks to assist others in reading. 3. Be polite. Words often sound much harsher online than they would in person. 4. NO FLAMING: Students who ""flame"" (name-calling, harassing posts, cyber-bullying, etc.) others will be banned from the discussion forums and dropped from the class. How to post successfully and how to get your peers to read your posts: 1. Think of the assignment in terms of a dialogue, not a writing exercise. Engage in a discussion about the texts and issues of the course materials. 2. Elaborate one single idea and try to keep your message to one paragraph (150-200 words). Texts longer than 150-200 words are harder to follow on screen. Better-formulated, grammatically correct, clear posts attract more attention (from both instructor and peers). 3. Avoid postings that are limited to 'I agree' or 'great idea', etc. If you agree (or disagree) with a post, then say why you agree by supporting your statement with concepts from the readings or by bringing in a related example or experience. 4. Avoid responses that offer only right or wrong perspectives and ignore other possible answers; pose open-ended questions that invite dialogue. 5. Avoid responses that are inflammatory or offensive to colleagues in the class. Before you post a response, ask yourself, “Is this post offensive? Might it offend someone in the class?” If your answer is either “Yes!” or “Perhaps,” you should revise your discussion. 6. Cite and/or provide links to help you readers associate and/or find the source you are quoting: These might be links to relevant YouTube videos, webpages, blogs, etc. 7. After you have posted, check to see if anybody has responded to you and keep the dialogue going. Evaluation criteria for facilitating an online/class discussion (Or How I will grade each post): 1. Verbiage: Is the entry grammatically correct and appropriate? (Yes, I do look at this because articulation is important in scholarly discussions--this is not an AOL chat room.) 2. Clarity: Is the entry concise and understandable? 3. Detail: Is the entry specific and sufficiently explained? Does the author make reference to the readings and/or provide other sources? 4. Logic: Does the entry draw legitimate connections, inferences, and conclusions? 5. Relevance: Is the entry germane to the issue? 6. Originality: Does the entry add new insight to the discussion? (This also applies when responding to colleagues' posts: ""I agree"" or ""good point"" are supportive, but not substantive responses). 7. Reflectivity: Does the entry exhibit careful contemplation? (Vague, marginal posts do not reflect critical review of the course material or critical thinking.) Academic Honesty/Integrity Policy All standards of academic honesty covered in the “Student Rights and Responsibilities Code” in the Utah Tech University Student Catalogue will be enforced. Academic dishonesty in any form will not be tolerated at Utah Tech University, including but not limited to plagiarism on written assignments, submitting someone else’s work as your own, and cheating on exams or quizzes. Teachers at Utah Tech University may discipline students proven guilty of academic dishonesty by: a. Giving a failing grade on the specific assignment where dishonesty occurred, b. Failing the student in the entire course, c. Immediately dismissing and removing the student from the course, and/or d. Referring the student to Student Affairs, a committee which may reprimand, place on probation, suspend, and/or expel the student. Plagiarism is a serious violation of the Academic Honesty Code and will be punished accordingly. The Utah Tech University Research Paper Guide defines plagiarism as “an act of willfully or carelessly attempting to pass off as one’s own work the words [or ideas] of someone else” (6). We will review and discuss proper MLA citation throughout the semester, and you will be responsible to using this documentation style properly. I will check all of your written work very carefully for plagiarism, and if I find intentional plagiarism, the consequences will be severe: FIRST OFFENSE: an “F” on the paper with no chance to revise or make it up. SECOND OFFENSE: “F” for the course and possible disciplinary action from Utah Tech University. Tentative Schedule This schedule is subject to change. Check the “SYLLABUS” page on Canvas daily. It is YOUR responsibility to know due dates and assignments. Week 1 Introduction to the class Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies Becoming Rhetorical “Introduction” + Chp. 1 Syllabus Agreement Rhetorical Analysis of Self Week 2 Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies What can a news story teach us about rhetoric Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 2-3 Rhetorical Analysis of Written Text Week 3 Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies Topic Generation for Long Research Essay Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 6-7 Week 4 Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies Becoming Rhetorical Chp. 11 Proposal for Long Research Essay Week 5 Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 12-13 Formal Outline OR Rough Draft of Long Research Essay Week 6 Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies Long Research Essay due Final Exam
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 41B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
English 2010
Intermediate Writing
Summer Session
English 2010 Summer Session
Required Texts & Materials
1. Nicotra, Jodie. Becoming Rhetorical: Analyzing and Composing in a Multimedia World. ISBN# 9781305956773 (the chapters we’ll be reading are uploaded into Canvas)
This class incorporates Cengage Inclusive Access: You have already paid for the course materials through your student fees. There is nothing else to purchase.
Course Catalog Description
Partially fulfills General Education English requirement. Provides opportunities to analyze and write academic papers, including the research-supported essay, through writing and revising a number of essays. Other activities, such as portfolios, library research, and tests may be used to help students improve their writing of advanced-level papers. Successful students will demonstrate competence in the use of standard written English, in analyzing texts, in correctly paraphrasing, summarizing and quoting source material, and in appropriately citing the work of others. Prerequisite: ENGL 1010 (Grade C or higher); AND LIB 1010 (can be concurrently enrolled). FA, SP, SU
Overall English Department Mission & Emphasis Statements
The English Department at Utah Tech University strives to instill in students an appreciation for the centrality of language and literature in human culture, particularly their function in social, historical, and political contexts. Students who major in English master skills in analyzing and evaluating texts and other media, as well as learning how to produce focused critical essays. As a subset to the English Department, the Composition Program seeks to fulfill the mission of both the department and the overall university GE mission. In particular, the program wants to strengthen students’ skills and confidence in writing and critical thinking. It also seeks to increase students’ written fluency and help them better formulate and organize ideas into focused, developed, articulate, and persuasive essays.
Course Learning Outcomes for English 2010
English Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs)
1. Critical Strategies: Apply critical terms, theoretical concepts, and interpretative strategies in the study of the English language with its written and visual texts.
2. Cultural and Ideological Awareness: Identify and examine the ideologies and core cultural beliefs present in multiple genres, forms, and modes.
3. Collaborative Learning: Analyze and evaluate texts, apply research methods, and produce scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing through varying collaborative activities.
4. Research & Information Literacy: Conduct advanced research and produce scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing for potential publication or formal presentation that exhibits sound rhetorical structure and source integration.
5. Professional Development: Prepare for employment by developing and demonstrating skills in critical thinking and sophistication in scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs)
CLO Course Assignments & Assessments PLO
After successful completion of ENGL 2010, students will be able to:
1. Evaluate evidence and logic—including the identification of underlying assumptions, biases, and fallacies—in various texts. • Research Paper
• Weekly Readings 1, 2, 4, 5
2. Apply relevant, convincing, and effective evidence and logic in a variety of oral and written interactions. • All Formal Essays
• Oral Presentations 1, 2, 4, 5
3. Engage in the process of collaborative learning as it relates to reading and writing. • Peer-review Workshops
• Informal in-class projects 1, 3, 4
4. Compose an essay with a precise thesis statement that controls the selection, structure, and presentation of material. • All Formal Essays and informal writing
• Oral Presentations 1, 4, 5
5. Create competent essays and paragraphs through the writing process using standard written English. • All Formal Essays 1, 3, 4, 5
6. Incorporate research into essays, annotated bibliogriaphies, research papers, and/or presentations through adequate quotation, paraphrasing and summarizing. • Research Essay
• Annotated bibliography
• Oral presentations 4, 5
7. Explain and avoid plagiarism. • All formal and informal writing 4, 5
Attendance Policy
Maintaining attendance records in an online class is much different from a face-to-face (f2f) class, obviously. Virtual attendance is mandatory. When I determine attendance, I look at two elements:
1. Time spent logged into the class. 2. Posting original posts and replies in discussion threads. Combined with the other requirements of the class, these elements constitute attending class in an online environment. If you do not log into class or post in the Week 1 Discussion Thread, you will be dropped from this class after the first week of class.
Late Assignments
The due dates are all clearly marked, and it is very important that you turn your assignments in on time. However, writing is not always an easy process. If you are struggling with an assignment, contact me BEFORE the due date so we can discuss issues you may be having with your writing: we can negotiate due dates BEFORE assignments are due. However, if you do not contact me prior to the due date, penalties for late work will be enforced. For every day that your paper is late, you lose points off the final grade of that assignment: 1 day late=minus 15 points; 2 days late=minus 25 points; 3 – 4 days late=minus 50 points; 5 days late=0. No work will be accepted more than five days after the original due date unless you have made prior arrangements with me.
Grades
Grading Scale: A = 94-100; A- = 90-93; B+ = 87-89; B = 84-86; B- = 80-83; C+ = 76-79; C = 70-75;
D+ = 67-69; D = 64-66; D- = 60-63; F = 59 and below
1. Long Research Essay (30% of final grade): 10 – 12 pages
In English 2010, we will focus on writing a sustained argumentative essay that incorporates at least 7 sources. Your topic should encourage a civic debate (please note that the professor must approve your topic and reserves the right to tell you to choose a different topic). At least 4 of your sources must come from either library print sources or library online databases, as opposed to Internet web sites (web pages of organizations or private individuals). This must be an original research project: it cannot be derived from an essay in a previous class.
2. Analysis Essays (30% of final grade)
A. Rhetorical Analysis of Yourself: 2 ½ – 3 pages
This assignment asks you to critically analyze the rhetorical effects of at least one of the following modes of self-presentation: appearance (clothes, body art, etc.), living space (décor, furniture, etc.), social media activity, where you shop and the products you buy, your behavior in different social groups (family, friends, etc.). This essay should be 2 ½ to 3 pages long.
B. Rhetorical Analysis of a Written Text: 2 ½ – 3 pages
Chapter 3 of Becoming Rhetorical discusses how to analyze the rhetorical moves of a written text. You will find a ""written"" text: It can be an essay that you find online, or it can be a hard copy of an essay in a newspaper or magazine, etc. Your source can be a source you use in your long research essay. Whatever source you choose to analyze, it should be long enough to provide a full rhetorical analysis of that source. Read the piece, then analyze its rhetorical moves. This analysis should be approximately 2 ½ - 3 pages, using the guidelines found on Canvas.
3. Assignments (10% of final grade)
Active and meaningful participation is required. Active and meaningful participation means that you are invested in the class, your work, and your writing. You are expected to complete all assigned tasks.
4. Discussions: Original Posts (OP) and Replies (R) (20% of final grade)
Each week, I will post several questions related to our reading and writing assignments for that week. Some weeks there may be only one discussion thread: Some weeks there may be two discussion threads. You are required to post an original response to these questions. You are also required to reply to TWO other original posts made by your peers in class. For each discussion thread, you will post at least three times. These are minimum requirements; feel free to post more often. Your original post (OP) equals 50% of the grade for that discussion thread: each reply (RP1 & RP2) equal 25% of the grade for that discussion thread. Thus, your grade for each discussion thread could range from 100% (OP+RP1+RP2), to 75%, to 50%, to 0%.
Guidelines for Original Posts and Replies:
1. Use proper “netiquette”: This means write in complete sentences, do not write in all caps (AS THAT MEANS YOU ARE SHOUTING), and use capital letters to begin sentences.
2. Break responses into short paragraph chunks to assist others in reading.
3. Be polite. Words often sound much harsher online than they would in person.
4. NO FLAMING: Students who ""flame"" (name-calling, harassing posts, cyber-bullying, etc.) others will be banned from the discussion forums and dropped from the class.
How to post successfully and how to get your peers to read your posts:
1. Think of the assignment in terms of a dialogue, not a writing exercise. Engage in a discussion about the texts and issues of the course materials.
2. Elaborate one single idea and try to keep your message to one paragraph (150-200 words). Texts longer than 150-200 words are harder to follow on screen. Better-formulated, grammatically correct, clear posts attract more attention (from both instructor and peers).
3. Avoid postings that are limited to 'I agree' or 'great idea', etc. If you agree (or disagree) with a post, then say why you agree by supporting your statement with concepts from the readings or by bringing in a related example or experience.
4. Avoid responses that offer only right or wrong perspectives and ignore other possible answers; pose open-ended questions that invite dialogue.
5. Avoid responses that are inflammatory or offensive to colleagues in the class. Before you post a response, ask yourself, “Is this post offensive? Might it offend someone in the class?” If your answer is either “Yes!” or “Perhaps,” you should revise your discussion.
6. Cite and/or provide links to help you readers associate and/or find the source you are quoting: These might be links to relevant YouTube videos, webpages, blogs, etc.
7. After you have posted, check to see if anybody has responded to you and keep the dialogue going.
Evaluation criteria for facilitating an online/class discussion (Or How I will grade each post):
1. Verbiage: Is the entry grammatically correct and appropriate? (Yes, I do look at this because articulation is important in scholarly discussions--this is not an AOL chat room.)
2. Clarity: Is the entry concise and understandable?
3. Detail: Is the entry specific and sufficiently explained? Does the author make reference to the readings and/or provide other sources?
4. Logic: Does the entry draw legitimate connections, inferences, and conclusions?
5. Relevance: Is the entry germane to the issue?
6. Originality: Does the entry add new insight to the discussion? (This also applies when responding to colleagues' posts: ""I agree"" or ""good point"" are supportive, but not substantive responses).
7. Reflectivity: Does the entry exhibit careful contemplation? (Vague, marginal posts do not reflect critical review of the course material or critical thinking.)
Academic Honesty/Integrity Policy
All standards of academic honesty covered in the “Student Rights and Responsibilities Code” in the Utah Tech University Student Catalogue will be enforced. Academic dishonesty in any form will not be tolerated at Utah Tech University, including but not limited to plagiarism on written assignments, submitting someone else’s work as your own, and cheating on exams or quizzes. Teachers at Utah Tech University may discipline students proven guilty of academic dishonesty by:
a. Giving a failing grade on the specific assignment where dishonesty occurred,
b. Failing the student in the entire course,
c. Immediately dismissing and removing the student from the course, and/or
d. Referring the student to Student Affairs, a committee which may reprimand, place on probation, suspend, and/or expel the student.
Plagiarism is a serious violation of the Academic Honesty Code and will be punished accordingly.
The Utah Tech University Research Paper Guide defines plagiarism as “an act of willfully or carelessly attempting to pass off as one’s own work the words [or ideas] of someone else” (6). We will review and discuss proper MLA citation throughout the semester, and you will be responsible to using this documentation style properly. I will check all of your written work very carefully for plagiarism, and if I find intentional plagiarism, the consequences will be severe: FIRST OFFENSE: an “F” on the paper with no chance to revise or make it up. SECOND OFFENSE: “F” for the course and possible disciplinary action from Utah Tech University.
Tentative Schedule
This schedule is subject to change. Check the “SYLLABUS” page on Canvas daily. It is YOUR responsibility to know due dates and assignments.
Week 1
Introduction to the class
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Becoming Rhetorical “Introduction” + Chp. 1
Syllabus Agreement
Rhetorical Analysis of Self
Week 2
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
What can a news story teach us about rhetoric
Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 2-3
Rhetorical Analysis of Written Text
Week 3
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Topic Generation for Long Research Essay
Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 6-7
Week 4
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Becoming Rhetorical Chp. 11
Proposal for Long Research Essay
Week 5
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 12-13
Formal Outline OR Rough Draft of Long Research Essay
Week 6
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Long Research Essay due
Final Exam
Description:
English 2010
Intermediate Writing
Summer Session
English 2010 Summer Session
Required Texts & Materials
1. Nicotra, Jodie. Becoming Rhetorical: Analyzing and Composing in a Multimedia World. ISBN# 9781305956773 (the chapters we’ll be reading are uploaded into Canvas)
This class incorporates Cengage Inclusive Access: You have already paid for the course materials through your student fees. There is nothing else to purchase.
Course Catalog Description
Partially fulfills General Education English requirement. Provides opportunities to analyze and write academic papers, including the research-supported essay, through writing and revising a number of essays. Other activities, such as portfolios, library research, and tests may be used to help students improve their writing of advanced-level papers. Successful students will demonstrate competence in the use of standard written English, in analyzing texts, in correctly paraphrasing, summarizing and quoting source material, and in appropriately citing the work of others. Prerequisite: ENGL 1010 (Grade C or higher); AND LIB 1010 (can be concurrently enrolled). FA, SP, SU
Overall English Department Mission & Emphasis Statements
The English Department at Utah Tech University strives to instill in students an appreciation for the centrality of language and literature in human culture, particularly their function in social, historical, and political contexts. Students who major in English master skills in analyzing and evaluating texts and other media, as well as learning how to produce focused critical essays. As a subset to the English Department, the Composition Program seeks to fulfill the mission of both the department and the overall university GE mission. In particular, the program wants to strengthen students’ skills and confidence in writing and critical thinking. It also seeks to increase students’ written fluency and help them better formulate and organize ideas into focused, developed, articulate, and persuasive essays.
Course Learning Outcomes for English 2010
English Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs)
1. Critical Strategies: Apply critical terms, theoretical concepts, and interpretative strategies in the study of the English language with its written and visual texts.
2. Cultural and Ideological Awareness: Identify and examine the ideologies and core cultural beliefs present in multiple genres, forms, and modes.
3. Collaborative Learning: Analyze and evaluate texts, apply research methods, and produce scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing through varying collaborative activities.
4. Research & Information Literacy: Conduct advanced research and produce scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing for potential publication or formal presentation that exhibits sound rhetorical structure and source integration.
5. Professional Development: Prepare for employment by developing and demonstrating skills in critical thinking and sophistication in scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs)
CLO Course Assignments & Assessments PLO
After successful completion of ENGL 2010, students will be able to:
1. Evaluate evidence and logic—including the identification of underlying assumptions, biases, and fallacies—in various texts. • Research Paper
• Weekly Readings 1, 2, 4, 5
2. Apply relevant, convincing, and effective evidence and logic in a variety of oral and written interactions. • All Formal Essays
• Oral Presentations 1, 2, 4, 5
3. Engage in the process of collaborative learning as it relates to reading and writing. • Peer-review Workshops
• Informal in-class projects 1, 3, 4
4. Compose an essay with a precise thesis statement that controls the selection, structure, and presentation of material. • All Formal Essays and informal writing
• Oral Presentations 1, 4, 5
5. Create competent essays and paragraphs through the writing process using standard written English. • All Formal Essays 1, 3, 4, 5
6. Incorporate research into essays, annotated bibliogriaphies, research papers, and/or presentations through adequate quotation, paraphrasing and summarizing. • Research Essay
• Annotated bibliography
• Oral presentations 4, 5
7. Explain and avoid plagiarism. • All formal and informal writing 4, 5
Attendance Policy
Maintaining attendance records in an online class is much different from a face-to-face (f2f) class, obviously. Virtual attendance is mandatory. When I determine attendance, I look at two elements:
1. Time spent logged into the class. 2. Posting original posts and replies in discussion threads. Combined with the other requirements of the class, these elements constitute attending class in an online environment. If you do not log into class or post in the Week 1 Discussion Thread, you will be dropped from this class after the first week of class.
Late Assignments
The due dates are all clearly marked, and it is very important that you turn your assignments in on time. However, writing is not always an easy process. If you are struggling with an assignment, contact me BEFORE the due date so we can discuss issues you may be having with your writing: we can negotiate due dates BEFORE assignments are due. However, if you do not contact me prior to the due date, penalties for late work will be enforced. For every day that your paper is late, you lose points off the final grade of that assignment: 1 day late=minus 15 points; 2 days late=minus 25 points; 3 – 4 days late=minus 50 points; 5 days late=0. No work will be accepted more than five days after the original due date unless you have made prior arrangements with me.
Grades
Grading Scale: A = 94-100; A- = 90-93; B+ = 87-89; B = 84-86; B- = 80-83; C+ = 76-79; C = 70-75;
D+ = 67-69; D = 64-66; D- = 60-63; F = 59 and below
1. Long Research Essay (30% of final grade): 10 – 12 pages
In English 2010, we will focus on writing a sustained argumentative essay that incorporates at least 7 sources. Your topic should encourage a civic debate (please note that the professor must approve your topic and reserves the right to tell you to choose a different topic). At least 4 of your sources must come from either library print sources or library online databases, as opposed to Internet web sites (web pages of organizations or private individuals). This must be an original research project: it cannot be derived from an essay in a previous class.
2. Analysis Essays (30% of final grade)
A. Rhetorical Analysis of Yourself: 2 ½ – 3 pages
This assignment asks you to critically analyze the rhetorical effects of at least one of the following modes of self-presentation: appearance (clothes, body art, etc.), living space (décor, furniture, etc.), social media activity, where you shop and the products you buy, your behavior in different social groups (family, friends, etc.). This essay should be 2 ½ to 3 pages long.
B. Rhetorical Analysis of a Written Text: 2 ½ – 3 pages
Chapter 3 of Becoming Rhetorical discusses how to analyze the rhetorical moves of a written text. You will find a ""written"" text: It can be an essay that you find online, or it can be a hard copy of an essay in a newspaper or magazine, etc. Your source can be a source you use in your long research essay. Whatever source you choose to analyze, it should be long enough to provide a full rhetorical analysis of that source. Read the piece, then analyze its rhetorical moves. This analysis should be approximately 2 ½ - 3 pages, using the guidelines found on Canvas.
3. Assignments (10% of final grade)
Active and meaningful participation is required. Active and meaningful participation means that you are invested in the class, your work, and your writing. You are expected to complete all assigned tasks.
4. Discussions: Original Posts (OP) and Replies (R) (20% of final grade)
Each week, I will post several questions related to our reading and writing assignments for that week. Some weeks there may be only one discussion thread: Some weeks there may be two discussion threads. You are required to post an original response to these questions. You are also required to reply to TWO other original posts made by your peers in class. For each discussion thread, you will post at least three times. These are minimum requirements; feel free to post more often. Your original post (OP) equals 50% of the grade for that discussion thread: each reply (RP1 & RP2) equal 25% of the grade for that discussion thread. Thus, your grade for each discussion thread could range from 100% (OP+RP1+RP2), to 75%, to 50%, to 0%.
Guidelines for Original Posts and Replies:
1. Use proper “netiquette”: This means write in complete sentences, do not write in all caps (AS THAT MEANS YOU ARE SHOUTING), and use capital letters to begin sentences.
2. Break responses into short paragraph chunks to assist others in reading.
3. Be polite. Words often sound much harsher online than they would in person.
4. NO FLAMING: Students who ""flame"" (name-calling, harassing posts, cyber-bullying, etc.) others will be banned from the discussion forums and dropped from the class.
How to post successfully and how to get your peers to read your posts:
1. Think of the assignment in terms of a dialogue, not a writing exercise. Engage in a discussion about the texts and issues of the course materials.
2. Elaborate one single idea and try to keep your message to one paragraph (150-200 words). Texts longer than 150-200 words are harder to follow on screen. Better-formulated, grammatically correct, clear posts attract more attention (from both instructor and peers).
3. Avoid postings that are limited to 'I agree' or 'great idea', etc. If you agree (or disagree) with a post, then say why you agree by supporting your statement with concepts from the readings or by bringing in a related example or experience.
4. Avoid responses that offer only right or wrong perspectives and ignore other possible answers; pose open-ended questions that invite dialogue.
5. Avoid responses that are inflammatory or offensive to colleagues in the class. Before you post a response, ask yourself, “Is this post offensive? Might it offend someone in the class?” If your answer is either “Yes!” or “Perhaps,” you should revise your discussion.
6. Cite and/or provide links to help you readers associate and/or find the source you are quoting: These might be links to relevant YouTube videos, webpages, blogs, etc.
7. After you have posted, check to see if anybody has responded to you and keep the dialogue going.
Evaluation criteria for facilitating an online/class discussion (Or How I will grade each post):
1. Verbiage: Is the entry grammatically correct and appropriate? (Yes, I do look at this because articulation is important in scholarly discussions--this is not an AOL chat room.)
2. Clarity: Is the entry concise and understandable?
3. Detail: Is the entry specific and sufficiently explained? Does the author make reference to the readings and/or provide other sources?
4. Logic: Does the entry draw legitimate connections, inferences, and conclusions?
5. Relevance: Is the entry germane to the issue?
6. Originality: Does the entry add new insight to the discussion? (This also applies when responding to colleagues' posts: ""I agree"" or ""good point"" are supportive, but not substantive responses).
7. Reflectivity: Does the entry exhibit careful contemplation? (Vague, marginal posts do not reflect critical review of the course material or critical thinking.)
Academic Honesty/Integrity Policy
All standards of academic honesty covered in the “Student Rights and Responsibilities Code” in the Utah Tech University Student Catalogue will be enforced. Academic dishonesty in any form will not be tolerated at Utah Tech University, including but not limited to plagiarism on written assignments, submitting someone else’s work as your own, and cheating on exams or quizzes. Teachers at Utah Tech University may discipline students proven guilty of academic dishonesty by:
a. Giving a failing grade on the specific assignment where dishonesty occurred,
b. Failing the student in the entire course,
c. Immediately dismissing and removing the student from the course, and/or
d. Referring the student to Student Affairs, a committee which may reprimand, place on probation, suspend, and/or expel the student.
Plagiarism is a serious violation of the Academic Honesty Code and will be punished accordingly.
The Utah Tech University Research Paper Guide defines plagiarism as “an act of willfully or carelessly attempting to pass off as one’s own work the words [or ideas] of someone else” (6). We will review and discuss proper MLA citation throughout the semester, and you will be responsible to using this documentation style properly. I will check all of your written work very carefully for plagiarism, and if I find intentional plagiarism, the consequences will be severe: FIRST OFFENSE: an “F” on the paper with no chance to revise or make it up. SECOND OFFENSE: “F” for the course and possible disciplinary action from Utah Tech University.
Tentative Schedule
This schedule is subject to change. Check the “SYLLABUS” page on Canvas daily. It is YOUR responsibility to know due dates and assignments.
Week 1
Introduction to the class
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Becoming Rhetorical “Introduction” + Chp. 1
Syllabus Agreement
Rhetorical Analysis of Self
Week 2
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
What can a news story teach us about rhetoric
Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 2-3
Rhetorical Analysis of Written Text
Week 3
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Topic Generation for Long Research Essay
Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 6-7
Week 4
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Becoming Rhetorical Chp. 11
Proposal for Long Research Essay
Week 5
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 12-13
Formal Outline OR Rough Draft of Long Research Essay
Week 6
Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies
Long Research Essay due
Final Exam
Required Reading: English 2010 Intermediate Writing Summer Session English 2010 Summer Session Required Texts & Materials 1. Nicotra, Jodie. Becoming Rhetorical: Analyzing and Composing in a Multimedia World. ISBN# 9781305956773 (the chapters we’ll be reading are uploaded into Canvas) This class incorporates Cengage Inclusive Access: You have already paid for the course materials through your student fees. There is nothing else to purchase. Course Catalog Description Partially fulfills General Education English requirement. Provides opportunities to analyze and write academic papers, including the research-supported essay, through writing and revising a number of essays. Other activities, such as portfolios, library research, and tests may be used to help students improve their writing of advanced-level papers. Successful students will demonstrate competence in the use of standard written English, in analyzing texts, in correctly paraphrasing, summarizing and quoting source material, and in appropriately citing the work of others. Prerequisite: ENGL 1010 (Grade C or higher); AND LIB 1010 (can be concurrently enrolled). FA, SP, SU Overall English Department Mission & Emphasis Statements The English Department at Utah Tech University strives to instill in students an appreciation for the centrality of language and literature in human culture, particularly their function in social, historical, and political contexts. Students who major in English master skills in analyzing and evaluating texts and other media, as well as learning how to produce focused critical essays. As a subset to the English Department, the Composition Program seeks to fulfill the mission of both the department and the overall university GE mission. In particular, the program wants to strengthen students’ skills and confidence in writing and critical thinking. It also seeks to increase students’ written fluency and help them better formulate and organize ideas into focused, developed, articulate, and persuasive essays. Course Learning Outcomes for English 2010 English Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) 1. Critical Strategies: Apply critical terms, theoretical concepts, and interpretative strategies in the study of the English language with its written and visual texts. 2. Cultural and Ideological Awareness: Identify and examine the ideologies and core cultural beliefs present in multiple genres, forms, and modes. 3. Collaborative Learning: Analyze and evaluate texts, apply research methods, and produce scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing through varying collaborative activities. 4. Research & Information Literacy: Conduct advanced research and produce scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing for potential publication or formal presentation that exhibits sound rhetorical structure and source integration. 5. Professional Development: Prepare for employment by developing and demonstrating skills in critical thinking and sophistication in scholarly, technical, and/or creative writing. Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs) CLO Course Assignments & Assessments PLO After successful completion of ENGL 2010, students will be able to: 1. Evaluate evidence and logic—including the identification of underlying assumptions, biases, and fallacies—in various texts. • Research Paper • Weekly Readings 1, 2, 4, 5 2. Apply relevant, convincing, and effective evidence and logic in a variety of oral and written interactions. • All Formal Essays • Oral Presentations 1, 2, 4, 5 3. Engage in the process of collaborative learning as it relates to reading and writing. • Peer-review Workshops • Informal in-class projects 1, 3, 4 4. Compose an essay with a precise thesis statement that controls the selection, structure, and presentation of material. • All Formal Essays and informal writing • Oral Presentations 1, 4, 5 5. Create competent essays and paragraphs through the writing process using standard written English. • All Formal Essays 1, 3, 4, 5 6. Incorporate research into essays, annotated bibliogriaphies, research papers, and/or presentations through adequate quotation, paraphrasing and summarizing. • Research Essay • Annotated bibliography • Oral presentations 4, 5 7. Explain and avoid plagiarism. • All formal and informal writing 4, 5 Attendance Policy Maintaining attendance records in an online class is much different from a face-to-face (f2f) class, obviously. Virtual attendance is mandatory. When I determine attendance, I look at two elements: 1. Time spent logged into the class. 2. Posting original posts and replies in discussion threads. Combined with the other requirements of the class, these elements constitute attending class in an online environment. If you do not log into class or post in the Week 1 Discussion Thread, you will be dropped from this class after the first week of class. Late Assignments The due dates are all clearly marked, and it is very important that you turn your assignments in on time. However, writing is not always an easy process. If you are struggling with an assignment, contact me BEFORE the due date so we can discuss issues you may be having with your writing: we can negotiate due dates BEFORE assignments are due. However, if you do not contact me prior to the due date, penalties for late work will be enforced. For every day that your paper is late, you lose points off the final grade of that assignment: 1 day late=minus 15 points; 2 days late=minus 25 points; 3 – 4 days late=minus 50 points; 5 days late=0. No work will be accepted more than five days after the original due date unless you have made prior arrangements with me. Grades Grading Scale: A = 94-100; A- = 90-93; B+ = 87-89; B = 84-86; B- = 80-83; C+ = 76-79; C = 70-75; D+ = 67-69; D = 64-66; D- = 60-63; F = 59 and below 1. Long Research Essay (30% of final grade): 10 – 12 pages In English 2010, we will focus on writing a sustained argumentative essay that incorporates at least 7 sources. Your topic should encourage a civic debate (please note that the professor must approve your topic and reserves the right to tell you to choose a different topic). At least 4 of your sources must come from either library print sources or library online databases, as opposed to Internet web sites (web pages of organizations or private individuals). This must be an original research project: it cannot be derived from an essay in a previous class. 2. Analysis Essays (30% of final grade) A. Rhetorical Analysis of Yourself: 2 ½ – 3 pages This assignment asks you to critically analyze the rhetorical effects of at least one of the following modes of self-presentation: appearance (clothes, body art, etc.), living space (décor, furniture, etc.), social media activity, where you shop and the products you buy, your behavior in different social groups (family, friends, etc.). This essay should be 2 ½ to 3 pages long. B. Rhetorical Analysis of a Written Text: 2 ½ – 3 pages Chapter 3 of Becoming Rhetorical discusses how to analyze the rhetorical moves of a written text. You will find a ""written"" text: It can be an essay that you find online, or it can be a hard copy of an essay in a newspaper or magazine, etc. Your source can be a source you use in your long research essay. Whatever source you choose to analyze, it should be long enough to provide a full rhetorical analysis of that source. Read the piece, then analyze its rhetorical moves. This analysis should be approximately 2 ½ - 3 pages, using the guidelines found on Canvas. 3. Assignments (10% of final grade) Active and meaningful participation is required. Active and meaningful participation means that you are invested in the class, your work, and your writing. You are expected to complete all assigned tasks. 4. Discussions: Original Posts (OP) and Replies (R) (20% of final grade) Each week, I will post several questions related to our reading and writing assignments for that week. Some weeks there may be only one discussion thread: Some weeks there may be two discussion threads. You are required to post an original response to these questions. You are also required to reply to TWO other original posts made by your peers in class. For each discussion thread, you will post at least three times. These are minimum requirements; feel free to post more often. Your original post (OP) equals 50% of the grade for that discussion thread: each reply (RP1 & RP2) equal 25% of the grade for that discussion thread. Thus, your grade for each discussion thread could range from 100% (OP+RP1+RP2), to 75%, to 50%, to 0%. Guidelines for Original Posts and Replies: 1. Use proper “netiquette”: This means write in complete sentences, do not write in all caps (AS THAT MEANS YOU ARE SHOUTING), and use capital letters to begin sentences. 2. Break responses into short paragraph chunks to assist others in reading. 3. Be polite. Words often sound much harsher online than they would in person. 4. NO FLAMING: Students who ""flame"" (name-calling, harassing posts, cyber-bullying, etc.) others will be banned from the discussion forums and dropped from the class. How to post successfully and how to get your peers to read your posts: 1. Think of the assignment in terms of a dialogue, not a writing exercise. Engage in a discussion about the texts and issues of the course materials. 2. Elaborate one single idea and try to keep your message to one paragraph (150-200 words). Texts longer than 150-200 words are harder to follow on screen. Better-formulated, grammatically correct, clear posts attract more attention (from both instructor and peers). 3. Avoid postings that are limited to 'I agree' or 'great idea', etc. If you agree (or disagree) with a post, then say why you agree by supporting your statement with concepts from the readings or by bringing in a related example or experience. 4. Avoid responses that offer only right or wrong perspectives and ignore other possible answers; pose open-ended questions that invite dialogue. 5. Avoid responses that are inflammatory or offensive to colleagues in the class. Before you post a response, ask yourself, “Is this post offensive? Might it offend someone in the class?” If your answer is either “Yes!” or “Perhaps,” you should revise your discussion. 6. Cite and/or provide links to help you readers associate and/or find the source you are quoting: These might be links to relevant YouTube videos, webpages, blogs, etc. 7. After you have posted, check to see if anybody has responded to you and keep the dialogue going. Evaluation criteria for facilitating an online/class discussion (Or How I will grade each post): 1. Verbiage: Is the entry grammatically correct and appropriate? (Yes, I do look at this because articulation is important in scholarly discussions--this is not an AOL chat room.) 2. Clarity: Is the entry concise and understandable? 3. Detail: Is the entry specific and sufficiently explained? Does the author make reference to the readings and/or provide other sources? 4. Logic: Does the entry draw legitimate connections, inferences, and conclusions? 5. Relevance: Is the entry germane to the issue? 6. Originality: Does the entry add new insight to the discussion? (This also applies when responding to colleagues' posts: ""I agree"" or ""good point"" are supportive, but not substantive responses). 7. Reflectivity: Does the entry exhibit careful contemplation? (Vague, marginal posts do not reflect critical review of the course material or critical thinking.) Academic Honesty/Integrity Policy All standards of academic honesty covered in the “Student Rights and Responsibilities Code” in the Utah Tech University Student Catalogue will be enforced. Academic dishonesty in any form will not be tolerated at Utah Tech University, including but not limited to plagiarism on written assignments, submitting someone else’s work as your own, and cheating on exams or quizzes. Teachers at Utah Tech University may discipline students proven guilty of academic dishonesty by: a. Giving a failing grade on the specific assignment where dishonesty occurred, b. Failing the student in the entire course, c. Immediately dismissing and removing the student from the course, and/or d. Referring the student to Student Affairs, a committee which may reprimand, place on probation, suspend, and/or expel the student. Plagiarism is a serious violation of the Academic Honesty Code and will be punished accordingly. The Utah Tech University Research Paper Guide defines plagiarism as “an act of willfully or carelessly attempting to pass off as one’s own work the words [or ideas] of someone else” (6). We will review and discuss proper MLA citation throughout the semester, and you will be responsible to using this documentation style properly. I will check all of your written work very carefully for plagiarism, and if I find intentional plagiarism, the consequences will be severe: FIRST OFFENSE: an “F” on the paper with no chance to revise or make it up. SECOND OFFENSE: “F” for the course and possible disciplinary action from Utah Tech University. Tentative Schedule This schedule is subject to change. Check the “SYLLABUS” page on Canvas daily. It is YOUR responsibility to know due dates and assignments. Week 1 Introduction to the class Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies Becoming Rhetorical “Introduction” + Chp. 1 Syllabus Agreement Rhetorical Analysis of Self Week 2 Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies What can a news story teach us about rhetoric Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 2-3 Rhetorical Analysis of Written Text Week 3 Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies Topic Generation for Long Research Essay Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 6-7 Week 4 Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies Becoming Rhetorical Chp. 11 Proposal for Long Research Essay Week 5 Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies Becoming Rhetorical Chps. 12-13 Formal Outline OR Rough Draft of Long Research Essay Week 6 Discussion Thread: 1 original post + 2 replies Long Research Essay due Final Exam
Recommended Reading: N/A
Independent Research, ENVS-4800R, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
1. Performance in the lab and/or field: Each student’s experience for their independent research credit will be different. Students will meet with the instructor before the end of the second week of classes to determine what the student’s project will be, how much time will be dedicated to field work and lab work throughout the semester, and final report expectations. Students will meet with the instructor regularly throughout the semester for training, guidance, and support as they conduct their research, and then analyze and present their data. It is expected that students will work 40 hours throughout the semester for every 1 credit hour of independent research in which they are enrolled.
2. Final Lab Report: At the end of the semester, students will submit a report describing their research experience. This report will vary depending on the specific research undertaken by each student, but will include a description of the problem they are trying to address with their research, the methods they undertook to conduct their research, a summary of any results and conclusions from their work, and a reflection on the impact of this research experience on their skills applying the scientific methods and their future educational and career goals.
Description:
Methods. This unit covers the field or lab work required to collect and analyze environmental samples to address the hypothesis developed by each student.
Data Analysis and Interpretation. This unit explores statistical, spatial, and modeling as necessary to address each student's research hypothesis. Students will then use their previous experience and literature searches to explain the importance of their results as they relate to their hypothesis and the broader scientific community.
Data Presentation. This unit encourages students to present their data in written and/or oral forms. Students will explore the importance of the audience as they prepare their data and conclusions for presentation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Marketing Principles, MKTG-3010, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Marketing Project: 40% of Grade
Weekly Online Discussions: 15% of Grade
Tests/Exams: 25% of Grade
Case Studies/Reading Quizzes: 20% of Grade
Description:
Module 1: Marketing mix, market planning, competitive advantage.
Module 2: International marketing, globalization, the external business environment, and marketing ethics.
Module 3: Steps in creating a marketing plan, and strategic planning.
Module 4: Market research.
Module 5: Customer relationship management and big data.
Module 6: Consumer behavior and the consumer decision making process.
Module 7: The target marketing process.
Module 8: Value derivation from product features and the innovation process.
Module 9: The product life cycle, promotion mix strategy, and product management.
Module 10: Distribution, supply chains, and logistics.
Module 11: Communication channels, the multichannel approach, and advertising/ad campaigns.
Module 12: Social media and buzz marketing, direct sales, and public relations.
Module 13: Retailing
Module 14: Identify jobs in Marketing and understand the points of a marketing plan.
Module 15: Apply what you have learned to create a marketing plan for a product or service.
Required Reading: Marketing Principles: Building Your Marketing Foundation 1st Edition, Fisher, Kindall/Hunt, 2021, ISBN 13: 9781792463051
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Biology, BIOL-1200, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
DISCUSSIONS:
There will be weekly class discussions throughout the semester. Discussion topics will be based on an assigned reading, podcast, or video. For each discussion, you will be required to write a 150-word Discussion board post in response to the assigned material.
Discussions are due at the end of each week. Discussions can be completed until the last day of class, but submissions after the due date will result in a loss of points.
CONNECT QUIZZES:
Most pre-lecture assignments end with a quiz in the McGraw Hill Connect learning platform that accompanies your e-book. The links for these assignments are found on the Canvas home page. The material on these quizzes matches the material found in the Pre- Lecture Assignment. You must complete all the concepts to get full points. The purpose of these quizzes is to help cement the concepts in the Pre-Lecture Assignment as they will not be covered in class.
PRACTICE TESTS:
There are 10 practice tests throughout the semester, two for each unit. Each practice test is worth 25 points. The material on the practice tests is very similar to the exams and these are meant to be taken as a way to test your knowledge before attempting the exam. These practice tests are open book and taken through Canvas. You have two attempts for each practice test, and your score will be the average of both attempts. Your lowest practice test score will be dropped from the final grade.
EXAMINATIONS:
There are four midterm exams worth 100 points and one comprehensive final exam worth 200 points. Exams will consist of multiple-choice questions. Material covered in lectures and the Pre-Lecture Assignments will be included on exams.
Description:
Chapter 1: Exploring Life and Science
Content: This chapter introduces the fundamental concepts of biology, emphasizing the characteristics that define life, the scientific method, and the importance of scientific literacy. It also discusses the classification of living organisms and the role of humans within the broader context of life on Earth.
Learning Outcomes:
Identify the characteristics that define life.
Understand the scientific method and its application in biological research.
Recognize the hierarchical organization of life from atoms to ecosystems.
Classify organisms using the Linnaean system and understand the place of humans in the classification system.
Chapter 2: Chemistry of Life
Content: This chapter delves into the chemical principles underlying biological processes. It covers the structure and properties of atoms, elements, and molecules, the formation of chemical bonds, and the role of water in biological systems. The chapter also introduces acids, bases, and pH, and their significance in maintaining homeostasis.
Learning Outcomes:
Understand the structure of atoms and the formation of chemical bonds.
Describe the properties of water and its importance to life.
Explain the concepts of acids, bases, and pH.
Recognize the role of organic molecules in living organisms.
Chapter 3: Cell Structure and Function
Content: This chapter explores the structure and function of cells, the basic units of life. It covers the components of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, including the nucleus, mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum, and other organelles. The chapter also discusses cellular processes such as transport mechanisms, energy production, and protein synthesis.
Learning Outcomes:
Identify the structures and functions of cell organelles.
Differentiate between prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
Understand the mechanisms of cellular transport.
Explain the processes of energy production and protein synthesis in cells.
Chapter 19: Chromosomal Inheritance
Content:
This chapter explores the processes of mitosis and meiosis, detailing how cells divide and how genetic information is passed from one generation to the next. It emphasizes the importance of chromosomal inheritance in sexual reproduction and the maintenance of genetic continuity.
Learning Outcomes:
Understand the stages and significance of mitosis and meiosis.
Recognize the role of chromosomal inheritance in genetic diversity.
Identify the implications of chromosomal abnormalities on health.
Chapter 20: Genes and Medical Genetics
Content:
Focusing on the molecular basis of genetics, this chapter examines gene structure, function, and expression. It also delves into medical genetics, discussing genetic disorders, inheritance patterns, and the applications of genetic testing in medicine.
Learning Outcomes:
Describe the structure and function of genes.
Understand patterns of inheritance and their implications for genetic disorders.
Evaluate the role of genetic testing in diagnosing and managing genetic conditions.
Chapter 21: DNA and Biotechnology
Content:
This chapter covers the molecular structure of DNA and its role in genetic information storage and transmission. It introduces biotechnological techniques such as PCR, gene cloning, and CRISPR, highlighting their applications in medicine, agriculture, and forensic science.
Learning Outcomes:
Explain the structure and function of DNA.
Understand the principles and applications of biotechnological techniques.
Assess the ethical considerations surrounding biotechnological advancements.
Chapter 22: Cancer
Content:
This chapter investigates the biology of cancer, focusing on the genetic and environmental factors that contribute to cancer development. It discusses the mechanisms of tumor formation, metastasis, and the various treatment strategies employed in oncology.
Learning Outcomes:
Identify the genetic and environmental factors that lead to cancer.
Understand the processes of tumor formation and metastasis.
Evaluate current treatment options and their effectiveness in cancer management.
These chapters provide a comprehensive overview of key topics in human genetics and disease, offering insights into the molecular mechanisms underlying health and illness.
Chapter 13: The Endocrine System
Content:
This chapter covers the role of hormones in regulating body functions. It discusses the endocrine glands, including the hypothalamus, pituitary, thyroid, adrenal glands, and others, and how they produce hormones that control growth, metabolism, and homeostasis. The chapter also explores common disorders associated with the endocrine system.
Learning Outcomes:
Understand the structure and function of major endocrine glands.
Explain how hormones regulate physiological processes.
Identify common endocrine disorders and their effects on the body.
Chapter 14: The Cardiovascular System
Content:
Chapter 14 focuses on the heart and blood vessels, discussing their role in transporting oxygen, nutrients, and waste products throughout the body. It covers the structure of the heart, blood circulation pathways, and the functioning of arteries, veins, and capillaries. The chapter also addresses cardiovascular diseases and their impact on health.
Learning Outcomes:
Describe the structure and function of the heart and blood vessels.
Understand the flow of blood through the cardiovascular system.
Recognize the risk factors for cardiovascular diseases and how to prevent them.
Chapter 15: The Immune System
Content:
This chapter introduces the immune system and its role in defending the body against pathogens. It covers the components of the immune system, such as white blood cells, antibodies, and lymphatic structures, and details both innate and adaptive immune responses. The chapter also discusses autoimmune disorders, allergies, and immunization.
Learning Outcomes:
Understand the components and functions of the immune system.
Differentiate between innate and adaptive immunity.
Identify common immune-related disorders and the importance of vaccinations.
Chapter 9: The Musculoskeletal System
Content:
This chapter explores the anatomy and function of the skeletal and muscular systems. It covers the structure of bones, muscles, and joints, as well as how they work together to enable movement. The chapter also discusses common musculoskeletal injuries and diseases, such as fractures, arthritis, and muscular dystrophy.
Learning Outcomes:
Describe the structure and function of bones, muscles, and joints.
Understand how muscles and bones work together for movement.
Identify common musculoskeletal disorders and their treatments.
These chapters provide an essential overview of key physiological systems in the body, focusing on their structure, function, and health-related issues.
Chapter 10: The Nervous System
Content:
This chapter introduces the nervous system, focusing on the brain, spinal cord, and peripheral nerves. It covers the structure and function of neurons, neurotransmission, and the mechanisms behind sensory input, motor output, and reflexes. The chapter also explores disorders of the nervous system, including neurological diseases.
Learning Outcomes:
Understand the structure and function of the nervous system.
Explain how nerve impulses are transmitted and processed.
Recognize the roles of the brain and spinal cord in regulating body functions.
Identify common nervous system disorders and their treatments.
Chapter 5: Cell Structure and Function
Content:
Chapter 5 focuses on the structure and function of cells, the basic units of life. It covers the various organelles within eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells, such as the nucleus, mitochondria, ribosomes, and more. The chapter also discusses cellular processes like cell division, protein synthesis, and energy production.
Learning Outcomes:
Identify the structures and functions of key cell organelles.
Differentiate between prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
Explain cellular processes such as protein synthesis and energy production.
Understand the significance of cell division in growth and reproduction.
Chapter 6: Cellular Respiration
Content:
This chapter explores the biochemical process of cellular respiration, focusing on how cells convert glucose into energy (ATP). It covers the three main stages of cellular respiration: glycolysis, the citric acid cycle, and oxidative phosphorylation. The chapter also discusses the role of oxygen and the production of ATP.
Learning Outcomes:
Understand the stages of cellular respiration and their roles in energy production.
Describe how ATP is generated during cellular respiration.
Explain the importance of oxygen in aerobic respiration.
Compare aerobic and anaerobic respiration in terms of energy yield.
Chapter 7: The Skeletal System
Content:
This chapter examines the structure and function of the human skeletal system. It covers the types of bones, bone structure, and the processes of bone growth and repair. The chapter also explores the types of joints and their movements, as well as common skeletal disorders such as osteoporosis and arthritis.
Learning Outcomes:
Identify the different types of bones and joints in the human body.
Understand the process of bone growth, remodeling, and repair.
Describe the movements allowed by different joint types.
Recognize common skeletal disorders and their treatments.
Chapter 8: The Muscular System
Content:
This chapter discusses the structure and function of muscles, focusing on skeletal, smooth, and cardiac muscle types. It explains how muscles contract and work in pairs to produce movement. The chapter also includes a discussion of muscle diseases and disorders, such as muscular dystrophy.
Learning Outcomes:
Understand the structure and function of the three types of muscle tissue.
Explain the process of muscle contraction and the role of ATP.
Describe how muscles work together to produce coordinated movement.
Identify common muscle disorders and their effects on mobility.
These chapters provide foundational knowledge about essential systems in the human body, including the nervous, muscular, skeletal, and cellular systems, as well as metabolic processes like cellular respiration.
Chapter 17: The Digestive System
Content:
This chapter covers the anatomy and physiology of the digestive system, which is responsible for the breakdown and absorption of nutrients from food. It includes the structure and function of the digestive organs, such as the mouth, esophagus, stomach, intestines, liver, and pancreas. The chapter also explores digestion, nutrient absorption, and the regulation of digestive processes.
Learning Outcomes:
Identify the major structures of the digestive system and their functions.
Understand the processes of digestion and absorption of nutrients.
Explain how enzymes and digestive fluids aid in nutrient breakdown.
Recognize common digestive disorders such as acid reflux, ulcers, and irritable bowel syndrome (IBS).
Chapter 18: The Respiratory System
Content:
Chapter 18 focuses on the structure and function of the respiratory system, which is responsible for the exchange of gases (oxygen and carbon dioxide) between the body and the environment. It covers the anatomy of the respiratory tract, including the nose, trachea, lungs, and alveoli, and explores the mechanisms of breathing, gas exchange, and regulation of breathing.
Learning Outcomes:
Understand the anatomy and function of the respiratory system.
Explain how breathing occurs and how the respiratory system exchanges gases.
Describe the mechanisms that regulate breathing and maintain blood pH.
Identify common respiratory disorders such as asthma, pneumonia, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
Chapter 23: The Reproductive System
Content:
This chapter covers human reproductive anatomy and physiology. It discusses the male and female reproductive systems, the process of gametogenesis (sperm and egg formation), and the mechanisms of fertilization, pregnancy, and childbirth. The chapter also explores topics such as contraception, sexually transmitted infections (STIs), and reproductive health.
Learning Outcomes:
Identify the structure and function of the male and female reproductive systems.
Understand the processes of gametogenesis, fertilization, and embryonic development.
Explain the stages of pregnancy and childbirth.
Recognize various methods of contraception and their effectiveness.
Understand the prevention and treatment of sexually transmitted infections (STIs).
These chapters provide an overview of the systems involved in nutrition, gas exchange, and reproduction, offering insights into how these essential processes sustain life and maintain health.
Required Reading: Mader & Windelspecht (2018) Human Biology, 16th Edition. McGraw Hill. ISBN-13978-1260233032
Recommended Reading: N/A
Multi-Platform UX Design, UXD-6300, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Assignment 1: UX Guidelines Comparative Report Due: End of Week 3 CLOs Addressed: CLO 1 & CLO 3
Overview: In this assignment, you will conduct a critical comparison of platform-specific UX guidelines. Your goal is to develop a deeper understanding of the constraints and opportunities presented by major platforms such as iOS (Apple Human Interface Guidelines), Android (Material Design), and the Web (responsive design principles).
Assignment 2: Responsive Web to Mobile Reframe Due: End of Week 5 CLOs Addressed: CLO 2
Overview: In this assignment, you will choose a complex desktop web experience (e.g., dashboard, registration process, search experience) and redesign it responsively for tablet and mobile platforms. The goal is to address usability needs across different screen sizes while maintaining the integrity and function of the original interface.
Assignment 3: Mini Design System Library Due: End of Week 7 CLOs Addressed: CLO 2 & CLO 3
Overview: This assignment challenges you to create a scalable design system that can be implemented across multiple platforms. You’ll define UI components that account for both visual consistency and platform-specific differences.
Assignment 4: Flow Optimization Exercise Due: End of Week 9 CLOs Addressed: CLO 4
Overview: You will select a familiar multi-step user task (e.g., ordering food, booking a hotel, enrolling in a course) and map out how that experience can be optimized across mobile, web, and tablet platforms. This assignment emphasizes flow efficiency and user-centric decision-making.
Assignment 5: Multi-Platform Product Experience (Capstone Project) Due: End of Week 14 CLOs Addressed: CLO 1–4
Overview: This capstone project synthesizes everything you’ve learned by challenging you to design a product that exists across mobile, desktop, and one additional platform (e.g., smartwatch, tablet, kiosk, voice interface). You'll take a user-centered approach, designing interactions that optimize the experience within the constraints of each environment.
Description:
UXD 6300: Multi-Platform UX Design - Assignment Details and Course Structure
Weekly Breakdown
Week 1: Introduction to Multi-Platform UX
Lecture Talking Points:
• Defining multi-platform UX and cross-device consistency
• Overview of course structure, expectations, and tools (Figma)
• Introduction to platform ecosystems (iOS, Android, Web)
Group Work:
• Small group discussion: Share and critique everyday apps used on multiple platforms (e.g., Spotify, Google Maps).
Week 2: Platform Guidelines & Constraints
Lecture Talking Points:
• Deep dive into Apple HIG, Material Design, and Web UX principles
• Platform constraints: UI behaviors, screen types, interaction patterns
Assignment Introduction:
• Assignment 1: UX Guidelines Comparative Report – Overview, expectations, and research techniques
Group Work:
• Breakout teams: Research and prepare short visual presentations comparing guidelines from one assigned platform.
Week 3: UX Guidelines Analysis & Application
Lecture Talking Points:
• Platform-specific decision making in interface design
• Identifying best practices and common failures in cross-platform design
In-Class Focus:
• Instructor feedback on assignment drafts or visual comparisons
Assignment Due:
• Assignment 1 submitted at the end of this week
Week 4: Responsive Design Theory
Lecture Talking Points:
• Responsive vs. adaptive vs. fluid design
• Figma tools: auto-layout, constraints, grids
• Mobile-first strategies and breakpoint planning
Assignment Introduction:
• Assignment 2: Responsive Web to Mobile Reframe – Walkthrough of expectations
Group Work:
• Critique workshop: Students evaluate examples of poor mobile responsiveness
Week 5: Designing Across Breakpoints
Lecture Talking Points:
• Practical execution: scaling content, hiding/showing elements, layout changes
• Accessibility considerations in responsive design
Peer Review:
• Students share early versions of mobile/tablet layouts for critique
Assignment Due:
• Assignment 2 submitted at the end of this week
Week 6: Design System Fundamentals
Lecture Talking Points:
• What is a design system?
• Components, tokens, and naming conventions in Figma
• Platform-specific variations and system scalability
Assignment Introduction:
• Assignment 3: Mini Design System Library – Component list, platform adaptations, documentation standards
Group Work:
• Design system audit: Evaluate a known brand’s consistency across platforms
Week 7: Building & Documenting Systems
Lecture Talking Points:
• Documenting component behavior and platform exceptions
• How to maintain, scale, and apply your design system
Assignment Due:
• Assignment 3 submitted at the end of this week
Week 8: Cross-Device Flow Planning
Lecture Talking Points:
• Designing holistic flows (start to finish, not screen-by-screen)
• Task-based flow adaptation for different platforms
• Diagramming flows: FigJam, Miro, or Figma plugins
Assignment Introduction:
• Assignment 4: Flow Optimization Exercise – Walkthrough of deliverables and real-world use cases
Group Work:
• Flow mapping activity: In pairs, sketch user flows for a multi-platform service (e.g., Airbnb)
Week 9: Mid-Fidelity Prototyping for Flows
Lecture Talking Points:
• Prototyping flows for clarity: content, navigation, feedback
• Managing platform constraints (input types, screen real estate, usage context)
Assignment Due:
• Assignment 4 submitted at the end of this week
Week 10: Capstone Project Kickoff
Lecture Talking Points:
• Real-world challenge framing: identifying the user problem
• Choosing platforms intentionally (why desktop, mobile, smartwatch?)
• Structuring a case study for professional portfolios
Assignment Introduction:
• Assignment 5: Multi-Platform Product Experience – Project scope, milestones, and evaluation
Group Work Option:
• Students may self-form teams and define roles for a group capstone project
Week 11: Research & Initial Sketching
Lecture Talking Points:
• Rapid research techniques: competitive analysis, user interviews, insights mapping
• Concept sketching across platforms
In-Class Focus:
• Share early-stage concepts and research direction for feedback
Week 12: Design System Integration & Iteration
Lecture Talking Points:
• Integrating previous design systems into new projects
• Maintaining consistency across your prototype’s touchpoints
Group Critique:
• Design system + early platform screens shared for review and input
Week 13: Prototype Finalization & Microinteractions
Lecture Talking Points:
• Layering in motion and feedback for polish
• Demonstrating interactivity within platform constraints
Critique:
• Peer walkthroughs of flows and microinteractions for one platform
Week 14: Final Presentations
Lecture Talking Points:
• Communicating design value: storytelling, strategy, and reflection
• Case study structure: user problem, design process, platform solution
Deliverables:
• Assignment 5 due this week
• Slide deck and case study submission
• Optional video walkthrough or pitch presentation
Required Reading: n/a
Recommended Reading: n/a
Pathophysiology, NURS-3900, Section 41, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Exam 1: Covering content from Weeks 1-5
Exam 2: Covering content from Weeks 6-9
Exam 3: Covering content from Weeks 10-12
Patho Clinic Discussion Board (Week 11)
End-of-Course Reflection Assignment
Description:
Module 1: Introduction to Pathophysiology - This unit introduces the course expectations and framework. Foundational concepts and terminology related to the study of pathophysiology are introduced. Students learn to access the e-text and integrated online learning module. Weekly work in Pearson online platform. Welcome discussion board.
Module 2: Integrative Body Functions- Concepts related to stress and adaptation, fluids and electrolyte disturbances, and basic acid-base imbalances are explored, including common causes and treatments. Weekly work in Pearson online platform including an IDDM decision-making case study.
Module 3: Hematopoietic Body Functions & Inflammation - Disorders related to white blood cell function, oxygenation, and hemostasis are explored including underlying etiologies and common treatments. The role of inflammation is discussed in relation to health and disease. Key concepts in cardiac pathophysiology are explored, including
Module 4: Immunity & Genomics - This unit explores pathophysiology related to autoimmune and hypersensitivity dysregulation. Students also explore concepts related to genetics, genomics, and epigenomics for those providing patient care. Weekly work in Pearson including a genomics decision-making case study. Mystery Patient discussion board.
Module 5: Cardiovascular - Key concepts in cardiac pathophysiology are explored, including vascular disorders, circulatory disorders, structural disorders of the heart, and heart failure. Weekly work in Pearson online platform including a cardiac decision-making case study. Exam #1.
Module 6: Respiratory - Key concepts in respiratory pathophysiology are explored, including both restrictive and obstructive disorders, neoplastic and infectious disorders, pulmonary vascular disorders, and various degrees of respiratory failure. Treatments are discussed. Weekly work in Pearson online platform. Students complete a mid-term check in with instructor.
Module 7: Renal & GI - Key concepts in respiratory pathophysiology are explored, including acute and chronic kidney injury and disease processes, disorders of the upper and lower GI systems, disorders of the pancreatic and hepatobiliary systems, and various degrees of liver failure. Etiologies and treatments are discussed. Weekly work in Pearson online platform. Sharing Interests discussion board.
Module 8: Endocrine Function & Pain - This unit explores diabetes mellitus in all various degrees and associated complications. Disorders of thyroid, parathyroid, and the adrenal gland are also discussed. Pain and neuropathy are discussed including etiologies and approaches to treatment. Weekly work in Pearson online platform.
Module 9: Musculoskeletal & Motor Function - This unit explores pathophysiology related to motor function and both and acute and chronic musculoskeletal disorders. Weekly work in Pearson online platform including Parkinson's decision-making case study. Exam #2.
Module 10: Reproductive Health - In this module, students explore disease and injury related to both male and female reproductive systems including congenital and acquired injury and illness. Etiology and treatments are discussed. Weekly work in Pearson online platform including endometriosis decision-making case study.
Module 11: End-of-Life - This module discusses pathophysiology and system disorders commonly occurring at the end of life. This unit draws on knowledge from previous units in the course. Weekly work in Pearson online platform. Patho Clinic discussion board (this is an assessment assignment).
Module 12: Wrap-Up Week - This is the final course module. There is no new content introduced this week. Students complete all outstanding assignments. Completion of Patho Clinic discussion board. Exam #3. End-of-Course Reflection (includes self-evaluation of CLOs).
Required Reading: Pearson MyLab Online Integrative Platform, including the following e-text: Sorenson, M., Quinn, L., & Klein, D. (2019). Pathophysiology: Concepts of human disease (1st ed.). [Enhanced eText]. Pearson.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interventions I, OTD-7132, Section 01B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Successful completion of previous coursework in the program. In-class participation, midterms, and final
Description:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the use for standardized and nonstandardized assessments in occupational therapy practice.
2. Select and apply assessment tools, considering client needs, and cultural and contextual factors.
3. Interpret results of standardized and nonstandardized assessments using appropriate procedures and protocols.
4. Interpret assessments results considering psychometric properties of the assessment.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Reading quizzes, term paper, final exam
Description:
Week 1 Intro to History 1700.
Intro to primary source analysis.
Week 2 Colonial America
The American Revolution
Week 3 Founding the USA
The Constitution
Week 4 Jeffersonian Era
War of 1812 and Jacksonian America
Week 5 US Slavery
Week 6 Civil War
Week 7 Reconstruction
The Gilded Age
Week 8 Westward Expansion
American Empire
Week 9 US Immigration
The Progressive Era
Week 10 World War 1
The 1920s
Week 11 The 1930s
Week 12 The Second World War
The Cold War
Week 13 Post War America
Civil Rights
Week 14 1960s
The Vietnam War
Week 15 The 1970s to today
Required Reading: American Yawp
Recommended Reading: American Yawp
American History, HIST-1700, Section 02B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Reading quizzes, term paper, final exam
Description:
Week 1 Intro to History 1700.
Intro to primary source analysis.
Week 2 Colonial America
The American Revolution
Week 3 Founding the USA
The Constitution
Week 4 Jeffersonian Era
War of 1812 and Jacksonian America
Week 5 US Slavery
Week 6 Civil War
Week 7 Reconstruction
The Gilded Age
Week 8 Westward Expansion
American Empire
Week 9 US Immigration
The Progressive Era
Week 10 World War 1
The 1920s
Week 11 The 1930s
Week 12 The Second World War
The Cold War
Week 13 Post War America
Civil Rights
Week 14 1960s
The Vietnam War
Week 15 The 1970s to today
Required Reading: American Yawp
Recommended Reading: American Yawp
American History, HIST-1700, Section 41A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Reading quizzes, term paper, final exam
Description:
Week 1 Intro to History 1700.
Intro to primary source analysis.
Week 2 Colonial America
The American Revolution
Week 3 Founding the USA
The Constitution
Week 4 Jeffersonian Era
War of 1812 and Jacksonian America
Week 5 US Slavery
Week 6 Civil War
Week 7 Reconstruction
The Gilded Age
Week 8 Westward Expansion
American Empire
Week 9 US Immigration
The Progressive Era
Week 10 World War 1
The 1920s
Week 11 The 1930s
Week 12 The Second World War
The Cold War
Week 13 Post War America
Civil Rights
Week 14 1960s
The Vietnam War
Week 15 The 1970s to today
Required Reading: American Yawp
Recommended Reading: American Yawp
American History, HIST-1700, Section 42A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Reading quizzes, term paper, final exam
Description:
Week 1 Intro to History 1700.
Intro to primary source analysis.
Week 2 Colonial America
The American Revolution
Week 3 Founding the USA
The Constitution
Week 4 Jeffersonian Era
War of 1812 and Jacksonian America
Week 5 US Slavery
Week 6 Civil War
Week 7 Reconstruction
The Gilded Age
Week 8 Westward Expansion
American Empire
Week 9 US Immigration
The Progressive Era
Week 10 World War 1
The 1920s
Week 11 The 1930s
Week 12 The Second World War
The Cold War
Week 13 Post War America
Civil Rights
Week 14 1960s
The Vietnam War
Week 15 The 1970s to today
Required Reading: American Yawp
Recommended Reading: American Yawp
Capstone Seminar II, OTD-7134, Section 01A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Students will be completing scholarly question and annotated bibliography of their capstone project.
Description:
This is a fluid course and students will be responsible for identifying a scholarly question related to their individual capstone project and experience. They will also be responsible for completing a comprehensive annotated bibliography.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 42B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Formal Essays (Drafts, Peer Reviews, Final Drafts)
Research Project (Topic Proposal, Ann Bib, Essay, Presentation)
Online Discussion Posts
Grammar Quizzes & Grammar Final Exam
Description:
Week 1 (June 23 - June 29):
Students are introduced to the course via a welcome video and syllabus review. Key assignments include an introduction post, Quiz #1, and the submission of both a draft and a revised version of Essay #1.
Week 2 (June 30 - July 6):
The week focuses on discussion posts, Quiz #2, and submitting a topic proposal. Students also submit Essay #2 for peer review and revise it for final submission.
Week 3 (July 7 - July 13):
Key tasks include a discussion post, Quiz #3, and drafting an annotated bibliography for peer review. Students also revise and submit their final annotated bibliography.
Week 4 (July 14 - July 20):
Discussion Post #4 and Quiz #4 are due, along with the submission of a research paper outline. Additionally, students submit a 10-12 page draft of their research paper for peer editing.
Week 5 (July 21 - July 27):
Students complete Discussion Post #5 and Quiz #5. The final draft of their research paper is due by the end of the week.
Week 6 (July 28 - Aug 1):
The final week involves completing Discussion Post #6, submitting a presentation, and taking the final exam to conclude the course.
Required Reading: They Say, I Say with Readings 5E --G. Graff, C. Birkenstein, R. Durst
Recommended Reading: N/A
Drawing and Composition, ART-1110, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements: Assignments (generally one per week):
1. Composition drawing
2. Copy Drawing
3. Construction Contour Drawing
4. 1 and 2 Point Perspective Drawings
5. 3 Point Perspective Drawings
6. 2 Point Perspective Scene Drawing
7. Non-Representational Drawing
8. Negative Space Drawing
9. Portrait Contour Drawing
10. Value Drawing in charcoal
11. Value Portrait Drawings
12. Pen Drawing in Value
13. White Charcoal Drawing
14. Value of Choice Drawing (Final)
One quiz per week -- each quiz is associated with the concepts learned in preparation for each week's drawing assignment, all of which are listed above
Description:
Weekly Modules:
1. Composition drawing
Learn the basics of composition and visual balance, in preparation for creating thumbnail sketches of non-representational simple compositions.
2. Copy Drawing
Learn how to copy a master drawing by Charles Bargue, starting with straight line construction and then moving on to contour line and line quality.
3. Construction Contour Drawing
Learn how to draw from life, using straight line construction techniques, transitioning to contour line and line quality.
4. 1 and 2 Point Perspective Drawings
Learn the basics of drawing using linear perspective, including basic tenets of 1 and 2 pt perspectives.
5. 3 Point Perspective Drawings
Learn the basics of drawing using 3 pt perspective, as well as drawing stairs and slopes in 2 pt perspective.
6. 2 Point Perspective Scene Drawing
Put your knowledge of 2 pt drawing to the test by creating an interior or exterior scene in 2 pt perspective.
7. Non-Representational Drawing
Learn how to approach drawing 2 full sized non-representational drawings.
8. Negative Space Drawing
Learn how to notice negative space in and around objects and how to depict it.
9. Portrait Contour Drawing
Learn how to draw the human face from a frontal, three-quarters, and side view using contour line and line quality.
10. Value Drawing in charcoal
Learn how to draw a still life using values/shading rather than line.
11. Value Portrait Drawings
Learn how to draw the human face using values/shading rather than line.
12. Pen Drawing in Value
Learn how to approach value drawing using the medium of ball point pen.
13. White Charcoal Drawing on Black Paper
Learn how to think through the process of drawing a still life using white charcoal on black paper, as opposed to using a dark medium on white paper.
14. Value of Choice Drawing (Final)
Choose an image to draw using value and line, to show what skills have been learned throughout the semester.
Required Reading Material: Required reading of all learn pages in each weekly module -- supplied to the student through the Canvas course
Recommended Reading Material: N/A
Required Reading: n/a
Recommended Reading: n/a
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 41, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Discussions: (5 points for your post and 5 points for your response to another’s post) A range of discussions and activities will take place weekly throughout the semester. This is your attendance grade. I expect everyone to be engaged in active conversation and participation; this means doing all the readings, watch related videos and reading the posts of fellow classmates and commenting on one another’s posts. I encourage additional research and responses for more in-depth discussions. The Work of Art discussions are what the posts will be about. The first 5 points are for you response to the Work of Art we are discussing. The second 5 points are for your comments on the posts of other class members. However, you must make your first post by Wednesday and your second post by Sunday each week to receive full credit. If you do not make your first post by Wednesday then you will automatically lose 5 points. I am very adamant about this.
Work of Art Discussions: (10 pts. Each, see above): There will be 10 short response assignments that discuss a work of art in conjunction with the application of materials discussed in the power point lecture and videos or reading assignments. You will be given suggestions on topics to discuss. Not all suggestions must be addressed, and you may include other topics of interest to discuss. Please draw upon the readings and additional research on the Artist or Artwork or movement or theme. Your writing should be academically on level with college writing. Include a title and use good sentence structure and grammar. Avoid casually speaking and using slang. Your opinion is important but include this at the end after a good discussion of the work in a more formal way. There needs to be a least two full paragraphs. You will be marked down if you do not write two good paragraphs about the artwork. Writing more is suggested. Work of Art Discussions and due dates are posted on canvas. Assignments will open a week before the due date.
Art Project: (100 pts. Each) You will complete 4 art projects. These will be in conjunction with movements and themes and/or artists we are studying. These are meant to be well thought out and finished projects. I can tell when an art project is rushed or undeveloped. These projects are not graded on your artistic ability but how well you explore the style, topic or theme of the assignment. It helps to make sketches before beginning the work. Each project will be outlined in canvas. A variety of mediums will be used and instructions are included on canvas. Be creative. These don’t need to be elaborate but they do need to be a finished version of your idea. Take a photo of the completed project and upload it to canvas. One project maybe open to a group critique.
Materials: You will be responsible for purchasing your own art supplies for this course. Most supplies can be purchased at Walmart or Michael's or your local craft store for around $30 total or less for the whole semester. If you'd like to buy supplies online, I recommend Dick Blick or Jerry’s Artarama. But basic supplies can be purchased at Walmart. But you can also use what you already have on hand or upcycle items.
This is a list of materials for you to consider using but is not exhaustive:
o acrylic paint (toll paint is the cheapest. But you can use better paint in tubes too)
o paint brushes
o pencil with an eraser-pencil sharpener
o about 4 sheets of white paper (a 9 x 12-inch sketchbook or even just loose-leaf 8.5 x 11-inch printer paper is fine) Card stock is best for a sturdier support
o scissors
o tape-glue or glue stick
o old magazines (ask at your public library if you don't have any)
o construction paper, old mail or ads, random upcycled object or junk
o 9 x 12-inch canvas or canvas panel (optional)
Reaction papers 1, 2, 3 and 4: (100 pts. each): You will write four, 2-page papers over the semester. Papers should be in MLA format, 2 pages long, Times New Roman 12 pt. font, and double-spaced. (If you do not know what MLA format is, I have included an example in the module.) The papers are meant to be reflections or reactions to a video about an artist and their work in relation to the thematic unit we have completed. There will be a video about a contemporary artist and their art work posted in Canvas to watch and respond to. For example, you can write about something that surprised you about the process or the content of the work, another work of art that you can compare or contrast to the art or artist, share a personal view about how the artwork made you feel, etc. Included with the video will be a list of questions to prompt you to think about the work of the artist. Please be thoughtful. Do additional research about the artist or the work. Many have personal websites or links will pop up about exhibitions they have had. You will have approximately two weeks to write each response paper.
Midterm Paper: (100 pts.) Your midterm assignment is to attend or visit an art gallery or exhibition of your choosing. There are many to choose from in the St. George area and on campus. Or choose another from your area. Choose one work of art that appeals to you from the exhibition.
1-Take a photo of the art work.
2-Do some basic research about the artist.
3-Write about the art work.
Include information about the artist, the medium and style they paint in. Include an in-depth description of the art work and a general critique of the elements and principle of design. Discuss why this work appealed to you. Include where you saw the work and general information about the museum or gallery. Papers should be in MLA format, 2 pages long, Times New Roman 12 pt. font, and double-spaced.
Extra Credit: (10 pts.): You are charged with coming up with a birthday gift for an artist. Throughout the course we will discuss many different artists. Your task is to research the biography of an artist we discussed, or another artist of interest to yourself that falls within the parameters of the Renaissance to Modern, and on a qualified academic or museum website. No Wikipedia. Or information from one of the many readings. You are charged with thinking of a gift you would like to give this artist for their birthday. You must relate this gift to the biography of the artist. For example, you may give Leonardo da Vinci a scholarship to attend college, since he never had any formal education (you may not use this example for your project). Your grade for this project will be graded on creativity, applicability to the artist, and relevance to their biography. Your paper must explain why you’re giving the artist that particular gift.
Description:
Week 1: What is art and the elements of Art. An overview of how to define art and then a lecture on the elements and principles of art and the mediums that artists use to create art.
Week 2: Engaging with form and content. How to analyze and understand art and the artists intentional use of the elements and principles of art and how to decode the message of the artist and the placement of the work in art history.
Week 3: Birth of Art in the Prehistoric context through the Middle Ages. Lectures, Readings and discussions defining the early movements of art and their importance.
Week 4: Art of Asia and Africa. Lectures, readings and discussions about art in the cultures and regions of Asia and Africa.
Week 5: The Renaissance and the Rebirth of Art. Lectures, readings and discussions about art in the cultures and regions of Italy. A look at the artists and patrons from the Renaissance to the Baroque period.
Week 6: 19th Century Art- Rococo to Expressionism. So many movements: an overview of the 19th century. Lectures, readings and discussions about art in the cultures and regions of Italy and the movement of art across Europe.
Week 7: Modern and Early Contemporary/Dada/Surrealism/Cubism. Delve into the Modern and Early Contemporary works of famous artists. Lectures, readings and discussions about Modern artists.
Week 8: Modern and Early Contemporary/20th Century/Pop Art. Continued discussion of Modern Art. Lectures, readings and discussions about Modern artists.
Week 9: 20th Century to Present/Performance/Body in Art/Socially Engaged Art. A beginning look at the issues of the 20th century as represented by the artists of that time. Lecture, readings and discussions.
week 10: Art and War/Activism/Protest. A look at the artists and their reactions to world events that surround activism and war and protest.
Week 11: Race and Identity. A look at how to understand artists and their work in relation to sensitive topics surrounding race and identity.
Week 12: Ethics and Appropriation in Art. Explore ideas surrounding the ethics of appropriation and copyright. Who gets to own art and reproduce it.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Gateways to Art, third edition
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 42, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Discussions: (5 points for your post and 5 points for your response to another’s post) A range of discussions and activities will take place weekly throughout the semester. This is your attendance grade. I expect everyone to be engaged in active conversation and participation; this means doing all the readings, watch related videos and reading the posts of fellow classmates and commenting on one another’s posts. I encourage additional research and responses for more in-depth discussions. The Work of Art discussions are what the posts will be about. The first 5 points are for you response to the Work of Art we are discussing. The second 5 points are for your comments on the posts of other class members. However, you must make your first post by Wednesday and your second post by Sunday each week to receive full credit. If you do not make your first post by Wednesday then you will automatically lose 5 points. I am very adamant about this.
Work of Art Discussions: (10 pts. Each, see above): There will be 10 short response assignments that discuss a work of art in conjunction with the application of materials discussed in the power point lecture and videos or reading assignments. You will be given suggestions on topics to discuss. Not all suggestions must be addressed, and you may include other topics of interest to discuss. Please draw upon the readings and additional research on the Artist or Artwork or movement or theme. Your writing should be academically on level with college writing. Include a title and use good sentence structure and grammar. Avoid casually speaking and using slang. Your opinion is important but include this at the end after a good discussion of the work in a more formal way. There needs to be a least two full paragraphs. You will be marked down if you do not write two good paragraphs about the artwork. Writing more is suggested. Work of Art Discussions and due dates are posted on canvas. Assignments will open a week before the due date.
Art Project: (100 pts. Each) You will complete 4 art projects. These will be in conjunction with movements and themes and/or artists we are studying. These are meant to be well thought out and finished projects. I can tell when an art project is rushed or undeveloped. These projects are not graded on your artistic ability but how well you explore the style, topic or theme of the assignment. It helps to make sketches before beginning the work. Each project will be outlined in canvas. A variety of mediums will be used and instructions are included on canvas. Be creative. These don’t need to be elaborate but they do need to be a finished version of your idea. Take a photo of the completed project and upload it to canvas. One project maybe open to a group critique.
Materials: You will be responsible for purchasing your own art supplies for this course. Most supplies can be purchased at Walmart or Michael's or your local craft store for around $30 total or less for the whole semester. If you'd like to buy supplies online, I recommend Dick Blick or Jerry’s Artarama. But basic supplies can be purchased at Walmart. But you can also use what you already have on hand or upcycle items.
This is a list of materials for you to consider using but is not exhaustive:
o acrylic paint (toll paint is the cheapest. But you can use better paint in tubes too)
o paint brushes
o pencil with an eraser-pencil sharpener
o about 4 sheets of white paper (a 9 x 12-inch sketchbook or even just loose-leaf 8.5 x 11-inch printer paper is fine) Card stock is best for a sturdier support
o scissors
o tape-glue or glue stick
o old magazines (ask at your public library if you don't have any)
o construction paper, old mail or ads, random upcycled object or junk
o 9 x 12-inch canvas or canvas panel (optional)
Reaction papers 1, 2, 3 and 4: (100 pts. each): You will write four, 2-page papers over the semester. Papers should be in MLA format, 2 pages long, Times New Roman 12 pt. font, and double-spaced. (If you do not know what MLA format is, I have included an example in the module.) The papers are meant to be reflections or reactions to a video about an artist and their work in relation to the thematic unit we have completed. There will be a video about a contemporary artist and their art work posted in Canvas to watch and respond to. For example, you can write about something that surprised you about the process or the content of the work, another work of art that you can compare or contrast to the art or artist, share a personal view about how the artwork made you feel, etc. Included with the video will be a list of questions to prompt you to think about the work of the artist. Please be thoughtful. Do additional research about the artist or the work. Many have personal websites or links will pop up about exhibitions they have had. You will have approximately two weeks to write each response paper.
Midterm Paper: (100 pts.) Your midterm assignment is to attend or visit an art gallery or exhibition of your choosing. There are many to choose from in the St. George area and on campus. Or choose another from your area. Choose one work of art that appeals to you from the exhibition.
1-Take a photo of the art work.
2-Do some basic research about the artist.
3-Write about the art work.
Include information about the artist, the medium and style they paint in. Include an in-depth description of the art work and a general critique of the elements and principle of design. Discuss why this work appealed to you. Include where you saw the work and general information about the museum or gallery. Papers should be in MLA format, 2 pages long, Times New Roman 12 pt. font, and double-spaced.
Extra Credit: (10 pts.): You are charged with coming up with a birthday gift for an artist. Throughout the course we will discuss many different artists. Your task is to research the biography of an artist we discussed, or another artist of interest to yourself that falls within the parameters of the Renaissance to Modern, and on a qualified academic or museum website. No Wikipedia. Or information from one of the many readings. You are charged with thinking of a gift you would like to give this artist for their birthday. You must relate this gift to the biography of the artist. For example, you may give Leonardo da Vinci a scholarship to attend college, since he never had any formal education (you may not use this example for your project). Your grade for this project will be graded on creativity, applicability to the artist, and relevance to their biography. Your paper must explain why you’re giving the artist that particular gift.
Description:
Week 1: What is art and the elements of art. An overview of how to define art. Lecture, readings and discussions in relation to the elements and principles of art.
Week 2: Engaging with form and content. A look at the way artists make art and the mediums. How to analyze art and the artist intentional use of the elements and principles of art.
Week 3: Birth of art in the prehistoric context through the Middle Ages. Lectures, readings and discussions defining the early movements of art and their importance.
Week4: Art of Asia and Africa. Lectures, readings and discussions about the art and cultures of Asia and Africa.
Week 5: The Renaissance and the Rebirth of Art. Lectures, readings and discussions about the art and cultures and region of Ital. A look at artists and patrons through the Baroque period.
Week 6: 19th Century Art. Lectures, readings and discussions about the art from the Rococo to Expressionism.
Week 7: Modern and Early Contemporary Art: Lectures, readings and discussions about Dada, Surrealism and Cubism.
Week 8: Modern and Early Contemporary Art: Lectures, readings and discussions about Pop art and a continued look at Modern Art.
Week 9: 20th Century to Present. Exploration of performance art and the body in art.
Week 10: Art and War/Activism and Protest. A look at artists and their reaction to world events that surround activism and protest.
Week 11: Race and Identity. Lectures, readings and discussions about the art artists in relationship to race and identity.
Week 12: Ethics and Appropriation of Art. Lectures, readings and discussion around the topics of ethics and appropriation in art. Who owns art and who can reproduce it.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Gateways to Art, third edition
Principles of Chemistry II, CHEM-1220, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Attendance, Homework assignments, Chapter tests, Final Exam.
Description:
Chemical Solutions: Physical and chemical behavior of several types of aqueous solutions. Includes energy characteristics, concentrations, and ancillary properties as a solution interacts with its environment.
Chemical Kinetics: Qualitative and quantitative analysis of reaction rates. Includes numerical and graphical descriptions or reaction rates used in industry as well as mechanisms for more complex reactions.
Equilibrium Systems: Analyze chemical systems that operate in a state of equilibrium. Includes numerical constructs that describe these systems as well as modeling how systems in equilibrium maintain balance.
Acid-Base Equilibria: Discuss models that explain acidic and basic behavior of solutions, especially those that reach a state of equilibrium. Includes quantifying extent of acidic/basic behavior and applying previous work with equilbrium systems to systems that exhibit acidic/basic behavior.
Thermodynamics: Analysis of chemical systems that proceed spontaneously, and those that don't. Includes application of the laws of thermodynamics to explain this behavior, both qualitative and quantitative.
Electrochemistry: Analysis of chemical systems that generate electrical current. Includes analysis of oxidation and reduction processes and the application of those processes.
Nuclear Chemistry: Analysis of the behavior of atomic nuclei, specifically the conditions that create instability in nuclei. Qualitative and quantitative analysis of those conditions and the applications of these conditions that provide sources of energy.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Textbook Chapters
Principles of Chemistry II Lab, CHEM-1225, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this lab experiment will be to identify an unknown compound using qualitative analysis of several known compounds. The tests will include visual observation, solubility, density and acidity/basicity.
Colorimetric Determination of Aspirin-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the concentration of acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) that is in a commercial aspirin tablet using colorimetry. The absorbance of the solution will be determined by spectrophotometry using a UV/Vis spectrometer.
Freezing Point Depression-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the molar mass of an unknown by determining the freezing point depression of cyclohexane solution having a known concentration of the unknown. Temperature-time graphs, called cooling curves, will be needed to determine freezing temperatures.
Rates of a Reaction-The objective of this lab experiment will be to measure the rate of the reaction: S2O82– + 2I– I2 + 2SO42– and determine the rate law by measuring the amount of peroxydisulfate, S2O82-, that reacts as a function of time including the values of x and y, as well as the rate constant, k.
Determination of Keq-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the value of K for the following equilibrium: Fe3+(aq) (yellow) + SCN–(aq) (colorless) ⇌ FeNCS2+(aq) (blood red).
Le Chatelier’s Principle-The objective of this lab experiment will be to determine the effect of concentration and temperature on equilibria.
pH of Acids, Bases, and Salt Solutions-The objective for this lab experiment will be to compare acid/base indicators to determine the pH of acids, bases, and salts.
Buffer Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to prepare a buffer solution of optimum pH (4.80) using acetic acid (CH3CO2H, Ka = 1.76 x 10–5) and sodium acetate (NaC2H3O2). A known amount of strong acid or base will be added to the buffer solution and the observed pH change will be compared to the calculated value.
Determination of Ka-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the concentration and Ka of acetic acid by titration with a standardized base. The one-to-one stoichiometry of the reaction will be used to calculate the concentration of the unknown acetic acid.
Determination of Ksp-The objective of this lab experiment will be to determine the solubility constant of Ca(OH)2. The equivalence point will be found by titrating 0.02M HCl into a prepared
Ca(OH)2 solution. With the amount of titrant at the equivalence point, the Ksp of Ca(OH)2 can be determined.
Activity Series-The objective of this lab experiment will be to rank Ca, Cu, Fe, Mg, Sn, and Zn by their relative reactivity. The reactions of the six metals with 1M HCl will be observed. The reactions of the six metals in solution with Ca will be observed. From these observations their relative reactivities will be ranked.
Electrolysis Reactions-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the overall redox reactions of sodium sulfate, potassium iodide, and potassium chloride. A 9V battery will be used to energize three aqueous, ionic solutions
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Criminology, CJ-3270, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Six quizzes (all aligned with CLO 1); Seven discussions (aligned with CLOs 2, 3, and/or 4).
Description:
Module 1 - Overview of Criminology and History of the Discipline. Students will become familiar with and discuss national and international patterns and trends in offending, major paradigms in criminological theory and their origins, and history of how societies thought about crime, offending, and deviance.
Module 2 - Criminal Victimization. Students will outline the various theories of victimization, especially routine activity theory, will apply theories of victimization to real-world incidents, and will explain macro-level trends and patterns of victimization using extant victimization theories.
Module 3 - Classical, Neoclassical, Biological, and Psychological Theories of Criminal Behavior. Students are introduced to the various components of classical, neoclassical, biological, and psychological theories of offending and will apply those theories to the real world. Students also will be introduced to critiques of the theories and will independently evaluate the theories.
Module 4 - Structural and Processual Theories of Criminal Behavior. Students will be introduced to the various components of structural and processual theories of criminal behavior and will apply those theories to real-world people, incidents, and conditions. Students will independently describe and synthesize structural and processual theories to create a more comprehensive explanation of criminal behavior.
Module 5 - Critical and Conflict Perspectives of Criminal Behavior. Students will be introduced to the various components of critical and conflict theories of offending and will explain and critique critical and/or conflict theories. Students will also situate theory within the historical context from which the theory arose.
Module 6 - Violent Crime and Criminological Theory. Students will be introduced to the patterning of violent crime, including homicide, assault, robbery, domestic violence, and rape. Students will apply macro-level theories to explain geographical patterning of violent crime and micro-level theories to explain individual variation in violent crime offending. Students will also explain perspectives of rape and compare/contrast those theories with other general theories of offending.
Required Reading: IA - Barkan, Steven E. Criminology: A Sociological Understanding, 8th edition. Pearson.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Criminal Justice, CJ-1010, Section 40A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Introduction
Module Quizzes (6 quizzes)
Discussion Posts (2 posts)
Thought Videos (2 videos)
Application Assignment
Reform Presentation
Description:
Week 1
Module: Nature of Crime
Content: Chapters 1&2
Assignments: Module Quiz, Crime Typology Thought Video
Week 2
Module: Criminology
Content: Chapter 3
Assignments: Module Quiz, Criminological Theory Application Assignment
Week 3
Module: Police: History and Organization
Content: Chapters 5&6
Assignments: Module Quiz, Discussion Post
Week 4
Module: Laws and Issues of Policing
Content: Chapters 7&8
Assignments: Module Quiz, Issue of Policing Thought Video
Week 5
Module: The Law and the Judiciary
Content: Chapters 4, 9, & 10
Assignments: Module Quiz, Discussion Post
Week 6
Module: Punishments
Content: Chapters 11-14
Assignments: Module Quiz, Reform Presentation
Required Reading: Siegel, Larry J & John L. Worrall. (2016). Introduction to Criminal Justice. 15th Edition. Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 41A, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Formal Essay #1: Literacy Narrative – 1500 words minimum
Formal Essay #2: Profile Essay – 1500 words minimum
Formal Essay #3: Issue-Analysis Report – 1500 words minimum
6 weekly discussions
3 online peer review workshops
Description:
Week 1 – the writing process; introductions (focuses on getting students to learn the general writing process and to start thinking about their specific writing process)
Week 2 – pre-writing; drafting; assumptions about learning to write (focuses on getting students started on drafting their literacy narrative)
Week 3 – writing about others; writing profiles; interviewing (focuses on getting students started on the profile essay while considering issues of representation when writing about other people)
Week 4 – finding and evaluating sources; MLA and APA (focuses on information literacy and helping students find sources that will help them as they write their issue analysis report)
Week 5 – integrating sources; artificial intelligence (focuses on helping students properly integrate sources using MLA or APA standards)
Week 6 – revision and editing (focuses on helping student revise and edit their issue analysis reports)
Required Reading: “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Recommended Reading: N/A
Managerial Finance, FIN-3150, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Quizzes on each topic - 15% of grade
MS Excel Worksheets to solve problems - 30% of the grade
3 Exams (4-5 topics each) -- 55% of the grade
Description:
Module 1 - Introduction to financial management including the organization structure and key tasks of finance managers.
Module 2 - Review of financial statements and how they are connected.
Module 3 - Financial Statement Analysis , including ration analysis, common size financial statements, trend analysis and benchmarking financial performance against industry average and competitors.
Module 4 - Time value of money (TVM): present value of single cash flow, future value of single cash flow, compound interest.
Module 5 – TVM continued: annuity cash flows, perpetuity, growing annuity and growing perpetuity cash flows.
Module 6 – Interest rates: nominal and real interest rates; structure of interest rates; yield curve.
Module 7 – Financial markets: primary vs secondary markets; market makers; bond markets; equity markets.
Module 8 – Bonds: estimating the fair value of bonds; yield to maturity; zero coupon bonds; realized yield on bonds; credit ratings on bonds.
Module 9 – Stocks: price ratios – price to earnings, price to sales, price to book, PEG ratio, dividend yield.
Module 10 – Stock continued: estimating the fair value of equity using dividend discount model.
Module 11 – Measuring risk and return on equity investments: expected return, total volatility, beta as measure of risk relative to market, Sharpe ratio.
Module 12 – Cost of capital: capital asset pricing model, weighted average cost of capital.
Module 13 – Capital budgeting: estimating cash flows for capital projects; analysis methods for capital budgeting (payback period, discounted payback period, NPV, IRR, MIRR, profitability index)
Module 14 – Working capital management: operating cycle, cash conversion cycle; short-term financing options for financing working capital needs.
Required Reading: OER textbook - Bracker, Lin, and Pursley, Business Finance Essentials, Pressbooks (Open Educational Resource - Links to chapters are embedded in the modules on Canvas). Direct link to full OER textbook: https://pressbooks.pub/businessfinanceessentials/
Recommended Reading: N/A